*<span> Introduction</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>xviii</span>
*<span> ''Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma'i bstan bcos kyi 'grel bshad de kho nyid rab tu gsal ba'i me<br> long''</span><span>1</span>
*<span> ''De bzhin gshegs pa'i snying po'i le'u''</span><span>2</span>
*<span> ''Byang chub kyi le'u''</span><span>453</span>
*<span> ''Yon tan gyi le'u''</span><span>508</span>
*<span> ''Phrin las kyi le'u''</span><span>527</span>
*<span> ''Phan yon gyi le'u''</span><span>559</span>
+
* <span> Preface</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>8</span>
* <span> Technical Note: My Use of the Asterisk</span><span>10</span>
* <span> I A Study and Annotated Translation of the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>11</span>
** <span> A General Study and Text-historical Considerations</span><span>12</span>
*** <span> 1 Textual History and Structure of the TGS</span><span>16</span>
**** <span> 1.1 Different Recensions of the TGS</span><span>16</span>
**** <span> 1.2 The Representatives of TGS2</span><span>24</span>
**** <span> 1.3 Similarities between the Chinese Translations</span><span>27</span>
**** <span> 1.4 Structure, Contents and Textual History of the TGS</span><span>27</span>
**** <span> 1.5 The Structure, Nature and Contents of the Nine Similes</span><span>34</span>
*** <span> 2 The Meaning and Occurrences of the Term ''tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>39</span>
**** <span> 2.1 The Term ''tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>39</span>
**** <span> 2.2 The Textual Occurrences of the Terms ''tathāgatagarbha'' and<br>''garbha''</span><span>46</span>
*** <span> 3 The Buddha-Nature Doctrine in the TGS</span><span>50</span>
**** <span> 3.1 The Buddha-Nature</span><span>50</span>
**** <span> 3.2 Becoming a Buddha</span><span>62</span>
**** <span> 3.3 How to Become a Buddha</span><span>65</span>
*** <span> 4 The TGS as a Part of lndian Buddhism: Its Sources, Motives and<br> Reception</span><span>67</span>
**** <span> 4.1 The Titles of the TGS</span><span>68</span>
**** <span> 4.2 The Recorded Chinese Translations of the TGS</span><span>69</span>
**** <span> 4.3 Possible Motives of the Authors of the TGS</span><span>75</span>
**** <span> 4.4 The TGS in the History of lndian Buddhism</span><span>77</span>
**** <span> 4.5 The TGS in the ''Ratnagotravibhāga(vyākhyā)'' and Other Indian<br>Texts</span><span>84</span>
**** <span> 4.6 The Twentieth-Century Reception of the TGS</span><span>90</span>
** <span> B An Annotated Translation of the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra'' into English</span><span> 93</span>
* <span> II Critical and Diplomatic Editions of the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>163</span>
** <span> C The Textual Materials</span><span>164</span>
*** <span> 1 Information on the Tibetan Manuscripts and Xylographic Editions<br>Utilized</span><span>164</span>
**** <span> A The Tabo Manuscript Fragments</span><span>164</span>
**** <span> B -The Berlin Manuscript Kanjur</span><span>165</span>
**** <span> Bth - The Newark Manuscript Kanjur from Bathang</span><span>166</span>
**** <span> Bu - The Citation in Bu ston Rin chen grub's ''De bzhin gshegs pa 'i<br>snying po gsal zhing mdzes par byed pa 'i rgyan''</span><span>167</span>
**** <span> D - The Derge Kanjur (Nyingma Edition)</span><span>167</span>
**** <span> J - The 'Jang sa tham or Lithang Kanjur</span><span>168</span>
**** <span> L-The Shel dkar Manuscript Kanjur (London)</span><span>169</span>
**** <span> N - The Narthang Kanjur</span><span> 169</span>
**** <span> P1, Pi, P1 - The Phug brag Ms Kanjur</span><span>170</span>
**** <span> Q - The Peking Kanjur (Otani Reprint)</span><span>171</span>
**** <span> S The Stog Palace ManuscriptK anjur</span><span>171</span>
**** <span> T- The Tokyo Manuscript Kanjur</span><span>172</span>
*** <span> 2 The Stemmatic Relations among the Representatives of Tib</span><span>172</span>
**** <span> 2.1 The Three Phug brag Versions </span><span>173</span>
**** <span> 2.2 The Kanjurs of the Tshal pa Lineage </span><span>177</span>
**** <span> 2.3 The Them spangs ma Kanjurs</span><span>186</span>
**** <span> 2.4 The Position of Bu</span><span>191</span>
**** <span> 2.5 The Position of A</span><span>192</span>
**** <span> 2.6 The Relation of the Main Transmissional Groups to Each<br>Other</span><span> 193</span>
**** <span> 2.7 Possible Stemmas of Tib</span><span>203</span>
*** <span> 3 Characteristics of the Textual Witnesses of Tib</span><span>207</span>
**** <span> 3.1 Archaic Features</span><span>207</span>
**** <span> 3.2 Irregular Verbal Forms</span><span>208</span>
**** <span> 3.3 Colophons and Translators</span><span>210</span>
*** <span> 4 A Brief Evaluation of the Chinese Materials</span><span>213</span>
*** <span> 5 Remarks on the Various Editions</span><span>214</span>
**** <span> 5. I Principles Governing the Critical Edition of Tib</span><span>214</span>
**** <span> 5 .2 Remarks on All Editions and Their Critical Apparatuses</span><span>215</span>
**** <span> 5.3 The Editions of the Tibetan Translations</span><span>216</span>
**** <span> 5.4 The Chinese Editions</span><span>218</span>
** <span> D The Editions</span><span>221</span>
*** <span> The Critical and Diplomatic Editions</span><span>221</span>
*** <span> Apparatus of Secondary Variants</span><span>370</span>
*** <span> Sigla, Symbols and Graphic Devices of the Tibetan Material</span><span>391</span>
*** <span> Sigla and Graphic Devices of the Chinese Material</span><span>392</span>
** <span> E Appendices</span><span>395</span>
*** <span> Appendix A: Comparative Chart of the Bodhisattva Names in OE</span><span>396</span>
*** <span> Appendix B: Comparative Chart of Pada Sequences</span><span>398</span>
*** <span> Appendix C: Comparative Table of Sections and Chapters of the<br>Chinese and Tibetan Editions</span><span>400</span>
** <span> Bibliography</span><span>405</span>
** <span> Primary Sources, with Abbreviations</span><span>405</span>
** <span> Select Secondary Sources</span><span>412</span>
** <span> Index</span><span>427</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>v</span>
*Selections from Pali Sources
**<span> The Historic Buddha, Narasu</span><span>3</span>
**<span> The Word of the Buddha, Nyanatiloka</span><span>22</span>
**<span> Tevigga Sutta, Rhys-Davids</span><span>61</span>
**<span> 118th Discourse, Chao Kung</span><span>73</span>
*Selections from Sanskrit Sources
**<span> Maha-Prajna-Paramita-Hridaya, Goddard</span><span>85</span>
**<span> The Diamond Sutra, Wai-tao</span><span>87</span>
**<span> The Surangama Sutra, Wai-tao</span><span>108</span>
**<span> Lankavatara Scripture, Suzuki and Goddard</span><span>277</span>
**<span> The Awakening of Faith, Wai-tao</span><span>357</span>
*Selections from Chinese Sources
**<span> Tao-teh-king, Wai-tao</span><span>407</span>
**<span> Dhyana for Beginners, Wai-tao</span><span>437</span>
**<span> Sutra Spoken by the Sixth Patriarch, Wong Mou-lam</span><span>497</span>
*Selections from Tibetan Sources
**<span> The Life and Hymns of Milarepa, Evans-Wentz</span><span>561</span>
**<span> The Supreme Path, Evans-Wentz</span><span>600</span>
*Selections from Modern Sources
**<span> Homeless Brothers, Yamabe</span><span>625</span>
**<span> Practising the Seventh Stage, Goddard</span><span>634</span>
*<span> Summary of Buddha’s Dharma</span><span>645</span>
*<span> Appendix</span><span>659</span>
+
*<span> Foreword</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> Note on Transcription</span><span>xii</span>
*<span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>xiii</span>
*Part I: Sakya Pandita’s Life and Work
**<span> Introduction</span><span>3</span>
*Part II: A Clear Differentiation of the Three Codes
**<span> Prologue</span><span>39</span>
**<span> Vows of Individual Liberation</span><span>41</span>
**<span> Vows of the Bodhisattva</span><span>81</span>
**<span> Vows of the Vajra Vehicle</span><span>95</span>
**<span> Epilogue</span><span>199</span>
*Part III: Six Letters by Sakya Pandita
**<span> 1. Reply to the Questions of the Translator from Chak</span><span>205</span>
**<span> 2. Reply to the Questions of the Translator of Lowo</span><span>225</span>
**<span> 3. A Letter to the Noble-Minded</span><span>229</span>
**<span> 4. A Letter to the Buddhas and Bodhisattvas of the Ten Directions</span><span>241</span>
**<span> 5. Reply to the Questions of Dokorwa the Kadampa</span><span>259</span>
**<span> 6. Reply to the Questions of Namkha Bum the Kadampa</span><span>267</span>
*<span> Appendix A: Gorampa's Outline of A Clear Differentiation of the Three Codes</span><span>273</span>
*<span> Appendix B: Transliteration of the Tibetan Text of A Clear Differentiation of the Three Codes</span><span>277</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>331</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>337</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>349</span>
*<span> About the Cover</span><span>370</span>
+
* <span> 1. Introduction to the Uttara Tantra </span><span>1</span>
* <span> 2. The Buddha </span><span>21</span>
* <span> 3. The Dharma </span><span>28</span>
* <span> 4. The Sangha </span><span>39</span>
* <span> 5. Introduction to Book II </span><span>50</span>
* <span> 6. Buddha Nature (The 10 Aspects) </span><span>55</span>
* <span> 7. Buddha Nature (The 9 Examples) </span><span>85</span>
* <span> 8. Enlightenment (1-5 Aspects) </span><span>102</span>
* <span> 9. Enlightenment (6-10 Aspects) </span><span>121</span>
* <span> 10. The Qualities of Buddhahood </span><span>150</span>
* <span> 11. Buddha Activity </span><span>170</span>
* <span> 12 The Benefits of the Text </span><span>185</span>
** <span> Appendix A: Technical Terms </span><span>197</span>
** <span> Appendix B: Spellings of Tibetan words </span><span>208</span>
** <span> Appendix C: Biography of Thrangu Rinpoche </span><span>211</span>
+
* <span> '''Introduction'''</span><span>1</span>
* <span> 1. Discussion of previous scholarship</span><span>2</span>
* <span> 2. Methods and questions addressed in this project</span><span>8</span>
* <span> 3. The significance of the idea that insentient things have buddha-nature for<br> East Asian Buddhism</span><span>15</span>
* <span> 4. Background: The legitimacy of the idea that insentient things have buddha-<br> nature in non-Chinese sources</span><span>17</span>
* <span> 5. The definition of "sentient beings"</span><span>25</span>
* <span> 6. Chapter summaries</span><span>32</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 1: An Examination of the Relationship between Human Nature and the Nature of Inanimate Things in Chinese Thought'''</span><span>36</span>
* <span> 1. The discussion of xing 性 in terms of the nature of mind before Xuanxue 玄學<br> (Arcane Study)</span><span>38</span>
* <span> 2. The discussion of xing in terms of ontology</span><span>49</span>
**<span> 2.1 The discussion of xing in terms of Daoist ontology before<br> Arcane Study</span><span>49</span>
**<span> 2.2 The discussion of xing in terms of ontology in Arcane Study</span><span>58</span>
* <span> 3. The taxonomy of Daoism</span><span>81</span>
* <span> 4. Conclusion</span><span>84</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 2: A Discussion of Dao-Nature in Practical Daoism'''</span><span>87</span>
* <span> 1. The discussion of dao-nature in practical Daoism</span><span>91</span>
** <span> 1.1 Tao Hongjing's 陶弘景 discussion of dao-nature</span><span>92</span>
** <span> 1.2 Song Wenming's 宋文明 discussion of dao-nature</span><span>98</span>
*** <span> 1.2.1 The authorship of the Daode yiyuan 道德義淵</span><span>98</span>
*** <span> 1.2.2 Song Wenming's discussion of dao-nature</span><span>108</span>
* <span> 2. The discussion of dao-nature in the Tang dynasty (618–907 A.D.)</span><span>114</span>
* <span> 3. Conclusion</span><span>128</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 3: A Discussion of Jizang's 吉藏 Argument that Grasses and Trees Have Buddha-Nature'''</span><span>130</span>
* <span> 1. Sentient beings: Are they buddha-nature or do they have buddha-nature?</span><span>136</span>
* <span> 2. Jizang's definition of buddha-nature</span><span>138</span>
* <span> 3. An examination of Jizang's argument of buddha-nature in an ontological<br> view</span><span>157</span>
** <span> 3.1 The meaning of the word li 理 (principle) and the method of linei-liwai<br> 理內理外 (within li, beyond li)</span><span>157</span>
** <span> 3.2 An examination of Jizang's argument that insentient things have<br> buddha-nature</span><span>177</span>
* <span> 4. A comparison of Jizang's discussion of buddha-nature with the dao-nature of<br> Daoism</span><span>182</span>
* <span> 5. Conclusion</span><span>184</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 4: An Examination of Zhanran's 湛然 Discussion of Buddha-Nature'''</span><span>189</span>
* <span> 1. An examination of Zhanran's argument of insentient things having buddha-<br> nature</span><span>195</span>
* <span> 2. Zhanran's definition and interpretation of buddha-nature</span><span>203</span>
** <span> 2.1 Zhanran's discussion of nature</span><span>203</span>
** <span> 2.2 Zhanran's definition of buddha-nature</span><span>205</span>
** <span> 2.3 The relationship between unity and diversity</span><span>220</span>
* <span> 3. An investigation of Chinese thought in Zhanran's Fuxing 輔行<br> (止觀輔行傳弘決) and its association with Zhanran's discussion of<br> buddha-nature</span><span>223</span>
* <span> 4. Conclusion</span><span>243</span>
* <span> '''Conclusion: A Comparison of Buddha-Nature and Dao-Nature'''</span><span>247</span>
* <span> '''Bibliography'''</span><span>266</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>v</span>
<center>I. Possibilities</center>
* <span> Your Enlightened Core</span><span>3</span>
* <span> Great Beings Talk About the Enlightened Core</span><span>9</span>
<center>II. Overview</center>
* <span> Overview of the Path of Meditation</span><span>23</span>
<center>III. A Complete Session of Meditation</center>
*''Preparations'':
**<span> Taking Refuge and Arousing Enlightenment Mind</span><span>31</span>
*''Main Practices'':
**<span> Development of Insight into Reality Through the Practices of Shamatha and Vipashyana</span><span>51</span>
**<span> The Key Points of the Body: Posture</span><span>55</span>
**<span> The Key Points of Mind: Shamatha</span><span>57</span>
**<span> The Key Points of Mind: Vipashyana: The Two Truths and Emptiness</span><span>73</span>
**<span> The Key Points of Mind: Vipashyana: Emptiness Progressively Understood Through the Four Schools of Buddhist Philosophy</span><span>91</span>
**<span> The Key Points of Mind: Vipashyana: Emptiness Known Through Examination<br>of Time</span><span>103</span>
**<span> The Key Points of Mind: Vajra Vehicle Meditations on Reality</span><span>105</span>
*''Conclusion'':
**<span> Dedication, The Seal</span><span>119</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>123</span>
+
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>viii</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
** <span> General Remarks</span><span>1</span>
** <span> Delimitation of the Subject and Methods Employed</span><span>3</span>
** <span> The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' and Its ''Vyākhyā''</span><span>7</span>
** <span> The Reaction of Mainstream Mahāyāna to the Theory of Buddha Nature</span><span>17</span>
* Part I:The Tibetan Historical Context
** <span> 1. The Development of Various Traditions of Interpreting Buddha Nature</span><span>25</span>
*** <span> Ngog Loden Sherab's Analytical Interpretation of<br> the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>25</span>
*** <span> ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' Commentaries in the Meditation Tradition</span><span>32</span>
*** <span> The Mahāmudrā Interpretation of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>34</span>
*** <span> The Zhentong Interpretation of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>45</span>
** <span> 2. Various Positions Related to Zhönu Pal's Interpretation</span><span>49</span>
*** <span> The Position of the Third Karmapa Rangjung Dorjé</span><span>51</span>
*** <span> The Position of Dölpopa Sherab Gyaltsen</span><span>75</span>
*** <span> The Position of Sabzang Mati Panchen</span><span>84</span>
*** <span> The Position of Lodrö Tsungmé</span><span>91</span>
*** <span> The Position of Longchen Rabjampa</span><span>98</span>
*** <span> The Position of Barawa Gyaltsen Palzang</span><span>113</span>
*** <span> A Comparison of the Positions</span><span>125</span>
** <span> 3. A Short Account of the Most Important Events in Zhönu Pal's Life</span><span>131</span>
* Part II: Translation
** <span> 4. Zhönu Pal's Ratnagotravibhagavyākhya Commentary</span><span>151</span>
*** <span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>151</span>
*** <span> Technical Notes</span><span>154</span>
*** <span> ''The Commentary on the Treatise "Mahāyāna-Uttaratantra": The Mirror<br>Showing Reality Very Clearly'' (Introduction and Initial Commentaries)</span><span>157</span>
**** <span> Introduction</span><span>157</span>
**** <span> The Commentary for Those with Sharp Faculties</span><span>169</span>
**** <span> The Commentary for Those with Average Faculties</span><span>180</span>
***** <span> The Explanation of RGV I.1</span><span>181</span>
***** <span> The Explanation of RGV I.2</span><span>204</span>
****** <span> The Three Jewels: Buddha, Dharma, and Saṅgha</span><span>205</span>
****** <span> Buddha Nature and Its Purification through the Three Dharmacakras</span><span>214</span>
****** <span> Enlightenment, Buddha Qualities, and Activity</span><span>309</span>
***** <span> A Short Explanation of RGV I.3</span><span>312</span>
* Part III. Zhonu Pal's Views on Buddha Qualities, Emptiness and Mahamudra
** <span> 5. Buddha Qualities</span><span>317</span>
*** <span> General Remarks</span><span>317</span>
*** <span> Different Views on Buddha Qualities</span><span>318</span>
*** <span> The Blossoming of Subtle Qualities</span><span>320</span>
*** <span> The Examples Used to Illustrate the Growth of the Qualities</span><span>342</span>
*** <span> The Ontological Status of the Buddha Qualities</span><span>344</span>
** <span> 6. Two Types of Emptiness</span><span>351</span>
** <span> 7. Zhönu Pal's Mahāmudrā Interpretation of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>367</span>
*** <span> The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' as a Basis for Mahāmudrā Instructions</span><span>367</span>
*** <span> The Three Dharmacakras: Mahāmudrā Hermeneutics</span><span>368</span>
*** <span> The Mahāmudrā Approach of Yogic Direct Valid Cognitions</span><span>373</span>
*** <span> Sūtra-Based Mahāmudrā Meditation</span><span>377</span>
**** <span> The First Mahāmudrā Yoga of One-Pointedness</span><span>381</span>
**** <span> The Second Mahāmudrā Yoga of Freedom from Mental<br> Fabrications</span><span>382</span>
**** <span> The Third Mahāmudrā Yoga of One Taste</span><span>384</span>
**** <span> The Fourth Mahāmudrā Yoga of Nonmeditation</span><span>385</span>
**** <span> The Four Mahāmudrā Yogas and the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>386</span>
*** <span> Zhönu Pal's Justification of a Sudden Mahāmudrā Path</span><span>397</span>
*** <span> Pairs of Paradoxes</span><span>406</span>
** <span> 8. Conclusion</span><span>411</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>423</span>
* <span> Table of Tibetan Transliteration</span><span>555</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>565</span>
* <span> Subject Index</span><span>589</span>
* <span> Indian Text Index</span><span>607</span>
*<span> Foreword</span><span>9</span>
* Michael Zimmermann
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>13</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>15</span>
* Michael Radich and Chen-kuo Lin
*<span> Chinese Translations of ''Pratyakṣa''</span><span>33</span>
* Funayama Toru
*<span> Epistemology and Cultivation in Jingying<br>Huiyuan’s ''Essay on the Three Means of Valid Cognition''</span><span>63</span>
* Chen-kuo Lin
*<span> The Theory of ''Apoha'' in Kuiji's ''Cheng weishi lun Shuji''</span><span>101</span>
* Shoryu Katsura
*<span> A Comparison between the Indian and Chinese<br>Interpretations of the Antinomic Reason (''Viruddhāvyabhicārin'')</span><span>121</span>
* Shinya Moriyama
*<span> The Problem of Self-Refuting Statements in Chinese Buddhist Logic</span><span>151</span>
* Jakub Zamorski
*<span> A Re-examination of the Relationship between the ''Awakening of Faith''<br> and Dilun School Thought, Focusing on the Works of Huiyuan</span><span>183</span>
* Ching Keng
*<span> A Pivotal Text for the Definition of the Two Hindrances in East Asia:<br> Huiyuan's "Erzhang yi" Chapter</span><span>217</span>
* A. Charles Muller
*<span> On the Notion of ''Kaidaoyi'' (*''Avakāśadānāśraya'') as Discussed in<br> Xuanzang's ''Cheng weishi lun''</span><span>271</span>
* Junjie Chu
*<span> Yogācāra Critiques of the Two Truths</span><span>313</span>
* Zhihua Yao
*<span> Philosophical Aspects of Sixth-Century Chinese Buddhist Debates on<br> "Mind and Consciousness"</span><span>337</span>
* Hans-Rudolf Kantor
*<span> The Way of Nonacquisition: Jizang’s Philosophy of Ontic Indeterminacy</span><span>397</span>
* Chien-hsing Ho
*<span> Divided Opinion among Chinese Commentators on Indian Interpretations of<br>the Parable of the Raft in the ''Vajracchedikā''</span><span>419</span>
* Yoke Meei Choong
*<span> Ideas about "Consciousness" in Fifth and Sixth Century Chinese Buddhist<br>Debates on the Survival of Death by the Spirit, and the Chinese<br>Background to *''Amalavijñāna''</span><span>471</span>
* Michael Radich
*<span> The Process of Awakening in Early Texts on Buddha-Nature in India</span><span>513</span>
* Michael Zimmermann
*<span> About the Authors</span><span>529</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>535</span>
*<span> Foreword by Jigme Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span> xiii </span>
*<span> Translator’s Introduction </span><span> xv </span>
*Ornament of the Mahāyāna Sūtras: The Root Verses
**<span> 1. The First Chapter </span><span> 3</span>
**<span> 2. Establishing the Great Vehicle as the Buddhas Word </span><span> 5</span>
**<span> 3. Refuge </span><span> 9</span>
**<span> 4. The Potential </span><span> 13</span>
**<span> 5. The Spiritual Intent: Bodhicitta </span><span> 15</span>
**<span> 6. Practice </span><span> 19</span>
**<span> 7. Thatness </span><span> 21</span>
**<span> 8. Powers </span><span> 23</span>
**<span> 9. Full Maturation </span><span> 25</span>
**<span> 10. Enlightenment </span><span> 29</span>
**<span> 11. Interest </span><span> 41</span>
**<span> 12. Thorough Investigation </span><span> 45</span>
**<span> 13. Teaching the Dharma </span><span> 57</span>
**<span> 14. Practicing the Dharma </span><span> 61</span>
**<span> 15. Instructions and Follow-Up Teachings </span><span> 67</span>
**<span> 16. Skillful Activity </span><span> 75</span>
**<span> 17. Transcendent Perfections and Ways of Attracting Disciples </span><span> 77</span>
**<span> 18. Offering, Reliance, and Boundless Attitudes </span><span> 89</span>
**<span> 19. Elements Leading to Enlightenment </span><span> 99</span>
**<span> 20. Qualities </span><span> 113</span>
**<span> 21. Conduct and Consummation </span><span> 125</span>
*A Feast of the Nectar of the Supreme Vehicle: The Commentary
**<span> Preamble, Title, and Translator’s Homage </span><span> 137</span>
**<span> Introduction </span><span> 139</span>
*''Part One: What Is to Be Established: Establishingthe Great Vehicleas the Buddha’s Word''
**<span> 1. General Presentation </span><span> 151</span>
**<span> 2. Specific Explanations </span><span> 155</span>
*''Part Two: What Is to Be Specifically Known''
**<span> 3. Refuge </span><span> 171</span>
**<span> 4. The Potential </span><span> 183</span>
**<span> 5. The Spiritual Intent: Bodhicitta </span><span> 197</span>
**<span> 6. Practice </span><span> 221</span>
*''Part Three: What Is to Be Reflected Upon''
**<span> 7. Thatness </span><span> 133</span>
**<span> 8. Powers </span><span> 149</span>
**<span> 9. Full Maturation </span><span> 259</span>
*''Part Four: The Inconceivable, That Which Is beyond Reflection''
**<span> 10. Enlightenment </span><span> 279</span>
**<span> Recapitulation </span><span> 339</span>
*''Part Five: The Approach to Enlightenment''
*Preliminaries
**<span> 11. Interest </span><span> 345</span>
**<span> 12. Thorough Investigation </span><span> 359</span>
**<span> 13. Teaching the Dharma </span><span> 447</span>
**<span> 14. Practicing the Dharma </span><span> 473</span>
**<span> 15. Instructions and Follow-Up Teachings </span><span> 491</span>
**<span> Intermediate Summary </span><span> 519</span>
*Main Explanation
**<span> 16. Skillful Activity </span><span> 521</span>
**<span> 17. Transcendent Perfections and Ways of Attracting Disciples </span><span> 525</span>
**<span> 18. Offering, Reliance, and Boundless Attitudes </span><span> 579</span>
**<span> 19. Elements Leading to Enlightenment </span><span> 629</span>
**<span> 20. Qualities </span><span> 731</span>
**<span> 21. Conduct and Consummation </span><span> 797</span>
**<span> Conclusion </span><span> 843</span>
*<span> Appendix 1: Structural Outline </span><span> 847</span>
*<span> Appendix 2: The Five Bodhisattva Paths and the Thirty-Seven Elements Leading<br>to Enlightenment </span><span> 863 </span>
*<span> Appendix 3: The Three Worlds and Six Realms </span><span> 867</span>
*<span> Glossary </span><span> 871</span>
*<span> Works Cited </span><span> 887</span>
*<span> Bibliography </span><span> 891</span>
*<span> Index </span><span> 893</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>viii</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
** <span> General Remarks</span><span>1</span>
** <span> A Summary of the Amanasikāra Cycle and the<br> *''Mahāmudrākanakamālā''</span><span>7</span>
** <span> Maitrīpa’s Life Story in the '''Bri gung bKa' brgyud chos mdzod''</span><span>23</span>
* <span> The Collection of Texts on Non-conceptual Realization<br>(The ''Amanasikāra Cycle'')</span><span>41</span>
** <span> 1. The Destruction of Wrong Views (''Kudrstinirghātana'')</span><span>41</span>
** <span> 2. A Commentary on the [Initial] Statement of "The Destruction of Wrong<br>Views" (''Kudrstinirghātavākyatippinikā'')</span><span>51</span>
** <span> 3. The Major Offences (''Mūlūpattayah'')</span><span>55</span>
** <span> 4. The Gross Offences (''Sthūlāpattayah'')</span><span>57</span>
** <span> 5. A Jewel Garland of True Reality (''Tattvaratndvalī'')</span><span>59</span>
** <span> 6. Explaining the Seals of the Five Tathāgatas<br>(''Pañcatathāgatamudrāvivaraṇa'')</span><span>95</span>
** <span> 7. A Presentation of Empowerment (''Sekanirdeśa'')</span><span>107</span>
** <span> 8. The Succession of the Four Seals (''Caturmudrānvaya'')</span><span>119</span>
** <span> 9. A Summary of the Meaning of Empowerment (''Sekatātparyasaṃgraha'')</span><span>133</span>
** <span> 10. The Five Aspects [of Vajrasattva] ([''Vajrasattva''-]''Pañcākāra'')</span><span>147</span>
** <span> 11. A Discourse on Illusion (''Māyānirukti'')</span><span>155</span>
** <span> 12. A Discourse on Dream (''Svapnanirukti'')</span><span>159</span>
** <span> 13. An Elucidation of True Reality (''Tattvaprakāśa'')</span><span>163</span>
** <span> 14. An Elucidation of Non-Abiding (''Apratiṣṭhānaprakāśa'')</span><span>169</span>
** <span> 15. An Elucidation of [the Term] "Indivisible union" (''Yuganaddhaprakāśa'')</span><span>175</span>
** <span> 16. The Manifestation of Great Bliss (''Mahāsukhaprakāśa'')</span><span>181</span>
** <span> 17. The Twenty Verses on True Reality (''Tattvaviṃśikā'')</span><span>187</span>
** <span> 18. The Twenty Verses on Mahāyāna (''Mahāyānaviṃśikā'')</span><span>193</span>
** <span> 19. The Five Verses on Penetrating Insight (''Nirvedhapañcaka'')</span><span>199</span>
** <span> 20. The Six Verses on the Middle [Path] (''Madhyamaṣaṭka'')</span><span>203</span>
** <span> 21. The Five [Verses on Transcendent] Love (''Premapañcaka'')</span><span>207</span>
** <span> 22. The Ten Verses on True Reality (''Tattvadaśaka'')</span><span>211</span>
** <span> 23. A Justification of Non-conceptual Realization (''Amanasikārādhāra'')</span><span>241</span>
** <span> 24. The Six Verses on the Co-emergent (''Sahajaṣaṭka'')</span><span>259</span>
** <span> 25. A Pith Instruction on Reality Called A Treasure of Dohas (*''Dohānidhināmatattvopadeśa'')</span><span>263</span>
** <span> 26. A Pith Instruction on Settling the Mind Without Becoming Engaged<br>in the Thought Processes of Projecting and Gathering—A Genuine Secret<br>(''Shes pa spro bsdu med par 'jog pa'i man ngag gsang ba dam pa'')</span><span>269</span>
** <span> 27. A Golden Garland of Mahāmudrā (*''Mahāmudrākanakamālā'')</span><span>273</span>
** <span> Conclusion</span><span>315</span>
* <span> Edition of the Sanskrit and Tibetan Texts</span><span>319</span>
** <span> General Remarks</span><span>319</span>
** <span> 1. ''Kudṛṣṭinirghātana''</span><span>323</span>
** <span> 2. ''Kudṛṣṭinirghātavākyaṭippinikā''</span><span>333</span>
** <span> 3. ''Mūlāpattayah''</span><span>337</span>
** <span> 4. ''Sthūlāpattayah''</span><span>339</span>
** <span> 5. ''Tattvaratnāvalī''</span><span>341</span>
** <span> 6. ''Pañcatathāgatamudrāvivaraṇa''</span><span>371</span>
** <span> 7. ''Sekanirdeśa''</span><span>385</span>
** <span> 8. ''Caturmudrānvaya''</span><span>389</span>
** <span> 9. ''Sekatātparyasaṃgraha''</span><span>403</span>
** <span> 10. ''[Vajrasattva-]Pañcākāra''</span><span>415</span>
** <span> 11. ''Māyānirukti''</span><span>427</span>
** <span> 12. ''Svapnanirukti''</span><span>433</span>
** <span> 13. ''Tattvaprakāśa''</span><span>437</span>
** <span> 14. ''Apratiṣṭhānaprakāśa''</span><span>443</span>
** <span> 15. ''Yuganaddhaprakāśa''</span><span>447</span>
** <span> 16. ''Mahāsukhaprakāśa''</span><span>451</span>
** <span> 17. ''Tattvaviṃśikā''</span><span>457</span>
** <span> 18. ''Mahāyānaviṃśikā''</span><span>465</span>
** <span> 19. ''Nirvedhapañcaka''</span><span>473</span>
** <span> 20. ''Madhyamaṣaṭka''</span><span>477</span>
** <span> 21. ''Premapañcaka''</span><span>481</span>
** <span> 22. ''Tattvadaśaka''</span><span>485</span>
** <span> 23. ''Amanasikārādhāra''</span><span>489</span>
** <span> 24. ''Sahajaṣaṭka''</span><span>499</span>
** <span> 25. *''Dohānidhināmatattvopadeśa''</span><span>503</span>
** <span> 26. ''Shes pa spro bsdu med par 'jog pa'i man ngag gsang ba dam pa''</span><span>507</span>
** <span> 27. *''Mahāmudrākanakamālā''</span><span>511</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>543</span>
** <span> Primary Sources (Indian)</span><span>543</span>
** <span> Primary Sources (Tibetan)</span><span>549</span>
** <span> References</span><span>551</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>559</span>
* Foreword
* <span> Ringu Tulku </span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Preface </span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Introduction </span><span>1</span>
** Holly Gayley and Joshua Schapiro
* <span> Part I: Worldly Counsel </span><span>21</span>
** <span> 1. Facing Your Mind </span><span>23</span>
*** Jamgön Kongtrul and Dudjom Lingpa
**** Translated by John Canti
** <span> 2. Playful Primers on the Path </span><span>47</span>
*** Dza Patrul Rinpoché
**** Translated by Joshua Schapiro
** <span> 3. Dictums for Developing Virtue </span><span>83</span>
*** Shangtön Tenpa Gyatso
**** Translated by Gedun Rabsal and Nicole Willock
** <span> 4. Bold Judgments on Eating Meat </span><span>97</span>
*** Shardza Tashi Gyaltsen
**** Translated by Geoffrey Barstow
** <span> 5. A Letter to the Queen </span><span>109</span>
*** Jikmé Lingpa and Getsé Mahāpaṇḍita
**** Translated by Jann Ronis
* <span> Part II: Meditation Advice </span><span>123</span>
** <span> 6. Advice for Solitary Retreat </span><span>125</span>
*** Do Khyentsé, Dza Patrul Rinpoché, and the Third Dodrupchen
**** Translated by Holly Gayley
** <span> 7. Encouragement to Pursue the Path </span><span>171</span>
*** Bamda Thupten Gelek Gyatso
**** Translated by Michael Sheehy
** <span> 8. How to Practice When Ill </span><span>191</span>
*** Jikmé Lingpa
**** Translated by Wulstan Fletcher
** <span> 9. An Intimate Exhortation </span><span>201</span>
*** Tokden Śākya Śrī
**** Translated by Amy Holmes-Tagchungdarpa
** <span> 10. A Meditation Instructor’s Manual </span><span>211</span>
*** Dza Patrul Rinpoché
**** Translated by Sarah Harding
* <span> Part III: Esoteric Instructions </span><span>239</span>
** <span> 11. Pointing to the Nature of Awareness </span><span>241</span>
*** Ju Mipham Rinpoché
**** Translated by Douglas Duckworth
** <span> 12. [[Articles/Putting_Buddha_Nature_into_Practice|Putting Buddha Nature into Practice]] </span><span>251</span>
*** Jamgön Kongtrul
**** Translated by Tina Draszczyk
** <span> 13. Instructions on the Great Perfection </span><span>285</span>
*** Jamgön Kongtrul
**** Translated by Marc-Henri Deroche
* <span> Glossary </span><span>303</span>
* <span> Tibetan Proper Names </span><span>317</span>
* <span> Contributors </span><span>327</span>
*<span> General Editor’s Preface</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Technical Note</span><span>17</span>
A Lamp to Illuminate the Five Stages
:''Core Teachings on the Glorious Guhyasamāja, King of Tantras''
*<span> 1. Homage and Introduction</span><span>21</span>
*Part 1. Divisions of Highest Yoga Tantra
**<span> 2. The Two Types of Tantra</span><span>25</span>
**<span> 3. Specific Explanation of Guhyasamāja Method Tantra</span><span>43</span>
**<span> 4. Praise of Guhyasamāja</span><span>55</span>
**<span> 5. Commentarial Traditions</span><span>59</span>
*Part 2. The Path of Guhyasamāja
**<span> 6. Training in the Guhyasamāja</span><span>75</span>
**<span> 7. The Two Stages</span><span>83</span>
**<span> 8. Explanation of Evām and of Bliss and Emptiness</span><span>91</span>
**<span> 9. The Necessity of Penetrating Vital Points on the Body </span><span>123</span>
*Part 3. The Divisions o f the Completion Stage
**<span> 10. The Core Instruction </span><span>137</span>
**<span> 11. TheFiveStages </span><span>143</span>
*Part 4. Body Isolation
**<span> 12. Identifying Body Isolation </span><span>167</span>
**<span> 13. Types of Body Isolation </span><span>181</span>
**<span> 14. How Body Isolation Is Incorporated into the Six Yogas </span><span>191</span>
**<span> 15. The Practice o f Body Isolation </span><span>199</span>
*Part 5. Speech Isolation
**<span> 16. Identifying Speech Isolation </span><span>213</span>
**<span> 17. Divisions,Functions, and Movement of the Winds </span><span>217</span>
**<span> 18. Significance of the Mantras </span><span>253</span>
**<span> 19. Prānāyāma Meditations </span><span>267</span>
**<span> 20. Vajra Repetition </span><span>295</span>
**<span> 21 . Experiences in Prānāyāma Meditation </span><span>309</span>
*Part 6. Mind Isolation
**<span> 22 . The Nature of Mind Isolation </span><span>333</span>
**<span> 23. The Three Appearances and the Intrinsic Natures </span><span>341</span>
*Part 7. The Conventional-Truth Illusory Body
**24. Gaining Instructions on the Illusory Body
**25. Methods of Attaining the Illusory Body
**26. The Mixings
*Part 8. The Ultimate-Truth Clear Light
**<span> 27. Stages of Attainment</span><span>443</span>
**<span> 28. The Outer and Inner Mastery </span><span>447</span>
**<span> 29. The Two Meditative Absorptions </span><span>453</span>
**<span> 30. How the Path of Tantra Must Occur on the Sutra Path </span><span>463</span>
**<span> 31. How Clear Light Is Incorporated into the Six Yogas </span><span>475</span>
*Part 9.The Stage of Union
**<span> 31 . The Two Truths Inseparably Combined </span><span>483</span>
**<span> 33. How the Stage of Union Fits into the Six Yogas </span><span>503</span>
*Part 10. Tantric Activities
**<span> 34. General Presentation of Activities </span><span>509</span>
**<span> 35. HighestYoga Tantra Activities</span><span>527</span>
**<span> 36. Rituals for the Three Activities</span><span>541</span>
**<span> 37. The Attainment of Complete Enlightenment</span><span>559</span>
*<span> Colophon and Dedication</span><span>563</span>
*<span> Table of Tibetan Transliteration</span><span>567</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>569</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>605</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>617</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>629</span>
*<span> About the Contributors</span><span>649</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*Chapter
**<span> I. Historical Overview</span><span>10</span>
**<span> II. Tathāgatabarbha</span><span>61</span>
**<span> III. Tathāgatagarbha Thought in the Śrīmālādevī-Siṁhanāda Sūtra: Part I</span><span>116</span>
**<span> IV. Tathāgatagarbha Thought in the Śrīmālādevī-Siṁhanāda Sūtra: Part II</span><span>136</span>
*<span> V. The Teaching of Queen Śrīmālā Who Had the Lion's Roar</span><span>187</span>
*<span> Appendix I: Methodology</span><span>278</span>
*<span> Appendix II: Bibliography</span><span>287</span>
+
*<span> List of Tables</span><span>10</span>
*<span> Abstract</span><span>11</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>13</span>
*<span> Chapter 1. The Controversy: The Relationship between the Doctrine of<br>Emptiness and the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>25</span>
*<span> Chapter 2. Yinshun's Interpretation of the "Original Purity of the Mind" and Its<br>Role in the Development of the ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Doctrine</span><span>43</span>
**<span> 2.1. "Original Purity of the Mind" in pre-Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>45</span>
***<span> 2.1.1. The "Original Purity of the Mind" and the Cultivation of ''Samādhi''</span><span>46</span>
***<span> 2.1.2. Canonical Sources for the "Original Purity of the Mind"<br>Doctrine</span><span>49</span>
***<span> 2.1.3. Yinshun's Interpretation of the "Original Purity of the Mind”: The Sarvāstivādin Position</span><span>52</span>
***<span> 2.1.4. The Role of Metaphors in the Explication of the "Original Purity<br>of the Mind"</span><span>57</span>
***<span> 2.1.5. Unity of the Mind</span><span>60</span>
**<span> 2.2. "Original Purity of the Mind" in Early Mahāyāna</span><span>64</span>
***<span> 2.2.1. No-Mind and the "Original Purity of the Mind"</span><span>65</span>
***<span> 2.2.2. The Bodhisattva Mind</span><span>69</span>
***<span> 2.2.3. Bodhicitta, Luminous Purity, and Emptiness</span><span>72</span>
*<span> Chapter 3. Yinshun's Analysis of the ''Tathāgatagarbha'''s Relationship to the ''Perfection<br>of Wisdom Sūtras'', The ''Huayan Sūtra'', and the ''Tathāgatagarbha Sūtra''</span><span>79</span>
**<span> 3.1. The "Equality of all Dharmas" and the "Non-Obstruction of<br>Phenomena"</span><span>81</span>
***<span> 3.1.1. The ''Prajñāpāramitā'' Literature</span><span>81</span>
***<span> 3.1.2. ''Huayan Sūtra''</span><span>84</span>
**<span> 3.2. The Implied Meanings of the ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Theory Found in the<br>''Huayan Sūtra''</span><span>86</span>
***<span> 3.2.1. Tathāgata's Nature Origination Chapter</span><span>86</span>
***<span> 3.2.2. The Ten Stages Chapter</span><span>90</span>
***<span> 3.2.3. The Vairocana Chapter</span><span>93</span>
**<span> 3.3. Mind, Bodhicitta, Bodhi, and Sentient Beings</span><span>98</span>
***<span> 3.3.1. ''Bodhicitta'' and ''Bodhi''</span><span>99</span>
***<span> 3.3.2. ''Bodhicitta'', ''Bodhi'', and the Doctrine of Emptiness</span><span>103</span>
***<span> 3.3.3. ''Bodhicitta'', ''Bodhi'', and the Jewel Metaphor</span><span>107</span>
**<span> 3.4. The ''Tathāgatagarbha Sūtra''</span><span>110</span>
*<span> Chapter 4. The Tathāgatagarbha as the womb of the Tathāgata: Yinshun's<br>Explanation</span><span>118</span>
**<span> 4.1. Tathāgata and ''Tathāgatagarbha'' (''Rulai yu rulaizang'')</span><span>123</span>
**<span> 4.2. The Selfhood of ''Tathāgatagarbha'' (''Rulaizangwo'')</span><span>131</span>
**<span> 4.3. ''Tathāgatagarbha'' is not empty (''Rulaizangbukong'')</span><span>142</span>
*<span> Chapter 5. Yinshun's Interpretation of the ''Jewel Nature Treatise'''s Treatment of<br>the Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>148</span>
**<span> 5.1. The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' as the Chief ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Treatise</span><span>150</span>
***<span> 5.1.1. The ''Jewel Nature Treatise'' (''Jiujing yisheng baoxinglun'')</span><span>150</span>
***<span> 5.1.2. The ''Wushangyijing''</span><span>154</span>
***<span> 5.1.3. The ''Dasheng fajie wuchabie lun''</span><span>155</span>
**<span> 5.2. The Texts and Treatises on which the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' are Based</span><span>157</span>
**<span> 5.3 An Analysis of the Meaning of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>160</span>
***<span> 5.3.1 The ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>160</span>
****<span> 5.3.1.1. The Pervasive Dharmakāya</span><span>160</span>
****<span> 5.3.1.2. Suchness without Distinction</span><span>161</span>
****<span> 5.3.1.3. The Buddha's Seed Nature</span><span>162</span>
***<span> 5.3.2. The Originally Pure Mind</span><span>163</span>
***<span> 5.3.3. Non-Emptiness and the Seed Nature</span><span>168</span>
***<span> 5.3.4. "Transforming the Base" (Skt. ''Āśrayaparavṛtti'': Chn. ''Zhuanyi'')</span><span>170</span>
*<span> Chapter 6 . Conclusion: Yinshun's Hermeneutics</span><span>173</span>
**<span> 6.1. Overview of Yinshun's interpretation of ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Doctrine</span><span>174</span>
**<span> 6.2. Where to Go from Here</span><span>193</span>
*<span> References</span><span>205</span>
**<span> Approval Page</span><span>ii</span>
**<span> Abstract</span><span>iii</span>
**<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>v</span>
**<span> Dedication</span><span>vi</span>
**<span> Table of Contents</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span>
**<span> 1) A General Statement about This Study</span><span>1</span>
**<span> 2) A Brief Review of Related Research</span><span>8</span>
**<span> 3) Methodologies Employed in This Study</span><span>9</span>
*<span> CHAPTER TWO: TATHĀGATAGARBHA THOUGHT PRIOR TO THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA''</span><span>11</span>
**<span> 1) The ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>13</span>
**<span> 2) The ''Śrīmālādevīsūtra''</span><span>26</span>
***<span> I Tathāgatagarbha and Ātman</span><span>29</span>
***<span> II Tathāgatagarbha and Śūnyatā</span><span>32</span>
***<span> III Tathāgatagarbha is Essentially Pure</span><span>35</span>
***<span> IV Tathāgatagarbha is the Supporting Cause</span><span>37</span>
*<span> CHAPTER THREE: TATHĀGATAGARBHA DOCTRINE IN THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA'' (1) — TATHĀGATANAIRĀTMYAGARBHA</span><span>42</span>
**<span> 1) A Brief Review of the Development of the Nairātmya Doctrine</span><span>46</span>
***<span> I "An-ātman" in Primitive Buddhism</span><span>46</span>
***<span> II "Niḥsvabhāva" in Madhyamaka School</span><span>47</span>
***<span> III "Twofold Nairātmya" in Yogācāra School</span><span>49</span>
**<span> 2) Relationship between Tathāgatagarbha and Nairātmya as Found in the ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra''</span><span>52</span>
***<span> I Tathāgatagarbha is Different from Ātman</span><span>53</span>
***<span> II Tathāgatagarbha is in Accordance with Nairātmya</span><span>56</span>
***<span> III Tathāgatagarbha and Śūnyatā are in Agreement</span><span>59</span>
**<span> 3) Tathāgatagarbha and the "Real and Eternal Mind-only"</span><span>63</span>
***<span> I Tathāgatagarbha is Essentially "Genuine Ātman"</span><span>65</span>
***<span> II Tathāgatagarbha is Essentially Aśūnya</span><span>74</span>
**<span> 4) Conclusion</span><span>81</span>
*<span> CHAPTER FOUR: TATHĀGATAGARBHA DOCTRINE IN THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA'' (2) — TATHĀGATAGARBHĀLAYAVIJÑĀNA</span><span>82</span>
**<span> 1) Meaning of Tathāgatagarbha as Cause Prior to the ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra''</span><span>85</span>
***<span> I The ''Śrīmālādevīsūtra''</span><span>86</span>
***<span> II The ''Anūnatvāpūrṇatva-nirdeśa-parivarta-sūtra''</span><span>88</span>
***<span> III The ''Ratna-gotra-vibhāga''</span><span>90</span>
**<span> 2) Tathāgatagarbha as Cause in the ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra''</span><span>92</span>
***<span> I Meaning of "Supporting Cause" Inherited from the Tathāgatagarbha Tradition</span><span>93</span>
***<span> II Meaning of "Producing Cause" Implanted from the Yogācāra<br>School</span><span>103</span>
**<span> 3) Conclusion</span><span>117</span>
*<span> CHAPTER FIVE: TATHĀGATAGARBHA DOCTRINE IN THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRASŪTRA'' (3) — PARINIṢPĀNNASVABHĀVASTATHĀGATA-<br>GARBHAHṚDAYA</span><span>122</span>
**<span> 1) Expansion And Extent of Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>123</span>
***<span> I Tathāgata-Wisdom in the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>124</span>
***<span> II "Tathāgata-Śūnyatā-Wisdom" and "Tathāgata-Realm" in the<br>''Śrīmālādevīsūtra''</span><span>129</span>
**<span> 2) Contents of the Term "Pariniṣpanasvabhāva"</span><span>132</span>
***<span> I Tathatā in the ''Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra'' and the ''Yogācāryabhūmiśāstra''</span><span>134</span>
***<span> II All the Pure Dharmas in the ''Mahāyānasaṃgrahaśāstra''</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 3) Pariniṣpanasvabhāvastathāgatagarbhahṛdaya in the ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra''</span><span>141</span>
**<span> 4) Conclusion</span><span>151</span>
*<span> CHAPTER SIX: CONCLUSION</span><span>155</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>158</span>
* <span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
** <span> I. The Ratnagotravibhāga, its Text, Translation, and Traditions concering the Author</span><span>5</span>
*** <span> 1. Text</span><span>5</span>
*** <span> 2. Translations & Traditions concerning the Author</span><span>6</span>
** <span> II. The Structure of the Text</span><span>10</span>
*** <span> 1. Basic Text and Commentary</span><span>10</span>
*** <span> 2. Chinese Account of the Basic Verses</span><span>12</span>
*** <span> 3. Supposed Form of the Original Text</span><span>18</span>
*** <span> 4. The Commentary and Later Additions</span><span>19</span>
** <span> III. Keypoint of the Discourse</span><span>20</span>
*** <span> 1. ''Ratnagotra'', the Germ of the Three Jewels</span><span>20</span>
*** <span> 2. 4 Aspects of the Germ</span><span>23</span>
*** <span> 3. The Absolute</span><span>26</span>
** <span> IV. Genealogy of the Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>32</span>
*** <span> 1. Sources of the Ratnagotravibhāga</span><span>32</span>
*** <span> 2. ''Cittaprakrti'' and ''Āganutukakleśa''</span><span>34</span>
*** <span> 3. ''Buddhajñana'' in the Avatamsaka</span><span>35</span>
*** <span> 4. The Tathāgatagarbhasūtra</span><span>36</span>
*** <span> 5. The Āryaśrīmālāsūtra</span><span>37</span>
*** <span> 6. The Anūnatvâpūrnatvanirdeśa and the Mahāparinirvānasūtra</span><span>39</span>
*** <span> 7. The Mahāyānasūtrâlankāra</span><span>40</span>
** <span> V. Works on the Tathāgatagarbha Theory Contemporary with or Succeeding<br>the Ratna.</span><span>45</span>
*** <span> 1. The Mahāyanadharmadhātvaviśesaśāstra</span><span>45</span>
*** <span> 2. The Buddhagotraśastra</span><span>47</span>
*** <span> 3. The Anuttarâśrayasūtra</span><span>49</span>
*** <span> 4. The Lankāvatāra and the Mahāyānaśraddhôtpādaśāstra</span><span>53</span>
** <span> VI. The Position of the Ratna. in Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>54</span>
*** <span> 1. The Ratna. as a Criticism on the Prajñāpāramitā</span><span>54</span>
*** <span> 2. The Ratna. and the Vijñānavāda</span><span>57</span>
*** <span> 3. Consideration on the Date and Authorship of the Ratna.</span><span>61</span>
* <span> Synopsis of the Text</span><span>63</span>
* <span> Translation and Notes</span><span>135</span>
<center>Chapter I. — The Matrix of the Tathāgata</center>
*<span> I. Introduction</span><span>141</span>
**<span> 1) The Meaning of the Adamantine Subjects</span><span>141</span>
**<span> 2) Authorities on the 7 Subjects </span><span>143</span>
**<span> 3) The Essential Character of the 7 Subjects</span><span>146</span>
**<span> 4) The Inherent Connection among the 7 Subjects</span><span>153</span>
*<span> II. The Jewel of the Buddha</span><span>155</span>
**<span> 1) The eightfold Quality of the Buddhahood</span><span>156</span>
**<span> 2) Reference to the ''Jñānâlokâlaṅkārasūtra''</span><span>159</span>
*<span> III. The Jewel of the Doctrine</span><span>163</span>
**<span> 1) The Eightfold Quality of the Doctrine</span><span>164</span>
**<span> 2) ''Nirodhasatya'' & ''Mārgasatya''</span><span>165</span>
**<span> 3) The Doctrine as the Truth of Extinction</span><span>165</span>
**<span> 4) The Doctrine as the Truth of Path</span><span>168</span>
*<span> IV. The Jewel of the Community</span><span>172</span>
**<span> 1) Manner and Extent of Perception</span><span>173</span>
***<span> a) Right Manner of Perception</span><span>174</span>
***<span> b) Unlimited Extent of Perception</span><span>175</span>
**<span> 2) Introspective Character of Bodhisattva’s Perception</span><span>176</span>
**<span> 3) Superiority of Bodhisattva’s Community</span><span>176</span>
*<span> V. The 3 Jewels as Refuges</span><span>180</span>
**<span> 1) 3 Refuges from the Empirical Standpoint</span><span>180</span>
**<span> 2) The Doctrine and the Community are not the ultimate refuge</span><span>181</span>
**<span> 3) Only the Buddha is the Refuge from the ultimate Standpoint</span><span>184</span>
**<span> 4) The Meaning of the 3 Jewels</span><span>185</span>
*<span> VI. The Germ of the 3 Jewels in 4 Aspects</span><span>186</span>
**<span> 1) Inconceivability of the 4 Aspects</span><span>188</span>
**<span> 2) The Germ as Cause and Conditions of the 3 Jewels in its 4 Aspects</span><span>194</span>
*<span> VII. The Sermon: All Living Beings are possessed of the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>196</span>
*<span> VIII. Analysis of the Germ from 10 Points of View</span><span>199</span>
**<span> (I) ''Svabhāva'' & (II) ''Hetu''</span><span>200</span>
***<span> 1) The Nature of the Essence of the Tathāgata</span><span>200</span>
***<span> 2) Obstructions and Causes for Purification</span><span>201</span>
**<span> (III) ''Phala'' & (IV) ''Karman''</span><span>207</span>
***<span> 1) The 4 Supreme Virtues as the Result of Purification</span><span>208</span>
***<span> 2) Concordance between the 4 Supreme Virtues and the 4 Causes for Purification</span><span>210</span>
***<span> 3) 4 Impediments to the Attainment of the Supreme Virtues</span><span>214</span>
***<span> 4) Motives of the 4 Supreme Virtues</span><span>218</span>
***<span> 4') The Unstable Nirvāṇa</span><span>219</span>
***<span> 5) Functions of the Germ for its Purification</span><span>221</span>
**<span> (V) Yoga</span><span>225</span>
***<span> 1) The Union of the Germ to the Factors of its Purification</span><span>225</span>
***<span> 2) The Union of the Germ to the Result of Purification</span><span>227</span>
**<span> (VI) ''Vṛtti'' (Manifestation)</span><span>229</span>
**<span> (VII) ''Avasthāprabheda'' (Different States of Manifestation)</span><span>230</span>
**<span> (VIII) ''Sarvatraga'' (All-pervadingness)</span><span>233</span>
**<span> (IX) ''Avikāra''</span><span>234</span>
***<span> (A) Unchangeability in the Impure State</span><span>235</span>
****<span> 1) Unoriginated Character of the Innate Mind</span><span>238</span>
****<span> 2) Indestructible Character of the Innate Mind</span><span>241</span>
***<span> (B) Unchangeability in the Pure-and-impure State</span><span>243</span>
****<span> 1) Pure Character and Impure Character of the Bodhisattva</span><span>243</span>
****<span> 2) Defilements endowed with the Virtuous Root</span><span>245</span>
****<span> 3) Bodhisattva’s Compassion — The Parable of a Householder</span><span>246</span>
****<span> 4) Bodhisattva’s Perception of the Pure Mind</span><span>248</span>
****<span> 5) ' ''Saṃsāra'' ' in the Case of Bodhisattva</span><span>250</span>
****<span> 6) Bodhisattva in his 6th Stage</span><span>250</span>
****<span> 7) The Pure and Impure State of the Bodhisattva in comparison<br>with the Ordinary Being and the Buddha</span><span>253</span>
***<span> (C) Unchangeability in the Perfectly Pure State</span><span>256</span>
**<span> (X) ''Asaṃbheda''</span><span>258</span>
***<span> 1) Synonyms of the Essence of the Tathāgata</span><span>259</span>
***<span> 2) The Point: Buddhahood is Nirvāṇa</span><span>261</span>
***<span> 3) The Parable of Painters</span><span>263</span>
***<span> 4) Similarity of the Buddhahood to the Sun</span><span>265</span>
*<span> IX. The 9 Illustrations on the Germ covered with Defilements</span><span>268</span>
**<span> 1) The 9 Illustrations according to the Tathāgatagarbhasūtra</span><span>268</span>
**<span> 2) 9 Kinds of Defilements — the Impurities of the Mind</span><span>277</span>
**<span> 3) Concordance between the 9 Illustrations and 9 Kinds of Defilements</span><span>281</span>
**<span> 4) The threefold Nature of the Essence</span><span>283</span>
***<span> a) ''Dharmakāya''</span><span>284</span>
***<span> b) ''Tathatā''</span><span>287</span>
***<span> c) ''Tathāgatagotra''</span><span>288</span>
*<span> X. The Essential Characteristics of the Matrix of the Tathāgata</span><span>294</span>
**<span> 1) The Saying: ' All Living Beings are possessed of the Matrix of the<br>Tathāgata ' is the Highest Logical Truth</span><span>294</span>
**<span> 2) The 4 Kinds of Individuals to whom the Faith in this Essence is necessary</span><span>296</span>
**<span> 3) The True Conception of the Matrix of the Tathāgata as representing Non-substantiality</span><span>300</span>
*<span> XI. The Purpose of Instruction</span><span>305</span>
<center>Chapter II. — The Enlightenment</center>
*<span> XII. General Characteristics of the Reality free from Pollutions</span><span>310</span>
*<span> XIII. 8 Points on the Undefiled Reality</span><span>314</span>
**<span> (I) ''Svabhāva'' & (II) ''Hetu''</span><span>314</span>
**<span> (III) ''Phala''</span><span>315</span>
**<span> (IV) ''Karman''</span><span>318</span>
**<span> (V) ''Yoga''</span><span>322</span>
**<span> (VI) ''Vṛtti''</span><span>324</span>
***<span> a) The Body of the Absolute Essence</span><span>326</span>
***<span> b) The Body of Enjoyment</span><span>328</span>
***<span> c) The Apparitional Body</span><span>329</span>
**<span> (VII) ''Nitya''</span><span>331</span>
**<span> (VIII) ''Acintya''</span><span>334</span>
<center>Chapter III. — The Properties of the Buddha</center>
*<span> XIV. General Characteristics of the Buddha’s Properties</span><span>336</span>
*<span> XV. The 64 Properties of the Buddha</span><span>338</span>
**<span> (I) The 10 Powers</span><span>338</span>
**<span> (II) The 4 Forms of Intrepidity</span><span>339</span>
**<span> (III) The 18 Exclusive Properties</span><span>341</span>
**<span> (IV) The 32 Marks of the Superman</span><span>343</span>
***<span> (Commentary)</span><span>347</span>
<center>Chapter IV. — The Acts of the Buddha</center>
*<span> XVI. General Characteristics of the Acts of the Buddha</span><span>351</span>
*<span> XVII. The 9 Illustrations on the Buddha's Acts</span><span>355</span>
**<span> 1) Buddha's Magnanimity</span><span>355</span>
**<span> 2) The 9 Illustrations taken from the ''Jñānâlokâlaṅkārasūtra''</span><span>356</span>
**<span> 3) Summary of the Illustrations given by the Commentator</span><span>374</span>
**<span> 4) Summary of Examples given in the Kārikās</span><span>375</span>
**<span> 5) Non-origination and Non-extinction of the Buddhahood</span><span>377</span>
**<span> 6) The Point of Dissimilarity</span><span>377</span>
<center>Chapter V. — The Merits of Faith</center>
*<span> XVIII. The Merits of Having Faith in the Doctrine of the Essence of Buddhahood</span><span>380</span>
**<span> 1) The Superiority of Faith to other Virtues in regard to their Merits</span><span>380</span>
**<span> 2) Authority, Motive, and Characteristics of this Text being the Correct<br>Doctrine</span><span>384</span>
**<span> 3) Means of preserving oneself within the Doctrine</span><span>386</span>
**<span> 4) Causes and Results of the Loss of the Doctrine</span><span>387</span>
**<span> 5) Conclusion</span><span>389</span>
* Appendixes
** <span> I. Supposed for of the Original Śloka-grantha</span><span>393</span>
** <span> II. Corrections & Emendations to the Sanskrit Text</span><span>396</span>
** <span> III. Description of the Ultimate Reality by Means of the Six Categories</span><span>400</span>
* Indexes
** <span> 1. Index of Sanskrit Terms</span><span>411</span>
** <span> 2. Index of Works, Authors & Schools</span><span>437</span>
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> Prologue</span><span>ix</span>
**I. On Māyā and Miracles
***<span> 1 The Prophecy of the Magician Bhadra's Attainment of Buddhahood (Sūtra 21)</span><span>3</span>
**II. On Emptiness
***<span> 2 The Demonstration of the Inconceivable State of Buddhahood (Sūtra 35)</span><span>27</span>
***<span> 3 Flawless Purity: A Dialogue with the Laywomen Gaṅgottarā (Sūtra 31)</span><span>37</span>
***<span> 4 How to Kill the Sword of Wisdom (Sūtra 36)</span><span>41</span>
***<span> 5 A Discourse on Ready Eloquence (Sūtra 33)</span><span>73</span>
***<span> 6 Mañjuśrī's Discourse on the Pāramitā of Wisdom (Sūtra 46)</span><span>100</span>
***<span> 7 The Prophecy of Bodhisattva Fearless Virtue's Attainment of Buddhahood (Sūtra 32)</span><span>115</span>
***<span> 8 The Universal Dharma-Door to the Inconceivable (Sūtra 10)</span><span>134</span>
***<span> 9 The Inexhaustible Stores of Wisdom (Sūtra 20)</span><span>149</span>
***<span> 10 The Prediction of Mañjuśrī's Attainment of Buddhahood (Sūtra 15)</span><span>164</span>
**III. On the Light of the Tathāgata
***<span> 11 The Manifestation of Lights (Sūtra 11)</span><span>191</span>
**IV. On Consciousness
***<span> 12 The Elucidation of Consciousness (Sūtra 39)</span><span>223</span>
**V. On Virtue and Discipline
***<span> 13 Bodhisattva Surata's Discourse (Sūtra 27)</span><span>243</span>
***<span> 14 Sumati’s Questions (Sūtra 30)</span><span>256</span>
***<span> 15 The Definitive Vinaya (Sūtra 24)</span><span>262</span>
***<span> 16 Abiding in Good and Noble Deportment (Sūtra 44)</span><span>280</span>
**VI. On Pure Land
***<span> 17 The Dharma-Door of Praising Tathāgata Akṣobhya's Merits (Sūtra 6)</span><span>315</span>
***<span> 18 The Land of Utmost Bliss (Sūtra 5)</span><span>339</span>
**VII. On General Mahāyāna Doctrine
***<span> 19 The True Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā (Sūtra 48)</span><span>363</span>
***<span> 20 The Sūtra of Assembled Treasures (Sūtra 43)</span><span>387</span>
***<span> 21 Dialogue with Bodhisattva Infinite Wisdom (Sūtra 45)</span><span>415</span>
**VIII. On Skillful Means
***<span> 22 On the Pāramitā of Ingenuity (Sūtra 38)</span><span>427</span>
**<span> Glossary</span><span>469</span>
**<span> Numerical Glossary</span><span>487</span>
*<span> ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS</span><span>i</span>
*<span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>ii</span>
*<span> CHARTS</span><span>iv</span>
*<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span>
*<span> CHAPTER ONE: THE SOURCE TEXTS</span><span>5</span>
**<span> HISTORY</span><span>6</span>
***<span> ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' and ''Ratnagotravibhagavyākhyā''</span><span>6</span>
***<span> ''Authorship and date''</span><span>9</span>
***<span> ''Sanskrit Editions of RGV and RGVV''</span><span>14</span>
***<span> ''Chinese translations of RGVV''</span><span>16</span>
***<span> ''The RGV and RGVV in the Tibetan tradition''</span><span>17</span>
**<span> CONTENT</span><span>21</span>
***<span> ''Structure''</span><span>21</span>
***<span> ''Translation of Selected verses of RGV''</span><span>31</span>
***<span> ''Translation of the corresponding sections of RGVV''</span><span>34</span>
***<span> ''Critical Edition of Selected verse of RGV and their corresponding RGVV<br>sections''</span><span>40</span>
**<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>49</span>
*<span> CHAPTER TWO: THEORY AND PRACTICE</span><span>51</span>
**<span> THEORY AND PRACTICE WITHIN THE TRADITION</span><span>52</span>
***<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>52</span>
***<span> ''Tibetan Classifications of RGV & RGVV''</span><span>55</span>
***<span> ''Tibetan exegesis''</span><span>58</span>
**<span> CURRENT THEORY AND PRACTICE IN TIBETOLOGY</span><span>60</span>
***<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>60</span>
***<span> ''RGV studies''</span><span>62</span>
***<span> ''General observationos on Context, Sources and Classifications''</span><span>71</span>
**<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>75</span>
*<span> CHAPTER THREE: METHODS</span><span>77</span>
**<span> HYPOTHESES</span><span>77</span>
**<span> METHODS CHOSEN</span><span>78</span>
**<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>81</span>
*<span> CHAPTER FOUR: SURVEY</span><span>82</span>
***<span> ''Sources for information about RGV commentaries''</span><span>83</span>
***<span> ''Sources for information about commentators''</span><span>84</span>
***<span> ''Commentary titles''</span><span>90</span>
**<span> A PROVISIONAL LIST OF TIBETAN COMMENTARIES ON RGV &<br>RGVV</span><span>92</span>
***<span> ''Information about authors whose commentaries are currently considered lost''</span><span>93</span>
***<span> ''Information about authors whose commentaries are in an uncertain location''</span><span>100</span>
***<span> ''Information about authors and their preserved RGV commentaries''</span><span>108</span>
***<span> ''Information about authors and their commentaries that are preserved and<br>reproduced''</span><span>114</span>
**<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>137</span>
*<span> CHAPTER FIVE: COMPARISON</span><span>140</span>
**<span> INTERPRETATIONS</span><span>142</span>
**<span> INFORMATION GAINED FROM INTERPRETATIONS</span><span>210</span>
***<span> ''Divergence in interpretations of The Main Thesis & Its Three Reasons''</span><span>216</span>
***<span> ''Isolation of main divergence''</span><span>237</span>
**<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>244</span>
*<span> CHAPTER SIX: DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS</span><span>246</span>
*<span> SANSKRIT EDITION OF THE SELECTED RGV VERSES</span><span>250</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>252</span>
**<span> TIBETAN SOURCES</span><span>252</span>
**<span> TIBETAN COLLECTIONS</span><span>255</span>
**<span> TIBETAN REFERENCE WORKS</span><span>257</span>
**<span> SOURCES IN WESTERN LANGUAGES</span><span>259</span>
**<span> JAPANESE SOURCES</span><span>270</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter One: The Term Tathāgatagarbha and Some of Its Synonyms</span><span>8</span>
**<span> 1. Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>8</span>
***<span> A. Tathāgata</span><span>8</span>
***<span> B. Garbha</span><span>16</span>
***<span> C. Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>17</span>
**<span> 2. Tathāgatagotra</span><span>20</span>
***<span> A. Gotra</span><span>20</span>
***<span> B. Tathāgatagotra</span><span>37</span>
**<span> 3. Dharmadhātu and Buddhadhātu</span><span>40</span>
***<span> A. Dhātu</span><span>40</span>
***<span> B. Dharmadhātu</span><span>45</span>
***<span> C. Buddhadhātu</span><span>50</span>
**<span> 4.Dharmakāya</span><span>55</span>
**<span> 5. Prakṛtipariśuddhacitta</span><span>65</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter Two: The Development of the Tathāgatagarbha Theory in India (1)<br>—The Earlier Period</span><span>74</span>
**<span> 1. Sūtras:</span><span>77</span>
***<span> A. Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra</span><span>77</span>
***<span> B. Anūnatvāpūrṇatva-nirdeśa</span><span>80</span>
***<span> C. Śrīmālādevīsiṃhanāda-sūtra</span><span>85</span>
***<span> D. Mahāparinirvāṇa-sūtra</span><span>95</span>
***<span> E. Anuttarāśraya-sūtra</span><span>103</span>
***<span> F. Some Minor Sūtras</span><span>104</span>
**<span> 2. Śāstras:</span><span>115</span>
***<span> A. Ratnagotravibhāga-śāstra</span><span>115</span>
***<span> B. Mahāyānadharmadhātvaviśeṣa-śāstra</span><span>126</span>
**<span> 3. A Chart of the Chronological Order of these Works</span><span>130</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter Three: The Development of the Tathāgatagarbha Theory in India (2)<br>—The Later Period</span><span>131</span>
**<span> 1. Sūtras:</span><span>143</span>
***<span> A. Suvarṇaprabhāsa-sūtra</span><span>143</span>
***<span> B. Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra</span><span>149</span>
***<span> C. Ghanavyūha-sūtra</span><span>156</span>
**<span> 2. Śāstras:</span><span>160</span>
***<span> A. The Buddha Nature Treatise</span><span>160</span>
***<span> B. Mahāyānaśraddhotpāda-śāstra</span><span>167</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter Four: The Development of the Tathāgatagarbha Theory in China</span><span>173</span>
**<span> 1. The Place of the Tathāgatagarbha theory in Different Kinds of P'an-chiao Systems</span><span>174</span>
**<span> 2. The Influence of the MPN in Chinese Buddhism</span><span>181</span>
***<span> A. The Issue of the Icchantikas</span><span>181</span>
***<span> B. Different Kinds of Buddha Nature</span><span>184</span>
***<span> C. The Direct Cause of Buddha Nature</span><span>195</span>
**<span> 3. The Buddha Nature in Some Chinese Buddhist Schools</span><span>213</span>
***<span> A. The Nieh-p'an School</span><span>213</span>
***<span> B. The T'ien-t'ai School</span><span>219</span>
***<span> C. The Hua-yen School</span><span>225</span>
***<span> D. The Ch'an School</span><span>230</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter Five: Refutation of Matsumoto's and Hakamaya's Criticism on the Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>241</span>
**<span> 1. Fallacies Shared by Matsumoto and Hakamaya</span><span>242</span>
***<span> A. The Issue of Time versus Space</span><span>243</span>
***<span> B. The Issue of Unity versus Diversity</span><span>247</span>
***<span> C. The Issue of Permanence versus Impermanence</span><span>250</span>
**<span> 2. Extreme Views of Matsumoto's Criticism</span><span>252</span>
***<span> A. On the Concepts of Vimukti and Nirvāṇa</span><span>252</span>
***<span> B. On the Concept of Dharmakāya</span><span>256</span>
**<span> 3. Misconceptions of Hakamaya's Criticism</span><span>261</span>
***<span> A. On the Authoritarianism and the Lack of Real Altruism in the<br>Theory of Fundamental Enlightenment</span><span>263</span>
***<span> B. On the Anti-religious Faith in the Theory of Fundamental<br>Enlightenment</span><span>270</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter Six: A Comparison between the "Ātman" in the Tathāgatagarbha<br>theory and That in the Upaniṣads</span><span>277</span>
**<span> 1. The "Ātman" in the Upaniṣads</span><span>277</span>
***<span> A. Ātman</span><span>280</span>
***<span> B. Brahman</span><span>288</span>
***<span> C. The Identification of Ātman and Brahman</span><span>296</span>
**<span> 2. Comparison of the Concept of ''Ātman'' in the Tathāgatagarbha Theory<br>with That in the Upaniṣads</span><span>303</span>
***<span> A. Downward versus Upward</span><span>303</span>
***<span> B. Unitary Brahman versus Myriads of Buddhas</span><span>307</span>
***<span> C. Knowledge Leading to the Oneness with the Ātman/Brahman<br>versus the Great Compassion for the Salvation of All</span><span>315</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter Seven: The Purpose of Postulating the Concept of Ātmapāramitā in<br>the Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>329</span>
**<span> 1. Controversy over the Concept of Anātman Depicted in the Early<br>Canons</span><span>330</span>
***<span> A. The Doctrine of Anātman—the Negative Attitude towards the Idea<br>of Ātman</span><span>330</span>
***<span> B. Having the Self for an Island—the Positive Attitude towards the<br>Idea of Ātman</span><span>335</span>
***<span> C. The Silence of the Buddha—the Neutral Attitude towards the Idea<br>of Ātman</span><span>339</span>
***<span> D. The Controversy over the Issue of Ātman versus Anātman in<br>Buddhism</span><span>345</span>
****<span> (I)Those Who Maintain That There Is Absolutely No Self or Soul<br>and Their Theories of Karman and Transmigration</span><span>346</span>
****<span> (II) The Other Side of the Controversy</span><span>356</span>
**<span> 2. The Absolute in the Mādhyamika and Yogācāra Schools</span><span>366</span>
***<span> A. The Concept of Anātman and the Absolute in the Mādhyamika<br>School</span><span>367</span>
****<span> (I) The Concept of Anātman</span><span>367</span>
****<span> (II) Is the Supreme Truth the Absolute in the Mādhyamika<br>Theory?</span><span>375</span>
***<span> B. The Concept of Ālayavijñāna and the Absolute in the Yogācāra<br>School</span><span>381</span>
****<span> (I) The Substratum Consciousness—Ālayavijñāna</span><span>383</span>
****<span> (II) The Paramārtha-satya in the Yogācāra School</span><span>391</span>
**<span> 3. The Purpose of Postulating the Concept of Ātmapāramitā in the Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>395</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter Eight: The Tathāgatagarbha Theory as a Support to the Bodhisattva<br>Practices</span><span>406</span>
**<span> 1. The Tathāgatagarbha Theory and the Bodhisattva Path</span><span>406</span>
***<span> A. Buddhayāna Is the Only True Vehicle</span><span>407</span>
***<span> B. Bodhisattva Practices Are the Only Way to One's Salvation from the Saṃsāra</span><span>422</span>
**<span> 2. The Tathāgatagarbha Theory as a Support to the Bodhisattva Practices</span><span>431</span>
***<span> A. Tathāgatagarbha and the Bodhicittotpāda</span><span>433</span>
***<span> B. Tathāgatagarbha and the Bodhisattva Vows</span><span>435</span>
***<span> C. Tathāgatagarbha and the Six Pāramitās</span><span>441</span><br><br>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>450</span>
*<span> Appendix A: Translation of the Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra</span><span>454</span>
**<span> I. Introductory Remarks</span><span>454</span>
**<span> II. The Translation</span><span>457</span>
***<span> Introduction</span><span>457</span>
***<span> Parable of the Metamorphosed Buddhas inside Lotuses</span><span>464</span>
***<span> Parable of the Honey Guarded by Countless Bees</span><span>468</span>
***<span> Parable of the Grain inside Husks</span><span>470</span>
***<span> Parable of the Gold in Impurities</span><span>472</span>
***<span> Parable of the Treasure under the Ground</span><span>475</span>
***<span> Parable of the Seed inside a Fruit</span><span>478</span>
***<span> Parable of the Golden Statue Wrapped in Rags</span><span>480</span>
***<span> Parable of the Embryo of Cakravartin in the Womb of a Poor<br>Woman</span><span>484</span>
***<span> Parable of the Golden Image inside the Earthen Mold</span><span>487</span>
***<span> Merits of Recitation of This Sūtra</span><span>490</span>
***<span> The Jātaka Story of Bodhisattva Aparyantaprabha</span><span>494</span>
***<span> Conclusion</span><span>503</span>
*<span> Appendix B: Glossary of Selected Technical Terms</span><span>504</span>
**<span> I. Sanskrit-English</span><span>504</span>
**<span> II. Chinese-English</span><span>506</span>
**<span> Ill. Japanese-English</span><span>509</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>511</span>
* <span> '''Contents'''</span><span>vi</span>
* <span> '''Acknowledgements'''</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> '''Abbreviations'''</span><span>x</span>
* <span> '''Part One. Introduction'''</span><span>1</span>
** <span> 1. The Career of Bcom ldan ral gri</span><span>3</span>
** <span> 2. The Context of Bcom ldan ral gri's ''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od'': A Preliminary Survey of the Production of Tibetan Canonical Collections under Mongol Rule</span><span>9</span>
*** <span> 2.1 Canonical Collections before "Bka' 'gyur" and "Bstan 'gyur"</span><span>9</span>
*** <span> 2.2 Early Canonical Production in the Sa skya Tradition</span><span>14</span>
*** <span> 2.3 Canonical Production at Tshal and Elsewhere</span><span>32</span>
*** <span> 2.4 Local Variation in the Contents of Early Kangyurs and Tengyurs</span><span>41</span>
*** <span> 2.5 Bcom ldan ral gri and Debates on the Canonicity of the ''Guhyagarbha Tantra''</span><span>46</span>
** <span> 3. The Structure, Contents, and Date of the ''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od''</span><span>51</span>
** <span> 4. Conventions</span><span>71</span>
** <span> '''Appendices'''</span><span>x</span>
** <span> 1. Outline of the ''Bstan bcos kyi dkar chag'' by Dbus pa Blo gsal Rtsod pa'i<br>seng ge (ca. 1270-ca. 1355)</span><span>75</span>
** <span> 2. Outline of Chapter Four of Bu ston Rin chen grub's (1290-1364) ''History''</span><span>77</span>
** <span> 3. A Comparison of Sections in the ''Lhan dkar ma, 'Phyang thang ma'', and<br>''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od''</span><span>85</span>
** <span> 4. The '''Phang thang ma'' Section Titles in Bcom ldan ral gri's 1261 ''Thub pa'i<br>bstan pa rgyan gyi me tog''</span><span>87</span>
** <span> 5. Section titles of the Zhwa lu/Sne'u gdong 1362 ''Bstan 'gyur''</span><span>89</span>
** <span> 6. Titles in the ''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od'' corresponding to titles of<br>missing works in Bu ston Rin chen grub's ''History''</span><span>91</span>
** <span> Select Bibliographies</span><span>93</span>
* <span> '''Part Two. The ''Bstan pa rgyas pa rgyan gyi nyi 'od'''''</span><span>102</span>
** <span> Title</span><span>104</span>
** <span> Opening Verse</span><span>104</span>
** <span> 1. How Tibet Developed</span><span>105</span>
** <span> 2. How Buddhism Developed in Tibet</span><span>108</span>
** <span> 3. Prajñāpāramitā</span><span>115</span>
** <span> 4. Avatamsaka</span><span>118</span>
** <span> 5. Ratnakūta</span><span>120</span>
** <span> 6. Mahāyāna Sūtras</span><span>124</span>
** <span> 7. Hīnayāna Sūtras</span><span>135</span>
** <span> 8. Dhāranī</span><span>140</span>
** <span> 9. *Nāma, Pranidhāna, and Mangala</span><span>150</span>
** <span> 10. Sūtra Commentaries</span><span>154</span>
** <span> 11. Translations from Chinese and Khotanese</span><span>159</span>
** <span> 12. Vinaya</span><span>163</span>
** <span> 13. Abhidharma</span><span>166</span>
** <span> 14. Cittamātra Śāstra</span><span>168</span>
** <span> 15. Madhyamaka Śāstra</span><span>171</span>
** <span> 16. Bodhisattvacārya and Bhāvanākrama</span><span>174</span>
** <span> 17. Stotra</span><span>177</span>
** <span> 18. Guhyamantra</span><span>180</span>
** <span> 19. Tarka</span><span>189</span>
** <span> 20. Partial Unrevised Translations</span><span>192</span>
** <span> 21. How Translators, Scholars, Kings, and Ministers Appeared in Tibet</span><span>213</span>
** <span> 22. Translations by Lo tsā ba Rin chen bzang po</span><span>197</span>
** <span> 23. Translations by Students of Rin chen bzang po</span><span>209</span>
** <span> 24. Translations by Lo tsā ba Nag tsho Tshul khrims rgyal ba</span><span>213</span>
** <span> 25. Translations Just After Atiśa (ca. 982-ca.1054) Passed Away</span><span>220</span>
** <span> 26. Translations by 'Brog mi Lo tsā ba Blo ldan shes rab and Others</span><span>228</span>
** <span> 27. Translations by Rngog Lo tsā ba Blo ldan shes rab and Others</span><span>237</span>
** <span> 28. Translations by Pa tshab Lo tsā ba Nyi ma grags and Others</span><span>245</span>
** <span> 29. A Classification of Authentic and Inauthentic Sūtras, Tantra, and Śāstras</span><span>255</span>
** <span> 30. Works Composed up to the Era of Emperor Khri Ral pa can</span><span>263</span>
** <span> 31. Concluding Instruction</span><span>274</span>
* <span> Concluding Verses</span><span>277</span>
* <span> Colophon</span><span>277</span>
* <span> Post-colophonic Gloss</span><span>277</span>
*<span> Preface to the English Version</span><span>iii</span>
*<span> A Note on Foreign Words</span><span>viii</span>
*<span> Introduction: What is Buddhism?</span><span>1</span>
**<span> Buddha, Dharma, and Saṃgha: The Three Constituents of Buddhism</span><span>3</span>
**<span> Taking Refuge in the Three Treasures</span><span>5</span>
**<span> The Absolute Nature of the Dharma</span><span>8</span>
**<span> Mahāyāna and Hīnayāna: The "Greater" and "Lesser" Vehicles</span><span>11</span>
**<span> The Buddhist Canon (''tri-piṭaka'')</span><span>16</span>
*<span> I. The Life of Śākyamuni</span><span>23</span>
**<span> The Buddha Śākyamuni</span><span>23</span>
**<span> Biographies of the Buddha</span><span>25</span>
**<span> Birth and Renunciation</span><span>28</span>
**<span> Austerities and Enlightenment</span><span>31</span>
**<span> The Beginnings of Śākyamuni's Teaching Ministry: His First Sermon</span><span>34</span>
**<span> Dissemination of the Teaching and the Growth of the Community</span><span>38</span>
**<span> The Great Decease</span><span>42</span>
**<span> Erection of ''Stūpas'' and the First Council</span><span>45</span>
*<span> II. The True Nature of the Buddha</span><span>49</span>
**<span> Designations of the Buddha</span><span>50</span>
**<span> Buddha and Tathāgata</span><span>53</span>
**<span> The Former Lives of the Buddha</span><span>55</span>
**<span> The Buddhas of the Three Ages</span><span>59</span>
**<span> The Buddhas of the Ten Directions</span><span>61</span>
**<span> Material Body and Dharma-Body</span><span>64</span>
**<span> The Theory of Three Bodies</span><span>68</span>
*<span> III. Dharma: The Buddhist Conception of Truth</span><span>70</span>
**<span> The Meanings of ''Dharma''</span><span>70</span>
**<span> The Basis of the Teaching: Dependent Co-arising and the Four Noble<br> Truths</span><span>76</span>
**<span> Śākyamuni's: Philosophical Position: The Ten or Fourteen Unanswerables</span><span>85</span>
**<span> "Dharma-seals": The Watchwords of Buddhism</span><span>89</span>
**<span> ''Saṃskāra'' and ''Dharma'': The Dependently Co-arisen</span><span>96</span>
**<span> ''Dharmatā'': The Principle of Dependent Co-arising</span><span>100</span>
**<span> The Conception· of Truth in Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>104</span>
**<span> Supreme Truth and Conventional Truth</span><span>105</span>
*<span> IV. ''Sarva-dharmāh'': The Constituent Elements of Existence</span><span>107</span>
**<span> The Classification of the Constituent Elements of Existence in the Early<br> Canon: The Five Aggregates, Twelve Sense-Fields, and Eighteen Realms</span><span>107</span>
**<span> The Sarvāstivādin Classification of the Constituent Elements of Existence:<br> The Five Categories and Seventy-five Elements</span><span>114</span>
**<span> The Sarvāstivādin Theory of the Elements: The Elements Exist Eternally</span><span>120</span>
**<span> The Mahāyānist Conception of the Elements: All is Empty</span><span>126</span>
*<span> V. Transmigration, Karma, and Mental Defilements</span><span>128</span>
**<span> Transmigratory Existence: The Three Realms and Six Paths</span><span>128</span>
**<span> Karma</span><span>137</span>
**<span> Mental Defilements</span><span>141</span>
**<span> The Twelvefold Chain of Dependent Co-arising</span><span>149</span>
*<span> VI. The Path to Enlightenment</span><span>163</span>
**<span> Nirvāṇa and Enlightenment</span><span>163</span>
**<span> The Mahāyānist Conception of Nirvāṇa</span><span>168</span>
**<span> The Path to Enlightenment</span><span>170</span>
**<span> The Noble Eightfold Path</span><span>172</span>
**<span> The Three Disciplines: Morality, Meditation, and Wisdom</span><span>174</span>
**<span> Faith and Practice</span><span>188</span>
**<span> Practices for· the Welfare of Others</span><span>191</span>
**<span> The Practices of the Bodhisattva: The Six Perfections</span><span>193</span>
*<span> VII. Mind: The Agency of Practice</span><span>198</span>
**<span> No-self and Subjective Agency</span><span>198</span>
**<span> Mind (''citta'', ''manas'', and ''vijñāna'')</span><span>200</span>
**<span> Mind-only and Cognition-only</span><span>205</span>
**<span> The Innately Pure Mind and the Embryo of the Tathāgata</span><span>215</span>
**<span> Enlightenment and Salvation</span><span>223</span>
*<span> VIII. The Ideal Practitioner</span><span>227</span>
**<span> The Concept "Man"</span><span>227</span>
**<span> Ordinary Man and Holy Man</span><span>228</span>
**<span> The Stages of the Bodhisattva</span><span>233</span>
**<span> "One Vehide" and "Three Vehicles"</span><span>240</span>
*<span> IX. The Precepts and the Organization of the Community</span><span>246</span>
**<span> The Meaning of ''Saṃgha''</span><span>246</span>
**<span> The Organization of the Community</span><span>250</span>
**<span> Community Regulations</span><span>255</span>
*<span> X. The History of Buddhism</span><span>263</span>
**<span> 1. Buddhism in India and the Surrounding Lands</span><span>264</span>
***<span> The Basic Schism</span><span>264</span>
***<span> The Mauryan Dynasty and Dissemination to Sri Lanka</span><span>266</span>
***<span> The Kushan Dynasty and the Northern Tradition of Buddhism</span><span>267</span>
***<span> The Characteristics of Schismatic Buddhism</span><span>268</span>
***<span> The Birth of Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>269</span>
***<span> The Mādhyamika and Yogācāra Schools</span><span>270</span>
***<span> The Age of Esoteric Buddhism</span><span>272</span>
***<span> Tibetan Buddhism</span><span>275</span>
***<span> The Southern Tradition of Buddhism</span><span>277</span>
***<span> The Revival of Buddhism in India</span><span>278</span>
**<span> 2. Chinese Buddhism</span><span>279</span>
***<span> The Introduction of Buddhism</span><span>279</span>
***<span> Buddhism Takes Root: The Period of the Northern and Southern<br> Dynasties</span><span>280</span>
***<span> The Establishment of Chinese Buddhism: The Sui and T'ang<br> Dynasties</span><span>283</span>
***<span> Subsequent Developments</span><span>290</span>
**<span> 3. Korean Buddhism</span><span>290</span>
**<span> 4. Japanese Buddhism</span><span>293</span>
***<span> The Introduction of Buddhism and Prince Shōtoku</span><span>293</span>
***<span> The Sects of the Nara Period</span><span>294</span>
***<span> The Tendai and Shingon Sects</span><span>297</span>
***<span> The Rise of the Pure Land Teachings</span><span>300</span>
***<span> The Introduction of the Zen Sects</span><span>301</span>
***<span> The Nichiren and Ji Sects</span><span>303</span>
***<span> Buddhism since the Muromachi Period</span><span>305</span>
*<span> Sources</span><span>309</span>
*<span> Select Bibliography</span><span>315</span>
*<span> General Index</span><span>325</span>
*<span> Character Index</span><span>352</span>
*<span> The Author; the Translator</span><span>375</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> Part I: Introduction</span><span>1</span>
* <span> Chapter One: Approaches to Enlightenment</span><span>3</span>
** <span> The Great Perfection</span><span>3</span>
** <span> Simultaneous and Gradual</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Chapter Two: Jigme Lingpa</span><span>21</span>
** <span> The Life and Education of Jigme Lingpa</span><span>21</span>
** <span> Jigme Lingpa's Works</span><span>25</span>
* <span> Chapter Three: The Longchen Nyingtig</span><span>31</span>
**<span> 1. Treasure Texts</span><span>31</span>
**<span> 2. Revelation, Writing, and Publishing</span><span>34</span>
**<span> 3. The Contents of the Longchen Nyingtig</span><span>40</span>
*<span> Part II: Simultaneous and Gradual</span><span>49</span>
*<span> Chapter Four: Immanence and Distinction</span><span>51</span>
**<span> 1. Key Concepts of the Seminal Heart</span><span>51</span>
**<span> 2. Immanence</span><span>54</span>
**<span> 3. Distinction</span><span>56</span>
**<span> 4. Reconciling Immanence with Distinction: The Buddha Nature</span><span>63</span>
*<span> Chapter Five: The Simultaneous Approach</span><span>71</span>
**<span> 1. Criticism of Causal Practice</span><span>71</span>
**<span> 2. Criticism of Inferior Approaches</span><span>76</span>
**<span> 3. The Rejection of Stages in Realization</span><span>91</span>
*<span> Chapter Six: The Gradual Approach</span><span>93</span>
**<span> 1. Graduated Practice within the Longchen Nyingtig</span><span>93</span>
**<span> 2. Levels of Realization</span><span>106</span>
*<span> Chapter Seven: Interpretation and Reconciliation</span><span>115</span>
**<span> 1. Simultaneous and Gradual Realization: The Levels of Ability</span><span>115</span>
**<span> 2. The Manifestation of Enlightenment: The Khyung Bird</span><span>124</span>
**<span> Chapter Eight: Conclusions</span><span>129</span>
*<span> Part III: Translations</span><span>133</span>
*<span> Technical note on the translations</span><span>135</span>
*Treasure Texts
**<span> 1. The Great Perfection Tantra of the Expanse of Samantabhadra's Wisdom<br>(YLG)</span><span>137</span>
**<span> 2. The Subsequent Tantra of Great Perfection Instruction (GP)</span><span>148</span>
**<span> 3. Experiencing the Enlightened Mind of Samantabhadra (KGN)</span><span>155</span>
**<span> 4. Distinguishing the Three Essential Points of the<br> Great Perfection (NSB)</span><span>162</span>
*Pure Visions
**<span> 5. An Aspirational Prayer for the Ground, Path, and Result(ML)</span><span>167</span>
**<span> 6. Vajra Verses on the Natural State (DTK)</span><span>170</span>
*Supporting Texts
**<span> 7. The White Lotus (PK)</span><span>173</span>
**<span> 8. The Words of the Omniscient One (KZL)</span><span>208</span>
**<span> 9. The Lion's Roar That Destroys the Deviations of Renunciants<br>Meditating on the Seminal Heart (SN)</span><span>225</span>
**<span> 10. Seeing Nakedly the Natural State of the Great Perfection (NCT)</span><span>235</span>
*<span> Part IV: Critical Editions</span><span>239</span>
*<span> Technical note on the critical editions</span><span>241</span>
**<span> 1. rDzogs pa chen po kun tu bzang po ye shes klong gi rgyud</span><span>243</span>
**<span> 2. Man ngag rdzogs pa chen po rgyud phyi ma</span><span>251</span>
**<span> 3. Kun tu bzang po'i dgongs nyams</span><span>255</span>
**<span> 4. rDzogs pa chen po'i gnad gsum shan byed</span><span>259</span>
**<span> 5. gZhi lam bras bu'i smon lam</span><span>261</span>
**<span> 6. gNas lugs rdo rje tshig rkang</span><span>263</span>
**<span> 7. rGyab brten padma dkar po</span><span>264</span>
**<span> 8. Kun mkhyen zhal lung</span><span>288</span>
**<span> 9. Gol shor tshar gcod sengge ngar ro</span><span>300</span>
**<span> 10. rDzogs pa chen po gnas lugs cer mthong</span><span>307</span>
*<span> Appendix I</span><span>311</span>
*<span> Appendix II</span><span>319</span>
*<span> Appendix III</span><span>321</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>325</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>367</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>383</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> 1 Buddha Nature</span><span>1</span>
*<span> 2 Bodhichitta </span><span>23</span>
*<span> 3 Reincarnation and Karma</span><span> 49</span>
*<span> 4 Emptiness </span><span>85</span>
*<span> 5 Tantric Science </span><span>107</span>
*<span> 6 Transformation</span><span> 123</span>
*<span> 7 Enlightenment </span><span>139</span>
*<span> 8 Mahamudra </span><span>153</span>
*<span> Glossary </span><span>169</span>
+
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
**Date, 2; Nativity and Peregrination, I7; Appellations, 20; Converversion, 24; Lists of Patriarchs, 32; As an Artist, 34; Works in Chinese Translations, 36; Chinese Translations of the "Discourse on the Awakening of Faith," 38; Outlines of the "Discourse on the Awakening of Faith," 41.<br>
*<span> Adoration</span><span>46</span>
*<span> Discourse</span><span>48</span>
**I. Introductory, 49; II. General Statement, 52; Ill. The Explanation, 55; IV.<br>Practice of Faith, 127; V. Benefits, 146.<br>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>151</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>155</span>
+
*<span> སྔོན་གླེང་ངོ་སྤྲོད་</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> དཔེ་སྐྲུན་གསལ་བཤད་</span><span>xxxix</span>
*<span> ༡ བདེ་གཤེགས་སྙིང་པོ་གསལ་བར་བྱེད་པ་མཛེས་བྱེད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན། བུ་སྟོན་རིན་ཆེན་གྲུབ། </span><span> 3-63</span>
*<span> ༢ བདེ་གཤེགས་སྙིང་པོ་བསྟན་པ་</span><span> 65-69</span>
*<span> ༣ དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྙིང་པོ་བསྟན་པའི་བསྟན་བཅོས་ཀྱི་མཆན་འགྲེལ། ཀརྨ་པ་མཁའ་ཁྱབ་རྡོ་རྗེ།</span><span> 71-88</span>
*<span> ༤ ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ་རྒྱུད་བླ་མའི་བསྟན་བཅོས་ལེགས་པར་བཤད་པ། རོང་སྟོན་ཤཱཀྱ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།</span><span> 89-206</span>
**<span> ལེའུ་དང་པོ། དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྙིང་པོའི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 89-149</span>
**<span> ལེའུ་གཉིས་པ། བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 150-166</span>
**<span> ལེའུ་གསུམ་པ། ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 167-176</span>
**<span> ལེའུ་བཞི་པ། དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་འཕྲིན་ལས་མཛད་པའི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 177-197</span>
**<span> ལེའུ་ལྔ་པ། ཕན་ཡོན་གྱི་ལེའུ་</span><span> 198-206</span>
*<span> ༥ ཆོས་དབྱིངས་བསྟོད་པའི་འགྲེལ་པ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་རྣམ་པར་ངེས་པ། ཤཱཀྱ་མཆོག་ལྡན།</span><span> 207-238</span>
*<span> ༦ རིགས་ཀྱི་སྤྱི་དོན། རྗེ་བཙུན་ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།</span><span> 239-287</span>
*<span> ༧ བདེ་གཤེགས་སྙིང་པོའི་སྟོང་ཐུན་ཆེན་མོ་སེངྒེའི་ང་རོ། འཇུ་མི་ཕམ་རྣམ་རྒྱལ་རྒྱ་མཚོ། </span><span>289-316</span>
*<span> ཞུ་སྒྲིག་པའི་མཆན་</span><span>317-352</span>
*<span> ལུང་འདྲེན་ཕྱག་དཔེའི་མཚན་གཞུང་</span><span> 353-357</span>
*<span> ཞུ་སྒྲིག་པའི་ཁུངས་བཅོལ་གྱི་ཡིག་ཆ་ཁག་</span><span>359-362</span>
+
* <span> Preface</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Chapter One: Introduction</span><span> 1</span>
** <span> A. The Role of the Buddha Nature Concept</span><span> 1</span>
** <span> B. Terms</span><span> 3</span>
** <span> C. History</span><span> 5</span>
** <span> D. The Text of the ''Buddha Nature Treatise''</span><span> 23</span>
** <span> E. The ''Buddha Nature Treatise'' and Chinese Buddhist Thought</span><span> 27</span>
* <span> Chapter Two: The Concept of Buddha Nature</span><span> 29</span>
** <span> A. Taking the Semantic Ascent </span><span>29</span>
** <span> B. Refutation of Other Views </span><span> 30</span>
** <span> C. The Essence of Buddha Nature </span><span> 40</span>
*** <span> 1. The Buddha Nature as Three Causes</span><span> 40</span>
*** <span> 2. The Three Natures (''Trisvabhāva'')</span><span> 42</span>
*** <span> 3. ''Tathāgatagarbha'' </span><span>48</span>
* <span> Chapter Three: Soteriology: Buddha Nature as the Practice of Buddhism</span><span> 57</span>
** <span> A. ''Āśrayaparāvṛtti'' </span><span>58</span>
** <span> B. ''Dharmakāya'' and ''Nirvāṇa''</span><span> 65</span>
** <span> C. ''Trikāya: Sambhogakāya'' and ''Nirmāṇakāya''</span><span> 72</span>
** <span> D. The Relationship Between Person and Buddha</span><span> 80</span>
* <span> Chapter Four: Dereification of Self and Mind</span><span> 83</span>
** <span> A. The "Own-Nature" of Buddha Nature </span><span>83</span>
** <span> B. ''Ātmapāramitā'' </span><span>86</span>
** <span> C. Self </span><span>92</span>
** <span> D. Pure Mind </span><span>92</span>
** <span> E. ''Dharmakāya'' and "Self" </span><span>94</span>
** <span> F. Mind </span><span>95</span>
* <span> Chapter Five: Ontology: Monism vs. Nondualism</span><span> 99</span>
** <span> A. All Sentient Beings Possess the Buddha Nature </span><span>103</span>
** <span> B. The ''Pāramitā'' </span><span>104</span>
** <span> C. ''Śūnya-Aśūnya'' </span><span>107</span>
** <span> D. Buddha Nature Exists Aboriginally </span><span>111</span>
** <span> E. Unborn and Unchanging </span><span>112</span>
* <span> Chapter Six: Engaging in Spiritual Cultivation </span><span>117</span>
* <span> Chapter Seven: Buddha Nature and the Concept of Person </span><span>137</span>
** <span> A. The Ontological-Metaphysical Dimension</span><span> 139</span>
** <span> B. The Existential Dimension </span><span>144</span>
** <span> C. A Final Question </span><span>150</span>
* <span> Chapter Eight: Retrospective and Prospective </span><span> 153</span>
** <span> A. Retrospective: Summary of the Text </span><span> 153</span>
** <span> B. The ''Buddha Nature Treatise'' and Chinese Buddhist Thought </span><span>156</span>
** <span> C. Buddha Nature Thought and Western Buddhism </span><span> 169</span>
* <span> Notes </span><span>173</span>
* <span> Glossary </span><span>185</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>201</span>
*<span> Preface by Jigme Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Preface by the translator</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> Introduction by the translator</span><span>1</span>
*<span> '''Buddha Nature:'''</span><span>13</span>
**Our Potential for Wisdom,
**Compassion, and Happiness
*<span> Ignorance does not have a concrete beginning, but it does have an end</span><span>15</span>
*<span> Scriptural sources</span><span>19</span>
*<span> Mind, the foundation of everything</span><span>21</span>
*<span> Begin with bodhicitta</span><span>25</span>
*<span> Buddha wisdom, the true nature of mind</span><span>29</span>
**<span> The thirty-two qualities of the dharmakāya</span><span>29</span>
**<span> The ten powers (qualities 1-10)</span><span>29</span>
**<span> The four types of fearlessness (qualities 11-14)</span><span>34</span>
**<span> The eighteen qualities exclusive to buddhas</span><span>37</span>
***<span> Behavior and way of training sentient beings</span><span>37</span>
***(qualities 15-20)
***<span> The realization of buddhas (qualities 21-26)</span><span>40</span>
***<span> The activity of buddhas (qualities 27-29)</span><span>42</span>
***<span> The wisdom of buddhas (qualities 30-32)</span><span>43</span>
**<span> How can qualities be present but not manifest?</span><span>43</span>
**<span> The special qualities of the form kāyas</span><span>46</span>
**<span> Purification of obscurations</span><span>50</span>
**<span> The all-accomplishing wisdom</span><span>52</span>
**<span> The wisdom that knows the variety of appearances</span><span>54</span>
**<span> The wisdom of equality</span><span>55</span>
**<span> The difference between an arhat and a buddha</span><span>55</span>
**<span> The form kāyas do not resemble an ordinary body</span><span>56</span>
**<span> Ignorance and illusory appearances do not reoccur</span><span>56</span>
**<span> Buddha nature resembles gold ore</span><span>57</span>
**<span> Purification: its basis, object, method, and result</span><span>58</span>
***<span> The basis of purification</span><span>58</span>
***<span> The object of purification</span><span>58</span>
***<span> The method of purification</span><span>59</span>
***<span> The result of purification</span><span>59</span>
*<span> Concluding advice</span><span>61</span>
*<span> '''Revealing Buddha Nature'''</span><span>63</span>
*A treatise by the 3rd Karmapa, Rangjung Dorje
*<span> Endnotes</span><span>79</span>
*<span> About the Author</span><span>83</span>
*<span> About the Translator</span><span>85</span>
*<span> Editor's Introduction</span><span>9</span>
*1. Varieties of Early Buddha Nature Teaching in India
**<span> ''Christopher V. Jones''</span><span>25</span>
*2. The ''Mahāyānottaratantraśāstropadeśa'' of Sajjana: A Reading Sanskrit Text and Annotated Translation
**<span> ''Kazuo Kano''</span><span>55</span>
*3. From Buddha Nature to Original Enlightenment: "Contemplating Suchness" in Medieval Japan
**<span> ''Jacqueline I. Stone''</span><span>93</span>
*4. How the Concepts of Buddha Nature and Original Enlightenment Were<br> Interpreted by Shinran
**<span> ''Seiji Kumagai''</span><span>123</span>
*5. The Basis for Buddhahood: The Naturally Luminous Mind and Buddha Nature in the Early Mahāmudrā Tradition
**<span> ''Casey Kemp''</span><span>139</span>
*6. A Meditation-Oriented Approach to Buddha Nature as Seen by Early Kagyü Masters
**<span> ''Martina Draszczyk''</span><span>171</span>
*7. Preliminary Notes on the Notion of Buddha Nature in the ''Single Intention''
**<span> ''Katrin Querl''</span><span>193</span>
*8. Jigten Sumgön's View of Buddha Nature and How Confusion Distinguishes a Sentient Being from a Buddha
**<span> ''Khenpo Konchok Tamphel''</span><span>219</span>
*9. Images of Emptiness in a Prognostic Mirror: Tantric Zhentong Visions of Tathāgatagarbha in Early Jonang Kālacakra Yoga Manuals
**<span> ''Michael R. Sheehy''</span><span>229</span>
*10. Shangton Sönam Drakpa's Defense of Dölpopa Sherab Gyaltsen's Ground Consciousness
**<span> ''Klaus-Dieter Mathes''</span><span>261</span>
*11. Buddha Nature through the Eyes of Gorampa Sönam Sengé
**<span> ''Khenpo Ngawang Jorden''</span><span>291</span>
*12. Buddha Nature and Selfhood: Critical Reflections by the Eighth Karmapa<br> Mikyö Dorjé
**<span> ''David Higgins''</span><span>317</span>
*13. The Role of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in Tāranātha's ''Great Madhyamaka Vehicle''
**<span> ''Sina Joos''</span><span>349</span>
*14. Empty of True Existence, Yet Full of Qualities: Ngawang Tsoknyi Gyatso on Buddha Nature
**<span> ''Filippo Brambilla''</span><span>377</span>
*15. Sentient Beings Within: Buddha Nature and the Great Perfection
**<span> ''Douglas Duckworth''</span><span>423</span>
*16. The Impact of a Zhentong Interpretation of Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine from<br> the Point of View of a Western Buddhist Practitioner
**<span> ''Shenpen Hookham''</span><span>447</span>
**<span> About the Authors</span><span>469</span>
**<span> Index</span><span>475</span>
'''Volume One'''
* <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Preface </span><span>13</span>
** <span> Chapter 1: Introduction </span><span>27</span>
** Chapter 2: Doctrinal Background
** <span> 1. Introductory remarks </span><span>57</span>
** <span> 2. An outline of buddha nature [by Karma phrin las], translation </span><span>60</span>
** <span> 3. Key points in Karma phrin las pa’s outline of buddha nature</span><span> 72</span>
** <span> 3.1. Tathāgatagarbha concepts in early Indian Buddhist sources</span><span> 72</span>
** <span> 3.2. Tathāgatagarbha concepts in Indo-Tibetan Mahāyāna sources</span><span>73</span>
** <span> 3.3. Rang byung rdo rje’s Karma bka’ brgyud position on buddha<br> nature</span><span>74</span>
** <span> 4. Critical edition of Karma phrin las pa’s outline of buddha nature</span><span>78</span>
** Chapter 3: The Eighth Karma pa’s Central Claims About Buddha Nature
** <span> 1. Introductory remarks</span><span>83</span>
** <span> 2. Sixteen central claims regarding buddha nature</span><span>85</span>
** <span> 2.1. Buddha nature exists equally in everyone from ordinary beings to<br> buddhas</span><span>85</span>
** <span> 2.2. Buddha nature discourses are of definitive meaning (nītārtha)</span><span>95</span>
** <span> 2.3. The “nature” (garbha) of a buddha is actual, not nominal</span><span> 101</span>
** <span> 2.4. The gotra is not metaphorical (upacāra), but attributions of cause<br> and result are</span><span>106</span>
** <span> 2.5. Buddha nature is buddhahood obscured by defilements</span><span>111</span>
** <span> 2.6. The three phases of buddha nature indicate progressive degrees of<br> disclosure</span><span>116</span>
** <span> 2.7. The classification of three vehicles has a hidden intent (ābhiprāyika);<br> the one vehicle (ekayāna) doctrine is definitive (lākṣaṇika)</span><span>120</span>
** <span> 2.8. The unfolded gotra is the naturally present gotra awakened through<br> virtue</span><span>131</span>
** <span> 2.9. Resultant buddha nature may be equated with dharmakāya</span><span>136</span>
** <span> 2.10. Buddha nature is not emptiness as a nonaffirming negation<br> (med dgag)</span><span>141</span>
** <span> 2.11. Buddha nature is not a basis established (gzhi grub) by valid<br> cognition</span><span>151</span>
** <span> 2.12. The identification of buddha nature and ālayavijñāna is<br> provisional</span><span>162</span>
** <span> 2.13. Buddha nature is not a self (coarse or subtle) but is selflessness</span><span>204</span>
** <span> 2.14. Buddha nature is only fully revealed in Mantrayāna thought and<br> praxis</span><span>226</span>
** <span> 2.15. Buddha nature is natural awareness (tha mal gyi shes pa)</span><span>241</span>
** <span> 2.16. Buddha nature consists in the unity of the two truths </span><span>257</span>
** <span> 3. Conclusion</span><span>276</span>
'''Volume Two'''<br>
<br>
'''1.''' '''''The Lamp of Fine Discernment Regarding the Tradition of the Gzhan<br> stong Madhyamaka Proponents'''''
* <span> 1.1. Introduction</span><span>11</span>
* <span> 1.2. Annotated Translation: ''The Lamp of Fine Discernment Regarding the Tradition<br> of the Gzhan stong Madhyamaka Proponents'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-0000006F-QINU`"'''Lamp'')</span><span>15</span>
* <span> 1.3. Critical Edition: ''Dbu ma gzhan stong smra ba 'i srol legs par phye ba 'i sgron me<br> zhes bya ba bzhugs so'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000070-QINU`"' LG)</span><span>50</span>
'''2.''' '''''The Nerve Tonic for the Elderly'''''<br>
* <span> 2.1. Introduction</span><span>73</span>
* <span> 2.2. Annotated Translation: ''The Nerve Tonic for the Elderly'', also known as ''The<br> Sublime Fragrance of Nectar'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000071-QINU`"' ''Tonic'')</span><span>76</span>
* <span> 2.3. Critical Edition: ''Rgan po'i rlung sman'', also known as ''Dpyad pa bdud dri mchog<br> '' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000072-QINU`"' GL)</span><span>137</span>
'''3.''' '''''Buddha Nature and Dharmakāya'''''<br>
* <span> 3.1. Introduction</span><span>171</span>
* <span> 3.2. Annotated Translation: ''Buddha Nature and Dharmakāya: A Reply to Queries''</span><span>172</span>
* <span> 3.3. Critical Edition: ''Bde gshegs snying po dang chos sku'i dris lan''</span><span>174</span>
'''4.''' '''''Buddha Nature and Emptiness Imbued with Compassion'''''
* <span> 4.1. Introduction</span><span>177</span>
* <span> 4.2. Annotated Translation of an Excerpt from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Single Intent<br> Commentary'' (''Intent'') on 'Jig rten gsum mgon's ''Single Intent'' (''Dgongs gcig'') Vajra<br> Precepts 1.27–28</span><span>178</span>
* <span> 4.3. Critical Edition: ''Dgongs gcig kar ṭīg'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000073-QINU`"' GC) excerpt</span><span>188</span>
'''5.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Substratum'''''
* <span> 5.1. Introduction</span><span>197</span>
* <span> 5.2. Annotated Translation of an Excerpt from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Single Intent<br> Commentary'' on 'Jig rten gsum mgon's ''Single Intent'' Vajra Precept 8.36</span><span>197</span>
* <span> 5.3. Critical Edition: ''Dgongs gcig kar ṭīg'' excerpt</span><span>230</span>
'''6.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Two Truths'''''
* <span> 6.1. Introduction to Excerpts [A-B] from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Explanation of the<br> Direct Introduction to the Three Embodiments'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000074-QINU`"' ''Embodiments'')</span><span>255</span>
* <span> 6.2. Annotated Translation [A]: On the Unity of the Two Truths</span><span>258</span>
* <span> 6.3. Critical Edition [A]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' ('"`UNIQ--nowiki-00000075-QINU`"' KN) excerpt</span><span>268</span>
* <span> 6.4. Annotated Translation [B]: On Buddha Nature in the Context of the Two<br> Truths</span><span>277</span>
* <span> 6.5. Critical Edition [B]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>287</span>
'''7.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Tantric Causal Continuum'''''
* <span> 7.1. Introduction to Excerpts [A–D] from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Explanation of the<br> Direct Introduction to the Three Embodiments''</span><span>295</span>
* <span> 7.2. Annotated Translation [A]: On the Connection Between the Three <br> Continua</span><span>297</span>
* <span> 7.3. Critical Edition [A]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>305</span>
* <span> 7.4. Annotated Translation [B]: On the Refutation of Other Views of the<br> Causal Continuum</span><span>312</span>
* <span> 7.5. Critical Edition [B]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>328</span>
* <span> 7.6. Annotated Translation [C]: On the Presentation of Our Own System</span><span>339</span>
* <span> 7.7. Critical Edition [C]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>345</span>
* <span> 7.8. Annotated Translation [D]: On the Purity of the Causal Continuum</span><span>347</span>
* <span> 7.9. Critical Edition [D]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>351</span>
'''8.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Tantric Path Continuum'''''
* <span> 8.1. Introduction to Excerpts [A–B] from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Explanation of the<br> Direct Introduction to the Three Embodiments''</span><span>355</span>
* <span> 8.2. Annotated Translation [A]: On Buddha Nature's Inherent Qualities</span><span>357</span>
* <span> 8.3. Critical Edition [A]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>366</span>
* <span> 8.4. Annotated Translation [B]: On the Summary of the Creation and the<br> Completion Stages</span><span>371</span>
* <span> 8.5. Critical Edition [B]: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>377</span>
'''9.''' '''''Buddha Nature and the Tantric Resultant Continuum'''''
* <span> 9.1. Introduction</span><span>381</span>
* <span> 9.2. Annotated Translation: Excerpt on Buddha Nature, the Tantric Resultant<br> Continuum from Mi bskyod rdo rje's ''Explanation of the Direct Introduction<br> to the Three Embodiments''</span><span>382</span>
* <span> 9.3. Critical Edition: ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' excerpt</span><span>390</span>
'''Bibliography'''
* <span> Abbreviations of Collections, Editions, and Institutes</span><span>397</span>
* <span> Primary Sources: Indian Works</span><span>397</span>
* <span> Primary Sources: Tibetan Works</span><span>404</span>
* <span> Secondary Sources</span><span>416</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>433</span>
'''Table of Contents for the Nirvana Sutra'''
*<span> Chapter One: Introductory</span><span>V1</span>
*<span> Chapter Two: On Cunda</span><span>V58</span>
*<span> Chapter Three: On Grief</span><span>V93</span>
*<span> Chapter Four: On Long Life</span><span>V136</span>
*<span> Chapter Five: On the Adamantine Body</span><span>V179</span>
*<span> Chapter Six: On the Virtue of the Name</span><span>V199</span>
*<span> Chapter Seven: On the Four Aspects</span><span>V204</span>
*<span> Chapter Eight: On the Four Dependables</span><span>V321</span>
*<span> Chapter Nine: On Wrong and Right</span><span>V373</span>
*<span> Chapter Ten: On the Four Truths</span><span>V408</span>
*<span> Chapter Eleven: On the Four lnversions</span><span>V413</span>
*<span> Chapter Twelve: On the Nature of the Tathāgata</span><span>V417</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirteen: On Letters</span><span>V465</span>
*<span> Chapter Fourteen: On the Parable of the Birds</span><span>V479</span>
*<span> Chapter Fifteen: On the Parable of the Moon</span><span>V494</span>
*<span> Chapter Sixteen: On the Bodhisattva</span><span>V505</span>
*<span> Chapter Seventeen: On the Questions Raised by the Crowd</span><span>V559</span>
'''Table of Contents for the Srimaladevi Sutra'''
*<span> Chapter 1: Praises of the unlimited merit of the World Honored One</span><span>V1</span>
*<span> Chapter 2: The ten inconceivable Bodhisattva vows</span><span>V8</span>
*<span> Chapter 3: The great aspiration that contains all aspirations</span><span>V21</span>
*<span> Chapter 4: The inconceivable acceptance of the Correct Dharma</span><span>V23</span>
*<span> Chapter 5: The way to enter the Ekayana</span><span>V52</span>
*<span> Chapter 6: The limitless Noble truths</span><span>V88</span>
*<span> Chapter 7: The Tathagatagarbha</span><span>V91</span>
*<span> Chapter 8: The Dharmakaya</span><span>V96</span>
*<span> Chapter 9: The true understanding of the meaning of emptiness</span><span>V97</span>
*<span> Chapter 10: The One Truth</span><span>V99</span>
*<span> Chapter 11: The One Refuge is eternal and unchanging</span><span>V100</span>
*<span> Chapter 12: The wrong views</span><span>V100</span>
*<span> Chapter 13: The inherently pure mind that is obscured by defilements</span><span>V105</span>
*<span> Chapter 14: The True Sons and Daughters of the World Honored One</span><span>V111</span>
*<span> Chapter 15: Queen Srimala and her Lion's roar</span><span>V113</span>
'''Table of Contents for the Infinite Life Sutra'''
*<span> The Assembly of Shravakas and Bodhisattvas</span><span>V1</span>
*<span> The deeds and virtues of the Bodhisattvas</span><span>V4</span>
*<span> The Buddha's glorious Image</span><span>V20</span>
*<span> The prior fifty three Buddhas</span><span>V27</span>
*<span> Dharmakara's hymns, praises, and vows</span><span>V28</span>
*<span> Dharmakara aspires to establish a Buddha land</span><span>V40</span>
*<span> Dharmakara's forty eight vows</span><span>V49</span>
*<span> Dharmakara confirms his vows and resolution</span><span>V98</span>
*<span> Dharmakara's Bodhisattva practices and merits</span><span>V105</span>
*<span> Dharmakara becomes Amitabha Buddha</span><span>V112</span>
*<span> Description of Amitabha Buddha's Pure Land</span><span> V114</span>
*<span> Amitabha's beautiful light</span><span>V118</span>
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>v</span>
*<span> Contributors</span><span>ix</span>
*Introduction: ''Toward an Ecology of Compassion—Homo Specialis, Animality, and<br>Buddha-Nature''
**<span> David Jones</span><span>1</span>
*''Buddha Animals''
**<span> Jason M. Wirth</span><span>13</span>
*''Jataka, Pancatantra, and the Rhetoric of Animalia in South Asia''
**<span> Thomas A. Forsthoefel</span><span>23</span>
*''Buddha-nature and Bodhicitta: Animals and Humans in Dramatic Ensembles Intent<br>upon Enlightenment''
**<span> Peter D. Hershock</span><span>41</span>
*''Animal Forms and Formlessness: The Protean Quality of Buddha Nature in Chinese<br>Martial Arts''
**<span> Harriette Grissom</span><span>59</span>
*''Does a Dog See Into its Buddha-Nature? Re-posing the Question of Animality/Humanity<br>in Zen Buddhism''
**<span> Bret W. Davis</span><span>83</span>
*''Asking the Question: Do Animals Have Buddha-Nature''
**<span> Thomas Pynn</span><span>127</span>
*''Zen Eye Hunter, Zen Eye Hunted: Revealing the Animal Face of Buddha-Nature''
**<span> Brian Schroeder</span><span>149</span>
*''One Cell, Symbiosis, and the Buddha's Broken Karmic Wheel: A Legacy of an Ancient Bacterium''
**<span> Keiko Takioto Miller</span><span>165</span>
*''Animality and Desire in the Buddhist Monastic Code''
**<span> Jennifer L. Manlowe</span><span>185</span>
*''Animal Buddhas''
**<span> David Jones</span><span>195</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>205</span>
+
*'''Chapter 1:'''<br>
*<span> Buddha Nature</span><span>1</span>
*'''Chapter 2:'''
*Preliminary Prayers & Their Explanations:
*<span> (1) Refuge Prayer</span><span>27</span>
*<span> (2) Prayer to Develop Bodhicitta</span><span>27</span>
*<span> (3) The Four Immeasurables Prayer</span><span>56</span>
*<span> (4) The Seven-Limbs Prayer</span><span>65</span>
+
* <span> Preface: The Making of a Modern Buddhologist</span><span>v</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
* José Ignacio Cabezón
** <span> "The Canonization of Philosophy and the Rhetoric of Siddhānta in Tibetan Buddhism"</span><span>7</span>
* Roger Gregory-Tashi Corless
** <span> "Lying to Tell the Truth—Upāya in Mahāyāna Buddhism and Oikonomia in Alexandrian Christianity"</span><span>27</span>
* Paul J. Griffiths
** <span> "Painting Space with Colors: Tathagātagarbha in the ''Mahāyānasūttrālaṅkāra''-Corpus IX.22-37"</span><span>41</span>
* William G. Grosnick
** <span> "Buddha Nature as Myth"</span><span>65</span>
* Jamie Hubbard
** <span> "Perfect Buddhahood, Absolute Delusion—The Universal Buddha of the San-chieh-chiao"</span><span>75</span>
* Roger R. Jackson
** <span> "Luminous Mind. Among the Logicians—An Analysis of Pramāṇavārttika<br>II.205-211"</span><span>95</span>
* John P. Keenan
** <span> "The Doctrine of Buddha Nature In Chinese Buddhism—Hui-K'ai on<br>Paramārtha"</span><span>125</span>
*Sallie B. King
** <span> "Buddha Nature Thought and Mysticism"</span><span>139</span>
*Heng-ching Shih
** <span> "T'ien-T'ai Chih-I's Theory of Buddha Nature—A Realistic and Humanistic Understanding of the Buddha"</span><span>153</span>
*Paul L Swanson
** <span> "T'ien-t'ai Chih-i's Concept of Threefold Buddha Nature—A Synergy of<br>Reality, Wisdom, and Practice"</span><span>171</span>
* <span> Contributors</span><span>183</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>185</span>
+
* <span> Foreword</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>9</span>
* <span> The Buddha</span><span>21</span>
* <span> The Dharma</span><span>37</span>
* <span> The Sangha</span><span>47</span>
* <span> Buddha Nature</span><span>47</span>
* <span> Enlightenment</span><span>91</span>
* <span> Qualities</span><span>105</span>
* <span> Buddha Activity</span><span>121</span>
* <span> Conclusion</span><span>133</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>137</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by Tenzin Dorjee</span><span> 8</span>
* <span> Preface by Rosemarie Fuchs</span><span> 10</span>
* <span> Introduction by Acharya Lodrö Namgyal</span><span> 12</span>
* <span> '''Part One: Root Text'''</span><span> 17</span>
* <span> 1. Tathagatagarbha</span><span> 19</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span> 19</span>
** <span> The First Three Vajra Points: The Three Jewels</span><span> 20</span>
*** <span> Buddha</span><span> 20</span>
*** <span> Dharma</span><span> 20</span>
*** <span> Sangha</span><span> 21</span>
** <span> The Three Refuges</span><span> 22</span>
** <span> The Last Four Vajra Points</span><span> 22</span>
** <span> The Fourth Vajra Point: The Element</span><span> 23</span>
* <span> 2. The Fifth Vajra Point: Enlightenment</span><span> 43</span>
* <span> 3. The Sixth Vajra Point: Qualities</span><span> 53</span>
* <span> 4. The Seventh Vajra Point: Activity</span><span> 59</span>
* <span> 5. Benefit</span><span> 73</span>
* <span> '''Part Two: Commentary, The Unassailable Lion’s Roar'''</span><span> 79</span>
* <span> Table of Contents</span><span> 81</span>
* <span> 1. Tathagatagarbha</span><span> 97</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span> 97</span>
** <span> The First Three Vajra Points: The Three Jewels</span><span> 101</span>
*** <span> The First Vajra Point: Buddha</span><span> 101</span>
*** <span> The Second Vajra Point: Dharma</span><span> 105</span>
*** <span> The Third Vajra Point: Sangha</span><span> 108</span>
** <span> The Three Refuges</span><span> 112</span>
** <span> The Last Four Vajra Points</span><span> 114</span>
** <span> The Fourth Vajra Point: The Element</span><span> 117</span>
* <span> 2. The Fifth Vajra Point: Enlightenment</span><span> 182</span>
* <span> 3. The Sixth Vajra Point: Qualities</span><span> 218</span>
* <span> 4. The Seventh Vajra Point: Activity</span><span> 238</span>
* <span> 5. Benefit</span><span> 283</span>
* <span> '''Part Three: Explanations by Khenpo Tsultrim Gyamtso Rinpoche'''</span><span> 299</span>
* <span> '''Part Four: Translator’s Notes'''</span><span> 391</span>
* PREFACE
* <span> Introduction</span><span> i</span>
* <span> PART I: Historical and Doctrinal Background</span><span> 5</span>
** <span> Chapter 1: The Authorship of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' and Its Transmission in<br>India from the 5th to the 10th Century</span><span> 17</span>
** <span> Chapter 2: The Resurrection of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in India in the Early 11th Century: Maitripa and Jñānasrimitra </span><span>43</span>
** <span> Chapter 3: Ratnakarasanti’s Understanding of Buddha-nature </span><span>71</span>
** <span> Chapter 4: The Transmission of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in East India from the<br>11th to the 13th Century: From Prajñākaramati to Vibhūticandra </span><span>97</span>
** <span> Chapter 5: The Kashmiri Tradition of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' Exegesis in the 11th and 12th Centuries: Sajjana and his Circle </span><span>135</span>
** <span> Chapter 6: Six Tibetan Translations of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' </span><span>155 </span>
** <span> Conclusion </span><span>181</span>
* <span> PART II: rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab and His Doctrinal Position </span><span>189</span>
** <span> Chapter 7: The Life and Works of rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab </span><span>191</span>
** <span> Chapter 8: rNgog’s Doctrinal Positions in Relation to Sajjana’s and His Commentarial Style </span><span>211</span>
** <span> Chapter 9: rNgog’s ''rGyud bla ma'i don bsdus pa'' as a Reflection of His Own Doctrinal Position </span><span>241</span>
** <span> Conclusion </span><span>277</span>
* <span> PART III: rNgog’s Impact on Later Developments </span><span>283</span>
** <span> Chapter 10: rNgog’s Impact on Doctrinal Developments from the 11th to<br>the Early 14th Century </span><span>285</span>
** <span> Chapter 11: rNgog’s Impact on Doctrinal Developments from the Late 14th<br>to the 16th Century </span><span>345</span>
** <span> Conclusion </span><span>379</span>
* <span> FINAL CONSIDERATIONS </span><span>383</span>
** <span> Resituating rNgog’s Position in a Wider Context </span><span>385</span>
* <span> APPENDICES </span><span>393</span>
** <span> Appendix A: A Topical Outline of the ''rGyud bla ma'i don bsdus pa'' </span><span>395</span>
** <span> Appendix B: A List of Commentaries of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' </span><span>405</span>
* <span> ABBREVIATIONS AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES </span><span>415</span>
* <span> INDICES </span><span>461</span>
* <span> Abstract</span><span>i</span>
* <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>iii</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
** <span> Historical Context</span><span>1</span>
** <span> Monastic Colleges and Buddhist Education</span><span>9</span>
** <span> Epistemology and Negative Dialectics</span><span>13</span>
** <span> Buddha-Nature</span><span>15</span>
** <span> Summary of Contents</span><span>18</span>
** <span> Interpretive Context</span><span>24</span>
* <span> Chapter 1: Buddha-Nature and the Unity of the Two Truths</span><span>27</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>27</span>
** <span> Mi-pham's Synthesis</span><span>31</span>
** <span> Two Truths</span><span>35</span>
** <span> Buddha-Nature as the Unity of Appearance and Emptiness</span><span>45</span>
** <span> Buddha-Nature as the Definitive Meaning</span><span>56</span>
** <span> Conclusion</span><span>63</span>
* <span> Chapter 2: Yogācāra, Prāsaṅgika, and the Middle Way</span><span>64</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>64</span>
** <span> Middle Way and Mind-Only</span><span>64</span>
** <span> Foundations of Yogācāra</span><span>67</span>
** <span> Svātantrika-Prāsaṅgika</span><span>73</span>
** <span> Dialectical Ascent</span><span>90</span>
** <span> Conclusion</span><span>99</span>
* <span> Chapter 3: The Present Absence</span><span>101</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>101</span>
** <span> Other-Emptiness in the Jo-nang</span><span>102</span>
** <span> Other-Emptiness and the Nying-ma: Lo-chen Dharma Śrī</span><span>115</span>
** <span> Another Emptiness? Emptiness of Self/Other</span><span>122</span>
** <span> Delineating Phenomena and Suchness</span><span>125</span>
** <span> Delineating Emptiness</span><span>135</span>
** <span> Emptiness as the Unity of Appearance and Emptiness</span><span>141</span>
** <span> Conclusion</span><span>149</span>
* <span> Chapter 4: Buddha—Nature and the Indivisible Ground and Fruition</span><span>151</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>151</span>
** <span> Delineating the Views on Buddha-Nature</span><span>151</span>
** <span> Buddha-Nature as Heritage, Buddha-Nature as the Ground</span><span>160</span>
** <span> Delineating Appearance and Reality</span><span>170</span>
** <span> Establishing Buddha-Nature: The Immanent Buddha</span><span>180</span>
** <span> Establishing Appearances as Divine</span><span>189</span>
** <span> Buddha-Nature and a Difference Between Sūtra and Mantra</span><span>200</span>
** <span> Buddha-Nature as the Ground of the Great Perfection</span><span>212</span>
** <span> Conclusion</span><span>214</span>
* <span> Concluding Remarks</span><span>216</span>
* <span> Document 1</span><span>221</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>221</span>
* <span> ''Lion's Roar: Exposition of Buddha-Nature''</span><span>221</span>
** <span> 1. Stating Other Traditions</span><span>224</span>
** <span> 2. Presenting Our Own Authentic Tradition</span><span>228</span>
*** <span> 1. The Meaning of the First Verse “Because the body of the perfect<br>Buddha is radiant”</span><span>228</span>
*** <span> 2. The Meaning of the Second Verse “Because suchness is indivisible”</span><span>235</span>
*** <span> 3. The Meaning of the Third Verse “Because of possessing heritage”</span><span>239</span>
** <span> 1. Refuting the View that (the Basic Element) is Truly Established and<br>Not Empty</span><span>245</span>
** <span> 2. Refuting the View that (the Basic Element) is a Void Emptiness</span><span>247</span>
** <span> 3. Refuting the Apprehension of (the Basic Element) as Impermanent and Conditioned</span><span>248</span>
* <span> Document 2</span><span>261</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>261</span>
* <span> ''Notes on the Essential Points of (Mi-pham's) Exposition (of Buddha-Nature)''</span><span>261</span>
* <span> Document 3</span><span>272</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>272</span>
* <span> Excerpt from ''Roar of the Fearless Lion'' (48.2-97.4)</span><span>272</span>
** <span> 1. The Subject of the Extensive Discussion Here, an Explanation of the<br>Progression of Profound Points of the Ground, Path, and Fruition of the<br>Sūtra Perfection Vehicle</span><span>273</span>
** <span> 1. The Manner of the Teaching of the Profound Abiding Reality of the<br>Definitive Meaning of the Perfection Vehicle</span><span>274</span>
** <span> 1. The Progression of the Wheels of Doctrine which are the Means of<br>Teaching the Definitive Meaning of the Abiding Reality</span><span>274</span>
*** <span> 1. The Wheels of Doctrine Indicated in the ''Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra''</span><span>274</span>
**** <span> 1. Presenting Scripture</span><span>274</span>
**** <span> 2. Establishing the Reason for That Being the Way It Is</span><span>279</span>
*** <span> 2. The Wheels of Doctrine Indicated in the<br>''Dhāraṇīśvararājaparipṛcchā''</span><span>289</span>
**** <span> 1. Presenting Scripture</span><span>289</span>
**** <span> 2. Establishing (the Reason for That Being) the Way It Is</span><span>293</span>
*** <span> 3. In Accord with That, the Way They are Indicated in the ''Nirvāṇa''<br>(''sūtra'') and so forth</span><span>296</span>
**** <span> 1. Presenting Scripture</span><span>296</span>
***** <span> 1. Presenting Scripture from the ''Nirvāṇasūtra''</span><span>296</span>
***** <span> 2. Presenting Scripture from the ''Aṅgulimālīyasūtra''</span><span>298</span>
**** <span> 2. Establishing through Reasoning That Being the Way It Is</span><span>300</span>
**** <span> 3. An Appended Identification of the Scriptural Collections of<br>Definitive Meaning</span><span>306</span>
** <span> 2. The Way that These Commentaries on Buddha’s Viewpoint are<br>Supreme</span><span>307</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>313</span>
** <span> Tibetan Sources</span><span>313</span>
** <span> Non-Tibetan Sources</span><span>318</span>
* <span> Introduction and Preliminaries</span><span> 1</span>
** <span> 2003 Teachings: Day 1 – Introduction</span><span> 1</span>
** <span> Day 2 – Introduction</span><span> 8</span>
* <span> The First Vajra Point: Buddha</span><span> 13</span>
* <span> The Second Vajra Point: Dharma</span><span> 20</span>
* <span> The Third Vajra Point: Sangha</span><span> 24</span>
** <span> Day 3 – Introduction</span><span> 26</span>
** <span> The Three Refuges</span><span> 29</span>
* <span> The Last Four Vajra Points</span><span> 33</span>
** <span> The Four Paradoxes</span><span> 34</span>
* <span> The Fourth Vajra Point: The Element</span><span> 37</span>
** <span> Day 4 – Introduction</span><span> 38</span>
** <span> The Ten Aspects (of Buddha-nature)</span><span> 40</span>
*** <span> #1: Essence</span><span> 41</span>
*** <span> #2: Cause</span><span> 42</span>
**** <span> The four obscurations that wrap the kham</span><span> 43</span>
*** <span> #3: Result</span><span> 44</span>
*** <span> #4: Action/Function</span><span> 48</span>
*** <span> #5: Container/Endowment</span><span> 49</span>
*** <span> #6: Entry</span><span> 50</span>
*** <span> #7: Occasions</span><span> 51</span>
*** <span> #8: All-pervasive</span><span> 52</span>
*** <span> #9: Unchanging</span><span> 53</span>
**** <span> Day 5 – Introduction</span><span> 61</span>
**** <span> The example of the lotus growing in the water</span><span> 63</span>
*** <span> #10: Inseparable</span><span> 70</span>
**** <span> The example of the sun and its rays</span><span> 70</span>
**** <span> The example of the painters</span><span> 73</span>
**** <span> Day 6 – Introduction</span><span> 76</span>
** <span> The Nine Examples (of essence and defilements)</span><span> 78</span>
*** <span> Example #1: The Buddha and the Lotus</span><span> 79</span>
*** <span> Example #2: The Honey and the Bees</span><span> 81</span>
*** <span> Example #3: The Grain and the Husk</span><span> 82</span>
*** <span> Example #4: The Gold and the Filth</span><span> 83</span>
**** <span> Day 7 – Introduction</span><span> 88</span>
*** <span> Example #5: The Treasure and the Earth</span><span> 90</span>
*** <span> Example #6: The Shoot and the Fruit-skin</span><span> 92</span>
*** <span> Example #7: The Statue and the Tattered Rag</span><span> 93</span>
*** <span> Example #8: The Chakravartin and the Woman</span><span> 95</span>
*** <span> Example #9: The Golden Image and the Clay Mould</span><span> 96</span>
**** <span> Day 8 – Introduction</span><span> 99</span>
**** <span> Day 9 – Introduction</span><span> 113</span>
* <span> The Fifth Vajra Point – Enlightenment</span><span> 127</span>
** <span> 2004 Teachings: Day 1 – Introduction</span><span> 133</span>
** <span> Day 2 – Introduction</span><span> 150</span>
** <span> Day 3 – Introduction</span><span> 169</span>
* <span> The Sixth Vajra Point: Qualities</span><span> 180</span>
** <span> The Ten Powers</span><span> 182</span>
** <span> The Four Fearlessnesses</span><span> 186</span>
*** <span> Day 4 – Introduction</span><span> 188</span>
** <span> The Eighteen Distinctive Qualities</span><span> 190</span>
** <span> The Fruit of Maturation (the 32 Major Marks)</span><span> 193</span>
*** <span> How the examples and the qualities complement each other</span><span> 199</span>
* <span> The Seventh Vajra Point: Activity</span><span> 206</span>
** <span> Day 5 – Introduction</span><span> 206</span>
** <span> The Nine Examples for the Buddha’s Activity</span><span> 216</span>
*** <span> Example #1: Indra’s Reflection On The Lapis Lazuli Floor</span><span> 217</span>
**** <span> Day 6 – Introduction</span><span> 219</span>
*** <span> Example #2: The Heavenly Drum</span><span> 225</span>
*** <span> Example #3: The Cloud</span><span> 232</span>
**** <span> Day 7 – Introduction</span><span> 236</span>
*** <span> Example #4: Brahma</span><span> 239</span>
*** <span> Example #5: The Sun</span><span> 242</span>
*** <span> Example #6: The Wishfulfilling Jewel</span><span> 247</span>
**** <span> Day 8 – Introduction</span><span> 249</span>
*** <span> Example #7: The Echo</span><span> 250</span>
*** <span> Example #8: The Sky/Space</span><span> 251</span>
*** <span> Example #9: The Earth</span><span> 252</span>
**** <span> Day 9 – Introduction</span><span> 261</span>
**** <span> Day 10 – Introduction</span><span> 276</span>
* <span> Questions & Answers</span><span> 287</span>
** <span> The Fourth Vajra Point: The Element</span><span> 287</span>
*** <span> Do animals have Buddha-nature?</span><span> 287</span>
*** <span> Do plants and stones have Buddha-nature?</span><span> 287</span>
*** <span> Kham and Buddha-nature</span><span> 293</span>
*** <span> Kham and the gross & subtle elements</span><span> 295</span>
*** <span> Buddha-nature, mind & wisdom</span><span> 297</span>
** <span> The Fifth Vajra Point: Enlightenment</span><span> 299</span>
*** <span> Is Buddha-nature permanent?</span><span> 299</span>
*** <span> Is Buddha-nature uncompounded?</span><span> 302</span>
** <span> The Sixth Vajra Point: Qualities</span><span> 306</span>
*** <span> The 32 major marks</span><span> 306</span>
*** <span> The activity of the nirmanakaya</span><span> 313</span>
** <span> The Seventh Vajra Point: Activity</span><span> 315</span>
*** <span> The reflection in the lapis lazuli floor</span><span> 315</span>
*** <span> Effortlessness</span><span> 320</span>
** <span> View and Path</span><span> 322</span>
*** <span> Blessings & genuine heart of sadness</span><span> 322</span>
*** <span> How does prayer work?</span><span> 324</span>
*** <span> Uttaratantra and the Vajrayana</span><span> 325</span>
*** <span> Why does the path have two accumulations?</span><span> 327</span>
*** <span> Defilements, emotions & the origin of suffering</span><span> 328</span>
*** <span> Are there other sentient beings?</span><span> 337</span>
*** <span> Study & Practice</span><span> 338</span>
*** <span> Buddha-nature & atman in Hinduism</span><span> 347</span>
*** <span> Practice and the Four Seals</span><span> 350</span>
* <span> Tibetan Words & Phrases</span><span> 351</span>
* <span> Index</span><span> 367</span>
*<span> '''INTRODUCTION TO THE USAT STUDY PROGRAM AND THE BUDDHA-NATURE TEACHINGS:'''</span><span>'''III'''</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 1. [MUTS01/00:00]'''</span><span>'''1'''</span>
***<span> (#1)</span><span>1</span>
**<span> VERSE 1: THE CONTENTS OF THE WORK</span><span>9</span>
**<span> VERSE 2: THE SEVEN SUBJECTS ACCORDING TO THE ''DHARANISVARA-RAJA-PARIPRCCHA''</span><span>10</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 2: [MUTS01/41:20]'''</span><span>'''11'''</span>
**<span> VERSE 3: THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE SEVEN SUBJECTS</span><span>11</span>
***<span> (#2)</span><span>12</span>
**<span> THE JEWEL OF THE BUDDHA</span><span>17</span>
**<span> VERSE 4</span><span>17</span>
**<span> VERSE 5</span><span>17</span>
**<span> VERSE 6</span><span>17</span>
**<span> VERSE 7</span><span>17</span>
**<span> VERSE 8</span><span>17</span>
***<span> (#3)</span><span>24</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 3 [MUTS03/0:00''']</span><span>'''25'''</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 4: [MUTS03/41:50]'''</span><span>'''39'''</span>
***<span> (#4)</span><span>39</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 5. [MUTS04/34:55]'''</span><span>'''51'''</span>
**<span> THE JEWEL OF THE DOCTRINE</span><span>51</span>
**<span> VERSE 9</span><span>51</span>
***<span> (#5)</span><span>53</span>
**<span> VERSE 10</span><span>55</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 6. [MUTS05/24:50]'''</span><span>'''59'''</span>
***<span> (#6)</span><span>64</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 6 OPTIONAL: MAHAYANA PRECEPTS [MUTS06/08:00]'''</span><span>'''67'''</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 6 OPTIONAL: MINDFULNESS OF BREATHING MEDITATION [MUTS06/37:00 TO 38:45]'''</span><span>'''72'''</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 7. [MUTS06/38:53]'''</span><span>'''73'''</span>
**<span> VERSE 11</span><span>73</span>
**<span> VERSE 12</span><span>74</span>
***<span> (#7)</span><span>74</span>
**<span> VERSE 13</span><span>75</span>
**<span> THE JEWEL OF THE CONGREGATION:</span><span>75</span>
**<span> VERSE 14</span><span>79</span>
**<span> VERSE 15. THE SAINT’S KNOWLEDGE OF THE ABSOLUTE TRUTH</span><span>80</span>
**<span> VERSE 16. THE EMPIRICAL KNOWLEDGE OF THE SAINTS</span><span>81</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 8. [MUTS07/28:25]'''</span><span>'''83'''</span>
***<span> (#8)</span><span>87</span>
**<span> VERSE 17. THE PERCEPTION OF THE SAINTS IS INTROSPECTIVE KNOWLEDGE</span><span>88</span>
**<span> VERSE 18</span><span>89</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 9. [MUTS08/25:30]'''</span><span>'''95'''</span>
**<span> VERSE 19</span><span>95</span>
**<span> THE DOCTRINE AND THE CONGREGATION ARE NOT REFUGES IN THE ULTIMATE SENSE</span><span>97</span>
**<span> VERSE 20</span><span>97</span>
***<span> (#9)</span><span>102</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 10. [MUTS09/13:30]'''</span><span>'''107'''</span>
**<span> THE BUDDHA IS THE UNIQUE ABSOLUTE REFUGE:</span><span>109</span>
**<span> VERSE 21</span><span>109</span>
**<span> THE MEANING OF "THE 3 JEWELS":</span><span>110</span>
**<span> VERSE 22</span><span>110</span>
***<span> (#10)</span><span>113</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 11. [MUTS10/22:10]'''</span><span>'''121'''</span>
**<span> PART 2: THE BASIS FOR THIS ACHIEVEMENT</span><span>121</span>
**<span> GENERAL COMMENT ON THE LAST 4 VAJRA TOPICS</span><span>121</span>
**<span> (1) THE POTENTIAL [ED. OBERMILLER USES "GERM", BUT RINPOCHE USES POTENTIAL], (2) ENLIGHTENMENT, (3) THE ATTRIBUTES, AND<br>(4) THE ACTS OF THE BUDDHA, IN THEIR INCONCEIVABLE<br>NATURE:</span><span>121</span>
**<span> VERSE 23</span><span>121</span>
***<span> (#11)</span><span>128</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 12. [MUTS11/18:45]'''</span><span>'''135'''</span>
**<span> VERSE 24</span><span>135</span>
**<span> VERSE 25</span><span>135</span>
**<span> (#12)</span><span>143</span>
**<span> THE POTENTIAL AND THE 3 OTHER SUBJECTS AS THE CAUSE AND CONDITIONS OF BUDDHAHOOD</span><span>147</span>
**<span> VERSE 26</span><span>147</span>
*<span> '''CLASS 13. [MUTS12/15:55]'''</span><span>'''149'''</span>
**<span> THE 4TH VAJRA TOPIC: THE BUDDHA-NATURE:</span><span>149</span>
**<span> THE POTENTIAL OF THE ABSOLUTE:</span><span>149</span>
**<span> VERSE 27</span><span>149</span>
**<span> VERSE 28</span><span>153</span>
**<span> ANALYSIS OF THE (POTENTIAL, ESSENCE) FROM 10 POINTS OF<br>VIEW:</span><span>154</span>
**<span> SUMMARY:</span><span>154</span>
**<span> VERSE 29</span><span>154</span>
**<span> THE ESSENCE OF THE SEED (1) AND THE CAUSES OF ITS PURIFICATION (2)</span><span>156</span>
**<span> VERSE 30</span><span>156</span>
**<span> VERSE 31</span><span>158</span>
*<span> '''APPENDIX A: MAHAYANA FAST DAY VOWS'''</span><span>'''159'''</span>
*<span> '''INDEX'''</span><span>'''163'''</span>
*<span> '''GLOSSARY'''</span><span>'''166'''</span>
*<span> ABSTRACT</span><span>iii</span>
*<span> ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS</span><span>viii</span>
*<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span>
**<span> General Introduction</span><span>1</span>
***<span> Past Scholarship and Dissertation Focus</span><span>4</span>
***<span> Research Strategy and Methodology</span><span>8</span>
***<span> Introduction to the ''Sdom Gsum Kha Skong''</span><span>10</span>
****<span> The Topical Outline of the First Chapter of the ''Sdom Gsum Kha<br>Skong''</span><span>13</span>
*<span> CHAPTER I - BRIEF HISTORY OF THE SA SKYA SCHOOL</span><span>20</span>
**<span> 'Khon Family Lineage</span><span>20</span>
***<span> Sa chen Kun-dga’ snying-po</span><span>22</span>
***<span> Slob-dpon Rin-po-che Bsod nams rtse mo</span><span>24</span>
***<span> Rje btsun Rin po che Grags pa rgyal mtshan</span><span>25</span>
***<span> Sa skya Pandita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan</span><span>26</span>
***<span> 'Gro mgon Chos rgyal 'Phags pa</span><span>30</span>
***<span> Ngor E wam Chos Idan and Ngor chen Kun dga' bzang po</span><span>33</span>
***<span> Nalendra and Rong ston Shes bya kun rig</span><span>34</span>
***<span> The Tshar pa and Tshar chen Blo gsal rgya mtsho</span><span>35</span>
**<span> Other Important Monasteries</span><span>37</span>
**<span> Sa Skya College in India</span><span>39</span>
*<span> CHAPTER II - BIOGRAPHY OF GO RAMS PA</span><span>42</span>
**<span> Accounts of Go rams pa's Life</span><span>42</span>
***<span> Go rams pa's Birth</span><span>43</span>
***<span> Entering into the Religious Life and Early Studies</span><span>44</span>
***<span> Youthful Travels and Studies in Central Tibet</span><span>45</span>
***<span> Higher Studies with Many Great Masters</span><span>46</span>
***<span> Receiving Ordination of a Full Monk (Bhiksu)</span><span>50</span>
***<span> Persuaded from Returning Home</span><span>50</span>
***<span> Propagating the Teachings of Buddha</span><span>52</span>
***<span> Establishment of a Monastic College</span><span>57</span>
***<span> His Death and Relics</span><span>59</span>
***<span> His Disciples</span><span>64</span>
*<span> CHAPTER III - GO RAMS PA'S OBJECTS OF REFUTATION</span><span>66</span>
*<span> PART I</span><span>66</span>
***<span> Identification of the Objects of Refutations</span><span>69</span>
***<span> Rgyal tshab and His Followers</span><span>69</span>
***<span> Claimed Followers of Rong ston</span><span>73</span>
***<span> Bus ton, Shākya Mchog Idan and Their Followers</span><span>74</span>
***<span> Mang thos's Interpretation of Go rams pa's Thought</span><span>80</span>
***<span> Go rams pa's own Interpretation</span><span>82</span>
***<span> Hypothetical Questions</span><span>83</span>
***<span> Mang thos's Understanding of Go rams pa's Intention</span><span>84</span>
***<span> The Two Purities are Mutually Exclusive</span><span>85</span>
*<span> CHAPTER IV - GO RAMS PA'S REFUTATION OF JO NANG PA ON<br>BUDDHA-NATURE</span><span>89</span>
*<span> PART II</span><span>89</span>
**<span> Refutation of Truly Existing Buddha-nature</span><span>89</span>
**<span> History of the Jo nang pa Tradition</span><span>90</span>
**<span> A Summary of Jo nang pa's Gzhan stong Theory</span><span>93</span>
**<span> Positioning Jo nang pa School</span><span>95</span>
**<span> Distinction between Rang stong and Gzhan stong</span><span>102</span>
**<span> Meaning of the Non-differentiation of the Basis and the Result</span><span>103</span>
**<span> Claiming their Assertion to be in accord with Sūtras and Śāstras</span><span>103</span>
**<span> Classification of Real and Imputation</span><span>110</span>
***<span> Demonstrating the Classification of Real and Imputation with<br>Examples</span><span>110</span>
***<span> Claiming All Three Tantras to be Valid</span><span>111</span>
**<span> Refutation of ways in which they accept the result</span><span>116</span>
**<span> Refutation of the Ontology: Contradiction with Definitive Treatises</span><span>118</span>
**<span> Contradiction with the logical reasons which refutes Realists</span><span>118</span>
**<span> Contradiction with the Sequence of the Turning the Wheel of Dharma</span><span>120</span>
**<span> Contradiction to the Intent of Sūtra, Tantra and Śāstra</span><span>122</span>
**<span> Illustrating the Reasons of Investigation without Bias</span><span>123</span>
**<span> Essence of the Important Points in Brief</span><span>124</span>
*<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>125</span>
**<span> Ascertainment with evidence</span><span>128</span>
*<span> APPENDICES</span><span>130</span>
**<span> Appendix A: The text of ''sdom gsum kha skong'''s first chapter on basis (''gzhi'')<br>and its translation</span><span>130</span>
**<span> Note on the Versification</span><span>130</span>
**<span> The Text and Translation</span><span>130</span>
**<span> Appendix B: Go rams pa's writings</span><span>181</span>
**<span> Volume I</span><span>182</span>
**<span> Volume II</span><span>187</span>
**<span> Volume III</span><span>188</span>
**<span> Volume IV</span><span>189</span>
**<span> Volume V</span><span>194</span>
**<span> List of his works arranged by subjects</span><span>198</span>
***<span> On the Hevajra Tantra:</span><span>198</span>
***<span> On the Cakrasamvara Tantra:</span><span>200</span>
***<span> On the Guhyasamāja Tantra:</span><span>200</span>
***<span> On the Vajrabhairava Teaching:</span><span>201</span>
***<span> On the Yoga Tantra:</span><span>201</span>
***<span> On the Prajñāpāramitā:</span><span>201</span>
***<span> On the Ratnagotravibhāga of Maitreya:</span><span>201</span>
***<span> On the Logic and Epistemology (''Pramāṇa''):</span><span>202</span>
***<span> On the Madhyamaka Philosophy:</span><span>202</span>
***<span> On the Three Sets of Vows:</span><span>202</span>
***<span> On the Yoga Tantra:</span><span>203</span>
**<span> Various Praises, Prayers and Answers to some Questions</span><span>203</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>208</span>
**<span> Primary Sources and Translations; Sūtras and Tantras</span><span>208</span>
**<span> Commentaries and Philosophical Treatises</span><span>209</span>
**<span> Primary Sources of Works by Tibetans</span><span>212</span>
**<span> Secondary Sources</span><span>215</span>
* <span> List of Illustrations</span><span>viii</span>
* <span> Introduction by Chagdud Tulku</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Translator’s Note</span><span>xxi</span>
* <span> Buddhahood Without Meditation: Tibetan text and translation</span><span>1</span>
* <span> Afterword by His Holiness Dudjom Rinpoche</span><span>179</span>
* <span> Structural Analysis and Outline by His Holiness Dudjom Rinpoche</span><span>183</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>223</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by Yangsi Kalu Rinpoché</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>1</span>
**<span> An Overview of ''The Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>4</span>
**<span> Jamgön Kongtrul and the Purpose of ''The Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>9</span>
**<span> Kalu Rinpoché and the Purpose of the Translation of ''The Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>18</span>
**<span> Paying for the Translation of ''The Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>26</span>
**<span> ''The Treasury'' in Translation</span><span>33</span>
**<span> Translating and Reading ''Buddhism's Journey to Tibet''</span><span>35</span>
**<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>38</span>
*<span> Book Two: The Light of the World</span><span>41</span>
**<span> 1: Our Teacher's Path to Awakening</span><span>43</span>
**<span> 2: The Buddha's Enlightenment</span><span>61</span>
**<span> 3: The Buddha's Twelve Deeds</span><span>75</span>
**<span> 4: Enlightenment's Bodies and Pure Realms</span><span>93</span>
*<span> Book Three: What the Buddha Taught</span><span>113</span>
**<span> 1: What Are the Sacred Teachings?</span><span>115</span>
**<span> 2: Cycles of Scriptural Transmission</span><span>145</span>
**<span> 3: Compilations of the Buddha's Word</span><span>167</span>
**<span> 4: The Origins of the Early Translations' Ancient Tradition</span><span>183</span>
*<span> Book Four: Buddhism Resplendent in the World</span><span>197</span>
**<span> 1: Buddhism in the Land of Exalted Beings</span><span>199</span>
**<span> 2: How Buddhist Monastic Discipline and Scriptural Transmissions Came to<br>Tibet</span><span>235</span>
**<span> 3: The History of Lineages of Meditation Practice in Tibet, the Eight Major Chariots</span><span>321</span>
**<span> 4: A History of Buddhist Culture</span><span>377</span>
*<span> Appendix 1: The Root Text of Books Two, Three, and Four</span><span>437</span>
*<span> Appendix 2: The Outline of Books Two, Three, and Four</span><span>479</span>
*<span> Translator's Postscript: Reflections on Each Chapter</span><span>491</span>
**<span> ''Myriad Worlds'' Revisited</span><span>491</span>
**<span> Book Two: The Light of the World</span><span>495</span>
***<span> 1: Our Teacher's Path to Awakening</span><span>495</span>
***<span> 2: The Buddha's Enlightenment</span><span>500</span>
***<span> 3: The Buddha's Twelve Deeds</span><span>509</span>
***<span> 4: Enlightenment's Bodies and Pure Realms</span><span>513</span>
**<span> Book Three: What the Buddha Taught</span><span>519</span>
***<span> 1: What Are the Sacred Teachings?</span><span>519</span>
***<span> 2: Cycles of Scriptural Transmission</span><span>528</span>
***<span> 3: Compilations of the Buddha's Word</span><span>536</span>
***<span> 4: The Origins of the Early Translations' Ancient Tradition</span><span>538</span>
**<span> Book Four: Buddhism Resplendent in the World</span><span>546</span>
***<span> 1: Buddhism in the Land of Exalted Beings</span><span>546</span>
***<span> 2: How Buddhist Monastic Discipline and Scriptural Transmissions<br>Came to Tibet</span><span>551</span>
***<span> 3: The History of Lineages of Meditation Practice in Tibet, the Eight<br>Major Chariots</span><span>577</span>
***<span> 4: A History of Buddhist Culture</span><span>597</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>605</span>
*<span> List of Names</span><span>609</span>
*<span> List of Names of Nonhuman Beings</span><span>633</span>
*<span> List of Place Names</span><span>639</span>
*<span> List of Texts Cited</span><span>645</span>
*<span> Subject Index</span><span>663</span>
* <span> Foreword</span><span> vii</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span> ix</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span> 3</span>
** <span> Textual History</span><span> 3</span>
** <span> Doctrine</span><span> 14</span>
* <span> Edition and Translation</span><span> 55</span>
* <span> Appendices</span><span> 135</span>
** <span> 1: Is the Mind Originally Pure or is it Luminous?</span><span> 135</span>
** <span> 2: On amuktajña</span><span> 141</span>
** <span> 3: *Sāramati</span><span> 149</span>
** <span> 4: Reading Text and Translation</span><span> 159</span>
** <span> 5: A Hypothetical Reconstruction of an Indic Form of the AAN</span><span> 181</span>
** <span> 6: Citations of the AAN</span><span> 191</span>
* <span> Literature</span><span> 219</span>
* <span> Indices</span><span> 241</span>
+
*<span> Preface</span><span>''vii''</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>''1''</span>
<center>PART ONE: FAITH</center>
*<span> 1. The Primacy of Faith in Buddhism</span><span>11</span>
*<span> 2. Patriarchal Faith and Doctrinal Faith</span><span>19</span>
*<span> 3. Buddha-nature and Patriarchal Faith</span><span>25</span>
*<span> 4. Essence-Function versus Subject-Object Constructions</span><span>35</span>
*<span> 5. Nonbacksliding Faith and Backsliding Faith</span><span>43</span>
*<span> 6. The Two Truths and Skill-in-Means</span><span>49</span>
<center>PART TWO: PRACTICE</center>
*<span> 7. The Unity of Faith and Enlightenment in Practice</span><span>55</span>
*<span> 8. Bodhidharma's Wall Meditation</span><span>59</span>
*<span> 9. Questioning Meditation and the Dynamics of Faith</span><span>66</span>
*<span> 10.Practice in the Treatise on Awakening Mahayana Faith</span><span>78</span>
*<span> 11. Faith and Practice in Pure Land Buddhism</span><span>90</span>
*<span> 12. Faith as the Practice of Compassion</span><span>96</span>
<center>PART THREE: ENLIGHTENMENT</center>
*<span> 13. Sudden Enlightenment and Gradual Practice</span><span>105</span>
*<span> 14. Faith and Enlightenment in the Hua-yen Sutra</span><span>110</span>
*<span> 15. Kkaech'im: The Experience of Brokenness</span><span>123</span>
*<span> 16. Revolution of the Basis</span><span>126</span>
*<span> 17. The Three Gates</span><span>133</span>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>137</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>145</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>147</span>
*<span> Glossary of Chinese Characters</span><span>159</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>169</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>205</span>
+
*'''Preface'''
*'''Table of Contents'''
*'''Introduction'''
*'''Buddhist Philosophy and Meditation Practice'''
*<span> 1. ''Jason Siff'': Language and Meditation</span><span>3</span>
*<span> 2. ''Jongmyung Kim'': Thought and Praxis in Contemporary Korean Buddhism:<br> A Critical Examination</span><span>14</span>
*<span> 3. ''Ven. Jinwol Lee'': Ganhwaseon (看話禪) in Korea:<br> From a Seon Practitioner’s Perspective</span><span>28</span>
*<span> 4. ''Prof. Robert E. Buswell, Jr'': The Transformation of Doubt (Ǔijǒng 疑情)<br> in Kanhwa Sǒn 看話禪: The Testimony of Gaofeng<br> Yuanmiao 高峰原妙 (1238-1295)</span><span>34</span>
*<span> 5. ''Tadeusz Skorupski'': Consciousness and Luminosity in Indian and <br> Tibetan Buddhism]</span><span>43</span>
*<span> 6. ''James Blumenthal'': Śamatha and its Relation to the Mundane and<br> Supra-mundane Paths According to Geluk Traditions of Tibetan Buddhism</span><span>65</span>
*<span> 7. ''Kyaw, Pyi Phyo'': The Paṭṭhāna (Conditional Relations) and Buddhist<br> Meditation Application of the Teachings in the Paṭṭhāna in Insight<br> (Vipassanā) Meditation Practice</span><span>72</span>
*<span> 8. ''Lei Xiaoli (Ph.D Candidate)'': A Study on the Development of<br> Meditation in Theravada Buddhism and Chinese Buddhism</span><span>88</span>
*<span> 9. ''Kanae Kawamoto'': Pragmatic Benefits and Concentration through<br> Ānāpānasati Meditation</span><span>98</span>
*<span> 10. ''Dr. H. M. Mahinda Herath'': Theravada Philosophical Exposition of the<br> Supramundane (Lokuttara) State</span><span>104</span>
*<span> 11. ''Thomas A C Weiser'': Three Practices of the Four Foundations of<br> Mindfulness: An Investigation in Comparative Soteriology</span><span>111</span>
*<span> 12. ''Professor Angraj Chaudhary'': The Philosophy of Suffering and the Practice<br> of Vipassana</span><span>128</span>
*<span> 13. ''Joel Walmsley & Ira Greenberg'': Mind, Death and Supervenience:<br> Towards a Comparative Dialogue</span><span>134</span>
*<span> 14. ''Jeff Waistell'': Mindfulness Meditation and Praxis</span><span>149</span>
*<span> 15. ''Charles Pyle'': A Strategic Perspective on Buddhist Meditation</span><span>158</span>
*<span> 16. ''Jim Rheingans'': Communicating the Innate: Observations on Teacher-Student<br> Interaction in the Tibetan Mahāmudrā Instructions</span><span>177</span>
*<span> 17. ''Sumi Lee'': Searching for a Possibility of Buddhist Hermeneutics:<br> Two Exegetic Strategies in Buddhist Tradition</span><span>202</span>
*<span> 18. ''Khristos Nizamis'': The Mind’s 'I' in Meditation : Early Pāli Buddhadhamma:<br> and Transcendental Phenomenology in Mutual Reflection</span><span>212</span>
*<span> 19. ''Apisin Sivayathorn & Apichai Puntasen'': Is It True That Buddhism is<br> Mind-Based Science?</span><span>239</span>
*<span> 20. ''Karin Meyers'': The Pleasant Way: The Dhyāna-s, Insight and the Path<br> according to the Abhidharmakośa</span><span>259</span>
*<span> 21. ''Thanaphon Cheungsirakulvit'': Buddhadāsa's Poetry: the Object of<br> Contemplation on Emptiness</span><span>278</span>
*<span> 22. ''Prof. Yasanjali Devika Jayatilleke'': An Anthropological Study on the Rituals<br> Pertaining to Life Crises Events among Sri Lankan Buddhists</span><span>314</span>
*<span> 23. ''Dr. Mark Owen'': The Philosophical Foundations of the Tibetan<br> Buddhist Practice of Bodily Preservation</span><span>324</span>
*<span> 24. ''Bethany Lowe'': Dangerous Dharma, Death, and Depression:<br> The Importance of 'Right View' for Practicing Contemplation within a<br> Western Buddhist Tradition</span><span>343</span>
*<span> 25. ''Venerable Bhikkhuni Anula Devi'': The Practical approach to the<br> Enlightenment through the Buddhist Meditation</span><span>362</span>
*<span> 26. ''Dr. Wangchuk Dorjee Negi'': Buddhist Meditation Practices</span><span>370</span>
*<span> 27. ''Dr Sarah Shaw'' : Breathing Mindfulness: Text and Practice</span><span>378</span>
*<span> 28. ''Nuengfa Nawaboonniyom & Apichai Puntasen'': The Training of<br> Satipaṭṭhāna related to 15 Caraṇas and 8 Vijjās</span><span>391</span>
*<span> 29. ''Giuliana Martini'': Transcending the Limiting Power of Karma<br> The Early Buddhist Appamāṇas</span><span>413</span>
*<span> 30. ''Ven. Dr. Yuanci'': A Study of the Meditation Methods in the DESM<br> and Other Early Chinese Texts</span><span>438</span>
*<span> 31. ''Assoc. Prof. Dr. Uma Shankar'': The Philosophical Perspectives in the<br> Meditational practices of Tantric Buddhism</span><span>466</span>
<center>''Introduction''</center>
<center>''First Part''</center>
<center>THE TEACHING OF THE ELDERS</center>
<center>''By I. B. Horner''</center>
* <span> THE SAMGHA</span><span>17</span>
<center>THE ORDER OF MONKS AND NUNS</center>
<center>''Conversion of Anathapindika'' 17</center>
<center>''Conversion of General Siha'' 20</center>
<center>''Ordination of Pajapati the Great'' 23</center>
<center>''Visakha, the Laywoman Supporter'' 26</center>
<center>''Schism'' 28</center>
<center>SKILL IN MEANS 33</center>
<center>ARAHANTS 42</center>
<center>THE BUDDHIST APOCALYPSE 45</center>
* <span> THE DHAMMA</span><span>51</span>
<center>THE FIVE FACULTIES</center>
<center>''The Five Faculties collectively'' 51</center>
<center>''The Five Faculties separately'' 52</center>
<center>''Faith'' 52</center>
<center>''Vigour'' 54</center>
<center>''Mindfulness'' 56</center>
<center>''Concentration'' 60</center>
<center>''Wisdom'' 64</center>
<center>CONDITIONED GENESIS</center>
<center>''Conditioned Genesis collectively'' 65</center>
<center>''Cond:tioned Genesis separately'' 70</center>
<center>''Ignorance'' 70</center>
<center>''Consciousness'' 70</center>
<center>''Feelng'' 72</center>
<center>''Craving'' 73</center>
<center>''Grasping'' 74</center>
<center>''Birth, Ageing and Dying'' 76</center>
<center>THE OBJECT OF WISDOM</center>
<center>''Crossing Over'' 82</center>
<center>''Emptiness'' 90</center>
<center>''Nirvana'' 92</center>
*<span> THE BUDDHA AND TATHAGATA</span><span>103</span>
<center>''Second Part''</center>
<center>THE MAHAYANA</center>
<center>''By Edward Conze''</center>
* <span> BASIC NOTIONS</span><span>119</span>
<center>CRITICISM OF THE HINAYANA POSITION</center>
<center>''Bodhisattvas and Disciples'' 119</center>
<center>''The Conversion of Sariputra'' 120</center>
<center>''The two Nirvanas'' 124</center>
<center>THE BODHISATTVA</center>
<center>''Descriptions'' 127</center>
<center>''His Infinite Compassion'' 131</center>
<center>''The Dedication of Merit'' 132</center>
<center>THE SIX PERFECTIONS</center>
<center>''Definition'' 135</center>
<center>''The six Perfections and the Body'' 136</center>
<center>''The Perfection of Giving'' 136</center>
<center>''The Perfection of Patience'' 137</center>
<center>''The Perfection of Meditation'' 138</center>
<center>THE BUDDHA</center>
<center>''The Tathagata as a Rain-cloud'' 139</center>
<center>''The real Buddha'' 140</center>
<center>''The Tathagatas' Coming and Going'' 143</center>
<center>''The Dharma-body'' 143</center>
<center>''Tathagata and Suchness'' 144</center>
<center>''The 18 special dharmas of a Buddha'' 145</center>
* <span> NEW WISDOM SCHOOL</span><span>146</span>
<center>THE PERFECTION OF WISDOM 146</center>
<center>THE ELUSIVENESS OF PERFECT WISDOM 149</center>
<center>THE DOCTRINE OF PERFECT WISDOM 152</center>
<center>EMPTINESS</center>
<center>''Preliminary Meditations'' 158</center>
<center>''Definitions and Synonyms of Emptiness'' 163</center>
<center>''Negations'' 172</center>
<center>''Contradictions'' 175</center>
<center>''Unreality of the World'' 177</center>
<center>''Emptiness and Salvation'' 179</center>
<center>''The Germ of Buddhahood in all Beings'' 181</center>
* <span> THE BUDDHISM OF FAITH</span><span>185</span>
<center>FAITH 185</center>
<center>THE ACTS AND REWARDS OF DEVOTION 186</center>
<center>THE OBJECTS OF DEVOTION</center>
<center>''The Buddha'' 190</center>
<center>''Avalokitesvara'' 194</center>
<center>''Tara'' 196</center>
<center>THE PURE LAND 202</center>
* <span> YOGACARINS</span><span>207</span>
<center>MIND ONLY 207</center>
<center>TWOFOLD EGOLESSNESS 211</center>
<center>IRREALITY OF THE WORLD 212</center>
<center>THE BUDDHA AS THE BASIS OF ALL 216</center>
<center>''Third Part''</center>
<center>THE TANTRAS</center>
<center>''By David Snellgrove''</center>
<center>''The Cleansing of Thought'' 221</center>
<center>''Supreme Enlightenment'' 221</center>
<center>''Saraha's Treasury of Songs'' 224</center>
<center>''Anangavajra, The Attainment of the Realization of Wisdom and Means'' 240</center>
<center>''Note on the Mandala'' 246</center>
<center>''Advayavajra, The fivefold Manifestation'' 249</center>
<center>''An Evocation of Prajnaparamita'' 252</center>
<center>''The Mandala conceived within'' 254</center>
<center>''The Story of Tanti'' 255</center>
<center>''Mila Repa and the Novices'' 257</center>
<center>''Fourth Part''</center>
<center>TEXTS FROM CHINA AND JAPAN</center>
<center>By Arthur Waley</center>
<center>Introduction</center>
* <span> TEXTS ORIGINATING IN INDIA</span><span>274</span>
<center>''The Parable of Me and Mine'' 274</center>
<center>''On the Curing of Illness contracted during Dhyana Practice'' 274</center>
<center>''Meditation upon the Element Water'' 275</center>
<center>''Judging the Character of a Dhyana Pupil'' 276</center>
<center>''The Bracelets'' 278</center>
<center>''All Words are true'' 278</center>
<center>''Buddha's Doctrine'' 279</center>
<center>''The Negation of Dhyana'' 280</center>
<center>''Po Chu-i. Poem On Reading the Dhyana Sutra'' 281</center>
<center>''Nationality'' 282</center>
<center>''The Intermediate State'' 283</center>
<center>''Devas repeople the Earth'' 283</center>
<center>''Buddha's Pity'' 285</center>
* <span> TEXTS ORIGINATING IN CHINA AND JAPAN</span><span>287</span>
<center>''A Hinayana Sect in early China'' 287</center>
<center>''The Truly So'' 290</center>
<center>''From the Lives of the Nuns'' 291</center>
<center>''On Trust in the Heart'' 295</center>
<center>From the Conversations of Shen-hui 299</center>
<center>''A nice Mountain'' 302</center>
<center>''Rain-making'' 302</center>
* <span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>307</span>
* <span> SOURCES</span><span>311</span>
* <span> GLOSSARY</span><span>313</span>
* <span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>323</span>
*<span> ''Dedication''</span><span>7</span>
*<span> ''Foreword''</span><span>9</span>
*<span> Open and Free</span><span>13</span>
*<span> Ground</span><span>22</span>
*<span> View</span><span>35</span>
*<span> Beginning Meditation</span><span>53</span>
*<span> Transcending Shamatha</span><span>64</span>
*<span> Not Meditating, Not Being Distracted</span><span>88</span>
*<span> Guided Meditation</span><span>102</span>
*<span> Losing It</span><span>108</span>
*<span> Vajrasattva Meditation</span><span>126</span>
*<span> Development and Completion Unified</span><span>140</span>
*<span> Compassion</span><span>148</span>
*<span> Carefree</span><span>161</span>
*<span> Progressive Path</span><span>167</span>
*<span> Bardo</span><span>186</span>
*<span> Fruition</span><span>201</span>
*<span> Confidence</span><span>213</span>
*<span> Dignity</span><span>230</span>
*<span> ''Afterword''</span><span>235</span>
+
*<span> List of Tables</span><span>v</span>
*<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>vI</span>
*<span> Technical Notes</span><span>vii</span>
Part 1: The Prāsaṅgika-Mādhyamika Interpretation of the Buddha-essence Theory
*<span> Introduction</span><span>2</span>
*<span> Chapter 1: Historical and Doctrinal Background</span><span>17</span>
**<span> 1. rGyal-tshab's Life and Works</span><span>17</span>
**<span> 2. The social-political background</span><span>26</span>
**<span> 3. The doctrinal background</span><span>29</span>
**<span> 4. The Structure and Contents of the ''rGyud bla ṭīkā''</span><span>33</span>
*<span> Chapter 2: Doctrinal Classification of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>37</span>
**<span> 1. Asaṅga and the Five Treatises of Maitreya</span><span>38</span>
**<span> 2. The subtle emptiness according to the RGV</span><span>41</span>
***<span> The truth-habit as the cause of saṃsāra</span><span>41</span>
***<span> The truth-habit as the addictive obscuration</span><span>43</span>
***<span> Śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas' realization of objective selflessness</span><span>44</span>
***<span> Refuting the Vijñānavādin standpoint concerning emptiness</span><span>47</span>
**<span> 3. The Three Stages of Teaching according to the DIR</span><span>49</span>
***<span> Establishing the unique vehicle</span><span>49</span>
***<span> As the distinctive presentation of the Prāsaṅgika-Mādhyamika <br>viewpoint</span><span>54</span>
**<span> 4. The ''Prajñāpāramitā-sūtra'' and the TGS</span><span>56</span>
**<span> 5. The TGS as Being Definitive</span><span>62</span>
*<span> Chapter 3: Critiques of Absolutism, Skepticism, and Quietism</span><span>69</span>
**<span> 1. Critique of Dol-po-pa's "Great Madhyamaka"</span><span>70</span>
***<span> Refuting Dol-po-pa's classification of the TGS</span><span>71</span>
***<span> Refuting Buddha-essence as a permanent entity</span><span>72</span>
***<span> Refuting Buddha-essence as being endowed with twofold purities</span><span>77</span>
**<span> 2. Critique of the Mainstream Positions</span><span>81</span>
***<span> 'Gos-lo's position on Buddha-essence</span><span>84</span>
***<span> dGe-lugs-pa scholars' responses</span><span>89</span>
**<span> 3. A Comparison with Critiques of "Original-enlightenment" theory in<br>Modern Chinese Buddhism</span><span>94</span>
***<span> A comparison of interpretations between 'Gos-lo and Zongmi</span><span>96</span>
***<span> Modern Chinese Critiques of "Original-enlightenment"</span><span>99</span>
*<span> Chapter 4: Analysis of the Title and Textural Structure</span><span>110</span>
**<span> 1. The Title "''Mahāyānottaratantra''" and Its Implication</span><span>110</span>
**<span> 2. The Seven Vajra-Like Bases</span><span>114</span>
***<span> Two aspects</span><span>114</span>
***<span> rGyal-tshab's revision of rNgog-lo's "two wheels" theory </span><span>116</span>
***<span> The first three bases as ultimate fruition</span><span>118</span>
***<span> The last four bases as cause and conditions</span><span>119</span>
**<span> 3. The Term "Ratnagotra" and the Textual Structure of RGV</span><span>121</span>
**<span> 4. rGyal-tshab on the Fourfold ''Ratnagotra'' as Cause and Conditions</span><span>124</span>
***<span> The Element as a cause according to RGV I.16</span><span>124</span>
***<span> The last three bases as conditions</span><span>127</span>
**<span> 5. On RGV 1.3</span><span>129</span>
**<span> 6. Conclusion</span><span>132</span>
*<span> Chapter 5: Reality, Element, and Natural Luminosity of the Mind</span><span>134</span>
**<span> 1. The Buddha-essence and Its Various Names</span><span>134</span>
**<span> 2. Reality</span><span>136</span>
***<span> As immutable ultimate reality</span><span>136</span>
***<span> The tainted reality</span><span>138</span>
**<span> 3. ''Dharmatā''</span><span>140</span>
**<span> 4. Natural Luminosity of the Mind</span><span>142</span>
***<span> Origin in Canonical sources</span><span>142</span>
***<span> rGyal-tshab's Exegesis on the Passages from the SMS and the DIR</span><span>144</span>
***<span> On the Passage from the GGS</span><span>147</span>
**<span> 5. The Element</span><span>150</span>
***<span> According to the AAN</span><span>150</span>
***<span> According to the MAS</span><span>154</span>
**<span> 6. The Buddha-essence and the Madhyamaka Philosophy</span><span>156</span>
***<span> The Equation of the Buddha-essence with emptiness</span><span>156</span>
***<span> Realizing the Buddha-essence as the Middle Way</span><span>159</span>
**<span> 7. Conclusion</span><span>163</span>
*<span> Chapter 6: Buddha-essence and Its Ten Aspects</span><span>164</span>
**<span> 1. The Tripartite Buddha-essence</span><span>164</span>
***<span> The diffusion of the truth body</span><span>166</span>
***<span> The indivisible reality and generic potentials</span><span>168</span>
**<span> 2. The Ten Points</span><span>170</span>
***<span> Nature</span><span>171</span>
***<span> Causes</span><span>173</span>
***<span> Fruition</span><span>178</span>
***<span> Actions</span><span>187</span>
***<span> Possession</span><span>192</span>
***<span> Engagement</span><span>194</span>
***<span> States</span><span>196</span>
***<span> All-pervadingness</span><span>198</span>
***<span> Unchangeability</span><span>200</span>
***<span> Indivisible excellences</span><span>205</span>
*<span> Chapter 7: The Eighteen Similes in the ''Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra''</span><span>209</span>
**<span> 1. rGyal-tshab's General Discussion</span><span>209</span>
**<span> 2. The Nine Smiles for the Obscuring Defilements</span><span>215</span>
***<span> The lotus simile for latent state of attachment</span><span>215</span>
***<span> The bees simile for latent state of hatred</span><span>216</span>
***<span> The husks simile for latent state of misknowledge</span><span>216</span>
***<span> The filth simile for intense outburst of attachment, hatred, and<br>misknowledge</span><span>218</span>
***<span> The floor simile for ground of instincts for misknowledge</span><span>219</span>
***<span> The fruit simile for addictions eliminated by the Path of Insight</span><span>220</span>
***<span> The tattered rags simile for addictions eliminated by the Path of<br>Meditation</span><span>221</span>
***<span> The woman simile for addictions related to the Impure Stages</span><span>222</span>
***<span> The clay simile for addictions related to the Pure stages</span><span>223</span>
***<span> Discussion of the twofold obscuration</span><span>224</span>
**<span> 3. The Nine Smiles for the Obscured Element</span><span>226</span>
***<span> The three similes for the Truth Body</span><span>228</span>
***<span> The gold simile for reality</span><span>230</span>
***<span> The five similes for the spiritual gene</span><span>231</span>
*<span> Chapter 8: The Twofold Spiritual Gene</span><span>236</span>
**<span> 1. Tsong-kha-pa's Analysis of the Vijñānavadin Standpoints</span><span>237</span>
**<span> 2. A Mādhyamika Critique of the Vijñānavadin Standpoint</span><span>248</span>
**<span> 3. The dGe-Iugs-pa Exegesis of the "Spiritual Gene" Section of the AA</span><span>250</span>
**<span> 4. Natural Luminosity of the Mind under Debate</span><span>256</span>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>264</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>268</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>271</span>
Part 2: Appendices
*<span> 1. A Special Edition of Chapter One of the ''Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma'i ṭīkā''<br>(1a-72a and 64a-170b)</span><span>285</span>
**<span> A. Topical Outline</span><span>285</span>
**<span> B. Special Edition</span><span>306</span>
*<span> 2. Translations</span><span>449</span>
**<span> A. The ''Mahāyānottaratantrarvyākhyā'' (Chapter One: 1.1-7.5 and 21.1-78.22)</span><span>449</span>
**<span> B. The ''Theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma'i ṭīkā'' (Chapter One: 1a-72a and<br>64a-170b)</span><span>525</span>
*<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>ii</span>
*<span> I Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> II. The Structure and Meaning of the Two Truths</span><span>14</span>
**<span> A. The Theoretical Structure</span><span>14</span>
***<span> 1. Principle and Teaching: The Two Truths as Teachings</span><span>15</span>
***<span> 2. The Context of Truth</span><span>26</span>
***<span> 3. The Initial Thesis and the Four Levels of Two Truths</span><span>33</span>
**<span> B. The Identity of Emptiness and Existence: Terms and Concepts</span><span>53</span>
***<span> 1. The Identity of the Two Truths</span><span>54</span>
***<span> 2. The Four Categories of Interpretation</span><span>62</span>
***<span> 3. Provisional and Middle: Interdependency, Principle and Teaching</span><span>68</span>
**<span> C. The Essence and Function of the Two Truths</span><span>85</span>
***<span> 1. The Liang Theories</span><span>94</span>
***<span> 2. The Three Kinds of Middle Path</span><span>101</span>
*<span> III. The Practice of Insight into the Two Truths</span><span>113</span>
**<span> A. Introduction</span><span>113</span>
***<span> 1. Theory and Practice</span><span>121</span>
***<span> 2. ''Prajñā'' and ''Upāya''</span><span>129</span>
**<span> B. The Dharmas as Objects-of-Cognition</span><span>137</span>
***<span> 1. True Dharma</span><span>138</span>
***<span> 2. The True Mark of the Dharmas and the True Dharma</span><span>145</span>
***<span> 3. The Non-duality of Subject and Object, Cause and Result</span><span>154</span>
**<span> C. The Concurrent Insight of the Two Truths and the Two Knowledges</span><span>165</span>
*<span> IV. The Theory and the Practice of the Buddha-nature</span><span>186</span>
**<span> A. Introduction: Chi-tsang and the ''Nirvāṇa-sūtra''</span><span>186</span>
**<span> B. The Buddha-nature of the Middle Path</span><span>200</span>
***<span> 1. The Buddha-nature Theories of the North-South Period</span><span>201</span>
***<span> 2. The Buddha-nature of Neither Cause nor Result</span><span>209</span>
***<span> 3. The Buddha-nature of Non-sentient Objects</span><span>217</span>
**<span> C. The Five Kinds of Buddha-nature</span><span>231</span>
***<span> 1. Textual and Historical Development</span><span>231</span>
***<span> 2. The Ekayāna and the Buddha-nature</span><span>244</span>
***<span> 3. The Two Knowledges and the Perception of the Buddha-nature</span><span>255</span>
*<span> Appendix I: The Meaning of the Two Truths</span><span>269</span>
*<span> Appendix II: The Meaning of Buddha-nature</span><span>357</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>419</span>
*<span> Selected Bibliography</span><span>443</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Editorial Note</span><span>3</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>5</span>
<center> I. TEXTUAL RESEARCH</center>
*<span> A Revised Edition of the ''Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra'', "Kṣanikaparivarta"</span><span>9</span>
<center>II. THE ''LAṄKĀVATĀRA'' AND OTHER TEXTS</center>
*<span> An Analysis of the ''Laṅkāvatāra'': In Search of Its Original Form</span><span>101</span>
*<span> The Concept of ''Manas'' in the ''Laṅkāvatāra''</span><span>118</span>
*<span> Sources of the ''Laṅkāvatāra'' and Its Position in Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>128</span>
*<span> The Structure of the ''Anuttarāśrayasūtra'' (''Wu-shang-i ching'')</span><span>156</span>
*<span> Remarks on the Sanskrit Fragments of the ''Abhidharmadharmaskandhapādaśāstra''</span><span>165</span>
*<span> On the ''Myaṅ 'das''</span><span>175</span>
*<span> Textual Problems of the ''Mahāyānaśraddhotpāda''</span><span>184</span>
<center>III. TECHNICAL TERMS AND BASIC CONCEPTS OF THE</center> <center>''TATHĀGATAGARBHA'' THEORY</center>
*<span> The "Tathāgatôtpattisaṃbhava-nirdeśa" of the ''Avataṃsaka'' and the ''Ratnagotra-<br> vibhāga'': With Special Reference to the Term ''Tathāgata-gotra-saṃbhava''</span><span>201</span>
*<span> The Description of Ultimate Reality by Means of Six Categories in Mahāyāna<br> Buddhism</span><span>208</span>
*<span> A Comment on the Term ''Ārambaṇa'' in the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'', 1.9</span><span>219</span>
*<span> ''Dharmatā'', ''Dharmadhātu'', ''Dharmakāya'' and ''Buddhadhātu'': The Structure of the<br> Ultimate Value in Mahāyāna Buddhism</span><span>228</span>
*<span> On ''Upādāna''/''Upādāyaprajñapti''</span><span>246</span>
*<span> On ''Upādāna'' (II): ''Ālayavijñāna'' and Its Two Kinds of ''Upādāna''</span><span>265</span>
*<span> On ''Gotrabhū''</span><span>280</span>
<center>IV. ''TATHĀGATAGARBHA'' DOCTRINE IN GENERAL</center>
*<span> The Buddhist Concept of the Spiritual Family</span><span>293</span>
*<span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Theory in the ''Mahāparinirvāṇa-sūtra''</span><span>299</span>
*<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and the Community of Bodhisattvas</span><span>311</span>
*<span> Ethische Implikationen der ''Tathāgatagarbha''-Lehre</span><span>324</span>
*<span> Thoughts on ''Dhātu-vāda'' and Recent Trends in Buddhist Studies</span><span>343</span>
*<span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Theory Reconsidered: Reflections on Some Recent Issues in<br> Japanese Buddhist Studies</span><span>352</span>
<center>V. JAPANESE AND EAST ASIAN BUDDHISM</center>
*<span> A History of East Asian Buddhist Thought: The Formation of a Sphere of<br> Chinese-Canon-Based Buddhism</span><span>369</span>
*<span> "Japanization" of Buddhism</span><span>417</span>
*<span> The Ekayāna (One Vehicle) Doctrine as the Basis of Japanese Buddhism</span><span>432</span>
*<span> Kōbō Daishi (Kūkai) and ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Thought</span><span>451</span>
*<span> ''Saṃsāra eva nirvāṇam''</span><span>480</span>
*<span> "Non-Sentient Beings Preaching the Dharma": Buddhist Views on the<br> Environment</span><span>499</span>
*<span> Some Problems in the Tibetan Translations from Chinese Materials</span><span>524</span>
<center>VI. BUDDHIST STUDIES IN JAPAN</center>
*<span> One Hundred Years of Buddhist Studies in Japan</span><span>539</span>
<center>VII. BOOK REVIEWS</center>
*<span> John M. Koller, ''Oriental Philosophies''</span><span>565</span>
*<span> David Seyfort Ruegg, ''La théorie du tathāgatagarbha et du gotra''</span><span>571</span>
*<span> Alex & Hideko Wayman, ''The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā''</span><span>586</span>
*<span> Hajime Nakamura, ''Indian Buddhism''</span><span>591</span>
*<span> Index</span><span> 595</span>
*<span> ACKNOWLEDGMENTS</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> CONVENTIONS OF USAGE</span><span>xii</span>
*<span> Introduction: Prolegomenon to the Study of Medieval Chinese<br> Buddhist Literature</span><span>1</span><br><br>
*''Part 1: The Historical and Cosmological Background''
*<span> 1. The Date and Provenance of the Treasure Store Treatise</span><span>31</span>
*<span> 2. Chinese Buddhism and the Cosmology of Sympathetic Resonance</span><span>77</span><br><br>
*<span> ''Part 2: Annotated Translation of the'' Treasure Store Treatise<br> Introduction to the Translation</span><span>137</span>
*<span> 3. The ''Treasure Store Treatise''/Chapter One<br> The Broad Illumination of Emptiness and Being</span><span>143</span>
*<span> 4. The ''Treasure Store Treatise''/Chapter Two<br> The Essential Purity of Transcendence and Subtlety</span><span>193</span>
*<span> 5. The ''Treasure Store Treatise''/Chapter Three<br> The Empty Mystery of the Point of Genesis</span><span>228</span><br><br>
*<span> Appendix 1: On Esoteric Buddhism in China</span><span>263</span>
*<span> Appendix 2: Scriptural Quotations in the ''Treasure Store Treatise''</span><span>279</span>
*<span> NOTES</span><span>287</span>
*<span> WORKS CITED</span><span>345</span>
*<span> INDEX</span><span>379</span>
+
* '''''Chapter 1'''''
* <span> '''Two Approaches to Ultimate Realization'''</span><span>'''1'''</span>
<center>'''THE PRESENTATION OF THE PATHS'''</center>
* '''''Chapter 2'''''
* <span> '''The Presentation of the Paths''' </span><span>'''3'''</span>
** <span> The Meaning of Path </span><span>3</span>
*** <span> ''The Presentation of Grounds and Paths in the Causal Vehicle of Characteristics''</span><span>4</span>
*** <span> ''1. The presentation of the natures of the paths''</span><span>5</span>
* '''''Chapter 3'''''
* <span> '''The Entity of Path''' </span><span>'''7'''</span>
*** <span> ''1.1. The entity of path''</span><span>7</span>
** <span> The Definition of Path</span><span>8</span>
** <span> The First Incorrect Definition</span><span>8</span>
** <span> The Second Incorrect Definition</span><span>9</span>
** <span> The Third Incorrect Definition</span><span>10</span>
** <span> Summary of the Three Incorrect Definitions</span><span>10</span>
* '''''Chapter 4'''''
* <span> '''The Classificational Enumerations of the Paths'''</span><span>'''11'''</span>
*** <span> ''1.2. The classificational enumerations''</span><span>11</span>
** <span> Five Paths, One Practice</span><span>12</span>
* '''''Chapter 5'''''
* <span> '''The Semantic Explanation of Path'''</span><span>'''15'''</span>
*** <span> 1.3. ''The semantic explanation of the meaning of the term''</span><span>15</span>
* '''''Chapter 6'''''
* <span> '''Nominal and Actual Paths'''</span><span>'''17'''</span>
*** <span> ''1.4. The difference between actual and nominal paths''</span><span>17</span>
* '''''Chapter 7'''''
* <span> '''The Five Paths''' </span><span>'''19'''</span>
*** <span> ''1.5. The detailed explanations of each one of the five paths''</span><span>19</span>
* '''''Chapter 8'''''
* <span> '''The Path of Accumulation'''</span><span>'''21'''</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1. The path of accumulation''</span><span>21</span>
* <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>21</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>21</span>
* <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>22</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>22</span>
* <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>23</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>23</span>
** <span> The Threefold Classification of Lesser, Medium, and Greater</span><span>23</span>
*** <span> The Four Intense Applications of Mindfulness</span><span>24</span>
*** <span> The Four Perfect Relinquishments</span><span>24</span>
*** <span> The Four Limbs of Miraculous Powers</span><span>25</span>
*** <span> Two Reasons for the Threefold Classification</span><span>25</span>
** <span> The Alternative Fourfold Classification</span><span>26</span>
* <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>27</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1.4 Determining its nature''</span><span>27</span>
** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises</span><span>27</span>
** <span> The Grounds on Which It Relies</span><span>28</span>
** <span> The Objects on Which It Focuses</span><span>28</span>
* <span> THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH<br>OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>29</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>29</span>
*<span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>31</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>31</span>
* <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>33</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1.7. Its function''</span><span>33</span>
* <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF ACCUMULATION</span><span>35</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.1.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>35</span>
* '''''Chapter 9'''''
* <span> '''The Path of Junction'''</span><span>37</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2. The path of junction''</span><span>37</span>
* <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>37</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>37</span>
* <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>40</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>40</span>
* <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>40</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>40</span>
** <span> The Classification Through Nature</span><span>41</span>
** <span> The Classification in Terms of Accumulation and Junction</span><span>41</span>
** <span> The Classification in Terms of Lesser and Greater</span><span>42</span>
** <span> The Classification by Way of Realization</span><span>43</span>
*** <span> The Phase of Heat </span><span>45</span>
*** <span> The Phase of Peak </span><span>46</span>
*** <span> The Phase of Endurance </span><span>49</span>
*** <span> The Phase of Supreme Dharma</span><span>50</span>
* <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>52</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2.4. Determining its nature''</span><span>52</span>
** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises</span><span>52</span>
** <span> The Grounds on Which It Relies</span><span>53</span>
** <span> The Objects on Which It Focuses</span><span>56</span>
* <span> THE FEATURE OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH<br>OF JUNCTION</span><span>58</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>58</span>
** <span> What Is Relinquished </span><span>59</span>
** <span> What Is Realized </span><span>60</span>
* <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>63</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>63</span>
* <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>64</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2.7. Its function''</span><span>64</span>
* <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF JUNCTION</span><span>65</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.2.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>65</span>
* '''''Chapter 10'''''
* <span> '''The Path of Seeing''' </span><span>'''67'''</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3. The path of seeing''</span><span>67</span>
* <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>67</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>67</span>
* <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>69</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>69</span>
* <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>70</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>70</span>
* <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>71</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4. Determining its nature''</span><span>71</span>
** <span> The Way in Which the Factors to be Relinquished Through Seeing Are Relinquished</span><span>72</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1. The presentation of the way in which the factors to be relinquished<br>through seeing are relinquished''</span><span>72</span>
** <span> The Definition of the Factors to be Relinquished</span><span>72</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.1. The definition of the factors to be relinquished''</span><span>72</span>
** <span> The Extensive Classification of the Factors to be Relinquished</span><span>73</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.2. The extensive classification of the factors to be relinquished''</span><span>73</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.2.1. The classification of their entity''</span><span>74</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.2.2. The classification of the way of relinquishment''</span><span>76</span>
** <span> The Way in Which the Factors to be Relinquished Are Relinquished</span><span>78</span>
* <span> ''1.5.3.4.1.3. The way in which the factors to be relinquished are relinquished''</span><span>78</span>
** <span> The Way in Which the Path of Seeing Arises</span><span>82</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2. The presentation of the way in which the path of seeing arises''</span><span>82</span>
** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises</span><span>82</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.1. The (psychophysical) supports in which it arises''</span><span>82</span>
** <span> The Grounds on Which It Relies</span><span>83</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.2. The grounds on which it relies''</span><span>83</span>
** <span> The Ways of Realization </span><span>85</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.3. The ways of realization''</span><span>85</span>
** <span> From How Many Moments It Arises</span><span>87</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.4. (The issue) from how many moments it arises''</span><span>87</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.4.1. The system of the common vehicle''</span><span>87</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.4.2.4.2. The uncommon system''</span><span>91</span>
* <span> THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE PATH<br>OF SEEING</span><span>93</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>93</span>
** <span> What Is Relinquished </span><span>93</span>
** <span> What Is Realized </span><span>94</span>
* <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>96</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>96</span>
* <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>99</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.7. Its function''</span><span>99</span>
* <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF SEEING</span><span>99</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.3.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>99</span>
* '''''Chapter 11'''''
* <span> '''The Path of Meditation'''</span><span>'''103'''</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4. The path of meditation''</span><span>103</span>
* <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>103</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>103</span>
* <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>104</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>104</span>
* <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>108</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>108</span>
** <span> The Mundane Path of Meditation</span><span>109</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.3.1. The mundane path of meditation''</span><span>109</span>
** <span> The Supramundane Path of Meditation</span><span>109</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.3.2. The supramundane path of meditation''</span><span>109</span>
** <span> Classification Through Its Psychophysical Supports</span><span>110</span>
** <span> Classification Through the Factors to be Relinquished</span><span>111</span>
** <span> Classification Through the Paths</span><span>111</span>
** <span> Classification Through Its Entity</span><span>112</span>
** <span> Classification Through Familiarization</span><span>112</span>
* <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>113</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.4. Determining its nature''</span><span>113</span>
** <span> The Factors to be Relinquished Through Meditation</span><span>113</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.4.1. The way in which the factors to be relinquished through meditation are relinquished''</span><span>113</span>
*** <span> The Definition of the Factors to be Relinquished Through Meditation</span><span>114</span>
*** <span> Their Extensive Classification</span><span>116</span>
*** <span> The Way in Which They Are Relinquished Through the Remedies</span><span>117</span>
** <span> The Arising of the Path of Meditation</span><span>118</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.4.2. The way in which the path of meditation arises''</span><span>118</span>
*** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises</span><span>118</span>
*** <span> The Grounds on Which It Relies</span><span>119</span>
*** <span> The Objects on Which It Focuses</span><span>120</span>
* <span> THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION ON THE<br>PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>121</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>121</span>
** <span> What is Relinquished </span><span>122</span>
** <span> What is Realized </span><span>122</span>
* <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>124</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>124</span>
* <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>125</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.7. Its function''</span><span>125</span>
* <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF MEDITATION</span><span>126</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.4.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>126</span>
* '''''Chapter 12'''''
* <span> '''The Path of Completion''' </span><span>'''129'''</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5. The path of completion''</span><span>129</span>
* <span> THE DEFINITION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>129</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5.1. Setting up its definition''</span><span>129</span>
* <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>131</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5.2. Identifying its illustration''</span><span>131</span>
* <span> THE EXTENSIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>131</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5.3. The extensive classification''</span><span>131</span>
** <span> The Classification of the Three Vehicles</span><span>132</span>
** <span> The Classification of the Two Paths</span><span>132</span>
** <span> The Classification of the Three Grounds</span><span>132</span>
** <span> Two Other Distinctive Features</span><span>132</span>
** <span> The Ten Dharmas of No More Learning</span><span>134</span>
** <span> The Five Uncontaminated Aggregates</span><span>135</span>
* <span> THE NATURE OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>136</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5.4. Determining its nature''</span><span>136</span>
** <span> The Psychophysical Supports in Which It Arises & The Grounds It Relies on</span><span>136</span>
** <span> The Objects It Focuses on </span><span>137</span>
* <span> THE FEATURES OF RELINQUISHMENT & REALIZATION OF THE<br>PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>138</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5.5. The features of relinquishment and realization''</span><span>138</span>
** <span> What is Relinquished </span><span>139</span>
** <span> What is Realized </span><span>139</span>
* <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>140</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5.6. Stating its qualities''</span><span>140</span>
* <span> THE FUNCTION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>141</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5.7. Its function''</span><span>141</span>
* <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE PATH OF COMPLETION</span><span>141</span>
*** <span> ''1.5.5.8. Teaching its semantic explanation''</span><span>141</span>
<center>'''THE PRESENTATION OF GROUNDS'''</center>
* '''''Chapter 13'''''
* <span> '''The Presentation of Grounds'''</span><span>'''143'''</span>
* '''''Chapter 14'''''
* <span> '''The Two Grounds'''</span><span>'''149'''</span>
*** <span> ''2. Teaching the presentation of the grounds''</span><span>149</span>
*** <span> ''2.1. The presentation as two grounds''</span><span>149</span>
*** <span> ''2.1.1. The brief introduction''</span><span>149</span>
* <span> THE GROUNDS FREE FROM ATTACHMENT</span><span>150</span>
*** <span> ''2.1.2. The detailed explanation''</span><span>150</span>
*** <span> ''2.1.2.1. The grounds free from attachment''</span><span>150</span>
** <span> The Ground of Fully Seeing What is White</span><span>151</span>
** <span> The Ground of Disposition </span><span>152</span>
** <span> The Eighth Ground </span><span>152</span>
** <span> The Ground of Seeing </span><span>153</span>
** <span> The Ground of Diminishment </span><span>153</span>
** <span> The Ground of Freedom From Desire</span><span>153</span>
** <span> The Ground of Realizing Completion</span><span>153</span>
** <span> The Ground of Hearers</span><span>154</span>
** <span> The Ground of Solitary Realizers</span><span>155</span>
* <span> THE BUDDHA GROUNDS </span><span>156</span>
*** <span> ''2.1.2.2. The Buddha grounds''</span><span>156</span>
* <span> THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE TWO</span><span>157</span>
*** <span> ''2.2. Teaching the differences between these two''</span><span>157</span>
** <span> The Difference of Miraculous Powers</span><span>158</span>
** <span> The Difference of Supernatural Knowledges</span><span>158</span>
** <span> The Difference of Realization </span><span>158</span>
** <span> The Difference of Meditation </span><span>159</span>
** <span> The Difference of Seeing </span><span>159</span>
** <span> The Difference of Language, Teaching the Dharma, and Promoting Welfare</span><span>161</span>
** <span> The Difference of Nirvāṇa </span><span>162</span>
* '''''Chapter 15'''''
* <span> '''The Detailed Explanation of the Buddha Grounds'''</span><span>'''165'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3. The detailed explanation of the Buddha grounds''</span><span>165</span>
* <span> THE ENTITY OF GROUND </span><span>165</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.1. The entity of ground''</span><span>165</span>
* <span> THE ILLUSTRATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS</span><span>166</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.2. The illustration'' </span><span>166</span>
* <span> THE SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS</span><span>166</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3. The semantic explanation''</span><span>166</span>
* <span> THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE BUDDHA GROUNDS</span><span>168</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.4. The classifications''</span><span>168</span>
** <span> The Classification in Terms of Beings and Noble Ones</span><span>168</span>
*** <span> The Grounds of Ordinary Worldly Beings</span><span>169</span>
*** <span> The Supramundane Grounds</span><span>170</span>
** <span> The Classification in Terms of the Ways of Attainment</span><span>170</span>
** <span> The Classification in Terms of the Ways of Accomplishment</span><span>172</span>
** <span> The Classification in Terms of Pride</span><span>173</span>
* '''''Chapter 16'''''
* <span> '''The Special Explanation of the Buddha Grounds'''</span><span>'''175'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.5. The special explanation of the grounds of the uncommon great vehicle''</span><span>175</span>
* <span> THE ENTITIES & SEMANTIC EXPLANATION OF THE NAMES</span><span>175</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.5.1. The entities and semantic explanations of the names''</span><span>175</span>
* <span> THE THOROUGH PURIFICATIONS</span><span>177</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.5.2. The thorough purifications and where one is transferred to''</span><span>177</span>
* <span> THE PRACTICES & PERSONS ON THE TEN BHŪMIS</span><span>179</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.5.3. The practices and persons''</span><span>179</span>
** <span> The Ten Pāramitā Practices </span><span>181</span>
** <span> Persons With Pure View </span><span>181</span>
* <span> THE THREE TRAININGS & THE FIVE AGGREGATES</span><span>184</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.5.4. The three trainings and the aggregates''</span><span>184</span>
** <span> The Three Trainings </span><span>184</span>
** <span> The Five Pure Aggregates </span><span>187</span>
* <span> PURITY, RELINQUISHMENT, & REALIZATION</span><span>188</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.5.5. Complete purities, relinquishments, and realizations''</span><span>188</span>
** <span> The Progressive Purification of the Ten Bhūmis</span><span>188</span>
** <span> The Factors to be Relinquished on Paths of Seeing and Meditation</span><span>189</span>
** <span> The Realization of the Ten Bhūmis</span><span>191</span>
* <span> THE QUALITIES OF THE TEN BHUMIS</span><span>195</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.5.6. The differences in terms of qualities and arising''</span><span>195</span>
* <span> HOW BODHISATTVAS ARE REBORN</span><span>198</span>
** <span> Rebirth Through Influence </span><span>198</span>
** <span> Rebirth Through Complete Maturation</span><span>200</span>
* '''''Chapter 17'''''
* <span> '''Why the Grounds Are Ten'''</span><span>'''201'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.6. The reason why the number of the grounds is definitely ten''</span><span>201</span>
<center>'''THE PRESENTATION OF RESULTS'''</center>
* '''''Chapter 18'''''
* <span> '''The Presentation of Results'''</span><span>'''205'''</span>
*** <span> Determining the results of the vehicle of characteristics</span><span>205</span>
* '''''Chapter 19'''''
* <span> '''The Three Nirvāṇas'''</span><span>'''207'''</span>
*** <span> ''1. The general explanation of nirvāṇa, the result of the three vehicles''</span><span>207</span>
** <span> Natural Nirvāṇa </span><span>208</span>
** <span> The Nirvāṇa of Cessation </span><span>209</span>
*** <span> The Nominal Nirvāṇa of Cessation</span><span>210</span>
*** <span> The Actual Nirvāṇa of Cessation</span><span>210</span>
** <span> Partially Incomplete & Complete Actual Cessations</span><span>211</span>
** <span> Nonabiding Nirvāṇa </span><span>212</span>
* '''''Chapter 20'''''
* <span> '''The Special Explanation of Buddhahood'''</span><span>'''213'''</span>
*** <span> ''2. The special explanation of Buddhahood, the result of the great vehicle''</span><span>213</span>
*** <span> ''2.1. The nature of Buddhahood''</span><span>213</span>
** <span> The Terminological Meaning of Buddhahood</span><span>215</span>
*** <span> ''2.2. The terminological meaning of this name''</span><span>215</span>
* '''''Chapter 21'''''
* <span> '''The Three Kāyas'''</span><span>'''217'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3. The way in which the activity of enlightened bodies is accomplished''</span><span>217</span>
** <span> The Causes of the Three Kāyas</span><span>217</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.1. The teaching about the connection in terms of what is accomplished from<br>which causes''</span><span>217</span>
** <span> The Accumulations of Merit & Wisdom</span><span>218</span>
** <span> The Great Akaniṣhṭha</span><span>221</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.2. The explanation of the distinctive features of how this is accomplished in<br>certain places''</span><span>221</span>
** <span> How the Form Kāyas Manifest </span><span>223</span>
** <span> Why the Kāyas Are Three </span><span>223</span>
** <span> The Detailed Explanation of the Three Kāyas</span><span>225</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3. The detailed explanation of the result that is accomplished''</span><span>225</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1. The explanation of the support, the enlightened bodies''</span><span>225</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1. The definitions and other (related topics)''</span><span>225</span>
* '''''Chapter 22'''''
* <span> '''The Dharmakāya'''</span><span>'''227'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.1. The Dharma Body''</span><span>227</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.1.1. The meaning of the term and the definition''</span><span>227</span>
** <span> The Eight Defining Characteristics</span><span>229</span>
** <span> The Twofold Classification </span><span>230</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.1.2. Its classification as different enlightened bodies''</span><span>230</span>
* '''''Chapter 23'''''
* <span> '''The Sambhogakāya'''</span><span>'''231'''</span>
** <span> The Meaning of Sambhogakāya</span><span>231</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.2. The Enjoyment Body''</span><span>231</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.2.1. The meaning of the term and the definition''</span><span>231</span>
** <span> The Definition of Sambhogakāya</span><span>232</span>
** <span> The Eight Characteristics & Five Certainties</span><span>233</span>
** <span> Classifications of Sambhogakāya</span><span>234</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.2.2. The classification''</span><span>234</span>
** <span> How Sambhogakāyas Appear </span><span>235</span>
* '''''Chapter 24'''''
* <span> '''The Nirmāṇakāya''' </span><span>'''239'''</span>
** <span> The Meaning & Definition of Nirmāṇakāya</span><span>239</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.3. The Emanation Body''</span><span>239</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.3.1. The meaning of the term and the definition''</span><span>239</span>
** <span> The Eight Characteristics of a Nirmāṇakāya</span><span>240</span>
** <span> Classifications of Nirmāṇakāya</span><span>242</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.3.2. The classification''</span><span>242</span>
* '''''Chapter 25'''''
* <span> '''The Intention of the Uttaratantra'''</span><span>'''245'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.1.4. Teaching the intention of The Sublime Continuum as a<br>supplementary topic''</span><span>245</span>
** <span> The Perfection of Genuine Purity</span><span>245</span>
** <span> The Perfection of Genuine Identity</span><span>246</span>
** <span> The Perfection of Genuine Bliss</span><span>247</span>
** <span> The Perfection of Genuine Permanence</span><span>247</span>
** <span> The Enlightened Body of a Buddha</span><span>248</span>
** <span> The Five Defining Characteristics</span><span>248</span>
* '''''Chapter 26'''''
* <span> '''The Distinctive Features of the Three Kāyas'''</span><span>'''251'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.2. The explanation of the distinctive features of the three enlightened bodies''</span><span>251</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.2.1. The distinctive feature of equality''</span><span>251</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.2.2. The distinctive feature of permanence''</span><span>252</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.1.2.3. The distinctive feature of appearance''</span><span>252</span>
* '''''Chapter 27'''''
* <span> '''The Five Wisdoms'''</span><span>'''255'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2. The explanation of the supported, the wisdoms''</span><span>255</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.1. The detailed classification''</span><span>255</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2. The meanings of the terms and their entities''</span><span>256</span>
** <span> Dharmadhātu Wisdom </span><span>256</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.1. The explanation of the meaning of the expanse of dharmas''</span><span>256</span>
** <span> Mirrorlike Wisdom </span><span>258</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.2. The explanation of the meaning of mirrorlike''</span><span>258</span>
** <span> The Wisdom of Equality </span><span>259</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.3. The explanation of the meaning of equality''</span><span>259</span>
** <span> Discriminating Wisdom </span><span>260</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.4. The explanation of the meaning of all-discriminating''</span><span>260</span>
** <span> All-Accomplishing Wisdom </span><span>261</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.2.5. The explanation of the meaning of all-accomplishing''</span><span>261</span>
** <span> The Causes of the Five Wisdoms</span><span>262</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.3. The causes through which they are accomplished''</span><span>262</span>
** <span> The Five Wisdoms & the Eight Consciousnesses</span><span>263</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.4. The ways of changing state''</span><span>263</span>
** <span> The Five Wisdoms & the Three Kāyas</span><span>265</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.2.5. The way in which they are related to the enlightened bodies together<br>with their way of knowing'' </span><span>265</span>
** <span> The Way in Which Buddhas Know</span><span>265</span>
* '''''Chapter 28'''''
* <span> '''The Qualities of Freedom & Maturation'''</span><span>'''269'''</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3. The explanation of the qualities of freedom and complete maturation''</span><span>269</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.1. The brief introduction''</span><span>269</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2. The detailed explanation''</span><span>270</span>
* <span> THE QUALITIES OF FREEDOM</span><span>270</span>
* <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1. The qualities of freedom''</span><span>270</span>
** <span> The Thirty-Two Qualities </span><span>271</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1. The thirty-two (qualities) as per the intention of The Sublime<br>Continuum''</span><span>271</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.1. Connection through a brief introduction''</span><span>271</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2. The detailed commentary on their meaning''</span><span>271</span>
** <span> The Ten Powers </span><span>271</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.1. The ten powers''</span><span>271</span>
** <span> The Four Fearlessnesses </span><span>273</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.2. The four fearlessnesses''</span><span>273</span>
* <span> The Eighteen Unique Qualities</span><span>274</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.1.2.3. The eighteen unique qualities''</span><span>274</span>
** <span> The Twenty-One Uncontaminated Qualities</span><span>278</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.1.2.2. The twenty-one uncontaminated groups (of qualities) as per the<br>intention of The Ornament of Clear Realization''</span><span>278</span>
* <span> THE QUALITIES OF COMPLETE MATURATION</span><span>283</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.2. The explanation of the qualities of complete maturation''</span><span>283</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.2.1. The brief introduction''</span><span>283</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.3.2.2.2. The detailed explanation''</span><span>283</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.4. The explanation of the enlightened activity that is performed''</span><span>289</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.4.1. The detailed explanation of the seven points of activity''</span><span>290</span>
*** <span> ''2.3.3.4.2. Their summary in two points''</span><span>291</span>
* <span> '''Chart I: The factors to be relinquished through seeing and meditation<br>according to the great vehicle'''</span><span>293</span>
* <span> '''Chart II: The factors to be relinquished through seeing and meditation<br>according to the vehicle of the hearers'''</span><span>295</span>
*<span> PREFACE</span><span>VII</span>
*<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 1. RNGOG LO-TSĀ-BA BLO-LDAN SHES-RAB AND THE <br>RNGOG-LUGS OF EPISTEMOLOGY</span><span>29</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 2. PHYA-PA CHOS-KYI SENG.-GE AND THE TSHAD-MA <br>BSDUS-PA YID-KYI MUN-SEL</span><span>59</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 3. SA-SKYA PANDXTA KUN-DGA' RGYAL-MTSHAN AND THE TSHAD MA RIGS-PA'I-GTER</span><span>97</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 4. A TOPICAL OUTLINE OF GO-RAM-PA'S <br>PRAMĀNAVĀRTTIKA COMMENTARY THE "RADIANT LIGHT OF SAMANTABHADRA"</span><span>116</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHIES</span><span>241</span>
*<span> NOTES</span><span>257</span>
*<span> INDICES</span><span>317</span>
*<span> ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS</span><span>330</span>
+
** <span> Preface by Kyabje Trulshik Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span>
** <span> Translator's Note</span><span>xi</span>
** <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>xv</span>
* <span> 1 The Buddhadharma</span><span>1</span>
* <span> 2 The Essence of the Path</span><span>27</span>
* <span> 3 The Long Oral Lineage of the Nyingmapas</span><span>31</span>
* <span> 4 Practicing the Teachings without Sectarian Bias</span><span>47</span>
* <span> 5 An Introduction to the Bardo</span><span>59</span>
* <span> 6 Magical Nectar</span><span>77</span>
* <span> 7 Heart Jewel of the Fortunate</span><span>83</span>
* <span> 8 An Aspiration to the Great Perfection</span><span>89</span>
* <span> 9 The Life Story of Dudjom Rinpoche</span><span>91</span>
** <span> Glossary</span><span>95</span>
** <span> Notes</span><span>107</span>
+
*<span> ''Acknowledgments''</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> ''List of Abbreviations''</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> 1 Buddhism, Criticism, and Postwar Japan</span><span>17</span>
*<span> 2 The Roots of "Topicalism"</span><span>51</span>
*<span> 3 Problems in Modern Zen Thought</span><span>83</span>
*<span> 4 Criticism as Anamnesis</span><span>125</span>
*<span> 5 Radical Contingency and Compassion</span><span>155</span>
*<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>175</span>
*<span> ''Index''</span><span>197</span>
+
*<span> ''Preface''</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> ''Abbreviations and Conventions''</span><span>xi</span>
<center>'''Part 1: Study'''</center>
*<span> I Contemplative Practice in the ''Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra''</span><span>3</span>
*<span> II The Writing of the ''Exposition''</span><span>17</span>
*<span> III The ''Exposition'' as Commentary</span><span>28</span>
<center>'''Part 2: Wŏnhyos ''Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra:'''</center>
<center>''' ''An Annotated Translation'' '''</center>
*<span> '''ROLL ONE'''</span><span>47</span>
*<span> Part One: A Statement of Its Main Idea</span><span>47</span>
*<span> Part Two: An Analysis of the Themes of the Sūtra</span><span>48</span>
*<span> Part Three: An Explication of the Title</span><span>50</span>
*<span> Part Four: An Exegesis of the Text</span><span>57</span>
**<span> Section One: Prologue</span><span>57</span>
**<span> Section Two: Main Body</span><span>62</span>
***<span> First Division of Contemplation Practice: Rejecting All Characteristics of Sense-Objects to Reveal the Signless Contemplation</span><span>65</span>
*<span> '''ROLL TWO'''</span><span>116</span>
***<span> Second Division of Contemplation Practice: Extinguishing the Mind <br>Subject to Production in Order to Explain the Practice of Nonproduction</span><span>116</span>
***<span> Third Division of Contemplation Practice: The Inspiration of Original Enlightenment</span><span>137</span>
***<span> Fourth Division of Contemplation Practice: Abandoning the Spurious to Access Reality</span><span>166</span>
*<span> '''ROLL THREE'''</span><span>211</span>
***<span> Fifth Division of Contemplation Practice: Sanctified Practices Emerge<br>from the Voidness of the True Nature</span><span>211</span>
***<span> Sixth Division of Contemplation Practice: Immeasurable Dharmas<br>Access the Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>243</span>
**<span> Section Three (A): Dhāraṇī (Codes)</span><span>271</span>
**<span> Section Three (B): Dissemination</span><span>271</span>
*<span> ''Appendix'': A Schematic Outline of Wŏnhyo's ''Exposition of the Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra''</span><span>309</span>
*<span> ''Notes''</span><span>335</span>
*<span> ''Glossary of Sinitic Logographs''</span><span>377</span>
*<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>385</span>
*<span> ''Index''</span><span>411</span>
**<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>ix</span>
**<span> Introduction ''Patterns of Influence in East Asian Buddhism: The Korean Case''<br>Robert E. Buswell, Jr.</span><span>1</span><br><br>
*<span> CHAPTER 1 ''Paekche and the Incipiency of Buddhism in Japan''<br> Jonathan W. Best</span><span>15</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 2 ''Kyǒnghǔng in Shinran's Pure Land Thought''<br> Hee-Sung Keel</span><span>43</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 3 ''Korea as a Source for the Regeneration of Chinese Buddhism:<br> The Evidence of Ch'an and Son Literature''<br> John Jorgensen</span><span>73</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 4 ''Ch'an Master Musang: A Korean Monk in East Asian Context''<br> Bernard Faure</span><span>153</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 5 ''Wǒnch'ǔk's Place in the East Asian Buddhist Tradition''<br> Eunsu Cho</span><span>173</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 6 ''The Korean Impact on T'ien-t'ai Buddhism in China:<br> A Historical Analysis''<br> Chi-wah Chan</span><span>217</span>
*<span> CHAPTER 7 ''Ǔich'ǒn's Pilgrimage and the Rising Prominence of the Korean<br> Monastery in Hang-chou during the Sung and Yuan Periods''<br> Chi-chiang Huang</span><span>242</span><br><br>
**<span> About the Contributors</span><span>277</span>
**<span> Index</span><span>279</span>
Table of Contents Unavailable
+Table of Contents Unavailable
+Table of Contents Unavailable
+
* '''Inhalt'''
* <span> '''Vorwort'''</span><span>8</span>
* '''1 Einleitung'''
* <span> 1.1 Zielsetzung</span><span>11</span>
* <span> 1.2 Methode und Abgrenzung des Themas</span><span>13</span>
* 1.3 ’Jam mgon Kong sprul Blo gros mtha’ yas, sein Leben und Wirken
* <span> 1.3.1 Kong sprul und die ''ris med'' Bewegung</span><span>16</span>
* <span> 1.3.2 Publikationen zu Kong sprul</span><span>24</span>
* <span> 1.3.3 Wesentliche Ereignisse im Leben von Kong sprul, eine Chronologie</span><span>32</span>
* <span> 1.3.4 Kong spruls literarisches Lebenswerk, die ''mDzod Inga'' („Fünf Schätze“)</span><span>47</span>
* 1.4 Das Thema der Buddha-Natur
* <span> 1.4.1 Mahāyāna-Schriften zur Buddha-Natur und ihre Datierung</span><span>52</span>
* <span> 1.4.2 Einschlägige Mahāyāna-Sūtren aus Sicht der tibetischen Exegese</span><span>55</span>
*<span> 1.4.3 Indische Lehrwerke zur positiven Beschreibung der absoluten<br> Wirklichkeit</span><span>59</span>
* <span> 1.4.4 Wissenschaftliche Arbeiten zur Buddha-Natur bzw. damit verwandten<br> Themen</span><span>64</span>
* '''2 Der ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in Tibet'''
* <span> 2.1 Der ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in der tibetischen Exegese</span><span>74</span>
* 2.2 Für die Karma bKa’ brgyud pa-Tradition wesentliche ''Ratnagotravibhāga''<br> Überlieferungen
* <span> 2.2.1 Maitrīpas Lehrtradition</span><span>76</span>
* <span> 2.2.2 Sajjanas tibetische Schüler</span><span>77</span>
* <span> 2.3 Stellung des ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in den ''mahāmudrā''-Lehren der Karma<br> bKa’ brgyud pa-Tradition</span><span>84</span>
* '''3 ''gzhan stong'' in Tibet'''
* <span> 3.1 ''gzhan stong'', Allgemeines</span><span>94</span>
* <span> 3.2 Grundlagen für die tibetische ''gzhan stong''-Exegese in indischen Lehrwerken</span><span>99</span>
* <span> 3.3 ''gzhan stong''-Mādhyamikas in Tibet bzw. Lehrer, in deren Wirken sich<br> Elemente der ''gzhan stong''-Lehre finden</span><span>104</span>
* 3.4 ''gzhan stong''-Proponenten in der Darstellung von Kong spruls ''gZhan stong<br> lta khrid'', Gemeinsamkeiten und Unterschiede
* <span> 3.4.1 Allgemeine Bemerkungen</span><span>113</span>
* 3.4.2 Von Kong sprul als Wegbereiter der ''gzhan stong''-Lehren bezeichnete<br> tibetische Lehrer
* <span> 3.4.2.1 Karma pa Rang byung rdo rje</span><span>116</span>
* <span> 3.4.2.2 Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan</span><span>132</span>
* <span> 3.4.2.3 Klong chen pa Dri med ’od zer</span><span>138</span>
* <span> 3.4.3 Weitere von Kong sprul als ''gzhan stong''-Proponenten bezeichnete Lehrer</span><span>145</span>
* <span> 3.4.3.1 Karma pa Chos grags rgya mtsho</span><span>145</span>
* <span> 3.4.3.2 Shākya mchog ldan</span><span>150</span>
* <span> 3.4.3.3 Tāranātha Kun dga’ snying po</span><span>155</span>
* <span> 3.4.3.4 Si tu Chos kyi ’byung gnas</span><span>160</span>
* <span> 3.5 Kong spruls Sichtweise</span><span>165</span>
* '''4 Kong spruls ''gZhan stong lta khrid'': „Die makellosen Lichtstrahlen des ''vajra''-Mondes, <br> eine Anleitung zur Sichtweise von ''gzhan stong'', dem Großen Madhyamaka“
* <span> 4.1 Das ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' in Kong spruls Werken, allgemeine Beschreibung des<br> Textes</span><span>195</span>
* <span> 4.2 ''lta khrid'' als Literaturgattung; Zweck und Verwendung</span><span>197</span>
* 4.3 Aufbau von Kong spruls ''gZhan stong lta khrid''
* <span> 4.3.1 Struktur des Textes</span><span>200</span>
* 4.3.2 Inhaltliche Schwerpunkte in Kong spruls ''gZhan stong lta khrid''
* <span> 4.3.2.1 Die drei Lehrzyklen, ihre hinführende und/oder definitive Bedeutung und<br> die exegetische Zuordnung des ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>202</span>
* 4.3.2.2 Die im ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' dargestellte Anleitung gemäß der Sūtra-Tradition:
* 4.3.2.2.1 „Was zu verstehen ist“
* <span> 4.3.2.2.1.1 Die weltliche und die überweltliche Sichtweise</span><span>214</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.2.1.2 Sichtweise und Meditation gemäß dem Niḥsvabhāvavāda-<br> Madhyamaka</span><span>220</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.2.1.3 Mögliche Fehlerquellen beim Niḥsvabhāvavāda-Madhyamaka</span><span>231</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.2.1.4 Sichtweise und Meditation gemäß des Yogācāra-Madhyamaka</span><span>234</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.2.1.5 Kong spruls Sicht zur nicht-zweiheitlichen Gnosis</span><span>238</span>
* 43.2.2.2„Die eigentliche Praxis“ gemäß der Sūtra-Tradition
* <span> 4.3.2.2.2.1 „Die Vorbereitung“ </span><span>240</span>
* 4.3.2.2.2.2 „Der Hauptteil“
* <span> 4.3.2.2.2.2.1 „Die Zufluchtnahme und das Entwickeln von bodhicitta“ </span><span>242</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.2.2.2.2 „Die Anleitung zur meditativen Übung der Einheit von ''śamatha''<br> und ''vipaśyanä''“</span><span>244</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.2.2.2.3 „Das genaue Unterscheiden und die dadurch erfolgende Einführung<br> in die Buddha-Natur“</span><span>258</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.2.3 Die Praxis außerhalb der Meditation</span><span>273</span>
* 4.3.2.3 Die im ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' dargestellte Anleitung gemäß der Tantra-<br> Tradition
* <span> 4.3.2.3.1 Vorbemerkungen</span><span>282</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.3.2 „Was zu verstehen ist“</span><span>283</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.3.3 „Die eigentliche Praxis“</span><span>291</span>
* <span> 4.3.2.4. „Der Nutzen“</span><span>294</span>
* 4.4 Textedition und Übersetzung
* <span> 4.4.1 Anmerkungen zur tibetischen Textausgabe</span><span>297</span>
* <span> 4.4.2 Anmerkungen zu Edition und Übersetzung</span><span>300</span>
* <span> 4.4.3 Inhaltsübersicht des ''gZhan stong lta khrid'' mit Seitenverweis auf Edition<br> und Übersetzung</span><span>302</span>
* <span> 4.4.4 Edition des tibetischen Textes</span><span>303</span>
* <span> 4.4.5 Übersetzung</span><span>323</span>
'''Abkürzungen, Bibliografie und Indices'''
* <span> Allgemeine Abkürzungen</span><span>353</span>
* <span> Indische Werke</span><span>354</span>
* <span> Tibetische Werke</span><span>356</span>
* <span> Sekundärliteratur</span><span>364</span>
* <span> Internet</span><span>379</span>
* <span> Indices</span><span>380</span>
**<span> ''Foreword''</span><span> vii</span>
**<span> ''Introduction''</span><span> ix</span>
*<span> Distinguishing Phenomena from their Intrinsic Nature</span><span> 1</span>
**<span> The Title</span><span> 6</span>
**<span> The Translator's Homage </span><span>7</span>
**<span> The Meaning of the Scripture </span><span>7</span>
**<span> The Essence of Cyclic Existence and the Transcendence of Suffering </span><span>8</span>
**<span> The Characteristics of Phenomena </span><span>10</span>
**<span> The Characteristics of their Intrinsic Nature </span><span>11</span>
**<span> The Underlying Rationale for These Characteristics </span><span>12</span>
**<span> Are Phenomena and Their Intrinsic Nature the Same or Different? </span><span>14</span>
**<span> The Two Abodes </span><span>17</span>
**<span> The Nonexistence of Apprehended and Apprehender </span><span>21</span>
**<span> An Extensive Explanation of the Intrinsic Nature </span><span>28</span>
**<span> Conclusion </span><span>66</span>
**<span> Appendix: Ju Mipham's Topical Outline of ''Distinguishing Phenomena from Their<br> Intrinsic Nature'' </span><span>71</span>
**<span> ''Notes''</span><span>75</span>
**<span> ''English-Tibetan Glossary''</span><span>77</span>
**<span> ''Tibetan-English-Sanskrit Glossary''</span><span>83</span>
**<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>93</span>
**<span> ''Index''</span><span>95</span>
+
** <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
* I Getting Started on the Path
* <span> 1 The Ten Steps — Graglia 2012</span><span>12</span>
* <span> 2 The Dangers of Skipping Ngöndro — Bologna 2014</span><span>27</span>
* II The Common Preliminary Practices
* <span> 3 The Four Thoughts — Graglia 2012</span><span>46</span>
**<span> A Precious Human Rebirth</span><span>49</span>
**<span> B Impermanence</span><span>53</span>
**<span> C Karma</span><span>57</span>
**<span> D Fault of Samsara</span><span>60</span>
* III The Uncommon Preliminary Practices
* <span> 4 Refuge — Graglia 2012</span><span>66</span>
* <span> 5 Bodhicitta — Graglia 2012</span><span>82</span>
* <span> 6 Mandala — Graglia 2013</span><span>96</span>
* <span> 7 Kusali Chod — Graglia 2013</span><span>116</span>
* <span> 8 Vajrasattva — Graglia 2013</span><span>126</span>
* <span> 9 Guru Yoga — Graglia 2012 and 2013</span><span>140</span>
* IV Beyond the Preliminaries
* <span> 10 Phowa — Graglia 2013</span><span>166</span>
* <span> 11 Ego Guru Yoga — 2012 New York Summer Retreat</span><span>173</span>
* <span> Epilogue</span><span>197</span>
* <span> Appendix - Guided Practice — Seven Branch Prayer, Bodhisattva Vow,<br>Guru Yoga — Graglia 2013</span><span> 202</span>
+'''Foreword'''<br>
'''Preface'''<br>
'''Contributors'''<br>
'''Abbreviations'''<br>
<br>
'''I. CHINA'''
* a. ''State of Scholarship''
* <span> New Japanese Studies in Early Ch'an History</span><span>1</span>
***Philip Yampolsky
<br>
* b. ''Formative Period''
* <span> The ''Li-tai fa-pao chi'' and the Ch'an Doctrine of Sudden Awakening</span><span>13</span>
***Yanagida Seizan
<br>
* <span> Seng-ch'ou's Method of ''Dhyāna''</span><span>51</span>
***Jan Yiin-hua
<br>
* <span> T'an-ch'ien and the Early Ch'an Tradition: Translation and Analysis of the Essay "Wangshih-fei-Iun"</span><span>65</span>
***Whalen W. Lai
<br>
* <span> The Teachings of the Fourth Ch'an Patriarch Tao-hsin (580-651)</span><span>89</span>
***David W. Chappell
<br>
* <span> The Concept of ''Ii nien'' ("being free from thinking") in the Northern Line of Ch'an Buddhism</span><span>131</span>
***Robert B. Zeuschner
<br>
* <span> Early Hua-yen, Meditation, and Early Ch'an: Some Preliminary<br>Considerations</span><span>149</span>
***Robert M. Gimello
<br>
* <span> The Early Ch'an Monastic Rule: ''Ch'ing-kuei'' and the Shaping of Ch'an<br>Community Life</span><span>165</span>
***Martin Collcutt
<br>
* c. ''The Developing Tradition''
* <span> The "Recorded Sayings" Texts of Chinese Ch'an Buddhism</span><span>185</span>
***Yanagida Seizan
<br>
* <span> Lin-chi on "Language-Dependence," An Interpretive Analysis</span><span>207</span>
***Ronald L. Burr
<br>
* <span> Sinitic Mandalas: The ''Wu-wei-t'u'' of Ts'aoshan</span><span>229</span>
***Whalen W. Lai
<br>
*d. ''Interaction''
* <span> The Ambiguity of the Buddha-nature Concept in India and China</span><span>259</span>
***Andrew Rawlinson
<br>
* <span> The Problem of Desire and Emotions in Taoism and Ch'an</span><span>281</span>
***John Visvader and William C. Doub
<br>
* <span> The Pure and the Impure: The Mencian Problematik in Chinese Buddhism</span><span>299</span>
***Whalen W. Lai
<br>
'''II. TIBET'''
* a. ''State of Scholarship''
* <span> The Study of Tibetan Ch'an Manuscripts Recovered from Tun-huang: A Review<br>of the Field and its Prospects</span><span>327</span>
***Daishun Ueyama
<br>
* b. ''Tibetan Meditation Systems and Ch 'an''
* <span> 'Meditation' Trends in Early Tibet</span><span>351</span>
***Herbert V. Guenther
<br>
* <span> 'The Great Perfection' in the Tradition of the Bonpos</span><span>367</span>
***Per Kvaerne
<br>
* <span> Indian Materials on the Doctrine of Sudden Enlightenment</span><span>393</span>
***Luis O. Gomez
<br>
'''Index'''
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Translator s Introduction</span><span>i</span>
** <span> The Audacity of Rongzom’s Work</span><span>i</span>
** <span> The Context for Rongzom’s Work</span><span>2</span>
** <span> The Story of Rongzom s Life</span><span>6</span>
** <span> Rongzompa’s Entering the Way of the Great Vehicle</span><span>8</span>
*** <span> Summary of Chapter 1</span><span>12</span>
*** <span> Summary of Chapter 2</span><span>15</span>
*** <span> Summary of Chapter 3</span><span>19</span>
*** <span> Summary of Chapter 4</span><span>22</span>
*** <span> Summary of Chapter 5</span><span>26</span>
*** <span> Summary of Chapter 6</span><span>31</span>
** <span> On the English Translation</span><span>34</span>
* The Commentarial Treatise Entitled ''Entering the Way of the Great Vehicle'' by<br> Rongzom Chökyi Zangpo
* <span> 1. The Reality of Affliction</span><span>39</span>
** <span> The Śrāvaka System</span><span>39</span>
** <span> The Pratyekabuddha System</span><span>42</span>
** <span> The Yogācāra System</span><span>42</span>
** <span> The Madhyamaka System</span><span>44</span>
** <span> The Madhyamaka and Guhyamantra Systems</span><span>53</span>
** <span> Conclusion</span><span>56</span>
* <span> 2. Objections and Replies</span><span>59</span>
** <span> First Objection: Concerning the Reality of Illusions</span><span>59</span>
** <span> Second Objection: Concerning the Reality of Causality</span><span>63</span>
** <span> Third Objection: Concerning the Reality of Pure Phenomena</span><span>66</span>
** <span> Fourth Objection: Concerning the Reality of Samsara</span><span>79</span>
* <span> 3. Distinguishing the Perfected System of the Illusory in the Great Perfection<br> from the Other Vehicles That Retain the Nomenclature of Illusion</span><span>89</span>
** <span> First Objection: Concerning the Reality of Confused Appearances</span><span>89</span>
** <span> Second Objection: Concerning Reality in an Illusory World</span><span>91</span>
** <span> Third Objection: Concerning the Yogācāra View of Concepts</span><span>99</span>
** <span> Some Supplementary Explanation concerning the Differences between the<br> Aforementioned Views with respect to Limitations and Power</span><span>105</span>
** <span> Great Perfection as a Vehicle</span><span>106</span>
** <span> Great Perfection as a Transmission</span><span>106</span>
** <span> Great Perfection as a Doctrinal Discourse</span><span>107</span>
** <span> Great Perfection as a Continuum</span><span>107</span>
** <span> Great Perfection as a Hidden Intention</span><span>108</span>
** <span> Great Perfection as Intimate Advice</span><span>108</span>
* <span> 4. The Great Perfection Approach to the Path Is Not Undermined by Reason</span><span>111</span>
** <span> Bodhicitta</span><span>111</span>
** <span> Conceptual Frameworks, Appearance, and Nature</span><span>112</span>
** <span> General Systems for Such Things as the Establishment and Negation of<br>Identity and Difference</span><span>115</span>
** <span> On the Two Methods of [Establishing] Proofs</span><span>116</span>
** <span> Grammatical Treatises</span><span>122</span>
** <span> Logical Treatises</span><span>122</span>
** <span> Conclusion</span><span>126</span>
* <span> 5. Writings on Great Perfection</span><span>129</span>
** <span> The Nature of Bodhicitta</span><span>129</span>
** <span> The Greatness of Bodhicitta</span><span>129</span>
** <span> Deviations and Obscurations</span><span>130</span>
** <span> Methods for Settling Bodhicitta</span><span>130</span>
** <span> From the Writings of Great Perfection</span><span>130</span>
*** <span> Eight Additional Rubrics</span><span>131</span>
*** <span> All Phenomena Are Seen to Be Perfected within the Single Sphere of<br> Bodhicitta</span><span>131</span>
*** <span> All Confused Appearance Is Seen as the Play of Samantabhadra</span><span>132</span>
*** <span> All Sentient Beings Are Seen as the Profound Field of Awakening</span><span>132</span>
*** <span> All Domains of Experience Are Seen as Naturally Occurring Self-<br> Appearing Gnosis</span><span>133</span>
*** <span> All Phenomena Seen as Perfected within the Nature of the Five<br> Types of Greatness</span><span>133</span>
*** <span> The Six Great Spheres</span><span>137</span>
*** <span> The Elimination of Deviations and Obscurations</span><span>138</span>
*** <span> Twenty-Three Points of Deviation</span><span>143</span>
*** <span> The Seven Obscurations</span><span>155</span>
*** <span> The Three Beings</span><span>158</span>
*** <span> The Three Great Assurances</span><span>159</span>
*** <span> The Three Fundamental Esoteric Precepts</span><span>159</span>
*** <span> Resolution through Bodhicitta</span><span>160</span>
*** <span> What Is Resolved in Great Perfection</span><span>160</span>
*** <span> The Disclosure of Methods for Consolidating Bodhicitta</span><span>161</span>
*** <span> Disclosing Those Points through Scriptural Sources</span><span>164</span>
** <span> On Critical Impediments to Concentration</span><span>175</span>
** <span> Criteria for the Attainment of Mastery over the Ordinary Mind</span><span>180</span>
** <span> On the Signs of Warmth</span><span>184</span>
** <span> On the Qualities of Bodhicitta</span><span>185</span>
* <span> 6. Instructions on Paths Encountered through Methods Connected with<br> Effort for Those Who Are Unable to Remain Effortlessly within the Natural<br> State according to the Great Perfection Approach</span><span>191</span>
** <span> Other Paths as Doors to Great Perfection</span><span>191</span>
** <span> Six Faults Connected with Concentration</span><span>192</span>
** <span> Conceptuality</span><span>193</span>
** <span> Nine Obscurations Associated with the Path</span><span>194</span>
** <span> The Eightfold Concentration That Eliminates the Five Faults</span><span>193</span>
** <span> Six-Limbed Yoga</span><span>199</span>
** <span> Five Signs of Mental Stability</span><span>201</span>
** <span> After Attaining Such Signs of Mental Stability</span><span>202</span>
* <span> Closing Verses</span><span>209</span>
* <span> Appendix: Tibetan Names in Phonetic and Transliterated Forms</span><span>211</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>213</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>215</span>
* <span> Works Cited</span><span>239</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>243</span>
*<span> Foreword ''by Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoché''</span><span>9</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>13</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>17</span>
*<span> The Root Text: Esoteric Instructions:<br> ''A Detailed Presentation of the Process<br> of Meditation in Vajrayāna''</span><span>49</span>
**<span> 1. Nyingma</span><span>63</span>
**<span> 2. Kadampa</span><span>97</span>
**<span> 3. Lamdré</span><span>113</span>
**<span> 4. Marpa Kagyu</span><span>137</span>
**<span> 5. Shangpa Kagyu</span><span>233</span>
**<span> 6. Zhijé and Chöd</span><span>255</span>
**<span> 7. Jordruk</span><span>289</span>
**<span> 8. Dorjé Sumgyi Nyendrup</span><span>331</span>
**<span> 9. Supplement: Śāntigupta</span><span>339</span>
*<span> Appendix One: Outline of Book Eight, Part Four:<br> ''Esoteric Instructions''</span><span>345</span>
*<span> Appendix Two: General Contents of Kongtrul’s<br> ''Treasury of Knowledge''</span><span>355</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>359</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>363</span>
*<span> Bibliography of Works Cited by the Author</span><span>451</span>
*<span> Reference Bibliography</span><span>473</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>495</span>
+
*<span> Foreword</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>xv</span><br><br>
<center>'''Introduction'''</center>
*<span> 0.1. The Purpose of the Study, and the Significance of the<br> ''Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra'' within Buddhist Doctrinal History</span><span>1</span>
*<span> 0.2. Dating the Text: Problems of Form and Interpretation</span><span>13</span>
*<span> 0.3. Methodology and Outline of the Study</span><span>23</span><br><br>
<center>'''Part One: Concepts of Being'''</center>
*<span> 1.0. The Nature of Buddhist Ontology</span><span>39</span>
* General considerations * The practical aim of the Yogācāra Philosophy
*<span> 1.1. The Threefold Meaning of Tathāgata-garbha and its<br> Relation to Ālaya-vijñāna: the ''Essence'' of Being</span><span>51</span>
* Preliminary considerations * Tathagāta-garbha as essential, supramundane,<br> pure dharma, and its contrast with the Hindu Ātman * Tathagata-garbha<br> as embryo, and the dynamics of Buddhahood * Tathāgata-garbha<br> as womb or matrix of Buddhahood * Conclusion
*<span> 1.2. The Five Skandhas: the ''Temporal'' Manifestation of Being</span><span>79</span><br> Introduction * Brief overview of the Ātman controversy prior to the<br> ''Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra'' * Rūpa, or the formative elements of the five Skandhas<br> * Nāma, or the formless elements of the five Skandhas * The Skandhas and<br> the empirical self, or personality * The Skandhas and the trans-empirical<br> Self, the Tathāgata * The five Skandhas and the denial of metaphysical<br> dualities * Concluding remarks on the notion of Self and its varieties<br>
*<span> 1.3. Dharmadhātu: the ''Spatial'' or Cosmic Dimension of Being</span><span>117</span><br> Introductory remarks * Dharmādhatu as cosmic Law: the fundamental<br> structure of the universe * Dharmādhatu as universal Void: the ground<br> of Being * Concluding observations<br><br>
<center>'''Part Two: Concepts of Knowing'''</center>
*<span> 2.0. Buddhist Epistemology, Buddhist Dialectics</span><span>135</span><br> Truth, untruth, half-truth, "the truth" * The tetralemma logic: a thousand<br> years of Buddhist dialectics * The early use of the tetralemma in the<br> Pāli canon * Rationality and irrationality in Nāgārjuna's relativistic logic<br> * Epistemology in the ''Laṅkāvatāra-sūtra'': a radical critique of language,<br> logic, and knowledge * Conclusions and preview of part two<br>
*<span> 2.1. The Epistemological Reduction of the Citta-mātra (''Mind-only'') Doctrine</span><span>169</span>
* Preliminary considerations * Citta as the empirical mind<br> * Citta as the transcendental Mind * Citta-mātra as explanation for the<br> triple world (Tribhava) * Concluding words and the connection between<br> ''Laṅkāvatāra'' and Zen
*<span> 2.2. From Mind to ''No-mind'': the Transcendental Leap beyond Empirical<br> Cognition</span><span>209</span><br> * Introduction * The five Dharmas or epistemic categories * The three<br> Svabhāvas or modes of cognition * The attainment of Āryajñāna:<br> transcendental Wisdom or Gnosis * Concluding remarks<br>
*<span> 2.3. The Conjunctive System of the Eight Vijñānas: the Integration of ''Both Mind<br> and No-mind'' States of Consciousness</span><span>237</span><br> * Introductory remarks * Jñāna and Vijñāna: abstract intuition versus<br> concrete knowledge * Khyāti- and Vastuprativikalpa-vijñāna:<br> the perceptual and the object discriminating knowledge * The inner<br> revolution (Parāvṛtti): the return to the tranquil state of<br> pure consciousness (Ālaya-vijñāna) * Conclusion<br>
*<span> 2.4. The Disjunctive Theory of Causation: Things are ''Neither this, Nor that'',<br> for They Are All Subject to Causes and Conditions (Hetu-pratyaya)</span><span>261</span><br> * Introduction * The expansion of the relevance of causation: from the<br> psychological to the cosmic-philosophical principle * Causation as a<br> possible theoretical basis for a monistic view of the world * Causation as a<br> teaching device * Excursus: highlighting Nāgārjuna's thought in respect to<br> causation * The soteriological value of the theory of causation<br> * Concluding observations<br><br>
*<span> 3.0. Final Overview</span><span>287</span>
*<span> Appendix</span><span>295</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>323</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>357</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>365</span>
Preface to
*<span> ''The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism''</span><span>i</span>
On the Occasion of Publishing
*<span> ''The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism''</span><span>v</span>
Preface to the English Edition of
*<span> ''The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism''</span><span>viii</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>xxvii</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>xxx</span>
*<span> I. INTRODUCTION</span><span>3</span>
**<span> 1. Foreword</span><span>5</span>
**<span> 2. Taehyeon's Life and Works</span><span>6</span>
***<span> A. Taehyeon's Life</span><span>6</span>
***<span> B. Taehyeon's Writings</span><span>13</span>
**<span> 3. Taehyeon's Mahāyāna Vinaya Studies</span><span>19</span>
***<span> A. Silla Research on the ''Sutra of Brahma's Net''</span><span>19</span>
***<span> B. Sutras, Vinayas, śāstras, and Commentaries quoted in the ''Beommanggyeong gojeokgi''</span><span>23</span>
***<span> C. Characteristics of the ''Beommanggyeong gojeokgi''</span><span>30</span>
***<span> D. Influence in Japan</span><span>34</span>
***<span> E. Taehyeon's Interpretive Approaches toward the ''Sutra of Brahma's Net''</span><span>39</span>
**<span> 4. Meeting the Demands for Secular Relevance</span><span>44</span>
***<span> A. Taehyeon's View of the ''Sutra of Brahma's Net'' and "Filial Piety" 孝 and "Obligation for Kindnesses Received" 恩</span><span>44</span>
***<span> B. Other Regulations for Dealing with the World of the Time</span><span>48</span>
**<span> 5. Vinaya Thought through the Three Pure Sets of Precepts</span><span>52</span>
**<span> 6. References</span><span>59</span>
***<span> A. Canonical Collections</span><span>59</span>
***<span> B. Scriptural Sources</span><span>60</span>
***<span> C. Attributed Works</span><span>60</span>
***<span> D. Modern Works</span><span>62</span>
*<span> II. ROLL ONE</span><span>65</span>
**<span> Commentator's Preface</span><span>68</span>
***<span> 1. Time and Place</span><span>68</span>
***<span> 2. Capacity (of the Audience)</span><span>68</span>
***<span> 3. How it is Categorized Within the Canon</span><span>68</span>
***<span> 4. Circumstances and Details regarding the Translation</span><span>69</span>
****<span> A. Number of Verses 頌品</span><span>70</span>
****<span> B. Causes and Conditions in China 中國 因緣</span><span>70</span>
***<span> 5. Doctrinal Tenets 宗趣</span><span>72</span>
****<span> A. In General 總</span><span>72</span>
****<span> B. Mental Behavior 心行</span><span>73</span>
****<span> C. The Ultimate Theme 歸趣</span><span>74</span>
***<span> 6. The Title 題名</span><span>79</span>
****<span> A. The Short Title 題目</span><span>79</span>
**<span> Main Text</span><span>81</span>
****<span> A. The Explanation by the Original Teacher 本師說</span><span>82</span>
****<span> B. Opportunity for an Audience and Questions 見問</span><span>84</span>
****<span> C. The Answer 答</span><span>93</span>
*<span> III. ROLL TWO</span><span>151</span>
**<span> Ten Grounds 十地</span><span>153</span>
***<span> 1. Ground of the Equality of the Essence 體性平等地</span><span>153</span>
***<span> 2. Ground of the Skillful Wisdom of the Essence 體性善慧地</span><span>157</span>
***<span> 3. Ground of the Luminosity of the Essence 體性光明地</span><span>169</span>
***<span> 4. Ground of the Knowability of the Essence 體性爾焰地</span><span>173</span>
***<span> 5. Ground of Wisdom-Illumination of the Essence 體性慧照地</span><span>179</span>
***<span> 6. Ground of the Floral Radiance of the Essence 體性華光地</span><span>184</span>
***<span> 7. Ground of Completion of the Essential Nature 體性滿足地</span><span>188</span>
***<span> 8. Ground of the Buddha's Roar of the Essential Nature 體性佛吼地</span><span>193</span>
***<span> 9. Ground of the Flower Ornamentation of the Essence 體性華嚴地</span><span>198</span>
***<span> 10. Ground of Entry into the Buddha Realm of the Essential Nature<br>體性入佛界地</span><span>201</span>
*<span> IV. ROLL THREE</span><span>209</span>
**<span> The Grave Precepts 戒文</span><span>211</span>
***<span> 1. Invocation 付囑</span><span>211</span>
****<span> A. The Teaching Transmitted to the Transformation-body Buddhas<br>化佛傳說</span><span>213</span>
****<span> B. Repaying of Kindness and Separate Iteration of the Teaching<br>報恩別化</span><span>213</span>
****<span> C. The Exhortation 策發</span><span>221</span>
****<span> D. The Bodhisattva Precepts</span><span>224</span>
****<span> E. Preface on the Formation of the Precepts 結戒序</span><span>246</span>
***<span> 2. The Main Sermon 正說分</span><span>254</span>
****<span> A. General Outline 總標</span><span>254</span>
***<span> 3. The Ten Grave Precepts 十重戒</span><span>260</span>
****<span> A. Prohibition of Pleasurable Killing 快意殺生戒第一</span><span>260</span>
****<span> B. Prohibition of Stealing the Property of Others 劫盜人物戒第二</span><span>266</span>
****<span> C. Prohibition of the Heartless Pursuit of Lust 無慈行欲戒第三經</span><span>275</span>
****<span> D. Prohibition of Intentional Lying 故心妄語戒第四經</span><span>284</span>
****<span> E. Prohibition of the Sale of Alcohol 酤酒生罪戒第五經</span><span>287</span>
****<span> F. Prohibition of Speaking of the Faults of Others<br>談他過失戒第六經</span><span>289</span>
****<span> G. Prohibition of Praising Oneself and Disparaging Others 自讚毀他戒第七</span><span>293</span>
****<span> H. Prohibition of Stinginess and Abuse of Others 慳生毀辱戒第八</span><span>296</span>
****<span> I. Prohibition of Holding Resentments and Not Accepting Apologies 瞋不受謝戒第九</span><span>303</span>
****<span> J. Prohibition of Denigration of the Three Treasures<br>毀謗三寶戒第十</span><span>307</span>
****<span> K. Conclusion 結成門</span><span>309</span>
*<span> V. ROLL FOUR</span><span>315</span>
**<span> The Minor Precepts</span><span>317</span>
***<span> 1. Preface to the Minor Precepts 輕戒序文</span><span>317</span>
****<span> A. Concluding the Former (Grave Precepts) and Initiating the Latter (Minor) 結前生後</span><span>317</span>
***<span> 2. Enumeration of the Precepts 次第誦出</span><span>318</span>
****<span> A. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒</span><span>318</span>
****<span> B. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒</span><span>341</span>
****<span> C. Division of Ten Precepts 判十戒</span><span>357</span>
****<span> D. Division of Nine Precepts 判九戒</span><span>375</span>
****<span> E. Division of Nine Precepts 判九戒</span><span>401</span>
***<span> 3. General Conclusion 總結</span><span>424</span>
****<span> A. Dissemination Section 流通分</span><span>425</span>
*<span> INDEX</span><span>429</span>
*<span> Contributors</span><span>451</span>
*<span> Members of the English Translation Editorial Board ''The Collected Works of Korean Buddhism''</span><span>453</span>
*<span> Members of the Compilation Committee of Korean Buddhist Thought</span><span>454</span>
*<span> In Memoriam: The Most Venerable Kasan Jikwan</span><span>455</span>
*<span> Executive Members of the Steering Committee of Korean Buddhist Thought</span><span>457</span>
*<span> Collected Works of Korean Buddhism</span><span>458</span>
* <span> Foreword by Alak Zenkar Rinpoche</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> Foreword by Jigme Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>xv</span>
* <span> Translators' Introduction</span><span>xix</span><br>
* ''Part One: Finding Rest in the Nature of the Mind''
* <span> Prologue</span><span>3</span>
** <span> 1. The Freedoms and Advantages of Human Birth So Hard to Find</span><span>5</span>
** <span> 2. Impermanence</span><span>11</span>
** <span> 3. The Sufferings of Samsara</span><span>17</span>
** <span> 4. The Karmic Law of Cause and Effect</span><span>35</span>
** <span> 5. The Spiritual Master</span><span>51</span>
** <span> 6. Refuge</span><span>67</span>
** <span> 7. The Four Unbounded Attitudes</span><span>75</span>
** <span> 8. Cultivating the Attitude of Mind Oriented toward Enlightenment</span><span>85</span>
** <span> 9. The Generation and Perfection Stages and Their Union</span><span>103</span>
** <span> 10. The View That Dwells in Neither of the Two Extremes, the Wisdom whereby the Nature of the Ground Is Realized</span><span>115</span>
** <span> 11. The Path: Stainless Meditative Concentration</span><span>127</span>
** <span> 12. The Three Aspects of Meditative Concentration</span><span>143</span>
** <span> 13. The Great, Spontaneously Present Result</span><span>151</span>
* <span> Conclusion</span><span>163</span>
* ''Part Two: Excerpts from'' The Great Chariot
* <span> The Mind Is the Root of All Phenomena</span><span>167</span>
* <span> Mind, Intellect, and Consciousness</span><span>171</span>
* <span> The Eight Consciousnesses as the Basis of Delusion</span><span>175</span>
* <span> The Three Natures</span><span>179</span>
* <span> The Universal Ground</span><span>191</span>
* <span> The Universal Ground, the Eight Consciousnesses, and the State of Sleep</span><span>201</span>
* <span> The Tathagatagarbha</span><span>205</span>
* <span> Refuge</span><span>243</span>
* <span> The Three Concentrations of the Generation Stage</span><span>253</span>
* <span> The Simple Practice of the Generation and Perfection Stages</span><span>257</span>
* <span> The Mind and the Objects That Appear to It</span><span>261</span>
* <span> The Omniscient Longchenpa Speaks about His Realization</span><span>265</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>269</span>
* <span> Texts Cited in The Great Chariot</span><span>301</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>305</span>
* <span> The Padmakara Translation Group Translations into English</span><span>309</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>311</span>
* <span> Foreword ''by Khenpo Tsültrim Gyamtso Rinpoche''</span><span> 7</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span> 9</span>
* <span> The Root Text: Frameworks of Buddhist Philosophy: ''A Systematic Presentation<br>of the Cause-Based Philosophical Vehicles''</span><span> 57</span>
** <span> 1. Three Yānas and Four Tenet Systems</span><span> 83</span>
*'''Section I: Hīnayāna'''
** <span> 2. The Shrāvakayāna: An Overview and the Four Truths</span><span> 87</span>
** <span> 3. The Shrāvakayāna: Its Tenet Systems, Orders, and Results</span><span> 123</span>
** <span> 4. The Pratyekabuddhayāna</span><span> 151</span>
*'''Section II: Mahāyāna'''
** <span> 5. The Mahāyāna’s Distinctions and Training</span><span> 161</span>
** <span> 6. Chittamātra</span><span> 175</span>
** <span> 7. An Overview of Madhyamaka</span><span> 195</span>
** <span> 8. Rangtong-Madhyamaka</span><span> 203</span>
** <span> 9. Svātantrika</span><span> 217</span>
** <span> 10. Prāsaṅgika</span><span> 223</span>
** <span> 11. Shentong-Madhyamaka</span><span> 249</span>
** <span> 12. Secret Mantra-Madhyamaka</span><span> 269</span>
* <span> Appendix: Outline of the Text</span><span> 275</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span> 283</span>
* <span> Endnotes</span><span> 301</span>
* <span> Bibliography of Works Cited by the Author</span><span> 407</span>
* <span> Reference Bibliography</span><span> 423</span>
* <span> Index</span><span> 459</span>
+
*Preface
*<span> ''by José Ignacio Cabezón''</span><span>vii</span>
*In Memoriam: Geshe Lobsang Dargyay (1935-94)
*<span> ''by Eva Neumaier''</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*Distinguishing the Views of Emptiness: Moonlight to Illuminate the Main Points<br>of the Supreme Path
**<span> ''Thematic Subdivisions of the Text''</span><span>63</span>
**Chapter 1
**<span> ''Three Ways of Understanding the Madhyamaka''</span><span>69</span>
**Chapter 2
**<span> ''The Refutation of Dol po pa''</span><span>97</span>
**Chapter 3
**<span> ''The Refutation of Tsong kha pa''</span><span>115</span>
**Chapter 4
**<span> ''The Middle Way as Freedom from Extremes''</span><span>203</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>239</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>243</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>337</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>383</span>
+
*<span> ''Foreword''</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> ''Acknowledgments''</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> ''Introduction''</span><span>1</span>
*<span> 1 ABHIDHARMA : ITS SCOPE AND MEANING</span><span>9</span>
**<span> The Meaning of the Term ''Abhidharma''</span><span>9</span>
**<span> The Meaning of the Term ''Buddha''</span><span>13</span>
*<span> 2 THE OPERATIONAL SYSTEM "MIND"</span><span>15</span>
**<span> The Importance of a Healthy Attitude</span><span>15</span>
**<span> A Structural Model of "Mind"</span><span>23</span>
**<span> "Mind" as a Self-Structuring Process</span><span>34</span>
*<span> 3 THE CONTEXTUALIZED SYSTEM "MIND"</span><span>41</span>
**<span> Sociocultural Operators</span><span>41</span>
*<span> 4 POLLUTANTS AND QUASI POLLUTANTS</span><span>52</span>
**<span> Pollutants</span><span>52</span>
**<span> The Quasi Pollutants</span><span>58</span>
**<span> Summary</span><span>61</span>
*<span> 5 CONCENTRATION, CONTEMPLATION, MEDITATION:<br> PRELIMINARIES ON THE WAY OF GROWING UP</span><span>62</span>
**<span> Objectivistic-Reductionistic Concentration</span><span>66</span>
**<span> Mentalistic-Creative Contemplation</span><span>81</span>
**<span> Holistic Imparting of Meaning</span><span>89</span>
*<span> 6 THE WAY: THE EARLIER VIEW I</span><span>95</span>
**<span> Introductory Remarks</span><span>95</span>
**<span> The Theravāda Conception of the Way</span><span>97</span>
*<span> 7 THE WAY: THE EARLIER VIEW Il</span><span>106</span>
**<span> The Śrāvaka and Pratyekabuddha Ways</span><span>106</span>
**<span> The Śrāvaka Conception of the Way</span><span>106</span>
**<span> The Pratyekabuddha Conception of the Way</span><span>122</span>
*<span> 8 THE WAY: THE LATER VIEW I</span><span>126</span>
**<span> The Bodhisattva Way I: Prelude</span><span>126</span>
**<span> The Meaning of the Terms ''Bodhisattva'' and ''Bodhicitta''</span><span>126</span>
**<span> ''rigs''/''khams''</span><span>128</span>
**<span> ''de-bzhin''/''bde-bar gshegs-pa'i snying-po''</span><span>132</span>
**<span> The Activation of ''Bodhicitta''</span><span>136</span>
**<span> Ethics and Sociocultural Levels</span><span>145</span>
*<span> 9 THE WAY: THE LATER VIEW II</span><span>151</span>
**<span> The Bodhisattva Way II: The Exact Itinerary</span><span>151</span>
**<span> The Build-up Phase</span><span>151</span>
**<span> The Probability of a Breakthrough</span><span>161</span>
**<span> The Way of Seeing</span><span>165</span>
**<span> The Way of Cultivating What Has Been Seen</span><span>172</span>
**<span> The Way of No More Learning</span><span>174</span>
*<span> 10 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS I</span><span>184</span>
**<span> Introductory Remarks</span><span>184</span>
**<span> The rDzogs-chen Program</span><span>188</span>
*<span> 11 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS II</span><span>195</span>
**<span> The Homologous Evolution of Man and God/Teacher</span><span>195</span>
**<span> The Evolution of the God/Teacher Idea</span><span>195</span>
**<span> The Evolution of Man as the Holomovement's Errancy Mode</span><span>199</span>
*<span> 12 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS III</span><span>206</span>
**<span> Ontological Difference and Coordinated Hierarchy</span><span>206</span>
**<span> The Ontological Difference</span><span>206</span>
**<span> Coordinated Hierarchy</span><span>215</span>
*<span> 13 RDZOGS-CHEN: SUPERCOMPLETENESS IV</span><span>223</span>
**<span> The Role of Fluctuations in an Individual's Psychic Evolution</span><span>223</span>
**<span> The Homology of Mentation Pollutants and Originary-Awareness Modes</span><span>223</span>
**<span> The Dynamics of Self-Organization: Obscuration and Clearing</span><span>235</span>
*<span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>245</span>
*<span> ''Notes''</span><span>249</span>
*<span> ''References''</span><span>284</span>
*<span> ''Indexes''</span><span>291</span>
**<span> A. Technical Terms</span><span>291</span>
**<span> B. Subjects</span><span>300</span>
* <span> Colour Plates</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Illustrations</span><span>9</span>
* <span> Foreward by His Holiness the Dalai Lama</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Acknoweledgements</span><span>13</span>
* <span> Homage</span><span>15</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>17</span>
* <span> '''PART ONE: POTENTIAL ACCORDING TO THE 'ORNAMENT FOR THE MAHAYANA SUTRAS''''</span><span>'''25'''</span>
* <span> 1 Brief Explanation of Buddha Potential</span><span>27</span>
* <span> 2 Extensive Explanation of Buddha Potential</span><span>29</span>
* <span> 3 Summary</span><span>83</span>
* <span> '''PART TWO: POTENTIAL ACCORDING TO THE 'SUBLIME CONTINUUM''''</span><span>'''85'''</span>
* <span> 4 Brief Explanation</span><span>83</span>
* <span> 5 Clear Light Nature of Mind</span><span>87</span>
* <span> 6 The Nine Examples of Buddha Potential</span><span>91</span>
* <span> 7 The Meaning of the Nine Examples</span><span>117</span>
* <span> 8 How to Practise Buddha Potential</span><span>133</span>
* <span> 9 Great Enlightenment</span><span>153</span>
* <span> Dedication</span><span>201</span>
* <span> Biography of Geshe Acharya Thubten Loden</span><span>203</span>
* <span> Outline</span><span>231</span>
* <span> Quotations</span><span>235</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>283</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>299</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>305</span>
+<center>''Acknowledgements''</center><br>
<center>''VII''</center><br>
<center>15. The Mundane Vehicles</center><br>
<center>''181''</center><br>
<center>16. Hinayana</center><br>
<center>''183''</center><br>
<center>17. The Superiority of Mahayana</center><br>
<center>''186''</center><br>
<center>18. The Path of Mahayana</center><br>
<center>''190''</center><br>
<center>19. Buddha-nature</center><br>
<center>''217''</center><br>
<center>20. The Journey of Mahayana</center><br>
<center>''221''</center><br>
<center>21. Buddhahood</center><br>
<center>''224''</center><br>
<center>22. The Conditioned and the Unconditioned</center><br>
<center>''252''</center><br>
<center>Notes</center><br>
<center>''272''</center>
+
* <span> Foreword </span><span> 7 </span>
* <span> Acknowledgements</span><span> 9 </span>
* <span> Translator's Note </span><span>10 </span>
'JIG RTEN GSUM MGON (JIGTEN SUMGON)
''DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG) - THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA''
* <span> ROOT TEXT </span><span> 11 </span>
** <span> The Invocation </span><span>13 </span>
** <span> Section I </span><span>13 </span>
** <span> Section II </span><span>14 </span>
** <span> Section III </span><span> 15 </span>
** <span> Section IV </span><span>16 </span>
** <span> Section V </span><span> 16 </span>
** <span> Section VI </span><span> 17 </span>
** <span> Section VII </span><span>18 </span>
** <span> Epilogue </span><span> 19 </span>
** <span> The Supplement </span><span> 20 </span>
RIG 'DZIIN CHOS KYI GRAGS PA (RIGDZIN CHOKYI DRAGPA)
THE LAMP DISPELLING THE DARKNESS
A VERSE COMMENTARY ON THE DIFFICULT POINTS OF
* <span> ''DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG)- THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA'' </span><span>25</span>
** <span> The Invocation </span><span>27</span>
** <span> Section I </span><span>29 </span>
** <span> Section II </span><span>47</span>
** <span> Section III </span><span> 55 </span>
** <span> Section IV </span><span> 69</span>
** <span> Section V </span><span> 85 </span>
** <span> Section VI </span><span> 101</span>
** <span> Section VII </span><span>115</span>
** <span> Section VIII </span><span>125</span>
** <span> Epilogue </span><span> 143</span>
** <span> Bibliography and Abbreviations </span><span> 147</span>
RIG 'DZIN CHOS KYI GRAGS PA (RIGDZIN CHOKYI DRAGPA)
THE LAMP DISPELLING THE DARKNESS
A VERSE COMMENTARY ON THE DIFFICULT POINTS OF
''DGONGS GCIG (GONGCHIG)- THE SINGLE INTENT, THE SACRED DHARMA''
* <span> TIBETAN TEXT </span><span> 153</span>
** <span> Notes on the Tibetan Text</span><span>154</span>
** <span> The Invocation </span><span>155</span>
** <span> Section I </span><span>156</span>
** <span> Section II </span><span>174</span>
** <span> Section III </span><span> 182</span>
** <span> Section IV </span><span> 195</span>
** <span> Section V </span><span> 210</span>
** <span> Section VI </span><span> 227</span>
** <span> Section VII </span><span>240</span>
** <span> Section VIII </span><span>250</span>
** <span> Epilogue </span><span> 272</span>
***Introduction<br>
***''By Thupten Jinpa and Donald Lopez Jr. 1''
*<span> 1 First, How I Set Out from Lhasa</span><span>29</span>
*<span> 2 General Formation of the Land of India and How It Acquired Its Name</span><span>59</span>
*<span> 3 How the Lands Were Given Their Names</span><span>71</span>
*<span> 4 The Snow Mountains of the North and Analysis of Related Issues</span><span>89</span>
*<span> 5 What the Famous Places of the Past Are Like</span><span>95</span>
*<span> 6 On Men, Women, Food, Drink, and Various Apparel</span><span>129</span>
*<span> 7 Identification of Various Species of Flowers and Trees and How to Recognize<br>Them</span><span>175</span>
*<span> 8 Writing Systems of Various Regions of Past and Present</span><span>189</span>
*<span> 9 On the Linguistic Rules of the Tibetan Language</span><span>209</span>
*<span> 10 The Inscriptions of the Dharma King Aśoka Carved on the Rock Face of Mount Girnar</span><span>221</span>
*<span> 11 The Gupta Dynasty</span><span>229</span>
*<span> 12 The Pāla Dynasty</span><span>259</span>
*<span> 13 From 1,600 Years after the Passing of the Buddha to the Present</span><span>279</span>
*<span> 14 On the History of Siṅghala</span><span>305</span>
*<span> 15 On the Conditions and the Customs of the Tibetan People in Ancient Times</span><span>349</span>
*<span> 16 The Religion of the Tīrthikas</span><span>363</span>
*<span> 17 Conclusion</span><span>397</span>
***<span> Appendix A: Tibetan Transliteration</span><span>417</span>
***<span> Appendix B: Glossary of Terms</span><span>419</span>
***<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>425</span>
***<span> Notes</span><span>427</span>
***<span> Index</span><span>453</span>
+
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> Translator’s Preface</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> Translator’s Introduction</span><span>xxix</span>
*''Oral Commentary on the Self-Generation Ritual''
*<span> 1. The Initial Practice</span><span>3</span>
**<span> Preliminaries</span><span>3</span>
***<span> Verses of Supplication</span><span>3</span>
***<span> Generating Oneself into a Divine Form Instantaneously</span><span>16</span>
***<span> Blessing the Vajra and the Bell</span><span>24</span>
***<span> Blessing the Inner Offering</span><span>40</span>
***<span> The Preliminary Torma Offering</span><span>59</span>
***<span> Blessing the Self-Generation Offerings</span><span>80</span>
***<span> The Mandala Offering</span><span>87</span>
***<span> The Vajrasattva Meditation and Mantra Recitation</span><span>94</span>
***<span> Worshipping the Merit Field</span><span>122</span>
***<span> Meditating on the Protection Wheel</span><span>162</span>
**<span> The Main Rite of Clear Realization</span><span>195</span>
***<span> Taking Death as the Path to the Wisdom Body</span><span>196</span>
****<span> Meditating on the Ground of Transcendent Awareness</span><span>196</span>
****<span> Generating the Vajra Ground</span><span>211</span>
****<span> Generating the Mandala Palace</span><span>218</span>
****<span> Installing the Deities</span><span>235</span>
****<span> The Activity of the Deities</span><span>249</span>
****<span> Drawing the Deities into One's Body</span><span>251</span>
****<span> Placing the Deities into the Mandala of Ultimate Reality</span><span>257</span>
***<span> Taking the Intermediate State as the Path to the Enjoyment Body</span><span>273</span>
***<span> Taking Rebirth as the Path to the Emanation Body</span><span>284</span>
****<span> Generating the Emanation-Body Form of Vajradhara</span><span>285</span>
****<span> Creating the Body Mandala</span><span>294</span>
*****<span> Creating the Body Mandala’s Residence</span><span>295</span>
*****<span> Creating the Body Mandala’s Deities</span><span>304</span>
****<span> Blessing the Body, Speech, and Mind of Vajradhara's Emanation-Body Form</span><span>319</span>
****<span> Generating the Three Tiered Beings</span><span>337</span>
****<span> Affixing the Seal of the Lineage Lord</span><span>341</span>
***<span> Preparing a Knowledge Consort</span><span>345</span>
*<span> 2. The Foremost King of Mandalas</span><span>363</span>
**<span> Generating the Mandala Palace and Its Divine Residents</span><span>363</span>
**<span> Emitting the Mandala Deities</span><span>377</span>
**<span> Emitting the Mandala Palace</span><span>409</span>
*<span> 3. The Foremost King of Activities</span><span>411</span>
**<span> Spiritual Practices Carried Out during Meditation Sessions</span><span>411</span>
***<span> The Practice of the Subtle Drop</span><span>411</span>
***<span> Mantra Recitation</span><span>422</span>
***<span> Reappearance of the Deity Who Dissolved</span><span>442</span>
***<span> Reciting Verses of Praise, Presenting Offerings, and Tasting Nectar</span><span>448</span>
****<span> Reciting the Verses of Praise</span><span>449</span>
****<span> Presenting the Outer Offerings</span><span>452</span>
****<span> Tasting the Nectar of the Inner Offering</span><span>457</span>
****<span> The Secret Offering and the Offering of Ultimate Reality</span><span>466</span>
***<span> Dissolution</span><span>468</span>
***<span> The Generation-Stage Portion of the Aspirational Prayer</span><span>472</span>
**<span> Spiritual Practices Carried Out between Meditation Sessions</span><span>500</span>
***<span> The Yoga of Ordinary Activities</span><span>501</span>
***<span> Blessings One’s Residence</span><span>502</span>
***<span> Blessing One’s Clothing</span><span>503</span>
***<span> The Spiritual Practice That Relates to Bathing</span><span>503</span>
***<span> The Spiritual Practices That Relate to Sleeping and Waking Up</span><span>504</span>
***<span> The Meditative Absorption That Relates to Food</span><span>507</span>
***<span> Reinvigorating the Body</span><span>512</span>
***<span> The Methods of Achieving the Common Spiritual Attainments</span><span>512</span>
*''The Self-Generation Ritual''
*<span> The Initial Practice</span><span>517</span>
**<span> Preliminaries</span><span>517</span>
***<span> Verses of Supplication</span><span>517</span>
***<span> Generating Oneself into a Divine Form Instantaneously</span><span>529</span>
***<span> Blessing the Vajra and the Bell</span><span>529</span>
***<span> Blessing the Inner Offering</span><span>531</span>
***<span> The Preliminary Torma Offering</span><span>533</span>
***<span> Blessing the Self-Generation Offerings</span><span>541</span>
***<span> The Mandala Offering</span><span>543</span>
***<span> The Vajrasattva Meditation and Mantra Recitation</span><span>545</span>
***<span> Worshipping the Merit Field</span><span>549</span>
***<span> Meditating on the Protection Wheel</span><span>557</span>
**<span> The Main Rite of Clear Realization</span><span>571</span>
***<span> Taking Death as the Path to the Wisdom Body</span><span>571</span>
****<span> Meditating on the Ground of Transcendent Awareness</span><span>571</span>
****<span> Generating the Vajra Ground</span><span>571</span>
****<span> Generating the Mandala Palace</span><span>573</span>
****<span> Installing the Deities</span><span>577</span>
****<span> The Activity of the Deities</span><span>587</span>
****<span> Drawing the Deities into One’s Body</span><span>587</span>
****<span> Placing the Deities into the Mandala of Ultimate Reality</span><span>589</span>
***<span> Taking the Intermediate State as the Path to the Enjoyment Body</span><span>589</span>
***<span> Taking Rebirth as the Path to the Emanation Body</span><span>591</span>
****<span> Creating the Body Mandala’s Residence</span><span>593</span>
****<span> Creating the Body Mandala’s Deities</span><span>593</span>
****<span> Blessing the Body, Speech, and Mind of Vajradhara's Emanation-Body Form</span><span>605</span>
****<span> Generating the Three Tiered Beings</span><span>611</span>
****<span> Affixing the Seal of the Lineage Lord</span><span>611</span>
***<span> Preparing a Knowledge Consort</span><span>613</span>
*<span> The Foremost King of Mandalas</span><span>617</span>
**<span> Generating the Mandala Palace and Its Divine Residents</span><span>617</span>
**<span> Emitting the Mandala Deities</span><span>631</span>
**<span> Emitting the Mandala Palace</span><span>647</span>
*<span> The Foremost King of Activities</span><span>647</span>
**<span> Mantra Recitation</span><span>647</span>
**<span> Reappearance of the Deity Who Dissolved</span><span>649</span>
***<span> The Principal Deity Enters the State of Ultimate Reality</span><span>649</span>
***<span> The Principal Deity Arises from the Clear-Light State</span><span>651</span>
**<span> Reciting Verses of Praise, Presenting Offerings, and Tasting Nectar</span><span>653</span>
***<span> Reciting the Verses of Praise</span><span>653</span>
***<span> Presenting the Outer Offerings</span><span>653</span>
***<span> Tasting the Nectar of the Inner Offering</span><span>655</span>
***<span> The Secret Offering and the Offering of Ultimate Reality</span><span>661</span>
**<span> Dissolution</span><span>661</span>
**<span> The Concluding Torma Offerings</span><span>663</span>
***<span> Blessing the Outer Offerings</span><span>663</span>
***<span> Blessing the Tormas</span><span>665</span>
***<span> Inviting the Recipients of the Torma Offerings</span><span>667</span>
***<span> Presenting the Torma Offerings</span><span>673</span>
**<span> The Aspirational Prayer</span><span>679</span>
**<span> Verses of Auspiciousness</span><span>689</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>695</span>
*<span> Index to Oral Commentary</span><span>711</span>
*<span> ''Advice to Myself''</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> ''Foreword by'' H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> ''Introduction by'' Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche</span><span>xvii</span>
*'''Lamp of Mahamudra'''
*<span> ''Prologue''</span><span>1</span>
*''Section One'': GROUND MAHAMUDRA
**<span> The View</span><span>5</span>
*''Section Two'': PATH MAHAMUDRA
**<span> Shamatha and Vipashyana</span><span>19</span>
**<span> Faults and Qualities</span><span>29</span>
**<span> Experience and Realization</span><span>37</span>
**<span> The Four Yogas</span><span>43</span>
**<span> The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis</span><span>57</span>
**<span> Enhancement</span><span>71</span>
*''Section Three'': FRUITION MAHAMUDRA
**<span> The Three Kayas of Buddhahood</span><span>77</span>
*<span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>85</span>
*'''The Heart of the Matter'''
*<span> ''Introduction''</span><span>93</span>
*<span> ''Translator's Afterword''</span><span>153</span>
*<span> ''Well-wishes''</span><span>155</span>
*<span> ''Glossary for'' Lamp of Mahamudra</span><span>157</span>
*''Masters and Texts Quoted in''
**<span> The Heart of the Matter</span><span>197</span>
+
*<span> Dedicatory verses</span><span>1</span><br><br>
<center>Book I.</center><br>
*<span> I. The Merit of Studying and Preaching the Doctrine</span><span>8</span>
**<span> I A. The Merit of Studying and Preaching in general. (3 b. 1)</span><span>9</span>
***<span> I Aa. The Merit of Study. (3 b. 2.)</span><span>9</span>
***<span> I Ab. The Merit of Preaching. (5 a. 1.)</span><span>11</span>
****I Aba<sub>1</sub>. Worship of Buddha by Preaching the Doctrine. (5 a. 2.) —I<br>Abb, Preaching of the Doctrine as superior to Material Gifts.<br>(5 a. 3.) — I Abc<sub>1</sub> Good Memory — a result of expoundIng Scripture.<br>(5 a. 5.) — I Abd<sub>1</sub> Augmentation of Virtue and Attainment of<br>Enlightenment by Preaching. (5 b. 1.)<br>
***<span> I Ac. The Merit of Study and Preaching taken together. (5 b. 5.)</span><span>13</span>
****1 Aca 1 Progress of Spiritual Merit through the Study of the 3 Vehicles.<br>(5 b. 6.) - 1 Acb 1 Honours of Scholarship. (6 a 2.) - I Ace l Attainment<br>of Enlightenment by the Study of the Doctrine. (6 b. 1.)<br>
**<span> I B. The Special Merit of Studying and Preaching the Mahāyānistic Doctrines.<br>(6 b. 6.)</span><span>15</span>
***<span> I Ba. Prevalence over the Merit of the Hīnayānist Saints. (7 a. 1.)</span><span>16</span>
***<span> I Bb. Superiority to every other Kind of Merit in the Path. (7. a. 5.)</span><span>16</span>
***<span> I Bc. Certainty of Attaining Omniscience. (7 b. 3.)</span><span>17</span>
*<span> II. General Review of the Litterature of Buddhism. (7. b. 6.)</span><span>18</span>
**<span> II A. The different Meanings of the word "''dharma''". (8 a. 1.)</span><span>18</span>
**<span> II B. Etymology of "''dharma''" (8 a. 5.)</span><span>19</span>
**<span> II C. Definition of "''dharma''" in the sense of "The Doctrine". (9 a. 3.)</span><span>21</span>
**<span> II D. The various Aspects of the Doctrine. (10 a. 2.)</span><span>23</span>
***<span> II Da. The Doctrine from the Standpoint of the Result. (10 a. 3.)</span><span>23</span>
***<span> II Db. The Doctrine as the Means of Realising Nirvāṇa (10 a. 5.)</span><span>23</span>
***<span> II Dc. The Doctrine In its Iitterary form</span><span>24</span>
****II Dca<sub>1</sub> The Word of Buddha (''pravacana''). (10 b. 4.)<br>
*****II Dca<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> Its Definition (10 b. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> Etymology of "''subhāṣita''" (including the 60 Qualities of the voice of a Buddha). (11 a. 1.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub> Varieties of the Word of Buddha (B a. 5.)<br>
******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub> Varieties of the Word with regard to Time. (13a.5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Varieties with regard to the Subject-Matter. (13 a. 6.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Varieties of Form. The 12 Classes. (13 b. 3.) II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>. Varieties of the Word from the standpoint of its being an Antidote against Sin. — The 3 Codes. (14 b .3.)<br>
*******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> The 12 Classes of Scripture as contained in the 3 Codes. (14 b. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>b<sub>4</sub> Etymology of the word "''piṭaka''". (15 a. 3.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> The Motives for the Establishment of the 3 Codes of Scripture. (15 a.4.)<br>
********II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub>a<sub>5</sub> The Codes of Scripture as purifying from different forms of Sin. (15 a. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub>b<sub>5</sub> The 3 Codes as corresponding to the 3 Disciplines. (15 b. 2.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub>c<sub>5</sub> The 3 Codes with regard to the Subject studied. (15b.4.)<br>
*******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub>d<sub>4</sub> Etymology of "Sūtra" , "Abhidharma", and "Vinaya". (16 a. 2.)<br>
******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>e<sub>3</sub> Varieties of the Word with regard to the different converts (Hīnayāna and Mahāyāna, Philosophy and Tantra). (16 b. 5) - II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>f<sub>3</sub> Varieties of the Word of Buddha with regard to the opportunity, at which it was pronounced (its principal Cause). (17 b. 5.).<br>
*******II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>f<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> The Precepts delivered by the Buddha personally. {17 b. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>f<sub>3</sub>b<sub>4</sub> The Word as the Result of the Buddha's Blessings. (17 b. 5.) — II Dca<sub>1</sub>c<suub>2</sub>f<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> The Passages containing the Expression of the Will of Buddha. (18 a. 2.).<br>
****<span> II Dcb<sub>1</sub> The Exegetical Treatises (''çāstra''). (18 a. 4.)</span><span>41</span>
*****II Dcb<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> Definition. (18 a. 4.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> Etymology of "''çāstra''". (18 a. 5.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub> The Varieties of Exegetical Treatises. (18 b. 3.).<br>
******II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub> Varieties as regards Quality. (18. b.3.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Varieties from the standpoint of the Aim. (18 b. 6.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Varieties of Subject-Matter (19 a. 1.).<br>
*******II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> Works, referring to Empirical Reality (''nīti-çāstra'' and the 5 Sciences). (19 a. 2.) — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Works, referring to Absolute Reality. (21 a. 5). — II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> Works, showing the Way to Salvation and Omniscience. (21 a.6.).<br>
*******II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub> Varieties with regard to the Interpretation of Scripture. (21 b. 1.). — 1) Treatises, interpretating Early Scripture. (Hīnayāna). The Works on Vinaya and Abhidharma. (21 b. 2.) — 2. Treatises on Mādhyamika and Prajñāpāramitā. (22 a. 3.) — 3) Treatises, interpreting Scripture of the latest period. The Yogācāra litterature. (23 a. 3.)<br>
******II Dcb<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub>e<sub>3</sub> The various classes of Exegetical Treatises. (24. b. 5.)<br>
*<span> III. The Consideration and Fulfillment of the Rules, prescribed for Study and Teaching. (25 a. 6.)</span><span>58</span>
**<span> III A. Character of the Doctrine to be taught. (25 b. 1.)</span><span>59</span>
**<span> III B. Character of the Methods of Teaching. (26 b. 6.)</span><span>62</span>
***<span> IIIBa. Definition of the Teacher. (26. b. 6.)</span><span>62</span>
****<span> III Baa<su>1</sub> The High Wisdom of the Teacher. (27. b. 3.)</span><span>64</span>
*****III Baa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> The Teacher's Knowledge of the Subject to be taught. (27 b. 4.) — III Baa<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Teacher's Skill in the Means of expressing himself. (27 b. 5.) — III Baa<sub>1</sub>c<sub>2</sub> His Knowledge as to his own behaviour and as to the Guidance of his Pupils. (29 a. 2.).<br>
****<span> III Bab<sub>1</sub> The Teacher's Great Commiseration. (29 a. 6.)</span><span>68</span>
****<span> III Bac<sub>1</sub> Correct Methods. (29 b. 4.)</span><span>69</span>
***<span> III Bb. The Means of Teaching. (30 a. 2.)</span><span>70</span>
***<span> III Bc. The Character of Teaching. (31 a.5.)</span><span>73</span>
****<span> III Bca<sub>1</sub> The Character of Teaching with regard to the students.<br>(31. a. 5)</span><span>73</span>
****<span> III Bcb<sub>1</sub> The same, with regard to the Aim. (31 b. 4)</span><span>73</span>
****<span> III Bcc<sub>1</sub> The manner of conducting the Teaching. (31 b. 4.)</span><span>74</span>
*****III Bcc<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub>. Preparations. (31 b. 4.) — III Bcc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Teaching Itself.<br>(32 b. 5.) — III Bcc<sub1</sub>c<sub>2</sub> The Conclusion of Study. (33 a. 2.)<br>
**<span> III C. Character of the Methods of Study. (33 a. 3.)</span><span>76</span>
***<span> III Ca. Character of the Student. (33 a. 3.)</span><span>77</span>
****III Caa<sub>1</sub> The Student of acute faculties. (33. a. 3)<br>
*****<span> III Caa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> His Defects. (33 a. 4.)</span><span>77</span>
******III Caa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>13 Defects according to Vyākhyāyukti (33 a. 4) — III Caa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> 6 Defects. (33 b. 3). — III Caa<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> 3 Defects (34 a. 1.)<br>
*****III Caa<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> Definition of the Student of acute faculties (34 a. 6.)<br>
*****III Caa<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub> The Student's Intelligence. (34 b. 1.) — III Caab<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Zeal and Desire to study. (34. b. 4.) — III Caa<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Devotion and Absence of Arrogance. (34 b. 5.)<br>
****<span> III Cab<sub>1</sub> The Hearer of mediocre Faculties. (34. b. 6.)</span><span>81</span>
****<span> III Cac<sub>1</sub> The Hearer of feeble Faculties. (35. a. 3.)</span><span>82</span>
***<span> III Cb. The Means of Study. (35 a. 6.)</span><span>82</span>
***<span> III Cc. The Manner of Studying. (36 a. 1.)</span><span>83</span>
****<span> III Cca<sub>1</sub> Preparations. (36 a. 1.)</span><span>83</span>
****<span> III Ccb<sub>1</sub> The Study by itself. (36 b. 3.)</span><span>85</span>
****<span> III Ccc<sub>1</sub> Conclusion of the Study. (36. b. 4.)</span><span>85</span>
**<span> IIID. The Instructions for realising the Aim of the Doctrine. (36. b. 5.)</span><span>85</span><br><br>
<center>Book II.</center><br>
*<span> IV. The History of Buddhism. (39 a. 2)</span><span>90</span>
**<span> IV A. The Rise of Buddhism in Indien. (39 a. 2.)</span><span>90</span>
***<span> IV Aa. The different Aeons. (39 a. 4)</span><span>90</span>
***<span> IV Ab. The Buddhas of the Fortunate Aeon. (39 a. 6)</span><span>91</span>
****IV Aba<sub>1</sub> The Version of the Karuṇā-puṇḍarīka. (1005 Buddhas) (41 b. . .) — IV Abb<sub>1</sub> The Version of the Tathāgata-acintya-guhya-nirdeça. (1000 Buddhas) (41 b. 3.)<br>
***<span> IV Ac. The Rise of the Buddha in this World. (44 b. 5.)</span><span>100</span>
****IV Aca<sub>1</sub>d<sub>2</sub> The first Creative Effort (''citta-utpāda''), according to the Hīnayānistic Tradition. (45 b. 2.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> The Buddha's Accumulation of Merit, according to Hīnayāna. (46 a. 2.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>a<sub>2</sub> The Hīnayānistic Tradition, concerning the Buddha's Attainment of Enlightenment. (47 a. 1.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Creative Effort according to the Mahāyānistic Tradition. (47 a. 2.)<br>
*****IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>1</sub>a<sub>3</sub> Its essential Character. (47 a. 3.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> Its Causes. (47 a. 6.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Its Result. (47 b. 2.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>d<sub>3</sub> Its VarietIes from different points of view. (47 b. 4.) — IV Aca<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>e<sub>3</sub> The Mahāyānistic Tradition, concerning the Buddha's first Creative Effort. (48 b. 3.)<br>
****<span> IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Accumulation of Merit, according to Mahayana.<br>(49 a. 3.)</span><span>108</span>
*****IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> Its Character. (49 a. 3.)<br>
*****IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> Its Definition (49 a. 4.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>b<sub>4</sub> Connection with the 6 Transcendental Virtues. (49 a. 5.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> The Etymology of "''saṃbhāra''". (49 a. 6.) IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>d<sub>4</sub> The Functions of the Accumulation (49 b. 1.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>e<sub>4</sub> Its Modes.(49 b. 1.) IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>f<sub>4</sub> Its Result. (49 b. 3.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>g<sub>4</sub> Its Sphere of Activity. (49 b. 5.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>h<sub>4</sub>, The Accumulation from different points of view. (49 b. 5.).<br>
****IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> The Time of Accumulation (the 3 ''asaṁkhya''). (3 a. 3.) — IV Acb<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>c<sub>3</sub> The Mahāyānlstic Traditions, concerning the Buddha's Accumulation of Merit. The Account of the Bodhisattva-piṭaka. (55 b. 2.).<br>
***<span> IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub> The Attainment of Buddhahood-Mahāyānlstic Version<br>(56 b. 4)</span><span>127</span>
****IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub> The Essence of Buddhahoad. (56 b. 5.)<br>
*****IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub> The Essential Character of the 3 Bodies. (57 a. 2.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>b<sub>4</sub> The Etymology of "''dharmakāya''" , "''saṁbhogakāya''", and "''nirmāṇakāya''". (57 a. 3.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>c<sub>4</sub> The 3 Bodies as corresponding to their Aim. (57 b. 3.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>d<sub>4</sub> The 3 Bodies as the Objects of Cognition of the Buddhas and Bodhisattvas. (57 b. 4.) — IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>a<sub>3</sub>e<sub>4</sub> The various Aspects of the 3 Bodies. (58 a. 4.).<br>
****IV Acc<sub>1</sub>b<sub>2</sub>b<sub>3</sub> The Acts of the Buddha. (59 a. 3.)
**<span> Introduction</span><span>3</span>
**<span> The Life of the Buddha according to the ''Lalita-vistara'' (as a part of<br> IV Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> b<sub>3</sub> — "The Acts of the Buddha" — in Vol. I.)</span><span>7</span>
**<span> The Buddha's attainment of Nirvāṇa according to the ''Vinaya-kṣudraka''</span><span>56</span>
*IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> A detailed Exposition of the Essence of the Doctrine. (88 a. 3.)<br>
**<span> IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub>a<sub>4</sub>. The Rehearsals of the Kanon. (Ibid.)</span><span>73</span>
***IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> a<sub>4</sub> a<sub>5</sub>. The Rehearsals of the Hīnayānistic Scripture:<br>
****<span> The First Rehearsal. (88 a. 5.).</span><span>73</span>}
****<span> The Second Rehearsal. (96 b. 4.)</span><span>91</span>
****<span> The Third Rehearsal and the 18 Sects. (99 a. 1.)</span><span>96</span>
***<span> IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> a<sub>4</sub> b<sub>5</sub> The Rehearsal of the Mahāyanistic Kanon.<br> (101 a.3.)</span><span>101</span>
**<span> IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> b<sub>4</sub>. The Period of Existence of the Doctrine. (101 b. 1.)</span><span>102</span>
***IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> b<sub>4</sub> a<sub>5</sub>. The Time during Which the Doctrine is to exist [Ibid.] Quotations from Sūtras and Çāstras. Calculations of Atīça, of the Sa-skya Paṇḍita etc. regarding the time that has passed since the death of the<br>Buddha. (103 a. 5.)<br>
***<span> IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> b<sub>4</sub> b<sub>5</sub>. The Prophecies concerning the persons who<br>furthered the spread of Buddhism. (104 b. 3.)</span><span>108</span>
****<span> The Prophecy of the ''Mahākaruṇā-puṇḍarīka''. (104 b. 6.).</span><span>109</span>
****<span> The Prophecy of the ''Mañjuçrī-mūla-tantra''. (105 b. 4.)</span><span>111</span>
****<span> The Prophecies concerning the Tantric Ācāryas of the ''Mahākāla-<br>tantra-rāja'' and the ''Kālacakra- Uttaratantra''. (108 b. 4.)</span><span>120</span>
***IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> b<sub>4</sub> c<sub>5</sub>. The Celebrated Buddhist Teachers of India. (110 a. 1.)<br>
****<span> The Teacher Nāgārjuna. (Ibid.)</span><span>122</span>
****<span> The Teacher Āryādeva. (112 b. 6.)</span><span>130</span>
****<span> The Teacher Candragomin. (113 b. 3.)</span><span>132</span>
****<span> The Teacher Candrakīrti. (114 b. 2.)</span><span>134</span>
****<span> The Biography of the Brothers Āryāsanga and Vasubandhu.<br>(115 a. 2.)</span><span>136</span>
****<span> The Teacher Sthiramati. (119 a. 6.)</span><span>147</span>
****<span> The Teacher Dignāga. (120 a. 4.)</span><span>149</span>
****<span> The Teacher Dharmakīrti. (121 b.6.)</span><span>152</span>
****<span> The Teacher Haribhadra. (123 b. 3.)</span><span>156</span>
****<span> The Teacher Guṇaprabha. (125 b. 5.)</span><span>160</span>
****<span> The Teacher Çāntideva. (126 b. 1.)</span><span>161</span>
****<span> The History of the Grammatical Literature. (128 b. 5.)</span><span>166</span>
****<span> The Lost Parts of the Kanon. (130 a. 6.)</span><span>169</span>
***IV. Acc<sub>1</sub> b<sub>2</sub> c<sub>3</sub> c<sub>4</sub>. The Cessation of the Existence of the Doctrine. (131 b.4.)<br>
****<span> The Prophecy of the ''Candragarbha-paripṛcchā'', etc.</span><span>171</span>
**<span> IV B. The History of Buddhism in Tibet. (137 a.1.)</span><span>181</span>
***IV. Ba. The Earlier Period of the Propagation of the Doctrine. (137 a. 2.)<br>
****<span> The Genealogy of the early Tibetan Kings. (137 a. 4.)</span><span>181</span>
****<span> The Reign of Sroṅ-tsen-gam-po. (138. a 2.)</span><span>183</span>
****<span> The Reign of Ṭhi-sroṅ-de-tsen. (139 b. 1.)</span><span>186</span>
****<span> The Controversy between Kamalaçīla and the Hva-çaṅ<br>Mahāyāna. (143 a. 1.)</span><span>193</span>
****<span> The Reign of Ral-pa-can. (144 b. 6.)</span><span>196</span>
****<span> The Persecution of Laṅ-dar-ma. (145 b. 2.)</span><span>197</span>
***IV. Bb. The Subsequent Period of the Propagation of the Doctrine.<br> (147 a. 1.)<br>
****<span> The Activity of the 10 Monks of Ü and Tsaṅ (Ibid.)</span><span>201</span>
****<span> The Monasteries and Monastic Sections founded by them.<br>(148 a. 6.)</span><span>203</span>
****<span> The Arrival of Dīpaṁkaraçrījñāna (Atīça). (153 a. 4.)</span><span>213</span>
****<span> The Translation of the Kanonical Texts by the Lotsavas and Paṇḍits.<br>(153 b. 1.)</span><span>214</span>
* <span> Foreword by Jan-Ulrich Sobisch </span><span> 3 </span>
* <span> Introduction and acknowledgements</span><span> 3 </span>
* <span> Provenance </span><span> 3 </span>
* <span> Other known copies</span><span> 3 </span>
* <span> Features of the manuscript</span><span> 4 </span>
* <span> Dating the manuscript </span><span> 5 </span>
* <span> Scribes and annotators </span><span>6 </span>
* <span> Carbon dating </span><span> 7 </span>
* <span> The author's introduction to the text and the order of chapters </span><span> 8 </span>
* <span> Translation of the introduction as found in the manuscript</span><span>9 </span>
* <span> Table of contents of the manuscript and concordance </span><span>11 </span>
* <span> Summary of the Foreword in Tibetan </span><span> 14 </span>
*Dorje Sherab (rDo rje shes rab)
* <span> Illuminator, a Light of Gnosis: The Great Commentary on The Single Intention (dGongs gcig 'grel chen snang mdzad ye shes sgron me)</span><span>17</span>
+
* <span> '''Preface'''</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> '''1. Impermanence'''</span><span>1</span>
* <span> '''2. Buddha-nature'''</span><span>18</span>
* <span> '''3. Being-time'''</span><span>24</span>
* <span> '''4. Birth and Death'''</span><span>72</span>
* <span> '''5. Dialectic'''</span><span>78</span>
* <span> '''6. Time and eternity'''</span><span>94</span>
* <span> '''7. Thinking'''</span><span>113</span>
* <span> '''Epilogue'''</span><span>130</span>
* <span> '''Notes'''</span><span>133</span>
* <span> '''References'''</span><span>141</span>
* <span> '''Index'''</span><span>145</span>
+
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>7</span>
* <span> An Aspiration by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Orgyen Trinlé Dorjé</span><span> 9</span>
* <span> Foreword by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Orgyen Trinlé Dorjé </span><span>11</span>
* <span> Foreword by The Dzogchen Ponlop Rinpoche</span><span>13</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>17</span>
*<span> Nāgārjuna and His Works</span><span>21</span>
**<span> Who Was Nāgārjuna? </span><span>21</span>
**<span> What Did Nāgārjuna Write or Not Write? </span><span>22</span>
**<span> Various Views on Nāgārjuna's Scriptural Legacy and Its Scope </span><span>30</span>
**<span> Who or What Is Praised in Nāgārjuna's Praises?</span><span>43</span>
*<span> A Brief "History" of Luminous Mind</span><span>57</span>
**<span> A Terminological Map for the ''Dharmadhātustava'' and Its Commentaries</span><span>57</span>
***<span> ''The Eight Consciousnesses''</span><span>57</span>
***<span> ''The World Is Imagination''</span><span>59</span>
***<span> ''Mind Has Three Natures''</span><span>60</span>
***<span> ''A Fundamental Change of State''</span><span>63</span>
***<span> ''The Expanse of the Basic Element of Being''</span><span>63</span>
***<span> ''Self-Awareness and Personal Experience''</span><span>64</span>
***<span> ''Having the Heart of a Tathāgata''</span><span>66</span>
***<span> ''Luminous Mind''</span><span>67</span>
**<span> Luminous Mind and Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>68</span>
***<span> ''The Eighth Karmapa on the Dharmadhātu as "Disposition" and Tathāgata Heart''</span><span>83</span>
***<span> ''Is Buddha Nature an Eternal Soul or Sheer Emptiness?''</span><span>102</span>
*<span> The ''Dharmadhātustava''</span><span>113</span>
**<span> An Overview of the Basic Themes of the ''Dharmadhātustava''</span><span>113</span>
**<span> Translation: ''In Praise of Dharmadhātu''</span><span>117</span>
**<span> The Significance of the ''Dharmadhātustava'' in the Indo-Tibetan Tradition</span><span>130</span>
*<span> The Third Karmapa, Rangjung Dorje, and His Commentary on the<br>''Dharmadhātustava'' </span><span>157</span>
**<span> A Short Biography </span><span>157</span>
**<span> Some Preliminary Remarks on Rangjung Dorje's View</span><span>159</span>
**<span> On Rangjung Dorje's Commentary on the ''Dharmadhātustava'' </span><span>193</span>
**<span> Other Tibetan Commentaries on the ''Dharmadhātustava''</span><span>198</span>
**<span> Translation of Rangjung Dorje's Commentary</span><span>206</span>
*<span> Appendix I: ''Outline of Rangjung Dorje's Commentary''</span><span>307</span>
*<span> Appendix II: ''Existing Translations of the Praises Attributed to Nāgārjuna in the''<br>Tengyur</span><span>310</span>
*<span> Appendix III: ''Translations of the Remaining Praises''</span><span>313</span>
*<span> Glossary: ''English-Sanskrit-Tibetan''</span><span>325</span>
*<span> Glossary: ''Tibetan-Sanskrit-English''</span><span>329</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>333</span>
*<span> Endnotes</span><span>344</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>426</span>
*<span> ''Preface''</span><span>''page'' vii</span>
*<span> ''Apparatus''</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> ''Texts''</span><span>1</span>
*<span> ORIENTAL (British Museum) (Or.)</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Hoernle (H.)</span><span>25–77, 80–106</span>
*<span> Stein E. 1. 7</span><span>77–79</span>
*<span> Suvarṇbhāsa-sūtra</span><span>106–119</span>
*<span> Khadaliq (Kha.)</span><span>119</span>
*<span> Mazar Tagh (M.T.)</span><span>192</span>
*<span> Balawaste</span><span>226</span>
*<span> Ch. 0042 (Ch. Ch'ien-fo tung)</span><span>236</span>
*<span> Ch. 0047 Uttaratantra</span><span>237</span>
*<span> P 2740</span><span>239</span>
*<span> Ch. 0020</span><span>242</span>
*<span> Ch. 1. 0019</span><span>242</span>
*<span> Ch. xlvi 0015 a Aparimitāyuḥ-sūtra</span><span>243</span>
*<span> Ch. c. 001 755–851</span><span>249</span>
*<span> Ch. c. 001 1062–1109</span><span>253</span>
*<span> Ch. c. 002</span><span>255</span>
*<span> Dandan öilik (D.)</span><span>255</span>
**(D. III 1, p. 69)
*<span> Dumaqu</span><span>263</span>
*<span> Farhad beg (F.)</span><span>271</span>
*<span> Hardinge</span><span>271</span>
*<span> Harvard</span><span>291</span>
*<span> Huntington</span><span>294</span>
*<span> Hedong</span><span>295</span>
*<span> Karma text</span><span>''page'' 296</span>
*<span> Khotanese (India Office) (Khot. IO)</span><span>290–313, 346–354</span>
*<span> Kuduk köl</span><span>313</span>
*<span> Leningrad S</span><span>313</span>
*<span> Otani</span><span>313</span>
*<span> Pelliot (P.)</span><span>315</span>
*<span> Sampula</span><span>327</span>
*<span> Saṃghāṭa-sūtra</span><span>328</span>
*<span> Tajik (Taj.)</span><span>354</span>
*<span> Toghrak Mazar (T.M.)</span><span>354</span>
*<span> E, folio 294</span><span>355</span>
*<span> Kauśika-sūtra</span><span>356</span>
*<span> Sitātapatrā-dhāraṇī S 2529 and Ch. c. 001, 1–198</span><span>359, 368</span>
*<span> Appendix</span><span>377</span>
*<span> Concordance</span><span>390</span>
*<span> Addenda</span><span>394</span>
**<span> Figures</span><span>viii</span>
**<span> Preface</span><span>ix</span>
**<span> Abbreviations and Conventions</span><span>xiii</span>
*INTRODUCTION
**<span> A Window on Chinese Buddhist Thought</span><span>3</span>
**<span> Historical Context</span><span>25</span>
**<span> A Note on the Translation</span><span>38</span>
*<span> RUNNING TRANSLATION</span><span>41</span>
*ANNOTATED TRANSLATION AND COMMENTARY
**<span> Tsung-mi's Preface</span><span>65</span>
**Part 1 Exposing Deluded Attachments:
***<span> Confucianism and Taoism</span><span>80</span>
**Part 2 Exposing the Partial and Superficial:
***<span> Introduction</span><span>105</span>
***<span> The Teaching of Humans and Gods</span><span>110</span>
***<span> The Teaching of the Lesser Vehicle</span><span>128</span>
***<span> The Teaching of the Phenomenal Appearances of the Dharmas</span><span>148</span>
***<span> The Teaching That Refutes Phenomenal Appearances</span><span>161</span>
***<span> Conclusion</span><span>176</span>
**Part 3 Directly Revealing the True Source:
***<span> The Teaching That Reveals the Nature</span><span>177</span>
**Part 4: Reconciling Root and Branch:
***<span> The Process of Phenomenal Evolution</span><span>189</span>
**<span> Glossary of Names, Terms, and Texts</span><span>207</span>
**<span> A Guide to Supplemental Readings</span><span>227</span>
**<span> Bibliography of Works Cited</span><span>235</span>
**<span> Index</span><span>249</span>
+
* <span> Abstract</span><span>2</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>10</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>13</span>
** <span> 1. Context</span><span>13</span>
** <span> 2. Buddhist Hermeneutics: Literature Review</span><span>28</span>
** <span> 3. Division of Topics</span><span>38</span>
* <span> Chapter 1</span><span>43</span>
* <span> The Place and Importance of the Five Treatises of Maitreya in Tibetan Buddhist Doctrine</span><span>43</span>
** <span> 1. Tibetan fields of knowledge</span><span>43</span>
** <span> 2. The importance of Madhyamaka for doctrinal identity</span><span>48</span>
** <span> 3. Scriptural sources for Perfection of Wisdom and Madhyamaka</span><span>51</span>
** <span> 4. The Tension Between Two Currents</span><span>56</span>
** <span> 5. The Importance of a Resolution</span><span>60</span>
* <span> Chapter 2: Tibetan Interpretations of the Five Treatises</span><span>70</span>
*** <span> Note on Method</span><span>71</span>
** <span> 1. Definition and History of the notion of the "Five Treatises"</span><span>74</span>
*** <span> 1. History of the Five Treatises in Tibet</span><span>75</span>
**** <span> a) The Treatises translated during the early propagation<br> (snga dar)</span><span>75</span>
**** <span> b) The Five Treatises at the time of the later propagation<br>(phyi dar)</span><span>77</span>
*** <span> 2. History of the Concept of the Five Treatises</span><span>80</span>
** <span> 2. Interpretations of the Five Treatises</span><span>89</span>
**** <span> rNgog Lotsāwa Blo ldan shes rab (1059-1109)</span><span>89</span>
**** <span> Phya pa Chos kyi seng ge (1109-? )</span><span>90</span>
**** <span> Sa skya Paṇḍita Kun dga' rgyal mtshan (1182-1251)</span><span>92</span>
**** <span> Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan (1292-1360)</span><span>96</span>
**** <span> Bu ston Rin chen grub (1290-1364)</span><span>99</span>
**** <span> kLong chen rab ―byams (1308-1363)</span><span>101</span>
**** <span> Third Karmapa Rang byung rdo rje (1284-1339)</span><span>104</span>
**** <span> Blo gros mtshungs med (early 1300s)</span><span>106</span>
**** <span> Red mda' ba gZhon nu bLo gros (1349-1412)</span><span>108</span>
**** <span> Tsong kha pa bLo bzang grags pa (1357-1419)</span><span>110</span>
**** <span> Rong ston Shes bya kun rig (1367-1449)</span><span>112</span>
** <span> 3. Analysis and typology of interpretations</span><span>113</span>
* <span> Chapter 3: Śākya mchog ldan's defense of the definitive meaning of the Five<br> Treatises in the Byams chos lnga'i nges don rab tu gsal ba</span><span>120</span>
** <span> 1. The Byams chos lnga'i nges don rab tu gsal ba</span><span>122</span>
** <span> 2. The Order of the Five Treatises</span><span>125</span>
** <span> 3. The Doxographical Classification of the Five Treatises</span><span>130</span>
*** <span> 1. Privileging the authority of Asaṅga and Vasubandhu</span><span>133</span>
*** <span> 2. Stressing passages against reification of mind in the<br> Five Treatises and their commentaries</span><span>139</span>
*** <span> 3. Śākya mchog ldan's systematic harmonization of the meaning of the<br> Five Treatises</span><span>142</span>
**** <span> a) Interpretation of the Abhisamayālaṅkāra</span><span>143</span>
**** <span> b) Interpretation of Ratnagotravibhāga as other-emptiness (gzhan<br> stong)</span><span>149</span>
** <span> 4. Summary of the meaning of the Five Treatises</span><span>154</span>
** <span> 5. Analysis and interpretation</span><span>158</span>
* <span> Chapter 4: The Place of the Five Treatises in the Thought of Śākya mchog<br> ldan</span><span>164</span>
** <span> 1. Śākya mchog ldan's Interpretation of the Five Treatises in Works Other<br> than the BCN</span><span>165</span>
** <span> 2. Elements of Śākya mchog ldan's general interpretation of Mahāyāna<br> Doctrines</span><span>180</span>
*** <span> 1. General classification of the Mahāyāna</span><span>180</span>
*** <span> 2. Śākya mchog ldan's attitude towards the view of niḥsvabhāvavāda</span><span>184</span>
*** <span> 3. Interpretation of Vajrayāna as tantric Madhyamaka</span><span>190</span>
*** <span> 4. Śākya mchog ldan on Pramāṇa Theory</span><span>193</span>
*** <span> 5. Interpretation of buddha nature</span><span>195</span>
** <span> Summary</span><span>196</span>
* <span> Conclusion</span><span>200</span>
* <span> Appendix 1: Translation of the introductory part of the Byams chos lnga'i nges<br>don rab tu gsal ba of Śākya mchog ldan</span><span>205</span>
** <span> 1. Preliminary remarks</span><span>205</span>
** <span> 2. Translation</span><span>207</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>254</span>
** <span> Bibliography of Indian and Tibetan Sources</span><span>254</span>
** <span> Modern Scholarship</span><span>262</span>
* <span> SECTION ONE: THE PREREQUISITES</span><span>PAGE 1</span>
* <span> SECTION TWO: THE VIEW</span><span>PAGE 2</span>
* <span> SECTION THREE: THE MEDITATION</span><span>PAGE 17</span>
* <span> SECTION FOUR: THE CONDUCT</span><span>PAGE 33</span>
* <span> SECTION FIVE: THE RESULT</span><span>PAGE 34</span>
+
* <span> ''Introduction''</span><span>vii</span>
* '''Part One: Life and Context'''
** <span> One. Mipam's Life</span><span>3</span>
** <span> Two. Background of Buddhism in India</span><span>17</span>
** <span> Three. Buddhist Identity in Tibet</span><span>39</span>
** <span> Four. Survey of Mipam's Works</span><span>55</span>
* '''Part Two: Overview of Mipam's Buddhist Works'''
** <span> Five. Unity</span><span>67</span>
** <span> Six. Mind-Only and the Middle Way</span><span>81</span>
** <span> Seven. Emptiness and the Nonconceptual</span><span>99</span>
** <span> Eight. Immanent Wisdom</span><span>119</span>
** <span> Conclusion</span><span>135</span>
* '''Part Three: Select Translations'''
** <span> 1. Emptiness and Analysis</span><span>141</span>
** <span> 2. Conceiving the Inconceivable</span><span>142</span>
** <span> 3. Unity and Buddha-Nature</span><span>143</span>
** <span> 4. Steps to the Middle Way</span><span>145</span>
** <span> 5. No-Self</span><span>146</span>
** <span> 6. Unmistaken Emptiness</span><span>147</span>
** <span> 7. Meditation on Emptiness</span><span>149</span>
** <span> 8. Mind- Only and the Middle Way</span><span>150</span>
** <span> 9. Mind-Only and the Middle Way II</span><span>151</span>
** <span> 10. Reflexive Awareness</span><span>155</span>
** <span> 11. Consequence and Autonomy</span><span>157</span>
** <span> 12. Consequence and Autonomy II</span><span>158</span>
** <span> 13. Two Truths</span><span>160</span>
** <span> 14. Unconditioned Buddha-Nature</span><span>163</span>
** <span> 15. Appearance and Reality</span><span>167</span>
** <span> 16. From the Two Wheels of Sutra to Tantra</span><span>169</span>
** <span> 17. EstablishingAppearancesasDivine</span><span>170</span>
** <span> 18. Fourfold Valid Cognition</span><span>173</span>
** <span> 19. Practical Advice for Beginners</span><span>175</span>
** <span> 20. Practical Advice for Monastics</span><span>176</span>
** <span> 21. Practical Advice on the Path of Illusion</span><span>179</span>
** <span> 22. Stages to Calm Abiding</span><span>182</span>
** <span> 23. Stillness, Movement, and Awareness in the Great Seal</span><span>187</span>
** <span> 24. Method for Sustaining the Nature of Awareness</span><span>189</span>
** <span> 25. A Quintessential Instruction on the Vital Point in Three Statements</span><span>191</span>
** <span> 26. Ground, Path, and Fruition of the Great Perfection</span><span>192</span>
** <span> 27. Bringing Afflictions onto the Path</span><span>194</span>
** <span> 28. Mind and Wisdom</span><span>196</span>
** <span> 29. Sutra and Tantra</span><span>198</span>
** <span> 30. Sword of Intelligence: Method for Meditating on Bodhicitta</span><span>201</span>
** <span> 31. Lily of Wisdom s Presence</span><span>204</span>
** <span> 32. Verse of Auspiciousness</span><span>208</span>
* <span> ''Acknowledgments''</span><span>209</span>
* <span> ''Notes''</span><span>211</span>
* <span> ''Glossary''</span><span>225</span>
* <span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>229</span>
* <span> ''Index''</span><span>239</span>
*<span> AVANT-PROPOS</span><span>1</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHIE</span><span>17</span>
*<span> LISTE DES ABRÉVIATIONS</span><span>29</span>
*<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>31</span><br><br>
*<span> ''Première Partie''. — '''La théorie mahāyāniste du « gotra »'''</span><span>71</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE I. La doctrine du ''gotra'' dans l'école du Vijñānavāda<br> et dans ses sources canoniques</span><span>73</span>
*<span> Le ''gotra'' selon le ''Mahāgānasūtrālaṃkāra''</span><span>77</span>
*<span> Le ''gotra'' selon la ''Bodhisattvabhūmi'' et la ''Śrāvakabhūmi''</span><span>86</span>
*<span> Le ''Mahāyānasaṃgraha''</span><span>94</span>
*<span> Le ''dhātu'' et le ''gotra'' selon le ''Madhyāntavibhāga''</span><span>97</span>
*<span> Critique de la doctrine du ''gotra'' selon l'école du Cittamātra<br> par Tsoṅ kha pa</span><span>101</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE II. Allusions au thème du ''gotra'' dans la littérature de<br> l'école des Mādhyamika</span><span>109</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE III. La théorie du ''gotra'' dans l' ''Abhisamayālaṃkāra'' et ses<br> commentaires</span><span>123</span>
*<span> Les topiques de l' ''Abhisamayālaṃkāra'' 1. 37-38 selon les Résumés de 'Jam<br> dbyaṅs bžad pa et Kloṅ rdol bla ma</span><span>134</span>
*<span> La doctrine du ''gotra'' selon le ''Yid kyi mun sel'' de Ña dbon</span><span>139</span>
*<span> La doctrine du ''gotra'' selon le ''rNam bšad sñiṅ po'i rgyan'' de<br> rGyal tshab rje</span><span>155</span><br><br>
*<span> ''Deuxième Partie''. — '''L'Éveil universel et le Véhicule unique'''</span><span>175</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE I. Le problème de l'Éveil universel et du Véhicule unique</span><span>177</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE II. La théorie de l'Éveil universel et de l' ''ekayāna'' dans les<br> commentaires de l' ''Abhisamayālaṃkāra''</span><span>189</span>
*<span> Le problème de la fin du ''saṃsāra''</span><span>205</span>
*<span> L'Éveil universel selon l'école des dGe lugs pa</span><span>217</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE III. Résumé des doctrines des écoles bouddhiques sur<br> l' ''ekayāna'' et l'Éveil universel selon le ''Grub mtha' rin chen phreṅ ba'' de<br> dKon mchog 'Jigs med dbaṅ po</span><span>237</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE IV. La théorie de l' ''ekayāna'' dans le ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>241</span><br><br>
*<span> Troisième Partie. — '''La théorie du « tathâgatagarbha »'''</span><span>245</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE I. Analyse du ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' et de sa « Vyākhyā »</span><span>247</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE II Le ''garbha'' et le ''dhātu'' dans le ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>261</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE III. La théorie du ''tathāgatagarbha'' dans la « Vyākhyā » du<br> ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>265</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE IV. Notions apparentées à la théorie du ''tathāgatagarbha''<br> et du ''dhātu'' dans le ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' et sas « Vyākhyā »</span><span>275</span>
*<span> Le ''dharmakāya''</span><span>275</span>
*<span> La ''tathatā''</span><span>276</span>
*<span> Le ''gotra''</span><span>277</span>
*<span> La Gnose et l'Action Compatissante du Buddha</span><span>286</span>
*<span> Observations de rGyal tshab rje</span><span>291</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE V. La nature inexprimable et inconnaissable de<br> l'Absolu</span><span>297</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE VI. Les qualités indispensables pour la compréhension<br> de la Réalité absolue</span><span>309</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE VII. Le ''tathāgatagarbha'' et la ''śūnyatā''</span><span>313</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE VIII. La notion de la Réalité absolue dans le<br> ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' et dans des textes parallèles</span><span>319</span>
**<span> 1. La ''śūnyatā'', la « Vacuité relative » et le « Vide de l'autre »</span><span>319</span>
**<span> 2. L'inséparabilité des qualités du buddha</span><span>347</span>
***<span> a. Le ''prabhāvitatva''</span><span>347</span>
***<span> b. Les « modes » excellents de l'Absolu et la ''sarvākāravaropetaśūnyatā''</span><span>351</span>
***<span> c. ''Avinirbhāga'', ''sambaddha'' et ''amuktajña'' comme épithètes des qualités de l'Absolu</span><span>357</span>
**<span> 3. La détermination positive de la réalité absolue</span><span>362</span>
**<span> L'indication de l'Absolu par la définition distinctive dans<br> l'Advaita-Vedānta</span><span>388</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE IX. La théorie du ''tathāgatagarbha'' et du ''gotra'' selon<br> Guṅ than 'Jam pa'i dbyaṅs</span><span>393</span><br><br>
*<span> ''Quatrième Partie''. — '''La luminosité naturelle de la Pensée'''</span><span>409</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE I. La notion de la Pensée lumineuse dans les Sūtra</span><span>411</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE II. La luminosité de la Pensée et l' ''āsrayaparivṛtti'' dans le<br> ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' et sa «Vyākhyā»</span><span>419</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE III. La luminosité de la Pensée selon des traités du<br> Vijñānavāda et du Madhyamaka</span><span>425</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE IV. La Pensée lumineuse et la connaissance immaculée chez<br> Dignāga et Dharmakīrti</span><span>431</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE V. l' ''amalavijñāna''</span><span>439</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE VI. La luminosité du ''citta'' selon Guṅ thaṅ 'Jam<br> pa'i dbyaṅs</span><span>445</span>
*<span> APPENDICES</span><span>455</span>
*<span> I. Sur le ''gotra'' et des notions associées dans le Canon Pāli et dans<br> l'Abhidharma</span><span>455</span>
*<span> II. Sur les notions de ''bīja'', d' ''āśraya'', de ''vāsanā'', et de ''dhātu''</span><span>472</span>
*<span> III. Le ''sarvajñabīja'' des ''Yogasūtra''</span><span>496</span>
*<span> CONCLUSION</span><span>499</span>
*<span> INDEX</span><span>517</span>
*<span> Préface</span><span>IX</span>
*<span> LIVRE PREMIER. — '''LES ORGANES DE LA RELIGION'''</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Chapitre premier. — '''Le Bouddha'''</span><span>3</span>
*<span> Chapitre II. — '''L'ÉGLISE'''</span><span>25</span>
***Les religieux, 26; les laïques, 39.
*<span> Chapitre III. — '''Les fixations littéraires de la doctrine'''</span><span>59</span>
***Les schismes et la rédaction des trois « Corbeilles », 63;<br>Mahâyâna et Hînayâna, 77.
*<span> LIVRE DEUXIÈME. — '''LA DOCTRINE DE LA SOUFFRANCE ET DU SALUT'''</span><span>87</span>
*<span> Chapitre PREMIER. — '''Les conditions générales du salut'''</span><span>90</span>
*<span> Chapitre II. — '''Thérapeutique de la volonté'''</span><span>114</span>
*<span> Chapitre III. — '''Thérapeutique de l'intelligence'''</span><span>151</span>
**<span> Première Partie. — Les fondements de la doctrine</span><span>151</span>
***La théorie des agrégats, 159; la doctrine du ''karman'', 166; la formule des<br>Nobles Vérités, 181; la loi de la Génération conditionnée, 185.
**<span> Deuxième Partie. — Les applications de la doctrine</span><span>199</span>
***L'âme, 200; l'âme universelle et Dieu sont niés, 218; le monde et<br>les dieux, 221; le Bouddha, 231; les bodhisattva, 249.
**<span> Troisième Partie. — Les développements métaphysiques de la doctrine</span><span>255</span>
***Le phénoménisme dans l'ancienne Eglise, 259; Vaibhâska et Sautrântika,<br>265; Yogâcâra, 266; Mâdhyamika, 273; L'existence ultraphénoménale et<br>les bouddhas transcendants, 285.
***L'existence absolue (''Tathatâ''), 299; la doctrine du Triple Corps des<br>bouddhas (''trikaya''), 310; la doctrine du Tathâgatagarbha, 318.
*<span> Chapitre IV. — '''L'élaboration du salut'''</span><span>326</span>
***Remarque préliminaire: deux idéals et deux méthodes, 326.
**<span> Première Partie. — Comment on devient ''arhat''</span><span>335</span>
***Les quatre Voies, 335; la conversion, 339; les exercices et les expériences,<br>345; la marche à la ''bodhi'' par la méthode de concentration, 346; la marche<br>à la ''bodhi'' par la méthode de contemplation extatique, 360; l' ''arhat'', 376.
**<span> Deuxième Partie. — La carrière des bodhisattva</span><span>379</span>
**<span> Troisième Partie. — Les déviations de l'idéal et de la méthode bouddhiques</span><span>422</span>
***Le bouddhisme dévot, 425; le bouddhisme formaliste et mystique, 427; le bouddhisme érotique, 437.
*<span> Chapitre V. — '''Le nirvâna'''</span><span>441</span>
*<span> LIVRE III. — '''LA PLACE ET LE ROLE DU BOUDDHISME DANS<br> L'HISTOIRE DE LA THÉOSOPHIE INDIENNE'''</span><span>461</span>
*<span> Chapitre premier. — '''Le dharma bouddhique'''</span><span>462</span>
*<span> Chapitre II — '''Les éléments théosophiques et les éléments religieux du<br> bouddhisme'''</span><span>479</span>
*<span> Chapitre III. — '''Le bouddhisme et les autres systèmes religieux de l'Inde'''</span><span>495</span>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>521</span>
*<span> Liste des abréviations avec l'indication des éditions utilisées</span><span>527</span>
*<span> Table méthodique des sources utilisées</span><span>533</span>
*<span> Index alphabétique</span><span>535</span>
*<span> Erratum</span><span>539</span>
*<span> Table des matières</span><span>541</span>
* <span> ''Foreword by'' H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> ''Translator's Preface''</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> ''Introduction by'' Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> ''Prologue''</span><span>1</span>
* SECTION ONE: GROUND MAHAMUDRA
* <span> The View</span><span>5</span>
* SECTION TWO: PATH MAHAMUDRA
* <span> Shamatha and Vipashyana</span><span>17</span>
* <span> Faults and Qualities</span><span>25</span>
* <span> Experience and Realization</span><span>32</span>
* <span> The Four Yogas</span><span>36</span>
* <span> The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis</span><span>47</span>
* <span> Enhancement</span><span>57</span>
* SECTION THREE: FRUITION MAHAMUDRA
* <span> The Three Kayas of Buddhahood</span><span>63</span>
* <span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>69</span>
* <span> ''Translator's Afterword''</span><span>75</span>
* <span> ''Glossary''</span><span>77</span>
+
* <span> ''Foreword by'' H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> ''Translator's Preface''</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> ''Introduction by'' Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> ''Prologue''</span><span>1</span>
* SECTION ONE: GROUND MAHAMUDRA
* <span> The View</span><span>5</span>
* SECTION TWO: PATH MAHAMUDRA
* <span> Shamatha and Vipashyana</span><span>17</span>
* <span> Faults and Qualities</span><span>25</span>
* <span> Experience and Realization</span><span>32</span>
* <span> The Four Yogas</span><span>36</span>
* <span> The Five Paths and the Ten Bhumis</span><span>47</span>
* <span> Enhancement</span><span>57</span>
* SECTION THREE: FRUITION MAHAMUDRA
* <span> The Three Kayas of Buddhahood</span><span>63</span>
* <span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>69</span>
* <span> ''Translator's Afterword''</span><span>75</span>
* <span> ''Glossary''</span><span>77</span>
+
* <span> Préface et remerciements</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>15</span>
* '''PREMIÈRE PARTIE. La Vie et les Enseignements de l'Omniscient Dolpopa'''
** <span> ''Chapitre I: La vie du Buddha du Dolpo''</span><span>27</span>
** <span> 1. Enfance et première éducation</span><span>28</span>
** <span> 2. Etudes au grand monastère de Sakya</span><span>30</span>
** <span> 3. L'entrée à Jonang</span><span>35</span>
** <span> 4. Edification du mont Mérou et exposition de la vue philosophique du<br>Shèntong</span><span>40</span>
** <span> 5. Accueil initial des enseignements du Shèntong</span><span>45</span>
** <span> 6. La nouvelle traduction jonangpa du Kālachakra et de la Vimalaprabhā</span><span>47</span>
** <span> 7. Années de retraite et d'enseignement</span><span>54</span>
** <span> 8. Invitation en Chine par l'empereur Toghon Temour de la dynastie Yuan</span><span>55</span>
** <span> 9. Changements de supérieur à Jonang et début du voyage à Lhassa</span><span>58</span>
** <span> 10. Enseignements au Tibetn central et retour au Tsang</span><span>62</span>
** <span> 11. Rencontre manquée avec Bouteun Rinchèn Droup</span><span>65</span>
** <span> 12. Les derniers mois à Jonang</span><span>68</span>
** <span> ''Chapitre II: Etude historique de la tradition du Shèntong au Tibet''</span><span>75</span>
** <span> 1. La tradition du Shèntong au Tibet avant Dolpopa</span><span>76</span>
** <span> 2. Dolpopa et la vue du Shèntong</span><span>81</span>
** <span> La tradition du Shèntong après Dolpopa</span><span>95</span>
** <span> ''Chapitre III: La doctrine du Bouddha du Dolpo''</span><span>129</span>
** <span> 1. Vacuité de nature propre et vauité d'autre</span><span>132</span>
** <span> 2. Redéfinition du Cittamātra et du Madhyamaka</span><span>137</span>
** <span> 3. Deux voies d'illumination</span><span>154</span>
* '''DEUXIIÈME PARTIE. Textes Traduits'''
** <span> Introduction à la traduction du ''Commentaire général de la doctrine''</span><span>165</span>
** <span> L'invocation intitulée ''Commentaire général de la doctrine'' </span><span>171</span>
** <span> Introduction à la traduction du ''Quantrième Concile Grand Traité chronologique<br>del la Doctrine, ayant le sens d'un Quatrième Concile'' </span><span>197</span>
* <span> Bibliographie </span><span>265</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>287</span>
*<span> Avant-Propos</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Abréviations</span><span>v</span>
<center>INTRODUCTION</center>
<center>CHAPITRE I<sup>er</sup></center>
*<span> Pénétration du Bouddhisme en Chine</span><span>VII</span>
<center>CHAPITRE II</center>
*<span> Les Sources</span><span>XXXII</span>
<center>PREMIÈRE PARTIE</center>
<center>'''Les Églises du Nord (68-581 A. D.)'''</center>
<center>CHAPITRE I<sup>er</sup></center>
*<span> Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Han Posté-Rieurs (68–220 A. D.)</span><span>3</span>
**La primière Église de Lo-yang:
** 1. Kâçyapa MâtaIiga. — 2. Dharmaratna. — 3. Ngan Che- kao. — 4. Lokakṣema (Tche ''Lou-kia-tch'an''). — 5. Tchou Fo-cho. — 6. Ngan Hiuan. — 7. Yen Fo-t'iao (Buddhadeva). — 8. Tche Yao. — 9. K'ang Kiu. — 10. K'ang Mong-siang. — 11. Tchou Ta-li — 12. T'an-kouo. — 13. Ouvrages anonymes.
<center>CHAPITRE II</center>
*<span> I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei (220–265 A. D.)</span><span> 73</span>
**La seconde Église de Lo-yang :
** 1. DharmakâIa. — 2. Saṅghavarman. — 3. Dharmasatya (?). — 4. Po-yen. — 5. Dharmabhadra (?).
*<span> II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tsin Occidentaux (265–316 A. D.)</span><span>83</span>
**La première église de Tch'ang-ngan:
** 1. Dharmarakṣa (''Tchou Fa hou''). — 2. Kâlaruci. — 3. Ngan Fa-k'in. — 4. Tchou Che-hing. — 5. Mokṣala. — 6. Tchou Chou-Ian. — 7. Nie Tch'eng-yuan. — 8. Nie Tao-tchen. — 9. Po Fa-tsou. — 10. Che Fa-li. — 11. Wei Che-tou. — 12. Tche Min-tou. — 13. Che Fa-kiu. — 14. Tche Fa-tou. — 15. Nârâyaṇa. — 16. Ouvrages anonymes.
*<span> III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Antérieurs (350–394 A. D.)</span><span>154</span>
**La seconde Église de Tch'ang-ngan:
** 1. T'an-mo-tche (Dharmadhī). — 2. Dharmapriya. — 3. Kumârabodhi. — 4. Dharmanandi. — 5. Saṅghabhûti. — 6. Gautama Saṅghadeva. — 7. Che Tao-ngan.
*<span> IV. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Postérieurs (384–417 A. D.)</span><span>170</span>
**La seconde Église de Tch'ang-ngan:
** 1. Tchou Fo-nien. — 2. Dharmayaças. —3. Puṇyatrâta. — 4. Kumârajiva. — 5. Buddhayaças. — 6. Che Seng-tchao. — 7. Che Seng-jouei. — 8. Che Tao-heng.
<center>CHAPITRE III</center>
*<span> I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Leang (Tchang Leang, 302–376 A. D. et Pei Leang, 397–439 A. D.)</span><span>209</span>
**L'Église de Kou-tsang:
** 1. Tche Che-louen. — 2. Che Tao-kong. — 3. Che Fa-tchong. — 4. Seng Kia-t'o. — 5. Dharmakṣema. — 6. ''Tsiu-k'iu'' King-cheng. — 7. Buddhavarman. — 8. Che Tche-mong. - 9. Che Tao-t'ai. — 10. Che Fa-cheng. — 11. Che Houei-kiao. — 12. Ouvrages anonymes.
*<span> II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'in Occidentaux (385–431 A. D.)</span><span>234</span>
**L'Église de Pao han:
** 1. Che Cheng-kien. — 2. Ouvrages anonymes.
*<span> III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei du Nord (384–534 A. D.)</span><span>242</span>
**L'Église de Pei-t'ai à Heng-ngan (Ta-t'ong fou):
** 1. Che T'an-yao. — 2. Che T'an-tsing. — 3. Ki-kia-ye.
**La troisième Église de Lo-yang:
** 4. Che T'an-pien. — 5. Dharmaruci. — 6. Che Fa-tch'ang. — 7. Ratnamati. — 8. Buddhaçânta. — 9. Bodhiruci.
*<span> IV. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wei Orientaux (534–550 A. D.)</span><span>261</span>
**L'Église de Ye :
** 1. Gautama Prajñâruci. — 2. Upaçûnya. — 3. Vimokṣasena. — 4. Dharmabodhi. — 5. Yang Hiuan-tche.
*<span> V. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'i du Nord (550–557 A. D.)</span><span>270</span>
**L'Église de Ye :
** 1. Narendrayaças. — 2. Wang T'ien-yi.
*<span> VI. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tcheou du Nord (557–581 A. D.)</span><span>273</span>
**La troisième Église de Tch'ang-ngan:
** 1. Jñânabhadra. — 2. Jinayaças. — 3. Yaçogupta. — 4. Jinagupta.
<center>DEUXIÈME PARTIE</center>
<center>'''Les Églises du Sud (222–589 A. D.)'''</center>
<center>CHAPITRE IV</center>
*<span> I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Wou (222–280 A. D.)</span><span>283</span>
**L'Église de Kien-ye (Nanking).
** 1. Tche Kien. — 2. Vighna. — 3. Tchou Liu-yen. — 4. K'ang Seng-houei. — 5. Tche Kiang-Ieang-tsie. — 6. Ouvrages anonymes.
*<span> II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Tsin Orientaux (317–420 A. D.)</span><span>319</span>
**L'Eglise de Kien-ye (Nanking):
** 1. Po Çrimitra. — 2. Tche Tao-yen. — 3. K'ang Fa-soue. — 4. ''Tchou T'an-wou-Ian'' (Dharmaratna). — 5. K'ang Tao-ho. — 6. Kâlodaka. — 7. Gautama Saṅghadeva. — 8. Vimalâkṣa. — 9. Dharmapriya. — 10. Buddhabhadra. — 11. Fa-hien. — 12. Gîtamitra. — 13. Nandi. — 14. Tchou Fa-Ii. — 15. Che Song-kong. — 16. Che T'ouei-kong. — 17. Che Fa-yong. — 18. Ouvrages anonymes.
<center>CHAPITRE V</center>
*<span> I. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Song (428–479 A. D.)</span><span>363</span>
**L'Église de Kien-ye (Nanking):
** 1. Buddhajîva. — 2. Che Tche-yen. — 3. Pao-yun. — 4. Îçvara. — 5. Guṇavarman. — 6. Saṅghavarman. — 7. Guṇabhadra. — 8. Dharmamitra. — 9. KâIayaças. — 10. Che Fa-yong. — 11. ''Tsiu-kiu'' King Cheng. — 12. ''Kong-tö-tche'' (Guṇasatya ?). — 13. Che Houei-kien. — 14. Che Seng-tchou. — 15. Che Fa-ying. — 16. Tchou Fa-kiuan. — 17. Che Siang-kong. — 18. Che Tao-yen. — 19. Che Yong-kong. — 20. Che Fa-hai. — 21. Che Sien-kong.
*<span> II. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Ts'i (479–502 A. D.)</span><span>407</span>
**L'Église de Kien-ye:
** 1. Dharmakṛtayaças. — 2. Mahâyâna (?). — 3. Saṅghabhadra. — 4. Dharmamati. — 5. Guṇavṛddhi. — 6. Che T'an-king.
*<span> III. Les Traducteurs et Les Traductions des Leang (502–557 A. D.) et des Tch'en (557–589)</span><span>412</span>
**L'ÉgIise de Kien-ye:
** 1. Seng-yeou. — 2. Mandrasena. — 3. Saṅghabhara. — 4. Paramârtha. — 5. Upaçûnya. — 6. Subhûti.
*<span> Avant-Propos</span><span>v</span>
*<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Première Partie. — TRADUCTION DU DOSSIER CHINOIS DE LA<br> CONTROVERSE</span><span>23</span>
**<span> Préface de Wang Si</span><span>23</span>
**<span> Première série de questions et de réponses (« anciennes » et « nouvelles », partiellement numérotées)</span><span>43</span>
**<span> Premier mémorial de Mahāyāna</span><span>110</span>
**<span> Exposé doctrinal inséré dans le mémorial</span><span>114</span>
**<span> Deuxième série de questions et de réponses (non numérotées)</span><span>120</span>
**<span> Deuxième mémorial de Mahāyāna</span><span>151</span>
**<span> Question et réponse insérées dans le mémorial</span><span>153</span>
**<span> Troisième mémorial de Mahāyāna</span><span>157</span>
*<span> Deuxième Partie. — COMMENTAIRE HISTORIQUE</span><span>167</span>
**<span> Premier mémorial de Wang Si au Roi du Tibet</span><span>194</span>
**<span> Deuxième mémorial de Wang Si au Roi du Tibet</span><span>218</span>
**<span> Prières des moines chinois de Touen-houang pour le gouverneur militaire de<br> Koua-tcheou et autres personnages tibétains</span><span>239</span>
**<span> Dossier de pièces émanant d’un gouverneur chinois de Touen-houang sous la<br> domination tibétaine</span><span>254</span>
**<span> Éloge des mérites de Chang K'i-liu-sin-eul (Zan Khri-sum-rje)</span><span>284</span>
**<span> Lettre écrite pour le préfet de Sou-tcheou, Lieou Tch’en-pi, en réponse à un<br> Tibétain du Sud, par Teou Wou</span><span>292</span>
**<span> Poèmes chinois écrits sous la domination tibétaine</span><span>306</span>
*<span> Appendice. — FRAGMENTS DU DOSSIER INDIEN DE LA CONTROVERSE</span><span>333</span>
**<span> I. Le premier ''Bhāvanā-krama'' de Kamalaśīla, analyse sommaire d’après<br> la version chinoise</span><span>333</span>
**<span> II. Le troisième ''Bhāvanā-krama'' de Kamalaśīla, traduction de la version<br> tibétaine par M. Étienne Lamotte</span><span>336</span>
*<span> Addenda et Corrigenda</span><span>355</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>381</span>
*<span> Table des Matières</span><span>399</span>
*<span> Texte du dossier chinois de la controverse</span><span>PL. I-XXXII</span>
*<span> Lecture 1: une courte introduction</span><span>7</span>
*<span> Lecture 2: origine et transmission du texte</span><span> 11</span>
*<span> Lecture 3: une interprétation du ''RGV''</span><span> 21</span>
*<span> Liste des abréviations </span><span>39</span>
*<span> Section 0: Salutations </span><span>41</span>
*<span> Chapitre I: Le Germe de Bouddha </span><span>43</span>
**<span> Section 1: Les 7 points adamantins </span><span>43</span>
**<span> Section 2: Le Joyau du Bouddha </span><span>51</span>
**<span> Section 3: Le Joyau du Dharma</span><span> 59</span>
**<span> Section 4: Le Joyau de l'Assemblée </span><span>71</span>
**<span> Section 5: Les Trois Joyaux comme Refuge </span><span>79</span>
**<span> Section 6: Le Germe des Trois Joyaux</span><span> 85</span>
**<span> Section 7: Tous les êtres ont ce Germe</span><span> 97</span>
**<span> Section 8: Les 10 attributs de la Nature ultime </span><span>104</span>
**<span> Section 9: Les 9 exemples du Germe dans les souillures </span><span>174</span>
**<span> Section 10: Caractéristiques du Germe de Tathāgata </span><span>225</span>
**<span> Section 11: Le but de cet enseignement </span><span>231</span>
*<span> Chapitre II: L'Éveil </span><span>241</span>
**<span> Section 12: L'Ainsité non souillée </span><span>241</span>
**<span> Section 13: Les 8 caractéristiques de l'Ainsité non souillée </span><span>243</span>
*<span> Chapitre III: Les qualités du Bouddha </span><span>299</span>
**<span> Section 14: Caractéristiques de ces qualités </span><span>299</span>
**<span> Section 15: Les 64 qualités du Bouddha </span><span>305</span>
*<span> Chapitre IV: Les actions du Bouddha</span><span> 345</span>
**<span> Section 16: Caractéristiques de ces actions </span><span>345</span>
**<span> Section 17: Neuf exemples de ces actions </span><span>354</span>
*<span> Chapitre V: Les bienfaits de cet enseignement </span><span>429</span>
**<span> Section 18: La foi dans la Nature de Bouddha </span><span>429</span>
*<span> Annexe 1: Structure du Traité </span><span>457</span>
*<span> Annexe 2: Prosodie et Métrique du ''RGV'' </span><span>467</span>
*<span> Annexe 3: Les sources du ''RGV''</span><span> 474</span>
*<span> Liste des ouvrages cités</span><span>475</span>
*<span> Liste des auteurs cités</span><span>478</span>
*<span> Liste des excursus</span><span> 479</span>
*<span> Table des matières détaillée</span><span> 481</span>
*<span> '''Introduction au ''Rugissement de lion de la princesse Shrimala'' '''</span><span>7</span>
**<span> Introduction</span><span>9</span>
**<span> Le thème</span><span>11</span>
**<span> Le concept de véhicule</span><span>11</span>
**<span> Le texte</span><span>13</span>
**<span> Le grand et unique véhicule</span><span>14</span>
**<span> L'ignorance subtile</span><span>16</span>
**<span> Les deux aspects des quatre vérités</span><span>17</span>
**<span> L'essence de Tathagata</span><span>18</span>
**<span> Le sens profond de la vacuité</span><span>21</span>
**<span> Une nature auto-réalisante</span><span>22</span>
*<span> '''Le ''Rugissement de lion de la reine Shrimala'' '''</span><span>25</span>
**<span> 1. Louange correcte des qualités infinies du tathagata</span><span>28</span>
**<span> 2. Les grands vœux inconcevables</span><span>32</span>
**<span> 3. Les grands souhaits qui embrassent tous les souhaits</span><span>36</span>
**<span> 4. L'inconcevable adoption des suprêmes enseignements</span><span>37</span>
**<span> 5. L'entrée véritable dans le Véhicule unique</span><span>48</span>
**<span> 6. L'essence de Tathagata</span><span>68</span>
**<span> 7. Le corps de réalité</span><span>71</span>
**<span> 8. Le sens profond de la vacuité</span><span>72</span>
**<span> 9. L'unique vérité - L'unique refuge</span><span>73</span>
**<span> 10. L'erreur</span><span>74</span>
**<span> 11. Sens profond de l'esprit parfaitement pur par nature</span><span>77</span>
**<span> 12. Les fils véritables du tathagata</span><span>81</span>
**<span> 13. Le Rugissement de lion de la princesse Shrimala</span><span>84</span>
**<span> Colophon</span><span>87</span>
+
*<span> '''Présentation du Soutra de l'essence de Tathāgata'''</span><span>7</span>
**<span> Introduction</span><span>9</span>
**<span> Le texte du Tathāgatagarbha-Sūtra</span><span>15</span>
*<span> '''Le Soutra de l'essence de Tathāgata'''</span><span>23</span>
**<span> Prologue</span><span>26</span>
**<span> Le Tathāgata dans un lotus fané</span><span>36</span>
**<span> Le miel et l'essaim d'abeilles</span><span>38</span>
**<span> Le grain dans sa balle</span><span>41</span>
**<span> L'or dans les immondices</span><span>43</span>
**<span> Le trésor sous la maison</span><span>44</span>
**<span> L'arbre et le fruit</span><span>47</span>
**<span> La précieuse statuette enveloppée</span><span>49</span>
**<span> La femme enceinte d'un monarque</span><span>52</span>
**<span> La statue en or dans son moule de terre</span><span>55</span>
**<span> Les bienfaits de la propagation du soutra</span><span>58</span>
**<span> La question d'Ananda</span><span>70</span>
+
*<span> PRÉFACE</span><span>5</span>
*INTRODUCTION
*AUX ENSEIGNEMENTS
*DE L'ESSENCE DE TATHĀGATA
*<span> (''tathāgatagarbha'')</span><span>7</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE 1 - L'ESSENCE DE TATHAGATA</span><span>22</span>
**<span> Les sept bases vajra</span><span>22</span>
**<span> Caractéristiques des sept bases vajra</span><span>22</span>
**<span> Le joyau du Bouddha</span><span>23</span>
**<span> Le joyau du Dharma</span><span>24</span>
**<span> Le joyau de la communauté</span><span>26</span>
**<span> Les trois refuges conventionnels</span><span>27</span>
**<span> Le refuge ultime</span><span>27</span>
**<span> L'origine des Trois Joyaux</span><span>28</span>
**<span> L'élément ou essence de Tathagata</span><span>29</span>
**<span> Les trois types de vivants</span><span>31</span>
**<span> Les quatre obstacles</span><span>31</span>
**<span> Les quatre antidotes</span><span>32</span>
**<span> Les quatre perfections du corps de réalité</span><span>32</span>
**<span> L'activité</span><span>33</span>
**<span> La manifestation</span><span>34</span>
**<span> Les états</span><span>34</span>
**<span> L'omniprésence</span><span>35</span>
**<span> L'immutabilité</span><span>35</span>
**<span> L'état impur</span><span>36</span>
**<span> L'etat partiellement pur et impur</span><span>38</span>
**<span> l'état pur</span><span>41</span>
**<span> Les neuf analogies</span><span>45</span>
**<span> Le lotus fané</span><span>46</span>
**<span> Le grain dans sa balle</span><span>48</span>
**<span> L'or égaré</span><span>48</span>
**<span> Le trésor sous la maison</span><span>49</span>
**<span> Le germe sous la peau du fruit</span><span>50</span>
**<span> La précieuse effigie dans les chiffons</span><span>51</span>
**<span> La femme enceinte</span><span>52</span>
**<span> La statue d'or dans son moule de terre</span><span>53</span>
**<span> Le sens résumé des exemples</span><span>53</span>
**<span> Les neuf types de souillures</span><span>54</span>
**<span> La triple nature de !'élément</span><span>57</span>
**<span> Les raisons de cet enseignement</span><span>60</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE 2 - L'ÉVEIL</span><span>63</span>
**<span> l'essence</span><span>64</span>
**<span> La cause</span><span>65</span>
**<span> Le fruit</span><span>65</span>
**<span> L'activité</span><span>67</span>
**<span> Les attributs</span><span>70</span>
**<span> La manifestation</span><span>72</span>
**<span> La permanence</span><span>77</span>
**<span> L'inconcevabilité</span><span>78</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE 3 - LES QUALITÉS</span><span>80</span>
**<span> Les quatre absences de peur</span><span>82</span>
**<span> Les dix-huit qualités exclusives du Bouddha</span><span>83</span>
**<span> Les trente-deux marques</span><span>84</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE 4 - L'ACTIVITÉ ÉVEILLÉE</span><span>90</span>
**<span> Spontanéité et continuité</span><span>90</span>
**<span> Les analogies</span><span>93</span>
**<span> Indra</span><span>93</span>
**<span> Le tambour divin</span><span>96</span>
**<span> Les nuages</span><span>99</span>
**<span> Semblable au grand Brahma</span><span>102</span>
**<span> Invisible</span><span>103</span>
**<span> Tel le soleil</span><span>104</span>
**<span> La supériorité du cercle de lumière du Bouddha</span><span>105</span>
**<span> Semblable au joyau qui exauce les souhaits</span><span>106</span>
**<span> L'apparition d'un tathagata est rare</span><span>107</span>
**<span> Semblable au son de l'écho</span><span>107</span>
**<span> Semblable à l'espace</span><span>107</span>
**<span> Semblable à la terre</span><span>108</span>
**<span> Résumé du sens de ces analogies</span><span>108</span>
*<span> CHAPITRE 5 - LES BIENFAITS DE CET ENSEIGNEMENT</span><span>114</span>
**<span> Les bienfaits</span><span>114</span>
**<span> La composition du traité</span><span>118</span>
*<span> COURTE BIBLIOGRAPHIE</span><span>123</span>
** <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> 1. More Cats Than Dogs? A Tale of Two Versions</span><span>1</span>
* <span> 2. Would a Dog Lick a Pot of Hot Oil? Reconstructing the Ur Version</span><span>37</span>
* <span> 3. Fightin’ Like Cats and Dogs: Methodological Reflections on<br> Deconstructing the Emphatic Mu</span><span>74</span>
* <span> 4. Cats and Cows Know That It Is: Textual and Historical<br> Deconstruction of the Ur Version</span><span>110</span>
* <span> 5. Dogs May Chase, But Lions Tear Apart: Reconstructing the Dual Version<br> of the "Moo" Kōan</span><span>148</span>
* <span> 6. When Is a Dog Not Really a Dog? Or, Yes! We Have No Buddha-Nature</span><span>188</span>
** <span> Notes</span><span>213</span>
** <span> Sino-Japanese Glossary</span><span>239</span>
** <span> Bibliography</span><span>251</span>
** <span> Index</span><span>261</span>
+
*<span> Foreword</span><span>8</span>
*<span> About Daehaeng Kun Sunim</span><span>12</span>
*<span> Dancing on the Whirlwind</span><span>20</span>
*<span> Turning Dirt into Gold</span><span>74</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>140</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by Alak Zenkar Rinpoche </span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Translators' Introduction </span><span>xii</span>
''The Light of Wondrous Nectar: The Essential Biography of the Omniscient Mipham Jamyang Namgyal Gyatso''
** <span> Prologue </span><span>3</span>
** <span> 1. The Ground of Emanation </span><span>7</span>
** <span> 2. The Birth of a Bodhisattva </span><span>21</span>
** <span> 3. Entering the Dharma </span><span>27</span>
** <span> 4. Study and Reflection </span><span>33</span>
** <span> 5. Practice </span><span>61</span>
** <span> 6. A Hidden Life </span><span>75</span>
** <span> 7. Activities for the Doctrine and Beings </span><span>93</span>
** <span> 8. The Final Deed </span><span>109</span>
''A Selection of Jamgön Mipham's Writings''
** <span> 9. Selections on Madhyamaka </span><span>127</span>
** <span> 10. ''The Lion’s Roar: A Comprehensive Discourse on the Buddha-Nature'' </span><span>145</span>
** <span> 11. An Explanation of the Seven-Line Prayer to Guru Rinpoche </span><span>191</span>
** <span> 12. ''A Lamp to Dispel the Dark ''</span><span>199</span>
* <span> Notes </span><span>205</span>
* <span> Bibliography </span><span>221</span>
* <span> Sources </span><span>225</span>
* <span> The Padmakara Translation Group Translations into English </span><span>227</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>229</span>
+
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> An Aspiration by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Ogyen Trinley Dorje</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Foreword by H.H. the Seventeenth Karmapa, Ogyen Trinley Dorje</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> Foreword by The Dzogchen Ponlop Rinpoche</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> '''Introduction'''</span><span>1</span>
**<span> The Indian Yogācāra Background</span><span>3</span>
**<span> The Tibetan Tradition on the Five Maitreya Texts</span><span>79</span>
**<span> The Third Karmapa's View</span><span>85</span>
*<span> '''Translations'''</span><span>127</span>
**<span> The Autocommmentary on ''The Profound Inner Reality''</span><span>129</span>
**<span> The Ornament That Explains the ''Dharmadharmatāvibhāga''</span><span>171</span>
**<span> Four Poems by the Third Karmapa</span><span>193</span>
**<span> Jamgön Kongtrul Lodrö Tayé's Commentary on ''The Treatise on Pointing<br> Out the Tathāgata Heart''</span><span>203</span>
**<span> Jamgön Kongtrul Lodrö Tayé's Commentary on ''The Treatise on the<br> Distinction between Consciousness and Wisdom''</span><span>257</span>
**<span> Karma Trinlépa's Explanation of the Sugata Heart</span><span>313</span>
*<span> Appendix I: ''Pawo Tsugla Trengwa's Presentation of Kāyas, Wisdoms, and<br> Enlightened Activity''</span><span>325</span>
*<span> Appendix II: ''The Treatise on Pointing Out the Tathāgata Heart''</span><span>353</span>
*<span> Appendix III: ''The Treatise on the Distinction between Consciousness and<br> Wisdom''</span><span>361</span>
*<span> Appendix IV: ''Outline of NTC''</span><span>367</span>
*<span> Appendix V: ''Outline of NYC''</span><span>371</span>
*<span> Appendix VI: ''The Change of State of the Eight Consciousnesses into the Four<br> (Five) Wisdoms and the Three (Four) Kāyas''</span><span>373</span>
*<span> Glossary: ''English–Sanskrit–Tibetan''</span><span>375</span>
*<span> Glossary: ''Tibetan–Sanskrit–English''</span><span>379</span>
*<span> Selected Bibliography</span><span>383</span>
*<span> Endnotes</span><span>401</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>475</span>
'''Volume One'''
* <span> Acknowledgement</span><span>12</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>14</span>
** <span> Current State of Research</span><span>17</span>
** <span> Politico-Historical Background</span><span>22</span>
** <span> Doctrinal Background</span><span>25</span>
** <span> Navigating the Middle Ways</span><span>29</span>
** <span> The Nature of Liberating Knowledge</span><span>41</span>
* <span> '''Shākya mchog ldan'''</span><span>44</span>
** <span> Shākya mchog ldan and the Bka’ brgyud Mahāmudrā Tradition</span><span>45</span>
** <span> Life, Writings and Influences</span><span>51</span>
** <span> Madhyamaka and the Dialectic of Emptiness: Rang stong and<br>Gzhan stong</span><span>57</span>
*** <span> The Three Natures (''trisvabhāva'')</span><span>65</span>
*** <span> The Two Truths (''satyadvaya'')</span><span>67</span>
** <span> Mahāmudrā and Buddha Nature</span><span>74</span>
** <span> Direct Perception and Nondual Wisdom</span><span>101</span>
** <span> The Great Seal in Shākya mchog ldan's Mahāmudrā trilogy</span><span>109</span>
*** <span> Mahāmudrā: What it is and What it is Not</span><span>109</span>
*** <span> Madhyamaka, Mantrayāna and Mahāmudrā</span><span>116</span>
*** <span> Mahāmudrā and What Remains (''lhag ma'' : ''avaśiṣṭa'')</span><span>121</span>
*** <span> The Problem of Cessation</span><span>124</span>
*** <span> Contested Methods of Realization</span><span>127</span>
** <span> Responses to Sa skya Paṇḍita’s Criticism of Bka’ brgyud Mahāmudrā</span><span>131</span>
*** <span> A Philosophical Defence and Justification of Mahāmudrā</span><span>131</span>
*** <span> Defending Mahāmudrā Views</span><span>135</span>
**** <span> The Self-sufficient White Remedy (''dkar po gcig thub'')</span><span>135</span>
**** <span> Mental Nonengagement (''amanasikāra'') and the Fire of Wisdom</span><span>139</span>
** <span> Concluding Remarks</span><span>145</span>
* <span> '''Karma phrin las'''</span><span>148</span>
** <span> Overview</span><span>149</span>
** <span> Life, Writings and Influences</span><span>156</span>
** <span> Madhyamaka Approach</span><span>159</span>
** <span> Extant Writings</span><span>168</span>
** <span> Views of Reality</span><span>169</span>
*** <span> The Compatibility of Rang stong and Gzhan stong</span><span>169</span>
*** <span> The Two Types of Purity</span><span>181</span>
*** <span> Buddha Nature Endowed with Qualities</span><span>184</span>
*** <span> On the Unity of the Two Truths</span><span>200</span>
*** <span> "Thoughts are ''Dharmakāya''"</span><span>210</span>
*** <span> Understanding Coemergence: the Inseparability of ''Saṃsāra'' and<br>''Nirvāṇa''</span><span>217</span>
** <span> Concluding Remarks</span><span>223</span>
* <span> '''Karma pa Mi bskyod rdo rje'''</span><span>226</span>
** <span> Overview</span><span>227</span>
** <span> The Differentiation and Identification Models</span><span>229</span>
** <span> Reconciling Affirmation and Negation</span><span>238</span>
** <span> Life, Writings and Influences</span><span>242</span>
** <span> Blending Mahāmudrā and Madhyamaka</span><span>250</span>
** <span> Emptiness and Hermeneutics of the Three Turnings</span><span>253</span>
** <span> Core Soteriological Ideas and the Role of Philosophical Distinctions</span><span>265</span>
*** <span> Buddha Nature</span><span>269</span>
*** <span> Nature of Reality</span><span>275</span>
*** <span> Nature of Mind</span><span>277</span>
*** <span> The Problem of the Remainder (''lhag ma'' : ''avaśiṣṭa'')</span><span>299</span>
*** <span> On the Prospect of a Groundless Ground</span><span>314</span>
*** <span> On Whether or Not a Buddha has Wisdom</span><span>320</span>
*** <span> Mahāmudrā as Mental Nonengagement (''amanasikāra'')</span><span>325</span>
** <span> Concluding Remarks</span><span>341</span>
* <span> '''Padma dkar po'''</span><span>342</span>
** <span> Overview</span><span>343</span>
** <span> Life, Writings and Influences</span><span>347</span>
** <span> The Basic Framework: ''Mahāmudrā'' and the Unity of the Two Truths</span><span>350</span>
** <span> Emptiness and the Hermeneutics of the Three Turnings</span><span>352</span>
** <span> Hermeneutics of Mahāmudrā as Ground and Path</span><span>356</span>
** <span> The Two Faces of Mahāmudrā: the Modes of Abiding and Error</span><span>357</span>
*** <span> Mahāmudrā as the Mode of Abiding (''gnas lugs phyag chen'')</span><span>359</span>
*** <span> Mahāmudrā in the Mode of Error ('' 'khrul lugs phyag chen'')</span><span>363</span>
*** <span> Yang dgon pa on the Two Modes of Mahāmudrā</span><span>369</span>
*** <span> Padma dkar po's Transposition of Yang dgon pa's Distinction</span><span>376</span>
*** <span> Interpretations of the Mahāmudrā Distinction</span><span>378</span>
*** <span> Mahāmudrā and the Unity of the Two Truths</span><span>382</span>
*** <span> Asymmetrical Unity and Rival Truth Theories (Jo nang and Dge lugs)</span><span>385</span>
*** <span> The Ground of Truth</span><span>393</span>
** <span> Path Mahāmudrā and Liberating Knowledge</span><span>398</span>
*** <span> Nonconceptual Knowing in the Shadow of the Bsam yas Debate</span><span>399</span>
*** <span> Three Strands of ''Amanasikāra'' Interpretation in Indian Buddhism</span><span>403</span>
*** <span> Padma dkar po's Three Grammatical Interpretations of ''Amanasikāra''</span><span>413</span>
*** <span> Responding to Criticisms of ''Amanasikāra''</span><span>422</span>
** <span> Concluding Remarks</span><span>426</span>
* <span> '''Final Reflections'''</span><span>429</span>
'''Volume Two'''
* <span> '''Shākya mchog ldan'''</span><span>10</span>
* <span> Introduction: the Mahāmudrā Trilogy</span><span>11</span>
** <span> 1a. English Translation of ''Gzhan blo'i dregs pa nyams byed''</span><span>14</span>
** <span> 1b. Critical Edition of ''Gzhan blo'i dregs pa nyam byed''</span><span>26</span>
** <span> 2a. English Translation of ''Grub pa mchog gi dgongs pa rnam nges''</span><span>34</span>
** <span> 2b. Critical Edition of ''Grub pa mchog gi dgongs pa rnam nges''</span><span>43</span>
** <span> 3a. English Translation of ''Zung 'jug gi gru chen''</span><span>48</span>
** <span> 3b. Critical Edition of ''Zung 'jug gi gru chen''</span><span>71</span>
* <span> '''Karma phrin las pa'''</span><span>86</span>
* <span> Perspectives on Rang stong and Gzhan stong</span><span>87</span>
** <span> 1a. English Translation of ''Dri lan yid kyi mun sel''</span><span>88</span>
** <span> 1b. Critical Edition of ''Dri lan yid kyi mun sel''</span><span>91</span>
* <span> ''A Mystical Song of the View Proclaiming the Mode of Being''</span><span>94</span>
** <span> 2a. English Translation of the ''Yin lugs sgrog pa lta ba'i mgur''</span><span>95</span>
** <span> 2b. Critical Edition of the ''Yin lugs sgrog pa lta ba'i mgur''</span><span>98</span>
* <span> A ''Vajra'' Song</span><span>100</span>
** <span> 3a. English Translation of the ''Rdo rje mgur''</span><span>100</span>
** <span> 3b. Critical Edition of the ''Rdo rje mgur''</span><span>102</span>
* <span> '''Karma pa Mi bskyod rdo rje'''</span><span>104</span>
* <span> Critique of '''Gos Lo tsd ba' ''s Separation of Buddhahood and Buddha Nature</span><span>105</span>
** <span> 1a. English Translation of ''Rgan po'i rlung sman'' (excerpt)</span><span>105</span>
** <span> 1b. Critical Edition of ''Rgan po'i rlung sman'' (excerpt)</span><span>109</span>
* <span> Some Criticisms of Shākya mchog ldan's Buddha Nature Epistemology</span><span>111</span>
** <span> 2a. English Translation of ''Rgan po'i rlung sman'' (excerpt)</span><span>112</span>
** <span> 2b. Critical Edition of ''Rgan po'i rlung sman'' (excerpt)</span><span>115</span>
* <span> ''Two Minds in One Person? A Reply to the Queries of Bla ma khams pa''</span><span>117</span>
** <span> 3a. English Translation of ''Bla ma khams pa'i dris lan mi gcig sems gnyis''</span><span>118</span>
** <span> 3b. Critical Edition of ''Bla ma khams pa'i dris lan mi gcig sems gnyis''</span><span>120</span>
* <span> ''A Trove Containing Myriad Treasures of Profound Mahāmudrā''</span><span>122</span>
** <span> 4a. English Translation of ''Zab mo phyag chen gyi mdzod sna tshogs 'dus<br>pa'i gter''</span><span>123</span>
** <span> 4b. Critical Edition of ''Zab mo phyag chen gyi mdzod sna tshogs 'dus pa'i<br>gter''</span><span>134</span>
* <span> Mental Nonengagement as Unconditioned Mental Engagement</span><span>143</span>
** <span> 5a. English Translation of ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' (excerpt)</span><span>144</span>
** <span> 5b. Critical Edition of ''Sku gsum ngo sprod rnam bshad'' (excerpt)</span><span>147</span>
* <span> ''Amanasikāra'', Emptiness, and the Tradition of Heshang Moheyan</span><span>150</span>
** <span> 6a. English Translation of ''Dgongs gcig 'grel pa'' VI (excerpt)</span><span>151</span>
** <span> 6b. Critical Edition of ''Dgongs gcig 'grel pa'' VI (excerpt)</span><span>153</span>
* <span> '''Padma dkar po'''</span><span>156</span>
* <span> Distinguishing ''Gnas lugs phyag chen'' and '' 'Khrul lugs phyag chen''</span><span>157</span>
** <span> 1a. English Translation of ''Phyag chen rgyal ba'i gan mdzod'' (excerpt)</span><span>157</span>
** <span> 1b. Critical Edition of ''Phyag chen rgyal ba'i gan mdzod'' (excerpt)</span><span>168</span>
* <span> Three Grammatical Interpretations of ''Amanasikāra''</span><span>175</span>
** <span> 2b. Critical Edition of ''Phyag chen rgyal ba'i gan mdzod'' (excerpt)</span><span>176</span>
* <span> Refuting Sa paṇ's Equation of Mahāmudrā with Heshang's Chan Meditation</span><span>179</span>
** <span> 3a. English Translation of ''Klan ka gzhom pa'i gtam'' (excerpt)</span><span>180</span>
** <span> 3b. Critical Edition of ''Klan ka gzhom pa'i gtam'' (excerpt)</span><span>188</span>
* <span> Response to Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan's critique of Padma dkar po's<br>''Amanasikāra''</span><span>194</span>
** <span> 4a. English Translation of ''Shar rtse zhal snga'i brgal lan'' (excerpt)</span><span>195</span>
** <span> 4b. Critical Edition of ''Shar rtse zhal snga'i brgal lan'' (excerpt)</span><span>197</span>
* <span> ''Amanasikāra'' in the Context of Nonreferential Meditation</span><span>199</span>
** <span> 5a. English Translation of ''Snying po don gyi man ngag'' (excerpt)</span><span>199</span>
** <span> 5b. Critical Edition of ''Snying po don gyi man ngag'' (excerpt)</span><span>201</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>202</span>
* <span> Abbreviations of Canonical Collections, Journals, and Online Sources</span><span>202</span>
* <span> Primary Sources: Indian Works</span><span>202</span>
* <span> Primary Sources: Tibetan Works</span><span>207</span>
* <span> Secondary Sources</span><span>218</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>232</span>
* <span> Foreword - Michael Zimmermann</span><span>9</span>
* <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>13</span>
** <span> Outline</span><span>13</span>
** <span> Contributions of this study</span><span>16</span>
* Part I: Is the Mahāparinirvāṇa-mahāsūtra "Our Earliest" Tathāgatagarbha Text?
** <span> Introduction</span><span>19</span>
** <span> The portion of MPNMS under consideration ("MPNMS-tg")</span><span>20</span>
** <span> 1 MPNMS-tg as a "Tathāgatagarbha Text"</span><span>23</span>
*** <span> 1.1 MPNMS-tg as a veritable "tathāgatagarbha text"</span><span>23</span>
*** <span> 1.2 The Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra as a "tathāgatagarbha text"</span><span>32</span>
** <span> 2 The Date of MPNMS-tg, Relative to Other Tathāgatagarbha Texts</span><span>35</span>
*** <span> 2.1 Does MPNMS-tg refer to (our present) TGS by title?</span><span>35</span>
**** <span> 2.1.1 References to a/the (this?) Tathāgatagarbha-sūtra within<br>MPNMS-tg</span><span>37</span>
**** <span> 2.1.2 Reference to other titles and texts in MPNMS</span><span>40</span>
**** <span> 2.1.3 MPNMS references to other Mahāyāna texts by title</span><span>50</span>
**** <span> 2.1.4 Relations to other texts without mention of their title</span><span>53</span>
*** <span> 2.2 Similarity of one simile between MPNMS-tg and TGS</span><span>56</span>
*** <span> 2.3 Summary</span><span>57</span>
** <span> 3 Evidence for the Absolute Dates of MPNMS-tg and Other Tathāgatagarbha Scriptures</span><span>59</span>
*** <span> 3.1 Evidence for the absolute date of MPNMS-tg</span><span>59</span>
*** <span> 3.2 Independent evidence for the absolute dates of TGS</span><span>83</span>
*** <span> 3.3 Summary</span><span>85</span>
*** <span> 3.4 Takasaki’s chronology: The Anūnatvāpūrṇatva-nirdeśa and Śrīmālādevīsiṃhanāda-sūtra</span><span>85</span>
*** <span> 3.5 Chronological relations between MPNMS-tg and other texts in the MPNMS group</span><span>97</span>
*** <span> 3.6 Conclusions</span><span>99</span>
* Part II: The Mahāparinirvāṇa-mahāsūtra and the Origins of Tathāgatagarbha<br>Doctrine
** <span> Introduction</span><span>101</span>
** <span> Schmithausen’s criteria for a "scenario of origin" for Buddhist concepts</span><span>102</span>
** <span> 4 Tathāgatagarbha, the Problem of Maternity, and Positive Corollaries to<br>Docetic Buddhology</span><span>105</span>
*** <span> 4.1 Terms</span><span>105</span>
*** <span> 4.2 Docetism as a corporeal issue</span><span>107</span>
*** <span> 4.3 The extension of docetism beyond death and birth</span><span>110</span>
*** <span> 4.4 Negatively-framed docetism about the Buddha’s conception,<br>gestation and birth</span><span>115</span>
*** <span> 4.5 "Material-miraculous" positive corollaries of docetism about the<br>Buddha’s conception, gestation and birth</span><span>118</span>
*** <span> 4.6 The material-miraculous, "docetic" womb</span><span>124</span>
*** <span> 4.7 Dharmakāya and vajrakāya as positive corollaries of corporeal<br>docetism</span><span>129</span>
*** <span> 4.8 Tathāgatagarbha as a "soteriological-transcendent" positive corollary<br>to docetism about the Buddha’s conception, gestation and birth</span><span>132</span>
*** <span> 4.9 Docetism and the problem of the Buddha’s mother(s)</span><span>143</span>
*** <span> 4.10 Docetic reinterpretations of other branches of kinship</span><span>154</span>
*** <span> 4.11 Summary</span><span>155</span>
** <span> 5 Garbha and Dhātu</span><span>159</span>
** <span> 6 Conclusions</span><span>169</span>
*** <span> 6.1 Summary</span><span>169</span>
*** <span> 6.2 Directions for future research</span><span>171</span>
* <span> Appendix 1 Terms related to "tathāgatagarbha" in MPNMS</span><span>175</span>
* <span> Appendix 2 Chinese zang 藏 (esp. in DhKṣ) and "secret teachings"</span><span>193</span>
* <span> Appendix 3 Further apparent historical detail in the MPNMS group prophecy complex</span><span>199</span>
** <span> 1 *Sarvalokapriyadarśana</span><span>199</span>
** <span> 2 A "*cakravartinī"</span><span>202</span>
** <span> 3 Trials and tribulations of the espousers of the MPNMS group</span><span>205</span>
* <span> Appendix 4 "MPNMS-dhk" and "MPNMS-tg"</span><span>207</span>
* <span> Appendix 5 "Kataphatic gnostic docetism"</span><span>211</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>215</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>219</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>247</span>
**<span> ''Preface and acknowledgements''</span><span>x</span>
*<span> '''1 Introduction'''</span><span>'''1'''</span>
**<span> ''Buddhism: doctrinal diversity and (relative) moral unity''</span><span>1</span>
**<span> ''The Indian background''</span><span>7</span>
**<span> ''Factors that may have contributed to change''</span><span>12</span>
**<span> ''Abhidharma''</span><span>15</span>
**<span> ''Mahāsāṃghikas and the Lokottaravāda''</span><span>18</span>
**<span> ''The origins of the Mahāyāna, and the laity''</span><span>21</span>
**<span> ''Mahāyāna before 'Mahāyāna' – the'' Ajitasenavyākaraṇanirdeśa Sūtra</span><span>27</span>
**<span> ''On the origins of the Mahāyāna – some more sūtras''</span><span>30</span>
**<span> ''The justification of the Mahāyāna sutras''</span><span>38</span>
*<span> '''2 The ''Perfection of Wisdom (Prajñāpāramitā) Sūtras'' '''</span><span>'''45'''</span>
**<span> ''On the Mahāyāna sūtras''</span><span>45</span>
**<span> ''The origins and development of the Prajñāpāramitā literature''</span><span>47</span>
**<span> ''Wisdom'' (prajña) ''and its perfection''</span><span>49</span>
**<span> ''Absence of Self – the extensive perspective''</span><span>51</span>
**<span> ''The Bodhisattva''</span><span>55</span>
*<span> '''3 Mādhyamika'''</span><span>'''63'''</span>
**<span> ''Nāgārjuna and Āryadeva''</span><span>63</span>
**<span> ''The development of the Mādhyamika tradition in India''</span><span>65</span>
**<span> ''Emptiness and intrinsic existence – the incompatible rivals''</span><span>68</span>
**<span> ''A brief note on Mādhyamika method''</span><span>71</span>
**<span> ''Three Mādhyamika critiques''</span><span>72</span>
***<span> ''On causation''</span><span>73</span>
***<span> ''On the Self''</span><span>74</span>
***<span> ''On nirvāṇa''</span><span>75</span>
**<span> ''The two truths''</span><span>76</span>
**<span> ''Meditation and emptiness – an impressionistic outline''</span><span>79</span>
**<span> ''A final note – Mādhyamika in China and East Asia''</span><span>81</span>
*<span> '''4 Yogācāra'''</span><span>'''84'''</span>
**<span> ''Background''</span><span>84</span>
**<span> ''The Yogācāra tradition – scholars and texts''</span><span>86</span>
**<span> ''The three natures'' (trisvabhava)</span><span>88</span>
**<span> ''Mind''</span><span>92</span>
**<span> ''Substratum consciousness, consciousness and immaculate consciousness''</span><span>97</span>
**<span> ''Yet more disputes within the Yogācāra tradition''</span><span>100</span>
*<span> '''5 The Tathāgatagarbha'''</span><span>'''103'''</span>
**<span> ''Some Tathāgatagarbha Sūtras''</span><span>104</span>
**<span> ''The'' Tathāgatagarbha ''in the'' Ratnagotravibhāga</span><span>109</span>
**<span> ''Tibet – the'' gzhan stong ''and'' rang stong ''dispute''</span><span>112</span>
**<span> ''The'' Dasheng qixinlun (Ta-sheng ch’i-hsin lun) ''and the''<br> Tathagatagarbha ''in East Asia''</span><span>115</span>
**<span> ''Dōgen on the Buddha-nature''</span><span>119</span>
**<span> ''A note on some contemporary issues: Critical Buddhism and a debate on<br> not-Self in Thai Buddhism''</span><span>122</span>
**<span> ''Critical Buddhism''</span><span>122</span>
**<span> ''Not-Self in contemporary Thai Buddhism''</span><span>125</span>
*<span> '''6 Huayan – the Flower Garland tradition'''</span><span>'''129'''</span>
**<span> ''Buddhism in China''</span><span>129</span>
**<span> ''The'' Avataṃsaka Sūtra</span><span>132</span>
**<span> ''The Huayan tradition in China''</span><span>138</span>
**<span> ''Huayan thought – Fazang’s 'Treatise on the Golden Lion' ''</span><span>141</span>
**<span> ''A note on some aspects of Huayan practice''</span><span>144</span>
**<span> ''The'' Avataṃsaka Sūtra ''and Vairocana in Buddhist art''</span><span>146</span>
*<span> '''7 The ''Saddharmapuṇḍarīka (Lotus) Sūtra'' and its influences'''</span><span>'''149'''</span>
**<span> ''A note on Tiantai (Tendai)''</span><span>161</span>
**<span> ''Nichiren Shōnin and his tradition''</span><span>165</span>
*<span> '''8 On the bodies of the Buddha'''</span><span>'''172'''</span>
**<span> ''Prolegomenon to the Mahāyāna''</span><span>172</span>
**<span> ''The bodies of the Buddha and the philosophy of emptiness''</span><span>176</span>
**<span> ''Yogācāra – the system develops''</span><span>179</span>
**<span> ''A note on the dGe lugs schema of the Buddha's bodies''</span><span>182</span>
**<span> ''A final note: the 'nonabiding nirvāṇa' and the lifespan of the Buddha''</span><span>185</span>
*<span> '''9 The path of the Bodhisattva'''</span><span>187</span>
**<span> ''Buddhism reaches Tibet''</span><span>187</span>
**<span> ''The eighth-century debates''</span><span>191</span>
**<span> ''Compassion and the Bodhicitta''</span><span>194</span>
**<span> ''Bodhisattva stages, paths and perfections''</span><span>200</span>
*<span> '''10 Trust, self-abandonment and devotion: the cults of Buddhas<br> and Bodhisattvas'''</span><span>'''209'''</span>
**<span> Buddhānusmṛti – ''recollection of the Buddha''</span><span>209</span>
**<span> ''The'' pratyutpanna samādhi ''and Huiyuan''</span><span>212</span>
**<span> ''The notion of a Buddha Field'' (buddhakṣetra)</span><span>214</span>
**<span> ''Some Bodhisattvas''</span><span>218</span>
***<span> ''Maitreya''</span><span>218</span>
***<span> ''Avalokiteśvara''</span><span>221</span>
***<span> ''Tārā''</span><span>225</span>
***<span> ''Mañjuśrī''</span><span>226</span>
***<span> ''Kṣitigarbha''</span><span>229</span>
**<span> Some Buddhas</span><span>231</span>
***<span> ''Akṣobhya''</span><span>231</span>
***<span> ''Bhaiṣajyaguru''</span><span>234</span>
***<span> ''Amitābha/Amitāyus''</span><span>238</span>
****<span> ''The Amitābha sūtras''</span><span>238</span>
****<span> ''Amitābha’s Pure Land in China''</span><span>243</span>
****<span> ''Hōnen Shōnin (1133–1212)''</span><span>254</span>
****<span> ''Shinran Shōnin (1173–1262)''</span><span>259</span>
**<span> ''Notes''</span><span>267</span>
**<span> ''References''</span><span>389</span>
**<span> ''Index of names''</span><span>422</span>
**<span> ''Index of subjects''</span><span>430</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>*1</span>
*<span> Chap. I</span><span>1</span>
*<span> — II</span><span>19</span>
*<span> — III</span><span>25</span>
*<span> — IV</span><span>32</span>
*<span> — V</span><span>44</span>
*<span> — VI</span><span>50</span>
*<span> — VII</span><span>55</span>
*<span> — VIII</span><span>59</span>
*<span> — IX</span><span>68</span>
*<span> — X (corriger au litre l'indication du chap.)</span><span>93</span>
*<span> — XI</span><span>98</span>
*<span> — XII</span><span>138</span>
*<span> — XIII</span><span>152</span>
*<span> — XIV</span><span>164</span>
*<span> — XV</span><span>174</span>
*<span> — XVI</span><span>176</span>
*<span> — XVII</span><span>204</span>
*<span> — XVIII</span><span>225</span>
*<span> — XIX</span><span>266</span>
*<span> — XX–XXI</span><span>287</span>
*<span> Avertissement</span><span>307</span>
*<span> Index français-sanscrit</span><span>308</span>
*<span> — sanscrit-français</span><span>315</span>
*<span> — chinois-sanscrit</span><span>320</span>
*<span> — tibétain-sanscrit</span><span>323</span>
*<span> — numérique</span><span>325</span>
*<span> — des comparaisons</span><span>330</span>
*<span> — variorum</span><span>333</span>
+Table of Contents in Sanskrit:<br><br>
[https://babel.hathitrust.org/cgi/pt?id=osu.32435024972473&view=1up&seq=209 Click here to view]
+
* <span> '''TRANSLATORS' INTRODUCTION'''</span><span>13</span>
* <span> '''CLASSICAL INTRODUCTION'''</span><span>21</span>
**<span> The three major phases of the Buddha's teaching</span><span>21</span>
***<span> First phase</span><span>22</span>
***<span> Second phase</span><span>24</span>
***<span> Third phase</span><span>26</span>
****<span> A simple introduction to voidness</span><span>26</span>
**<span> The Buddha's own teaching or a śāstra?</span><span>29</span>
**<span> Source of this work</span><span>30</span>
**<span> The author</span><span>30</span>
**<span> Transmission of the text</span><span>34</span>
**<span> Subject matter</span><span>35</span>
**<span> Styles of explanation</span><span>37</span>
**<span> A bridge between sūtra and tantra</span><span>39</span>
*<span> '''PART ONE: The Goal to be Achieved: The Three Rare and Precious Refuges'''</span><span>43</span>
*<span> '''Introduction to the Seven Vajra Abodes'''</span><span>45</span>
*<span> '''The Refuges'''</span><span>48</span>
*<span> '''First Vajra Abode: buddha'''</span><span>50</span>
**<span> Homage</span><span>50</span>
**<span> Three qualities of self-fulfillment</span><span>51</span>
***<span> Not a creation</span><span>52</span>
***<span> Non-dual peace</span><span>53</span>
***<span> Non-dependent</span><span>55</span>
**<span> Three qualities which benefit others</span><span>57</span>
**<span> Three qualities of self-fulfillment, reflections</span><span>57</span>
***<span> Beginningless, centreless and endless</span><span>58</span>
***<span> Peace as spontaneity of dharmakāya</span><span>60</span>
***<span> Apperceptive nature</span><span>62</span>
**<span> Three qualities which benefit others, reflections</span><span>62</span>
*<span> '''Second Vajra Abode: dharma'''</span><span>65</span>
**<span> Homage</span><span> 66</span>
**<span> Context</span><span> 67</span>
**<span> Relating content of homage to context</span><span> 69</span>
***<span> Qualities of the truth of cessation</span><span> 69</span>
***<span> Inconceivability</span><span> 69</span>
***<span> Not two </span><span> 73</span>
***<span> Freedom from concepts </span><span> 73</span>
**<span> Qualities of the truth of the path</span><span> 74</span>
***<span> Stainlessness </span><span> 74</span>
***<span> Brilliance </span><span> 74</span>
***<span> Power to remedy </span><span> 75</span>
*<span> '''Third Vajra Abode: saṃgha'''</span><span>77</span>
**<span> Homage</span><span> 77</span>
**<span> Context</span><span> 79</span>
***<span> Thusness jñāna </span><span> 80</span>
***<span> All-encompassing jñāna </span><span> 80</span>
***<span> Inner jñāna </span><span> 81</span>
***<span> What gives rise to these three </span><span> 81</span>
**<span> Relating content of homage to context</span><span> 82</span>
***<span> The way in which thusness jñāna is realised </span><span> 82</span>
***<span> The way in which all-encompassing jñāna is realised </span><span> 83</span>
***<span> Its special purity </span><span> 84</span>
***<span> They are a supreme refuge </span><span> 85</span>
*<span> '''General Points about the Refuges'''</span><span>86</span>
**<span> Why it is threefold</span><span> 86</span>
**<span> What is the ultimate refuge?</span><span> 87</span>
**<span> Why are they called ratna? </span><span> 88</span>
*<span> '''PART TWO: The Basis for Attaining the Three Rare and Precious Refuges'''</span><span>91</span>
*<span> '''General Comment on the Final Four Vajra Abodes'''</span><span> 93</span>
**<span> The final four vajra abodes only understood by Buddhas </span><span> 93</span>
**<span> They are inconceivable </span><span> 94</span>
**<span> Reasons for inconceivability </span><span> 95</span>
**<span> Causes and conditions for realisation </span><span> 97</span>
*<span> '''Fourth Vajra Abode: buddha nature'''</span><span> 99</span>
**<span> Brief Introduction: three reasons why beings possess dhātu </span><span> 100</span>
**<span> More detailed presentation through ten aspects of buddha potential </span><span> 103</span>
***<span> character and cause treated together, in brief </span><span> 103</span>
***<span> essential character</span><span> 104</span>
***<span> cause</span><span> 105</span>
***<span> fruition and function treated together, in brief</span><span> 109</span>
***<span> fruition</span><span> 110</span>
***<span> function</span><span> 116</span>
***<span> endowments</span><span> 118</span>
***<span> manifestation/approach</span><span> 121</span>
***<span> phases</span><span> 122</span>
***<span> all-pervasiveness</span><span> 124</span>
***<span> changelessness</span><span> 125</span>
****<span> in the impure phase</span><span> 125</span>
****<span> in the partially pure phase</span><span> 133</span>
****<span> in the completely pure phase</span><span> 142</span>
***<span> inseparability from its qualities</span><span> 145</span>
**<span> Nine examples showing how buddha nature remains changeless while<br>concealed</span><span>153</span>
***<span> first example: buddha in decaying lotus </span><span> 155</span>
***<span> second example: honey amid bees </span><span> 156</span>
***<span> third example: grains in their husks </span><span> 157</span>
***<span> fourth example: gold in fifth </span><span> 158</span>
***<span> fifth example: buried treasure</span><span> 159</span>
***<span> sixth example: seeds within a fruit </span><span>160</span>
***<span> seventh example: buddha image in tattered rags </span><span> 161</span>
***<span> eighth example: future king in pauper's womb</span><span> 162</span>
***<span> ninth example: statue inside its mould </span><span> 163</span>
***<span> the meaning of these examples</span><span> 164</span>
**<span> The purpose of the buddha nature teachings </span><span> 179</span>
*<span> '''Fifth Vajra Abode: enlightenment''' </span><span> 187</span>
**<span> The nature and cause of enlightenment </span><span> 188</span>
***<span> treated together, in brief </span><span> 188</span>
***<span> nature of enlightenment, in detail </span><span> 190</span>
***<span> cause of enlightenment, in detail </span><span> 192</span>
**<span> As a fruition</span><span> 193</span>
***<span> in brief, as a summary of examples of stainlessness </span><span> 193</span>
***<span> in detail </span><span> 194</span>
**<span> Its function</span><span> 198</span>
***<span> in brief, as twofold benefit </span><span> 198</span>
***<span> in greater detail, as vimuktikāya and dharmakāya </span><span> 200</span>
**<span> Its endowments </span><span> 204</span>
***<span> in brief, listing fifteen qualities</span><span> 204</span>
***<span> the fifteen qualities, in detail </span><span> 205</span>
**<span> Actualisation </span><span> 209</span>
***<span> in brief, the characteristics of the kāya </span><span> 209</span>
***<span> in detail </span><span> 213</span>
****<span> svabhavikakāya, five aspects and five qualities </span><span> 214</span>
****<span> sambhogakāya, five aspects and five qualities </span><span> 217</span>
****<span> nirmāṇakāya, the twelve deeds of the Buddha </span><span> 220</span>
**<span> Its permanence </span><span> 231</span>
***<span> in brief, ten-point presentation </span><span> 231</span>
***<span> the ten points in detail </span><span> 233</span>
**<span> Its inconceivability </span><span> 237</span>
***<span> in brief </span><span> 237</span>
***<span> in more detail </span><span> 237</span>
*<span> '''The Sixth Vajra Abode: the qualities of buddhahood''' </span><span> 242</span>
*<span> Synopsis: number of principal qualities and their relation to the kāya </span><span> 242</span>
*<span> More detailed explanation </span><span> 245</span>
**<span> Introduction to the examples and their significance </span><span> 245</span>
**<span> The qualities of freedom: the ultimately true kāya </span><span> 246</span>
***<span> Ten powers of perfect knowledge </span><span> 246</span>
***<span> Four fearlessnesses </span><span> 251</span>
***<span> Eighteen distinctive qualities </span><span> 254</span>
**<span> The qualities of maturity: the relatively true kāya </span><span> 259</span>
***<span> The thirty-two marks of a perfect being </span><span> 259</span>
***<span> Example for the marks </span><span> 264</span>
*<span> Scriptural source</span><span> 264</span>
*<span> Recapitulation of the examples</span><span> 265</span>
**<span> The qualities of freedom </span><span> 265</span>
**<span> The qualities of maturity </span><span> 269</span>
*<span> '''The Seventh Yajra Abode: enlightened activity'''</span><span> 271</span>
*<span> Summary </span><span> 271</span>
**<span> Its spontaneity </span><span> 271</span>
**<span> Its ceaselessness </span><span> 272</span>
*<span> More detailed explanation</span><span> 273</span>
**<span> Its spontaneity </span><span> 273</span>
**<span> It ceaselessness </span><span> 274</span>
*<span> Expanded explanation through nine examples</span><span> 277</span>
**<span> Summary of the nine examples </span><span> 277</span>
**<span> The examples </span><span> 278</span>
***<span> The reflection of Indra: Buddha forms </span><span> 278</span>
***<span> The divine drumbeat: Buddha speech </span><span> 283</span>
***<span> Monsoon clouds: the all-pervading compassionate mind </span><span> 286</span>
***<span> Brahma's emanations: emanation </span><span> 291</span>
***<span> The sun's radiance: the penetration of primordial wisdom </span><span> 293</span>
***<span> A wish-fulfilling gem: the mystery of mind </span><span> 297</span>
***<span> An echo: the mystery of speech </span><span> 299</span>
***<span> Space: the mystery of form </span><span> 300</span>
***<span> The earth: the application of compassion </span><span> 301</span>
**<span> Review of the purpose and significance of examples </span><span> 302</span>
**<span> Review of examples to show their sublime nature </span><span> 306</span>
*<span> '''PART THREE: Conclusion''' </span><span> 311</span>
*<span> The benefits of this text </span><span> 312</span>
*<span> How this śastra was composed </span><span> 320</span>
*<span> Dedication</span><span> 327</span>
*<span> '''INDEX'''</span><span> 331</span>
*<span> Translator's Preface</span><span>11</span>
*<span> The Root Text</span><span>15</span>
*<span> The Commentary</span><span>55</span>
*<span> The Authors Introduction</span><span>57</span>
*<span> The explication of the treatise</span><span>67</span>
*<span> I. The meaning of the title</span><span>67</span>
*<span> II. The translators' homage</span><span>67</span>
*<span> III. The main body of the text</span><span>69</span>
*<span> A The verse introducing the author's intention</span><span>69</span>
**<span> B The actual body of the treatise</span><span>71</span>
***<span> 1 The brief presentation</span><span>71</span>
****<span> I) The points comprising the essential subject matter</span><span>71</span>
****<span> II) The defining traits of each of these</span><span>75</span>
*****<span> A) The definition of phenomena</span><span>75</span>
*****<span> B) The definition of pure being</span><span>77</span>
****<span> III) The rationale underlying these traits</span><span>79</span>
****<span> IV) Examining both for sameness and difference</span><span>83</span>
***<span> 2 The expanded explanation</span><span>85</span>
****<span> I) The expanded explanation of phenomena</span><span>85</span>
*****<span> A) A presentation of the headings</span><span>85</span>
*****<span> B) An explanation of each of these</span><span>87</span>
******<span> (1) A passing reference to the first three points</span><span>87</span>
******<span> (2) An explanation of the last three points</span><span>89</span>
*******<span> (I) The explanation of the two types of ground</span><span>89</span>
********<span> (A) A brief presentation of both in common</span><span>89</span>
********<span> (B) An expanded explanation of the meaning of each</span><span>91</span>
*********<span> 1) Experience comprising a common ground</span><span>91</span>
*********<span> 2) Experience not shared in common</span><span>95</span>
*******<span> (II) How to approach reality, which is free of perceived<br>and perceiver</span><span>97</span>
********<span> (A) The tenet stating that there is no outer referent,<br>only image-awareness</span><span>97</span>
*********<span> 1) The lack of a perceived object discrete from the perceiver</span><span>97</span>
*********<span> 2) The elimination of any further uncertainty</span><span>101</span>
********<span> (B) The resultant procedure for approaching reality,<br>the freedom from perceived and perceiver</span><span>107</span>
****<span> II) The expanded explanation of pure being</span><span>113</span>
*****<span> A) A brief presentation of the headings</span><span>113</span>
*****<span> B) The expanded explanation of these six</span><span>115</span>
******<span> (1) The defining characteristics </span><span>115</span>
******<span> (2) The ground</span><span>115</span>
******<span> (3) Definitive verification</span><span>117</span>
******<span> (4) Encounter</span><span>117</span>
******<span> (5) Recollection</span><span>119</span>
******<span> (6) Complete immersion into its core</span><span>121</span>
*******<span> (I) The character of ultimate transformation </span><span>121</span>
*******<span> (II) The expanded explanation of its distinctive features</span><span>123</span>
********<span> (A) The brief presentation of the headings</span><span>123</span>
********<span> (B) The expansion on these ten</span><span>125</span>
*********<span> 1) The essence</span><span>125</span>
*********<span> 2) The ingredients</span><span>127</span>
*********<span> 3) The individuals</span><span>131</span>
*********<span> 4) The special traits</span><span>133</span>
*********<span> 5) The requirements</span><span>135</span>
*********<span> 6) The ground</span><span>137</span>
**********<span> a) The brief presentation</span><span>137</span>
**********<span> b) The expansion on these six points</span><span>141</span>
***********<span> i) The focal requirement</span><span>141</span>
***********<span> ii) Surrendering attributes</span><span>143</span>
***********<span> iii) How to apply the mind correctly in practice </span><span>147</span>
***********<span> iv) The defining characteristics of wisdom<br>in terms of its effects—the sphere of experience it opens</span><span>149</span>
***********<span> v) The benefits</span><span>159</span>
***********<span> vi) The introduction to full<br>understanding</span><span>161</span>
************<span> (a) The brief presentation</span><span>161</span>
************<span> (b) The expansion on that</span><span>163</span>
*************<span> (i) Fully understanding the<br>remedy</span><span>163</span>
*************<span> (ii) Fully understanding the<br>concrete characteristic</span><span>165</span>
*************<span> (iii) Fully understanding the distinctive marks</span><span>171</span>
*************<span> (iv) Fully understanding the five effects</span><span>173</span>
*********<span> 7) Mental cultivation</span><span>175</span>
*********<span> 8) Application</span><span>185</span>
*********<span> 9) The disadvantages</span><span>189</span>
*********<span> 10) The benefits</span><span>199</span>
***<span> 3 The concluding summary employing examples to illustrate the point</span><span>201</span>
*<span> IV. The concluding statement</span><span>203</span>
**<span> The Author's Colophon</span><span>205</span>
**<span> Dedication</span><span>207</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>209</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>211</span>
* <span> Series Editor’s Preface</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Author’s Preface</span><span>xv</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>xix</span>
Part One: Introduction
* <span> Study of the Madhyāntavibhāga</span><span>3</span>
** <span> Yogācāra Buddhist Philosophy</span><span>3</span>
*** <span> What Is Yogācāra</span><span>5</span>
*** <span> Ālaya-vijñāna</span><span>9</span>
*** <span> Vijñapti-mātra</span><span>12</span>
*** <span> Trisvabhāva</span><span>15</span>
*** <span> A Semiotic Soteriology</span><span>20</span>
** <span> The Madhyāntavibhāga Corpus</span><span>28</span>
*** <span> Madhyāntavibhāga</span><span>29</span>
*** <span> Madhyāntavibhāga-bhāsya</span><span>32</span>
*** <span> Madhyāntavibhāga-tīkā</span><span>34</span>
*** <span> Authorship and Dates</span><span>36</span>
*** <span> The MAV/Bh’s Relation to Other Texts</span><span>41</span>
*** <span> The MAV/Bh’s Place in the Yogācāra Tradition</span><span>45</span>
** <span> The Exegesis of the Madhyāntavibhāga</span><span>48</span>
*** <span> Exegesis of the Introduction</span><span> 48</span>
*** <span> Exegesis of Chapter 1: Definitions</span><span>50</span>
*** <span> Exegesis of Chapter 2: Obstructions</span><span>66</span>
*** <span> Exegesis of Chapter 3: Reality</span><span>74</span>
*** <span> Exegesis of Chapter 4: Cultivation of Antidotes, States, and Results</span><span>87</span>
*** <span> Exegesis of Chapter 5: The Unsurpassed Vehicle</span><span>95</span>
*** <span> Exegesis of the Concluding Verse</span><span>110</span>
Part Two: Annotated Translation of the Madhyāntavibhāga/-bhāsya
** <span> Introduction</span><span> 115</span>
** <span> I. Definitions</span><span>117</span>
** <span> II. Obstructions</span><span>131</span>
** <span> III. Reality</span><span>143</span>
** <span> IV. Cultivation of Antidotes, States, and Results</span><span>161</span>
** <span> V. The Unsurpassed Vehicle</span><span>173</span>
** <span> Concluding Verse</span><span>192</span>
Glossary, Bibliography, and Index
* <span> Glossary</span><span>195</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>199</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>213</span>
* <span> Series Introduction by Kurtis Schaeffer </span><span> vii </span>
* <span> Preface </span><span> ix </span>
* <span> Introduction </span><span> 1 </span>
*'''Life'''
**<span> 1. Translation of Maitrīpa’s Life Story </span><span> 17 </span>
**<span> 2. Conversion, Monkhood, Expulsion Stories, and Legacy </span><span> 29 </span>
*'''Philosophy'''
**<span> 3. Between Yogācāra, Madhyamaka, and Mahāmudrā </span><span>39 </span>
**<span> 4. Sudden versus Gradual Paths </span><span>45 </span>
**<span> 5. Maitrīpa’s Gradual Path </span><span>49 </span>
**<span> 6. Nonconceptual Realization (Amanasikāra) </span><span>71 </span>
**<span> 7. The Ten Verses on True Reality in the Light of Sahajavajra’s Commentary </span><span>77 </span>
**<span> 8. Empowerment </span><span> 95 </span>
**<span> 9. Mahāmudrā Practice </span><span> 129 </span>
**<span> 10. The Four Signs of Mahāmudrā Meditation </span><span> 139 </span>
*'''Teachings: Maitrīpa’s Collection of Texts on Nonconceptual Realization'''
**<span> 11. A Summary of the Amanasikāra Texts </span><span> 151 </span>
**<span> 12. The Destruction of Wrong Views </span><span> 169 </span>
**<span> 13. A Commentary on the [Initial] Statement of The Destruction of Wrong<br>Views</span><span>185 </span>
**<span> 14. The Major Offenses </span><span> 189 </span>
**<span> 15. The Gross Offenses </span><span> 191 </span>
**<span> 16. A Jewel Garland of True Reality </span><span> 193 </span>
**<span> 17. Explaining the Seals of the Five Tathāgatas </span><span> 211 </span>
**<span> 18. A Presentation of Empowerment </span><span> 221 </span>
**<span> 19. The Succession of the Four Seals </span><span> 231 </span>
**<span> 20. A Summary of the Meaning of Empowerment </span><span> 239 </span>
**<span> 21. The Five Aspects of Vajrasattva </span><span> 247 </span>
**<span> 22. A Discourse on Illusion </span><span> 255 </span>
**<span> 23. A Discourse on Dream </span><span> 259 </span>
**<span> 24. An Elucidation of True Reality </span><span> 263 </span>
**<span> 25. An Elucidation of Nonabiding </span><span> 267 </span>
**<span> 26. An Elucidation of Indivisible Union </span><span> 271 </span>
**<span> 27. The Manifestation of Great Bliss </span><span> 275 </span>
**<span> 28. The Twenty Verses on True Reality </span><span> 279 </span>
**<span> 29. The Twenty Verses on Mahāyāna </span><span> 283 </span>
**<span> 30. The Five Verses on Penetrating Insight </span><span> 287 </span>
**<span> 31. The Six Verses on the Middle Path </span><span> 289 </span>
**<span> 32. The Five Verses on Transcendent Love </span><span> 291 </span>
**<span> 33. The Ten Verses on True Reality </span><span> 293 </span>
**<span> 34. A Justification of Nonconceptual Realization </span><span> 295 </span>
**<span> 35. The Six Verses on the Coemergent </span><span> 301 </span>
**<span> 36. A Pith Instruction on Reality Called A Treasure of Dohās </span><span> 303 </span>
**<span> 37. A Pith Instruction on Settling the Mind: A Genuine Secret </span><span> 307 </span>
* <span> Notes </span><span> 311 </span>
* <span> Bibliography </span><span> 345 </span>
* <span> Index </span><span> 359</span>
*<span> Foreword</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>xvii</span>
PART ONE: INTRODUCTION
*<span> The Conception of Buddhahood</span><span>3</span>
**<span> Some Meanings of the Term "Buddhahood"</span><span>4</span>
**<span> Significance for Religious Cultivation</span><span>9</span>
*<span> The ''Avataṃsakasūtra''</span><span>13</span>
**<span> Origins and Transmission</span><span>13</span>
**<span> Distinctive Features</span><span>16</span>
**<span> Influence on Chinese Buddhism</span><span>18</span>
*<span> The "Manifestation of the Tathāgata" Chapter</span><span>21</span>
**<span> Chinese Translations and Commentaries</span><span>21</span>
**<span> Position in the ''Avataṃsaka Sūtra''</span><span>23</span>
**<span> Content Summary</span><span>26</span>
**<span> Related Doctrines</span><span>31</span>
**<span> On Reading the Translation</span><span>40</span>
PART TWO: MANIFESTATION OF THE TATHĀGATA
**<span> Prologue</span><span>47</span>
**<span> The Characteristics of the Manifestation of the Tathāgata</span><span>53</span>
**<span> The Body of the Tathāgata</span><span>69</span>
**<span> The Voice of the Tathāgata</span><span>81</span>
**<span> The Mind of the Tathāgata</span><span>97</span>
**<span> The Realm of the Tathāgata</span><span>110</span>
**<span> The Activity of the Tathāgata</span><span>114</span>
**<span> The Accomplishment of Perfect Enlightenment of the Tathāgata</span><span>117</span>
**<span> The Turning of the Dharma-wheel</span><span>122</span>
**<span> The Parinirvāṇa of the Tathāgata</span><span>125</span>
**<span> The Wholesome Roots Planted by Seeing, Hearing, and Associating with<br> the Tathāgata</span><span>129</span>
**<span> Epilogue</span><span>135</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>141</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>165</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>169</span>
+
* <span> Foreward</span><span>v-vii</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>ix-xiii</span>
* <span> Chapter 1: General Introduction</span><span>1-34</span>
* <span> Chapter 2: The ''Ratna-gotra-vibhāgo-mahāyānottara-tantra-śātaram'':<br> An Introduction</span><span>35-59</span>
* <span> Chapter 3: The First Three ''Vajra'' Points: The Three Jewels</span><span>60-98</span>
* <span> Chapter 4: The Fourth ''Vajra'' Point: ''Tathāgata-garbha''</span><span>99-162</span>
* <span> Chapter 5: The Fifth and Sixth ''Vajra'' Points: The ''Bodhi'' and the ''Guna''</span><span>163-216</span>
** A. The Fifth ''Vajra'' Point: The ''Bodhi''
** A. The Sixth ''Vajra'' Point: The ''Guna(s)''
* <span> Chapter 6: The Seventh ''Vajra'' Points: The ''Krtya-kriyā'' of the ''Tathāgata''</span><span>217-242</span>
* <span> Chapter 7: The Advantage of Having Faith in the ''Tathāgata-garbha'' Teaching</span><span>243-266</span>
* <span> Chapter 8: Conclusion: Metaphysics and Mysticism in the ''Uttaratantra''</span><span>267-294</span>
* <span> Epilogue</span><span>295-296</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>297-309</span>
* <span> Glossary of Sanskrit Terms</span><span>310-313</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>315-327</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by Trulshik Rinpoche </span><span>9</span>
* <span> Foreword by Chökyi Nyima Rinpoche </span><span>11</span>
* <span> Introduction </span><span>13</span>
* <span> Distinguishing the Middle from Extremes </span><span>19</span>
* <span> Chapter One • The Characteristics </span><span>25</span>
** <span> The Characteristics of Thorough Affliction </span><span>25</span>
** <span> The Characteristics of Complete Purification </span><span>36</span>
* <span> Chapter Two • The Obscurations </span><span>47</span>
** <span> General Presentation </span><span>47</span>
** <span> Detailed Explanation </span><span>49</span>
*** <span> Obscurations That Prevent Liberation </span><span>49</span>
*** <span> Obscurations That Inhibit the Ten Qualities </span><span>51</span>
*** <span> Obscurations That Inhibit the Three Remedies </span><span>59</span>
** <span> Summary </span><span>67</span>
* <span> Chapter Three • Reality </span><span>69</span>
** <span> Brief Presentation </span><span>69</span>
** <span> Detailed Explanation </span><span>70</span>
*** <span> The Reality of the Three Essential Natures </span><span>70</span>
*** <span> The Eight Principles </span><span>73</span>
*** <span> The Ten Topics of Knowledge </span><span>84</span>
* <span> Chapter Four • The Path of Practice </span><span>103</span>
** <span> The Thirty-seven Factors of Enlightenment </span><span>103</span>
** <span> Phases of the Path </span><span>115</span>
** <span> Results of the Path </span><span>119</span>
* <span> Chapter Five • The Unsurpassable Vehicle </span><span>123</span>
** <span> Unsurpassable Practice </span><span>124</span>
*** <span> The Eminent Practice </span><span>124</span>
*** <span> Directing the Mind </span><span>129</span>
*** <span> Concordant Factors </span><span>133</span>
*** <span> Eliminating Dualistic Extremes </span><span>148</span>
*** <span> The Specific and the General </span><span>154</span>
** <span> Unsurpassable Observation </span><span>155</span>
** <span> Unsurpassable True Accomplishment </span><span>157</span>
* <span> Conclusion </span><span>161</span>
* <span> Visual representation of Ju Mipham’s outline </span><span>166</span>
* <span> Appendix: Ju Mipham’s Topical Outline of Distinguishing the<br>Middle from Extremes </span><span>167</span>
* <span> Notes </span><span>173</span>
* <span> English-Tibetan Glossary </span><span>179</span>
* <span> Tibetan-English-Sanskrit Glossary </span><span>189</span>
* <span> Bibliography </span><span>203</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>207</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>xv </span>
* <span> Permissions </span><span>xxiii</span>
* <span> Technical Note</span><span>xxv</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
** ''A Summary of the Book (10)''
* Part 1. The Background to Geluk Mahāmudrā
** <span> 1. Mahāmudrā in India: Hindus and Buddhists, Sūtras and Tantras</span><span>17</span>
*** ''Seals and Great Seals in Hindu Traditions (18)''
*** ''Seals and Great Seals in Sūtras-Based Buddhism (23)''
*** ''Tantric Buddhism (25)''
*** ''Mahāmudrā in the "Lower" Buddhist Tantras (30)''
*** ''Mahāmudrā in the Mahāyoga and Yoginī Tantras (34)''
** <span> 2. Mahāmudrā in India: The Mahāsiddhas</span><span>41</span>
*** ''The Seven Attainment Texts (42)''
*** ''Saraha: The Essential Trilogy and Beyond (44)''
*** ''Śavaripa and Virūpa (48)''
*** ''Tilopa and Nāropa (51)''
*** ''Maitrīpa and the Practice of Nonmentation (56)''
*** ''A Perfection Vehicle Mahāmudrā? (61)''
** <span> 3. Mahāmudrā in Some Tibetan Renaissance Schools</span><span>65</span>
*** ''Transmitting Mahāmudrā to Tibet (63)''
*** ''Atiśa and the Kadam (68)''
*** ''Shiché and Chö (73)''
*** ''Shangpa Kagyü (76)''
*** ''Sakya (78)''
*** ''Nyingma (79)''
** <span> 4. Mahāmudrā in Early Marpa Kagyü</span><span>83</span>
*** ''Marpa and Milarepa (83)''
*** ''Rechungpa and Gampopa (87)''
*** ''Gampopa's Successors (92)''
*** ''Shang Rinpoché and the Tsalpa Kagyü (93)''
*** ''Phakmo Drupa Kagyü and Drigung Kagyü (93)''
*** ''Drukpa Kagyü (98)''
*** ''Early Karma Kagyü (101)''
** <span> 5. Mahāmudrā in Later Marpa Kagyü</span><span>105</span>
*** ''Sakya Paṇḍita's Critique of Kagyü Mahāmudrā (105)''
*** ''The Third Karmapa, Rangjung Dorjé (107)''
*** ''Great Madhyamaka, Shentong, and the Jonang Tradition (109)''
*** ''The Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries (111)''
*** ''Sixteenth-Century Scholasticism (117)''
*** ''Karma Trinlepa and Pawo Tsuklak Trengwa (117)''
*** ''The Eighth Karmapa and Dakpo Tashi Namgyal (119)''
*** ''Pema Karpo (122)''
*** ''The Ninth Karmapa (124)''
*** ''The State of Kagyü Discourse in 1600 (126)''
*** ''The Kagyü-Geluk Conflict (128)''
* Part 2. Early Geluk Mahāmudrā
** <span> 6. Tsongkhapa, the Geluk, and Mahāmudrā</span><span>133</span>
*** ''Tsongkhapa's Life and Works (134)''
*** ''Tsongkhapa's Secret Teachings (143)''
*** ''From Tsongkhapa to Paṇchen Chögyen, and Back Again (147)''
*** ''Tsongkhapa and Mahāmudrā: A Closer Took (149)''
*** ''Mahāmudrā in Tsongkhapa's Tantric Writings (150)''
*** ''Tsongkhapa's Views of His Contemporaries' Meditation Practices (153)''
*** ''Did Tsongkhapa Teach His Own Mahāmudrā System? (159)''
** <span> 7. From Tsongkhapa to Panchen Chögyen: Khedrup Jé and the Main Line of<br> the Hearing Transmission</span><span>165</span>
*** ''Khedrup Jé (166)''
*** ''Tokden Jampal Gyatso (170)''
*** ''Baso Chökyi Gyaltsen (171)''
*** ''Chökyi Dorjé (172)''
*** ''The Great Ensapa (174)''
*** ''Khedrup Sangyé Yeshé (176)''
** <span> 8. From Tsongkhapa to Panchen Chögyen: Masters Outside the Main Line<br> of the Hearing Transmission</span><span>179</span>
*** ''Gendun Drup, the First Dalai Lama (179)''
*** ''Khedrup Norsang Gyatso (181)''
*** ''Gendun Gyatso, the Second Dalai Lama (184)''
*** ''Paṇchen Sönam Drakpa (187)''
*** ''Sönam Gyatso, the Third Dalai Lama (193)''
*** ''Khöntön Paljor Lhundrup (195)''
** <span> 9. Paṇchen Chögyen in Focus</span><span>199</span>
*** ''Paṇchen Chögyen's Life and Works (199)''
*** ''Highway of the Conquerors (202)''
*** ''Lamp So Bright (206)''
*** ''Mahāmudrā Lineage Prayer (215)''
*** ''Like a Treasure Inventory (216)''
*** ''Offering to the Guru (218)''
*** ''Paṇchen Chögyen's Spiritual Songs (226)''
*** ''Why Mahāmudrā? (235)''
* Part 3. Later Geluk Mahāmudrā
** <span> 10. Paṇchen Chögyen's Successors</span><span>241</span>
*** ''The Fifth Dalai Lama (243)''
*** ''Shar Kalden Gyatso (245)''
*** ''Jamyang Shepa (252)''
*** ''Kalsang Gyatso, The Seventh Dalai Lama (254)''
** <span> 11. Yeshé Gyaltsen</span><span>257</span>
*** ''Works Focused Mainly on Mahāmudrā (259)''
*** ''Works Focused Mainly on the Madhyamaka View (270)''
*** ''Works Focused Mainly on Guru Yoga (272)''
*** ''Final Remarks (278)''
** <span> 12. Four Later Commentators</span><span>279</span>
*** ''Gugé Losang Tenzin (279)''
*** ''Gungthang Könchok Tenpei Drönmé (281)''
*** ''Ngulchu Dharmabhadra (284)''
*** ''Keutsang Losang Jamyang Mönlam (286)''
** <span> 13. Later Lamas from Amdo and Kham</span><span>291</span>
*** ''Changkya Rölpai Dorjé (291)''
*** ''Thuken Losang Chökyi Nyima (295)''
*** ''Shabkar Tsokdruk Rangdröl (298)''
*** ''Gyalrong Geshé Tsultrim Nyima (302)''
*** ''Akhu Sherab Gyatso (304)''
*** ''Choné Lama Lodrö Gyatso (306)''
*** ''Losang Dongak Chökyi Gyatso (309)''
** <span> 14. The Twentieth Century and Beyond</span><span>313</span>
*** ''Phabongkha Rinpoché (315)''
*** ''Geshé Rabten (319)''
*** ''Geshé Acharya Thubten Loden (321)''
*** ''Gelek Rinpoché (323)''
*** ''Geshé Kelsang Gyatso (327)''
*** ''The Fourteenth Dalai Lama (331)''
*** ''A Note on Recent Tibetan Editions (337)''
* Part 4. Perspectives on Geluk Mahāmudrā
** <span> 15. Three Issues in Geluk Mahāmudrā</span><span>341</span>
*** ''The Name of the Tradition (341)''
*** ''Geluk and Kagyu Mahamudra Compared (346)''
*** ''The Place of Mahāmudrā in Geluk Life (358)''
** <span> 16. Archer Among the Yellow Hats: Geluk Uses of Saraha</span><span>363</span>
*** ''Tsongkhapa and Saraha (364)''
*** ''Khedrup Norsang Gyatso and Saraha (367)''
*** ''Paṇchen Chögyen and Saraha (369)''
*** ''Khöntön Paljor Lhundrup and Saraha (373)''
*** ''Jamyang Shepa and Saraha (375)''
*** ''Final Remarks (378)''
** <span> 17. The Big Picture: Sixteen Questions</span><span>381</span>
*** ''1. Is There Scriptural Warrant for Mahāmudrā? (382)''
*** ''2. To Which Dharma Wheel Does Mahāmudrā Belong? (384)''
*** ''3. Is There Mahāmudrā outside the Tantras? (386)''
*** ''4. Is Sudden Realization Possible? (389)''
*** ''5. Can a Single Realization Suffice? (391)''
*** ''6. Are We All Already Buddhas? (393)''
*** ''7. What Sort of Negation Is Emptiness? (396)''
*** ''8. Of What Is Buddha Mind Empty? (399)''
*** ''9. What Is Serenity and What Is Insight? (402)''
*** ''10. Is There a Place for Reason in Mahāmudrā? (403)''
*** ''11. Is There a Place for Devotion in Mahāmudrā? (409)''
*** ''12. Does Mahāmudrā Transcend Ritual? (412)''
*** ''13. Is There Room for Ethics in Mahāmudrā? (413)''
*** ''14. Is Mahāmudrā Expressible? (419)''
*** ''15. Is All Mahāmudrā Realization the Same? (423)''
*** ''16. What Is Mind? (427)''
* Part 5. Translations
** <span> 1. Synopsis of the Spiritual Practice Taught by the Exalted Mañjughoṣa</span><span>435</span>
*** ''Tsongkhapa Losang Drakpa''
** <span> 2. Bright Lamp of the Excellent Path: An Excerpt</span><span>439</span>
*** ''Kachen Yeshé Gyaltsen''
** <span> 3. Mahāmudrā Lineage Prayer</span><span>457</span>
** <span> 4. Highway of the Conquerors</span><span>469</span>
*** ''Paṇchen Losang Chökyi Gyaltsen''
** <span> 5. Lamp So Bright</span><span>481</span>
*** ''Paṇchen Losang Chökyi Gyaltsen''
** <span> 6. The Hundred Deities of Tuṣita</span><span>539</span>
*** ''Dulnakpa Palden Sangpo''
** <span> 7. The Bright Lamp of Mahāmudrā</span><span>543</span>
*** ''Khedrup Norsang Gyatso''
** <span> 8. Offering to the Guru</span><span>567</span>
*** ''Paṇchen Losang Chökyi Gyaltsen''
** <span> 9. The Crystal Mirror of Tenet Systems: Excerpts</span><span>597</span>
*** ''Thuken Losang Chökyi Nyima''
** <span> 10. Poetic Expressions</span><span>611</span>
*** ''Paṇchen Losang Chökyi Gyaltsen''
* <span> Appendix A: The Geluk Mahāmudrā Uncommon Proximate Lineage</span><span>643</span>
* <span> Appendix B: The Geluk Mahāmudrā Uncommon Distant Lineage</span><span>645</span>
* <span> Appendix C: Keutsang Jamyang Mönlam's Outline of ''Highway of the Conquerors''</span><span> 647</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>651</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>689</span>
* <span> About the Author</span><span>717 </span>
* <span> FOREWORD by Khenchen Thrangu </span><span>xi</span>
* <span> PREFACE </span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> INTRODUCTION </span><span>xv</span>
PART ONE:
FUNDAMENTALS
** <span> 1 What Is Mahamudra? </span><span>3</span>
** <span> 2 The Importance of Correct View </span><span>22</span>
** <span> 3 The Spiritual Path </span><span>32</span>
** <span> 4 Deluded Mind, Enlightened Mind </span><span>51</span>
** <span> 5 The Four Preliminaries </span><span>60</span>
** <span> 6 The Four Immeasurables </span><span>92</span>
PART TWO
GROUND MAHAMUDRA
** <span> 7 Buddha-Nature</span><span>121</span>
PART THREE:
PATH MAHAMUDRA
** <span> 8 Tranquillity Meditation</span><span>143</span>
** <span> 9 Insight Meditation</span><span>168</span>
PART FOUR:
FRUITION MAHAMUDRA
** <span> 10 The Four Yogas of Mahamudra</span><span>209</span>
** <span> 11 On the Spiritual journey</span><span>225</span>
* <span> APPENDIX: "PRECIOUS SUN"</span><span>229</span>
* <span> NOTES</span><span>236</span>
* <span> GLOSSARY</span><span>239</span>
* <span> RECOMMENDED READING</span><span>247</span>
* <span> TRALEG KYABGON'S CENTERS</span><span>250</span>
* <span> INDEX</span><span>251</span>
+
* <span> Verses of Homage by Kyabjé Trulshik Rinpoche</span><span>vi</span>
* <span> Foreword by Sogyal Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>xv</span>
* PART ONE:
* <span> KEY PRINCIPLES OF THE BUDDHADHARMA</span><span>1</span>
** <span> 1 Introduction</span><span>3</span>
** <span> 2 Transforming the Mind</span><span>15</span>
** <span> 3 Appearance and Reality</span><span>29</span>
** <span> 4 The Question of Consciousness</span><span>41</span>
** <span> 5 Overcoming the Causes of Suffering</span><span>49</span>
* PART TWO:
* <span> FINDING COMFORT AND EASE IN MEDITATION ON THE GREAT PERFECTION</span><span>69</span>
** <span> 6 The Ancient Tradition of the Nyingmapas</span><span>71</span>
** <span> 7 The Uniqueness of the Great Perfection</span><span>77</span>
** <span> 8 The Environment and Places Conducive to Meditation</span><span>91</span>
** <span> 9 The Individual Practitioner</span><span>101</span>
** <span> 10 Self and Selflessness</span><span>117</span>
** <span> 11 Life, Death, and Practice</span><span>131</span>
** <span> 12 The Dharma to Be Practiced: The Preliminaries</span><span>139</span>
** <span> 13 Bodhichitta, the Heart of the Awakened Mind</span><span>143</span>
** <span> 14 Taking the Bodhisattva Vow</span><span>155</span>
** <span> 15 The Empowerment of Padmasambhava and His Eight<br> Manifestations</span><span>173</span>
** <span> 16 The Clear Light</span><span>179</span>
** <span> 17 A Review of the Teaching</span><span>193</span>
** <span> 18 The Wisdom of Rigpa</span><span>205</span>
* THE ROOT TEXT
* <span> Finding Comfort and Ease in Meditation on the Great Perfection<br> by Longchen Rabjam</span><span>227</span>
* <span> Appendix: Historical Perspectives</span><span>253</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>267</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>283</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>289</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>299</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>301</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>13</span>
** <span> "The five dharmas of Maitreya" and their transmission from India to Tibet </span><span>15</span>
** <span> Various assertions about the nature and the view of the five Maitreya texts<br> in the Tibetan tradition</span><span>21</span>
** <span> The ''Dharmadharmatāvibhāga'' and its major topics</span><span>47</span>
*** <span> The different versions of the text </span><span>47</span>
*** <span> A summary of the ''Dharmadharmatāvibhāga'' </span><span>48</span>
*** <span> The fundamental change</span><span>52</span>
*** <span> Nonconceptual wisdom </span><span>132</span>
** <span> The commentaries on the ''Dharmadharmatāvibhāga'' </span><span>149</span>
* <span> Translations</span><span>155</span>
** <span> The Prose Version of ''The Distinction between Phenomena and the Nature of<br> Phenomena''</span><span>157</span>
** <span> The Versified Version of ''The Distinction between Phenomena and the Nature of<br> Phenomena''</span><span>163</span>
** <span> Vasubandhu's Commentary on ''The Distinction between Phenomena and the<br> Nature of Phenomena''</span><span>173</span>
** <span> The Third Karmapa's ''Ornament That Explains'' The Treatise on The Distinction<br> between Phenomena and the Nature of Phenomena</span><span>199</span>
*** <span> Presentation of the body of the text</span><span>202</span>
*** <span> The actual topics</span><span>205</span>
**** <span> Brief introduction</span><span>205</span>
**** <span> General instruction </span><span>205</span>
**** <span> The distinction of both phenomena and the nature of phenomena </span><span>205</span>
**** <span> The explanation of the defining characteristic of phenomena </span><span>210</span>
**** <span> The defining characteristic of the nature of phenomena </span><span>213</span>
**** <span> The manner of being mistaken </span><span>214</span>
**** <span> If one does not exist, phenomena and the nature of phenomena are<br> not tenable as two </span><span>216</span>
**** <span> Not asserting phenomena and the nature of phenomena as being<br> one or different </span><span>217</span>
*** <span> Detailed explanation </span><span>219</span>
**** <span> The explanation of comprehending phenomena </span><span>219</span>
***** <span> The first three points being as in the brief introduction above </span><span>220</span>
***** <span> The matrix of phenomena </span><span>221</span>
***** <span> The manner of comprehending the nonexistence of the<br>appearance of apprehender and apprehended </span><span>223</span>
**** <span> The explanation of comprehending the nature of phenomena </span><span>228</span>
***** <span> Defining characteristic </span><span>229</span>
***** <span> The matrix of the nature of phenomena </span><span>230</span>
***** <span> The path of preparation </span><span>233</span>
***** <span> The path of seeing </span><span>236</span>
***** <span> Explanation of the path of familiarization </span><span>240</span>
***** <span> The path of completion (arrival) </span><span>249</span>
***** <span> Explanation of the fundamental change </span><span>250</span>
****** <span> Explanation of the nature of the fundamental change </span><span>251</span>
****** <span> Which entities undergo the fundamental change </span><span>252</span>
****** <span> The persons who undergo the fundamental change </span><span>254</span>
****** <span> Instruction on the distinctive features of the fundamental<br> change </span><span>255</span>
****** <span> Explanation of comprehending the distinctive features of the<br> prerequisites </span><span>256</span>
****** <span> Instruction on the foundation of all this, based on which the<br> fundamental change takes place </span><span>257</span>
****** <span> Explanation of the mental engagement </span><span>274</span>
****** <span> Comprehending the training </span><span>280</span>
****** <span> Knowing the shortcomings if there were no fundamental<br> change </span><span>292</span>
****** <span> Explanation of comprehending the benefits of there being<br> the fundamental change </span><span>294</span>
***<span> Explanation through examples and conclusion of the treatise </span><span>296</span>
** <span> Gö Lotsāwa's Commentary on ''The Distinction between Phenomena and<br> the Nature of Phenomena''</span><span>301</span>
* <span> Appendix 1: The Dhāraṇī of Entering Nonconceptuality</span><span>329</span>
* <span> Appendix 2: Topical Outline Of OED</span><span>337</span>
* <span> Glossary: English–Sanskrit–Tibetan</span><span>341</span>
* <span> Glossary: Tibetan–Sanskrit–English</span><span>345</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>349</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>467</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>479</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>xi</span>
** <span> ''Presence and Absence''</span><span>xii</span>
** <span> ''Historical Survey''</span><span>xvii</span>
** <span> ''Monastic Education and the Nonsectarian Movement''</span><span>xx</span>
** <span> ''Life and Works of Mipam''</span><span>xxiii</span>
** <span> ''Summary of Contents''</span><span>xxviii</span>
** <span> ''The End of the Beginning''</span><span>xxxii</span>
* <span> Chapter 1. Buddha-Nature and the Unity of the Two Truths</span><span>1</span>
** <span> ''Introduction''</span><span>1</span>
** <span> ''Mipam’s Synthesis''</span><span>4</span>
** <span> ''Two Truths''</span><span>6</span>
** <span> ''Buddha-Nature as the Unity of Appearance and Emptiness''</span><span>13</span>
** <span> ''Buddha-Nature as the Definitive Meaning''</span><span>20</span>
** <span> ''Conclusion''</span><span>26</span>
* <span> Chapter 2. Middle Way of Prāsaṅgika and Yogācāra</span><span>27</span>
** <span> ''Introduction''</span><span>27</span>
** <span> ''Svātantrika-Prāsaṅgika''</span><span>28</span>
** <span> ''Dialectical Ascent''</span><span>39</span>
** <span> ''Foundations of Yogācāra''</span><span>45</span>
** <span> ''Prāsaṅgika versus Yogācāra''</span><span>51</span>
** <span> ''Conclusion''</span><span>53</span>
* <span> Chapter 3. The Present Absence</span><span>55</span>
** <span> ''Introduction''</span><span>55</span>
** <span> ''Other-Emptiness in the Jonang''</span><span>57</span>
** <span> ''Other-Emptiness and the Nyingma: Lochen Dharmaśrī''</span><span>66</span>
** <span> ''Another Emptiness? Emptiness of Self/Other''</span><span>71</span>
** <span> ''Phenomena and Suchness''</span><span>73</span>
** <span> ''De/limiting Emptiness''</span><span>81</span>
** <span> ''Emptiness as the Unity of Appearance and Emptiness''</span><span>85</span>
** <span> ''Conclusion''</span><span>91</span>
* <span> Chapter 4. Buddha-Nature and the Ground of the Great Perfection</span><span>93</span>
** <span> ''Introduction''</span><span>93</span>
** <span> ''Distinguishing the Views on Buddha-Nature''</span><span>94</span>
** <span> ''Buddha-Nature as Heritage, Buddha-Nature as the Ground''</span><span>99</span>
** <span> ''Appearance and Reality''</span><span>107</span>
** <span> ''Conclusion''</span><span>114</span>
* <span> Chapter 5. The Indivisible Ground and Fruition</span><span>117</span>
** <span> ''Introduction''</span><span>117</span>
** <span> ''Establishing Buddha-Nature: The Immanent Buddha''</span><span>118</span>
** <span> ''Establishing Appearances as Divine''</span><span>124</span>
** <span> ''Buddha-Nature and a Difference Between Sūtra and Mantra''</span><span>131</span>
** <span> ''Conclusion''</span><span>139</span>
* <span> Conclusion</span><span>141</span>
* <span> Translations of Primary Texts</span><span>145</span>
** <span> Appendix 1. ''Lion’s Roar: Exposition of Buddha-Nature''</span><span>147</span>
*** <span> Stating Other Traditions</span><span>149</span>
*** <span> Presenting Our Authentic Tradition</span><span>153</span>
**** <span> The Meaning of the First Verse "Because the body of the perfect<br>Buddha is radiant"</span><span>153</span>
**** <span> The Meaning of the Second Verse "Because thusness is indivisible"</span><span>159</span>
**** <span> The Meaning of the Third Verse "Because of possessing heritage"</span><span>162</span>
*** <span> Refuting the View that [the Basic Element] Is Truly Established and Not Empty</span><span>167</span>
*** <span> Refuting the View that [the Basic Element] Is a Void Emptiness</span><span>168</span>
*** <span> Refuting the Apprehension of [the Basic Element] as Impermanent and Conditioned</span><span>170</span>
** <span> Appendix 2. ''Notes on the Essential Points of [Mipam’s] Exposition<br>[of Buddha-Nature]''</span><span>181</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>191</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>265</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>281</span>
* <span> ''Outlines of Texts''</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> ''Foreword by His Holiness the Seventeenth Karmapa''</span><span>xxiii</span>
* <span> ''Foreword by Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoche''</span><span>xxv</span>
* <span> ''Translator’s Introduction''</span><span>xxix</span>
* <span> ''An Abbreviated Biography of Dakpo Tashi Namgyal''</span><span>lxv</span>
* ''Moonbeams of Mahāmudrā''
** <span> Introduction</span><span>3</span>
** <span> Part One: Common Samādhis</span><span>13</span>
*** <span> 1. Śamatha and Vipaśyanā</span><span>15</span>
*** <span> 2. Śamatha</span><span>47</span>
*** <span> 3. Vipaśyanā</span><span>63</span>
*** <span> 4. Removing Doubts</span><span>87</span>
** <span> Part Two: Uncommon Mahāmudrā</span><span>111</span>
*** <span> 5. Generating Confidence </span><span>113</span>
*** <span> 6. Preliminaries</span><span>149</span>
*** <span> 7. Mahāmudrā Approaches</span><span>175</span>
*** <span> 8. Śamatha</span><span>179</span>
*** <span> 9. Vipaśyanā</span><span>215</span>
*** <span> 10. Pointing-Out Instructions</span><span>259</span>
*** <span> 11. Sustaining Mahāmudrā</span><span>305</span>
*** <span> 12. Eliminating Deviations and Strayings</span><span>355</span>
*** <span> 13. Enhancement</span><span>381</span>
*** <span> 14. Realization and the Four Yogas</span><span>421</span>
*** <span> 15. The Four Yogas in Detail</span><span>447</span>
** <span> Colophon</span><span>485</span>
* ''Mahāmudrā: Dispelling the Darkness of Ignorance''
** <span> Introduction</span><span>491</span>
*** <span> 1. Preliminaries</span><span>493</span>
*** <span> 2. Main Practices</span><span>501</span>
**** <span> Śamatha</span><span>501</span>
**** <span> Vipaśyanā</span><span>508</span>
*** <span> 3. Conclusion</span><span>523</span>
* <span> ''Abbreviations''</span><span>537</span>
* <span> ''Notes''</span><span>539</span>
* <span> ''Glossary''</span><span>635</span>
* <span> ''Glossary of Enumerations''</span><span>643</span>
* <span> ''Translation Equivalents''</span><span>657</span>
* <span> ''Tibetan Transliterations''</span><span>683</span>
* <span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>693</span>
* <span> ''Index''</span><span>729</span>
* <span> ''Detailed Outline of the Mountain Doctrine''</span><span>vi</span>
* <span> ''Technical Notes''</span><span>xxii</span>
* <span> Introduction </span><span> 1</span>
* <span> MOUNTAIN DOCTRINE, OCEAN OF DEFINITIVE MEANING: FINAL<br>UNIQUE QUINTESSENTIAL INSTRUCTIONS </span><span> 45</span>
* <span> OVERVIEW </span><span> 46</span>
* <span> PART ONE: ''THE BASIS'' </span><span> 55</span>
* <span> PART TWO: ''THE PATH'' </span><span> 191</span>
* <span> PART THREE: ''THE FRUIT'' </span><span> 413</span>
* <span> CONCLUSION </span><span> 537</span>
* <span> ABRIDGED MOUNTAIN DOCTRINE </span><span> 545</span>
* <span> ABRIDGED OVERVIEW </span><span> 547</span>
* <span> PART ONE ABRIDGED: ''THE BASIS'' </span><span> 553</span>
* <span> PART TWO ABRIDGED: ''THE PATH'' </span><span> 581</span>
* <span> PART THREE ABRIDGED: ''THE FRUIT'' </span><span> 683</span>
* <span> ABRIDGED CONCLUSION </span><span> 719</span>
* <span> ''Detailed Outline in Tibetan'' </span><span> 725</span>
* <span> ''Backnotes'' </span><span> 759</span>
* <span> ''List of Abbreviations'' </span><span> 782</span>
* <span> ''Bibliography'' </span><span> 783</span>
* <span> ''Index'' </span><span> 810</span>
+
*<span> Approval</span><span>ii</span>
*<span> Abstract</span><span>iii</span>
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>iv</span>
*<span> Dedication</span><span>v</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>vi</span>
*<span> I. Introduction</span><span>4</span>
*<span> II. Comparative Doctrines</span><span>10</span>
**<span> 1. Essential ideology</span><span>10</span>
**<span> 2. Early Buddhist Schools</span><span>11</span>
**<span> 3. Tāntric concepts that stem from Mahāyāna</span><span>14</span>
***<span> a. Śūnyatā</span><span>15</span>
***<span> b. Prajñā and Upāya</span><span>17</span>
***<span> c. The three kāyas</span><span>19</span>
**<span> 4. Vajrayāna Buddhism</span><span>20</span>
***<span> a. Mantra</span><span>23</span>
***<span> b. Mudrā</span><span>23</span>
***<span> c. Maṇḍala</span><span>25</span>
***<span> d. The three higher classes of tāntra: Mahāyoga</span><span>27</span>
***<span> e. Anuyoga/ Mother Tāntra level</span><span>28</span>
***<span> f. Mahāmudra</span><span>30</span>
***<span> g. The three lower tāntras: Kriyāyoga</span><span>30</span>
***<span> h. The Buddhist Cakras</span><span>31</span>
***<span> i. Consort Practice</span><span>34</span>
*<span> III. History of Buddhism in Bengal</span><span>38</span>
**<span> 1. Socio-economic Background</span><span>38</span>
**<span> 2. The Rise and fall of Buddhist Dynasties in Bengal</span><span>41</span>
*<span> IV. Definitions of Buddha Nature</span><span>47</span>
**<span> 1. The Tathāgatagarbha Theory</span><span>47</span>
***<span> a. Definition of tathāgatagarbha</span><span>51</span>
***<span> b. Tathāgatagarbha as already Buddha</span><span>55</span>
***<span> c. Conventional and Higher Truths</span><span>56</span>
**<span> 2. The Sahaja Theory</span><span>57</span>
**<span> 3. Mahāsukha</span><span>58</span>
**<span> 4. Mahāmudrā</span><span>59</span>
**<span> 5. The meanings of terms summarized</span><span>61</span>
*<span> IV. SANDHABHĀṢĀ (twilight language)</span><span>62</span>
*<span> VI. Transliterated Verses of the Caryāgitīs</span><span>69</span>
**<span> 1. CARYĀ THREE: A Grog Shop</span><span>69</span>
***<span> a. Part One: About the Author: Birūpa</span><span>69</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and Translations</span><span>71</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>73</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā :</span><span>75</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>81</span>
**<span> 2. CARYĀ NINE: A Mad Elephant</span><span>83</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Kānhā</span><span>83</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>84</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>86</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā:</span><span>87</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>93</span>
**<span> 3. CARYĀ THIRTY-SIX: A Carefree Stalwart</span><span>96</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Kṛṣṇācarya</span><span>96</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>96</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>97</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā :</span><span>98</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>100</span>
**<span> 4. CARYĀ FORTY: Futility of Religiosity</span><span>102</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Kāṇhu</span><span>102</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>102</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>103</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā :</span><span>103</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>105</span>
**<span> 5. CARYĀ FORTY-TWO: Life and Death</span><span>107</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Kāha</span><span>107</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>107</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>107</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā:</span><span>108</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣa</span><span>109</span>
**<span> 6. CARYĀ FIFTEEN: A Benighted Traveler</span><span>111</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Śānti</span><span>111</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>111</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>113</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā:</span><span>116</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>118</span>
**<span> 7. CARYĀ TWENTY-EIGHT: A Couple of Savara Lovers</span><span>120</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Śavaripa</span><span>120</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>121</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>122</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā :</span><span>124</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>129</span>
**<span> 8. CARYĀ TWENTY-NINE: The Unreal Reality</span><span>131</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Lūipā</span><span>131</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>131</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>132</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā:</span><span>133</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>134</span>
**<span> 9. CARYĀ THIRTY: The Rising Moon</span><span>136</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Bhusuku</span><span>136</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>136</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>137</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā:</span><span>137</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 10. CARYĀ THRITY-SEVEN: An Experience of the Innate</span><span>140</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Tāṛakapā</span><span>140</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>140</span>
***<span> c. Translations</span><span>141</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā</span><span>142</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>144</span>
**<span> 11. CARYĀ THIRTY-EIGHT: Paddling and towing a boat</span><span>146</span>
***<span> a. Part one: About the author: Saraha</span><span>146</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>147</span>
***<span> c. Translations:</span><span>148</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā:</span><span>149</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>150</span>
**<span> 12. CARYĀ THIRTY-NINE: A Hapless Householder</span><span>152</span>
***<span> a. About The Author: Saraha</span><span>152</span>
***<span> b. Part Two: Textual Studies and translation</span><span>152</span>
***<span> c. Translation:</span><span>154</span>
***<span> d. Sandhabhāṣā:</span><span>155</span>
***<span> e. Mahāmudra depictions in sandhabhāṣā</span><span>157</span>
*<span> VII. Conclusion</span><span>159</span>
*<span> VIII. Bibliography</span><span>165</span>
PART ONE
* <span> Mahamudra Prayer of Definitive Meaning</span><span>1</span>
PART TWO
* <span> Music of the Sphere of Definitive Meaning</span><span>9</span>
PART THREE
* <span> Music of the Speech of Definitive Meaning</span><span>125</span>
+
*<span> Foreword</span><span>6</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>10</span>
*<span> About Daehaeng Kun Sunim</span><span>13</span>
*<span> 1. The Four Wives</span><span>16</span>
*<span> 2. Dog Meat and the Seon Master</span><span>22</span>
*<span> 3. A Greedy Daughter-in-law</span><span>26</span>
*<span> 4. Red Bean Porridge</span><span>32</span>
*<span> 5. Making a Mirror</span><span>40</span>
*<span> 6. Parents' Endless Love</span><span>44</span>
*<span> 7. The Man Who Ran Out of Merit</span><span>54</span>
*<span> 8. The General's Strange Dream</span><span>60</span>
*<span> 9. The Fox that Fell in a Hole</span><span>64</span>
*<span> 10. The Man who Became a Cow</span><span>68</span>
*<span> 11. Ananda and the Keyhole</span><span>74</span>
*<span> 12. Worm Soup</span><span>80</span>
*<span> 13. Buckwheat Dumplings</span><span>86</span>
*<span> 14. Wonhyo's Awakening</span><span>92</span>
*<span> 15. Wisdom Guides the Way</span><span>96</span>
*<span> 16. Letting Go</span><span>102</span>
*<span> 17. Like a Centipede</span><span>108</span>
*<span> 18. All by Yourself</span><span>112</span>
*<span> 19. Three Grains of Millet</span><span>118</span>
*<span> 20. The Same Dream</span><span>124</span>
*<span> 21. The Good for Nothing Son</span><span>130</span>
*<span> 22. The Travels of a Seon Master</span><span>136</span>
*<span> 23. Even a Tree Understands Gratitude</span><span>144</span>
*<span> 24. The Pure-hearted Sculptor</span><span>148</span>
*<span> 25. The Scholar and the Regent</span><span>156</span>
*<span> 26. Bodhidharma's Sandal</span><span>162</span>
*<span> 27. It's Hard to Say</span><span>168</span>
*<span> 28. Mother-in-law Saves the Family</span><span>172</span>
*<span> 29. The Man with Two Sets of Parents</span><span>178</span>
*<span> 30. The King and the Blacksmith</span><span>184</span>
*<span> 31. The Examination</span><span>190</span>
*<span> 32. Carrying the Sheep on Your Shoulders</span><span>198</span>
*<span> 33. True Giving</span><span>204</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Prologue—Free and Easy: A Spontaneous Vajra Song ''by Lama Gendun Rinpoche''</span><span>11</span>
** <span> 1. Enlightened Vagabond: An Autobiographical Sketch</span><span>13</span>
* '''Teachings'''
** <span> 2. Basic Buddhadharma: A Teaching in the Kingdom of Bhutan</span><span>31</span>
** <span> 3. You Are Dzogpa Chenpo: A Teaching on Relative and Absolute<br> Bodhicitta at a Two-Month Dzogchen Retreat in America</span><span>56</span>
** <span> 4. Ground, Path, and Fruition: Mind-Nature Teachings Concerning<br> the View, Meditation, and Action of Dzogpa Chenpo, the Innate Great<br> Perfection</span><span>69</span>
** <span> 5. Dzogchen and the Buddhism of Tibet: A Teaching in Cambridge, Massachusetts</span><span>83</span>
* '''Songs and Commentary'''
** <span> 6. The Mirror of Essential Points: A letter in Praise of Emptiness, from<br> Khenpo Jamyang Dorje to His Mother</span><span>93</span>
** <span> 7. Khenpo Comments on "The Mirror of Essential Points: A Letter in Praise<br> of Emptiness"</span><span>102</span>
** <span> 8. The Vajra Mirror of Mindfulness: A Spontaneous Song</span><span>123</span>
** <span> 9. Deer Park Retreat</span><span>125</span>
** <span> 10. The Song of Illusion: Khenpo Jamyang Dorje's Letter of Instructions to<br> His Holiness</span><span>128</span>
** <span> 11. A Spontaneous Song to My Wife: Sacred Heart Essence of<br> Pith Instructions</span><span>134</span>
** <span> 12. The Essential Meaning</span><span>151</span>
* '''History'''
** <span> 13. The Dzogchen Lineage of Nyoshul Khenpo ''by Lama Surya Das''</span><span>155</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>187</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>195</span>
* <span> A Long Life Prayer for Nyoshul Khenpo Rinpoche</span><span>197</span>
*'''I. INTRODUCTION'''
**<span> 1.1 A Historical Introduction</span><span>1</span>
**<span> 1.2 Background of the Debate</span><span>4</span>
***<span> 1.2.1 Buddhadāsa</span><span>5</span>
***<span> 1.2.2 Saṅgharāja (Phae Tissadevo)</span><span>12</span>
***<span> 1.2.3 Luang Pho Wat Paknam, Phra Mongkhon Thepmuni (Sot Candasaro)</span><span>19</span>
***<span> 1.2.4 P.A. Payutto</span><span>27</span>
***<span> 1.2.5 Phra Rajyanvisith</span><span>29</span>
**<span> 1.3 The Cause of the Debate</span><span>31</span>
*'''II. NIBBĀNA IS ANATTĀ:'''
*'''PAYUTTO'S DHAMMAKĀYA CASE'''
**<span> 2.1 Introduction</span><span>33</span>
**<span> 2.2 Payutto's Characterisation of Western Scholarship on ''Attā''/''Anattā''</span><span>37</span>
**<span> 2.3 Payutto on ''Attā''/''Anattā''</span><span>41</span>
***<span> 2.3.1 General</span><span>41</span>
***<span> 2.3.2 Sections 1-6</span><span>44</span>
***<span> 2.3.3 Sections 7 -11</span><span>50</span>
***<span> 2.3.4 Sections 12-15</span><span>60</span>
***<span> 2.3.5 Sections 16-24</span><span>72</span>
*'''III. NIBBĀNA IS ATTĀ:'''
*'''THE PRINCIPLE OF EXAMINATION OF NIBBĀNA DHĀTU'''
**<span> 3.1 Introduction</span><span>74</span>
**<span> 3.2 Principle of Examination</span><span>88</span>
***<span> 3.2.1 Chapter 4: what is nibbāna?</span><span>88</span>
***<span> 3.2.2 Chapter 5: the meaning of anattā</span><span>97</span>
***<span> 3.2.3 Chapter 6: the meaning of attā</span><span>122</span>
***<span> 3.2.4 Chapter 7: consideration</span><span>130</span>
* '''IV. COMMENTARY'''
**<span> 4.1 Patterns in the Background of the Advocators</span><span>138</span>
**<span> 4.2 Differences in Basic Understanding</span><span>140</span>
**<span> 4.3 Repetition of OldArguments and Canonical Passages</span><span>145</span>
**<span> 4.4 NewArguments and References</span><span>150</span>
**<span> 4.5 The Perspective of Phra Thamwisutthimongkhon</span><span>154</span>
**<span> 4.6 The Context of This Debate</span><span>157</span>
**<span> 4.7 Conclusion</span><span>166</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>173</span>
* '''APPENDICES'''
**<span> A. Beginning Meditation Practice</span><span>179</span>
**<span> B. Phra Rajyanvisith</span><span>188</span>
**<span> C. Wat Luang Phor Sodh Dhammakayaram</span><span>191</span>
**<span> D. Meditation Retreats in English</span><span>199</span>
*<span> Chapter One: Introductory</span><span>V1</span>
*<span> Chapter Two: On Cunda</span><span>V58</span>
*<span> Chapter Three: On Grief</span><span>V93</span>
*<span> Chapter Four : On Long Life</span><span>V136</span>
*<span> Chapter Five : On the Adamantine Body</span><span>V179</span>
*<span> Chapter Six: On the Virtue of the Name</span><span>V199</span>
*<span> Chapter Seven: On the Four Aspects</span><span>V204</span>
*<span> Chapter Eight : On the Four Dependables</span><span>V321</span>
*<span> Chapter Nine: On Wrong and Right</span><span>V373</span>
*<span> Chapter Ten: On the Four Truths</span><span>V408</span>
*<span> Chapter Eleven: On the Four Inversions</span><span>V413</span>
*<span> Chapter Twelve: On the Nature of the Tathagata</span><span>V417</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirteen: On Letters</span><span>V465</span>
*<span> Chapter Fourteen: On the Parable of the Birds</span><span>V479</span>
*<span> Chapter Fifteen : On the Parable of the Moon</span><span>V494</span>
*<span> Chapter Sixteen: On the Bodhisattva</span><span>V505</span>
*<span> Chapter Seventeen: On the Questions Raised by the Crowd</span><span>V559</span>
*<span> Chapter Eighteen: On Actual Illness</span><span>V601</span>
*<span> Chapter Nineteen: On Holy Actions (a)</span><span>V627</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty: On Holy Actions (b)</span><span>V686</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-One: On Pure Actions (a)</span><span>V782</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Two : On Pure Actions (b)</span><span>V823</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Three : On Pure Actions (c)</span><span>V859</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Four: On Pure Actions (d)</span><span>V900</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Five : On Pure Actions (e)</span><span>V927</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Six: On the Action of the Child</span><span>V944</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Seven: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (a)</span><span>V946</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Eight: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (b)</span><span>V972</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Nine: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (c)</span><span>V994</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty : Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (d)</span><span>V1014</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-One: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (e)</span><span>V1039</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Two : Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (f)</span><span>V1067</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Three : On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (a)</span><span>V1091</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Four: On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (b)</span><span>V1116</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Five : On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (c)</span><span>V1147</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Six : On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (d)</span><span>V1160</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Seven : On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (e)</span><span>V1174</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Eight: On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (f)</span><span>V1199</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Nine: On Bodhisattva Lion's Roar (g)</span><span>V1233</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (a)</span><span>V1266</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-One : On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (b)</span><span>V1302</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Two : On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (c)</span><span>V1337</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Three : On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (d)</span><span>V1365</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Four: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (e)</span><span>V1369</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Five: On Kaundinya (a)</span><span>V1404</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Six: On Kaundinya (b)</span><span>V1438</span>
*<span> Foreword</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Editor's Introduction</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> A Brief Biography of Daehaeng Kun Sunim</span><span>xiii</span>
*'''PART ONE: PRINCIPLES'''
*<span> Chapter 1: Fundamental Questions</span><span>3</span>
**<span> Who Am I?</span><span>3</span>
**<span> What Is Buddha?</span><span>4</span>
**<span> What Is Buddha-nature?</span><span>5</span>
**<span> What Is Buddha-Dharma?</span><span>6</span>
**<span> What Is Buddhism?</span><span>6</span>
*<span> Chapter 2: Eternal Truth</span><span>9</span>
**<span> Hanmaum</span><span>9</span>
**<span> Juingong</span><span>10</span>
**<span> My True Reality</span><span>12</span>
**<span> Non-Duality</span><span>15</span>
**<span> Cause and Effect</span><span>16</span>
**<span> The Principle of Evolution</span><span>19</span>
**<span> The Essence of Truth</span><span>22</span>
*<span> Chapter 3: Mind and Science</span><span>25</span>
'''PART TWO: CULTIVATING MIND'''
*<span> Chapter 4: The Essence of Mind</span><span>31</span>
**<span> What Is Mind?</span><span>31</span>
**<span> The Profound Ability of Mind</span><span>33</span>
**<span> The Thoughts that We Give Rise To</span><span>34</span>
*<span> Chapter 5: Belief Is the Key</span><span>39</span>
*<span> Chapter 6: Entrust and Observe</span><span>41</span>
**<span> Entrust and Let Go of Everything</span><span>41</span>
**<span> How to Let Go</span><span>47</span>
**<span> The Virtue and Merit of Letting Go</span><span>49</span>
**<span> Unceasing Practice</span><span>51</span>
**<span> Gwan (Observing)</span><span>56</span>
*<span> Chapter 7: Enlightenment</span><span>59</span>
**<span> The Path to Awakening</span><span>59</span>
**<span> Seeing Your Inherent Nature</span><span>60</span>
**<span> Becoming a Buddha</span><span>62</span>
**<span> Nirvana</span><span>63</span>
**<span> The Middle Path</span><span>64</span>
**<span> The Virtue and Merit of Awakening</span><span>65</span>
*'''PART THREE: APPLYING THE PRINCIPLE OF ONE MIND'''
*<span> Chapter 8: The Essence of Buddhism Lies in Applying and Experiencing</span><span>69</span>
*<span> Chapter 9: Practice in Daily Life</span><span>71</span>
**<span> Life Itself Is Dharma</span><span>71</span>
**<span> Handling Difficulties and Suffering</span><span>72</span>
**<span> Illness</span><span>73</span>
**<span> Money and Prosperity</span><span>75</span>
**<span> Family</span><span>76</span>
**<span> True Love</span><span>78</span>
**<span> Happiness and Harmony</span><span>78</span>
*<span> Chapter 10: Religion and Daily Life</span><span>81</span>
**<span> Teachers and Learning the Path</span><span>81</span>
**<span> Bowing</span><span>82</span>
**<span> Keeping the Precepts</span><span>84</span>
**<span> Sutras</span><span>85</span>
**<span> Reciting the Buddha's Name and Chanting Sutras</span><span>87</span>
**<span> One With Your Ancestors</span><span>87</span>
**<span> True Giving</span><span>89</span>
**<span> Fate and Destiny</span><span>90</span>
**<span> Believing in Outer Powers</span><span>91</span>
**<span> Religious Conflict</span><span>92</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>93</span>
*<span> A Note about the Current Text</span><span>99</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>101</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>''vii''</span>
*Shikantaza: Living Fully in Each Moment
**<span> ''Calmness of Mind''</span><span>5</span>
**<span> ''Express Yourself Fully''</span><span>8</span>
**<span> ''Freedom from Everything''</span><span>12</span>
**<span> ''Jumping off the 100-Foot Pole''</span><span>16</span>
**<span> ''Changing Our Karma''</span><span>21</span>
**<span> ''Enjoy Your Life''</span><span>25</span>
**<span> ''Walk like an Elephant''</span><span>29</span>
*Letters from Emptiness
**<span> ''Letters from Emptiness''</span><span>35</span>
**<span> ''Brown Rice is just Right''</span><span>40</span>
**<span> ''The Zen of Going to the Rest Room''</span><span>42</span>
**<span> ''Caring for the Soil''</span><span>47</span>
**<span> ''Everyday Life is like a Movie''</span><span>49</span>
**<span> ''Resuming Big Mind''</span><span>53</span>
**<span> ''Ordinary Mind, Buddha Mind''</span><span>58</span>
*Practicing Zen
**<span> ''Supported from Within''</span><span>65</span>
**<span> ''Open Your Intuition''</span><span>69</span>
**<span> ''Find Out for Yourself''</span><span>72</span>
**<span> ''Be Kind with Yourself''</span><span>77</span>
**<span> ''Respect for Things</span><span>81</span>
**<span> ''Observing the Precepts''</span><span>85</span>
**<span> ''Pure Silk, Sharp Iron''</span><span>89</span>
*Not Always So
**<span> ''Not Always So''</span><span>95</span>
**<span> ''Direct Experience of Reality''</span><span>99</span>
**<span> ''True Concentration''</span><span>103</span>
**<span> ''Wherever l Go, l Meet Myself''</span><span>107</span>
**<span> ''The Boss of Everything''</span><span>111</span>
**<span> ''Sincere Practice''</span><span>115</span>
**<span> ''One with Everything''</span><span>120</span>
*Wherever You Are, Enlightenment is There
**<span> ''Wherever You Are, Enlightenment is There''</span><span>127</span>
**<span> ''Not Sticking to Enlightenment''</span><span>131</span>
**<span> ''The Teaching Just for You''</span><span>134</span>
**<span> ''Stand Up by the Ground''</span><span>139</span>
**<span> ''Just Enough Problems''</span><span>143</span>
**<span> ''Sun-Faced Buddha, Moon-Faced Buddha''</span><span>146</span>
**<span> ''Sitting like a Frog''</span><span>151</span>
*<span> Notes about Editing the Lectures</span><span>155</span>
*<span> Further Reading</span><span>159</span>
*<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>161</span>
*Chapter 1 Toward a New Understanding of Buddha's Thought of Buddha (Masahiro Shimoda)
*Revisiting Chapter 2 "Buddha of Nyorai"--Focusing on the Nine Metaphors of Buddha (Michael Zimmermann)
*Chapter 3 Declaration of Buddha-- -Nirvana Sutra (Hiromi width width)
*Chapter 4 Development of Buddha nature-Maruka Nakao and Daiho drum (Takayasu Suzuki)
*Chapter 5 Development of the theory of treasure (Kazuo Kano)
*Chapter 6 Nyorai and Sora (Shiro Matsumoto)
*Chapter 7 Nirvana and East Asia (Fujii Norio)
*Chapter 8 Defining Anxiety and Perception--The Origins of Two Disorders of Intuition and Nyoraizo (Charles Muller)
+Table of Contents Unavailable
+
* <span> '''Foreward''' by Frank E. Reynolds</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> '''Preface'''</span><span>xvii</span>
* <span> '''Acknowledgements'''</span><span>xxi</span>
* '''Chapter One: The Doctrinal Study of Doctrine'''
* <span> 1.0 Prolegomena</span><span>1</span>
* <span> 1.1 Primary Doctrines</span><span>6</span>
* <span> 1.2 Secondary Doctrines</span><span>12</span>
** <span> 1.2.1 ''Rules of Recognition and Patterns of Derivation''</span><span>12</span>
** <span> 1.2.2 ''Rules of Interpretation and Combination''</span><span>20</span>
* <span> 1.3 The Doctrinal Uses of Primary Doctrines</span><span>21</span>
* <span> 1.4 Applying the Theory</span><span>23</span>
* '''Chapter Two: Buddhist Doctrine'''
* <span> 2.0 Prolegomena</span><span>27</span>
* <span> 2.1 The Doctrinal Digests</span><span>27</span>
* <span> 2.2 The Authority of the Doctrinal Digests</span><span>33</span>
* <span> 2.3 The Content and Subject-Matter of the Doctrinal Digests</span><span>41</span>
* <span> 2.4 The Goals of the Doctrinal Digests</span><span>43</span>
* <span> 2.5 Theories of Doctrine in the Doctrinal Digests</span><span>46</span>
** <span> 2.5.1 ''Rules of Recognition''</span><span>46</span>
** <span> 2.5.2 ''Rules of Interpretation''</span><span>51</span>
* '''Chapter Three: Buddhalogical Doctrine'''
* <span> 3.0 Prolegomena</span><span>57</span>
* <span> 3.1 Buddhalogy and Maximal Greatness</span><span>58</span>
* <span> 3.2 Titles and Epithets of Buddha</span><span>60</span>
* <span> 3.3 Properties of Buddha</span><span>66</span>
* <span> 3.4 Analytical and Organizational Schemata</span><span>75</span>
* <span> 3.5 Metaphysical Embeddedness and Systematic Location</span><span>82</span>
* '''Chapter Four: Buddha in the World'''
* <span> 4.0 Prolegomena</span><span>87</span>
* <span> 4.1 The Buddha-Legend</span><span>87</span>
* <span> 4.2 Bodies of Magical Transformation</span><span>90</span>
* <span> 4.3 Buddha's Perfections of Appearance in the World</span><span>97</span>
* <span> 4.4 Buddha's Perfections of Action in the World</span><span>101</span>
** <span> 4.4.1 ''Spontaneity and Effortlessness''</span><span>103</span>
** <span> 4.4.2 ''Endlessness and Omnipresence''</span><span>107</span>
** <span> 4.4.3 ''Excursus: Buddha's Consumption of Food''</span><span>110</span>
* <span> 4.5 Buddha's Perfections of Cognition in the World</span><span>115</span>
** <span> 4.5.1 ''Omnilinguality''</span><span>116</span>
** <span> 4.5.1 ''Awareness of What Is Possible and What Is Impossible''</span><span>118</span>
* <span> 4.6 One Body of Magical Transformation at a Time? A Controversy</span><span>119</span>
* '''Chapter Five: Buddha in Heaven'''
* <span> 5.0 Prolegomena</span><span>127</span>
* <span> 5.1 Ornamenting Heaven</span><span>128</span>
* <span> 5.2 Bodies of Communal Enjoyment</span><span>134</span>
* '''Chapter Six: Buddha in Eternity'''
* <span> 6.0 Prolegomena</span><span>147</span>
* <span> 6.1 Epistemic Predicates</span><span>151</span>
** <span> 6.1.1 ''Awareness Simpliciter''</span><span>151</span>
** <span> 6.1.2 ''Buddha's Awareness''</span><span>153</span>
* <span> 6.2 Metaphysical Predicates</span><span>173</span>
* '''Chapter Seven: Doctrinal Criticism'''
* <span> Doctrinal Criticism</span><span>181</span>
* <span> '''Notes'''</span><span>203</span>
* <span> '''Glossary'''</span><span>229</span>
* <span> '''Bibliography'''</span><span>233</span>
* <span> '''Index'''</span><span>253</span>
*<span> 1. The Study of the Cakrasaṃvara Tantra: Contextualizing the Tantric</span><span>1</span>
**<span> 1. "Tantrism" and Colonialism</span><span>9</span>
**<span> 2. Defining "Tantrism" and the Tantric</span><span>25</span>
**3. Tantrism in Context
***<span> 1. Non-Origins</span><span>39</span>
***<span> 2. Buddhist Origins</span><span>45</span>
***<span> 3. Hindu Origins</span><span>53</span>
*<span> 2. Passion, Compassion and Self-Mastery: Approaches to Tantric Buddhism</span><span>65</span>
**<span> 1. Purity</span><span>66</span>
**2. Transformation and Perfection
***<span> 1. The Alchemy of Passion and Compassion</span><span>86</span>
***<span> 2. Union and Self-Consecration</span><span>95</span>
**3. The Way of Great Bliss
***<span> 1. Joy and Asceticism</span><span>103</span>
***2. Transgression and Self-Mastery
****<span> 1. Interpretation and Ambiguity</span><span>113</span>
****<span> 2. The Logic of Mastery</span><span>128</span>
**<span> 4. Concluding Models</span><span>147</span>
*<span> 3. Competing Discourses in Theory and Practice</span><span>152</span>
**1. The Discourse on Varṇa
***<span> 1. Hegemonic and Counter-Hegemonic Ideologies</span><span>153</span>
***<span> 2. Myth, Counter-myth and Ritual</span><span>161</span>
***<span> 3. On Dissent, Protest and Counter-Culture: Resistance or<br> Reproduction?</span><span>178</span>
**2. The Practice of Dissent
***<span> 1. Heresies</span><span>193</span>
***2. Renunciation and Liminality
****<span> 1. Liminal Persons</span><span>200</span>
****<span> 2. Liminal Places</span><span>223</span>
**3. Cosmic Mastery: Visions of Authority Within and Beyond the World
***<span> 1. Cosmology and Awakening</span><span>240</span>
***<span> 2. The Collapse of Time and Space in the Maṇḍala</span><span>250</span>
***3. Mastery in and of the World
****<span> 1. The Guru, the King and the Maṇḍala</span><span>262</span>
****<span> 2. Lineage and the Transmission of Alternate Modes of<br> Authority</span><span>280</span>
*<span> 4. Revelation and Taxonomy: Categorizing Tantric Literature</span><span>293</span>
**1. Modes of Tantric Discourse
***<span> 1. Primary Revelation</span><span>299</span>
***<span> 2. Primary Exegesis</span><span>303</span>
***<span> 3. Secondary Revelation</span><span>309</span>
***<span> 4. Secondary Exegesis</span><span>313</span>
**2. Tantric Doxography
***<span> 1. Compilations</span><span>314</span>
***<span> 2. Classification Schemes</span><span>319</span>
**<span> 3. Tantric Taxonomy and Early Medieval Indian Society</span><span>348</span>
*5. Tantric Historiography
**<span> 1. Traditional Histories</span><span>364</span>
**<span> 2. Modem Chronologies</span><span>389</span>
*6. The Cakrasaṃvara Tantra and the Origins of Heruka
**1. The Texts of the Cakrasamvara Tantra
***<span> 1. Description of Texts </span><span>431</span>
***<span> 2. Survey of Contents</span><span>438</span>
**2. A Geneology of the Cakrasaṃvara Tantra
***<span> 1. Buddhist Sources</span><span>446</span>
***<span> 2. Hindu Sources</span><span>464</span>
**3. Heruka
***<span> 1. The Origin of Heruka</span><span>473</span>
***<span> 2. The Purification of Heruka</span><span>496</span>
*<span> Bibliography: Primary Sources</span><span>505</span>
*<span> Bibliography: Secondary Sources</span><span>525</span>
*<span> Appendix A: An Edition of the Cakrasaṃvara Tantra, Chapters One to Four</span><span>588</span>
*<span> Appendix B: A Translation of the Cakrasrupvara TantTai Chapters One to<br> Four</span><span>614</span>
*<span> Appendix C: Tsongkhapa's ''Total Illumination of the Hidden Meaning'', Ch. 1-4</span><span>622</span>
*<span> Appendix D: Sumatikīrti's ''Laghusaṃvaratantrapaṭalābhisandhi''</span><span>760</span>
*<span> Appendix E: Cakrasamvara Lineage Lists</span><span>765</span>
*<span> Charts and Illustrations</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> Abbreviations and Conventions</span><span>xix</span><br><br>
<center>''Part One: Perspectives and Problems''</center>
*<span> ''Chapter One'': What Is "Original Enlightenment Thought"?</span><span>3</span>
*<span> ''Chapter Two'': Tendai ''Hongaku'' Thought and the New Kamakura<br> Buddhism: Rival Theories</span><span>55</span><br><br>
<center>''Part Two: The World of Medieval Tendai''</center>
*<span> ''Chapter Three'': The Culture of Secret Transmission</span><span>97</span>
*<span> ''Chapter Four'': Hermeneutics, Doctrine, and "Mind-Contemplation"</span><span>153</span>
*<span> ''Chapter Five'': Tendai ''Hongaku'' Thought and the New Kamakura<br> Buddhism: A Reappraisal</span><span>190</span><br><br>
<center>''Part Three: Nichiren and His Successors''</center>
*<span> ''Chapter Six'': Nichiren and the New Paradigm</span><span>239</span>
*<span> ''Chapter Seven'': Hokke-Tendai Interactions and the<br> Emergence of a Nichiren ''Hongaku'' Discourse</span><span>300</span>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>356</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>369</span>
*<span> Character Glossary</span><span>461</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>481</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>523</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by His Holiness the Karmapa</span><span> vii</span>
* <span> Editor’s Preface</span><span> ix</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction</span><span> 1</span>
<br>
* ''Ornament of Precious Liberation: A Wish-Fulfilling Gem of Sublime Dharma''
* Gampopa Sonam Rinchen (1079–1153)
** <span> Author’s Preface </span><span> 11</span>
* ''I. The Prime Cause''
** <span> 1. Buddha Nature </span><span> 15</span>
* ''II. The Basis''
** <span> 2. A Precious Human Existence</span><span>25</span>
* ''III. The Condition''
** <span> 3. Relying on the Dharma Master</span><span> 37</span>
* ''IV. The Means: ''
* ''The Dharma Master’s Instruction''
** <span> 4. The Impermanence of Conditioned Existence</span><span> 47</span>
** <span> 5. The Suffering of Samsara</span><span> 59</span>
** <span> 6. Karma and Its Effects</span><span> 77</span>
** <span> 7. Loving Kindness and Compassion</span><span> 89</span>
** <span> 8. Taking Refuge</span><span> 99</span>
** <span> 9. The Proper Adoption of Bodhicitta </span><span>111</span>
** <span> 10. Precepts for Generating Aspiring Bodhicitta </span><span> 145</span>
** <span> 11. Presentation of the Six Perfections </span><span> 151</span>
** <span> 12. The Perfection of Generosity </span><span>155</span>
** <span> 13. The Perfection of Moral Discipline </span><span> 169</span>
** <span> 14. The Perfection of Forbearance</span><span> 181</span>
** <span> 15. The Perfection of Diligence</span><span> 191</span>
** <span> 16. The Perfection of Meditative Concentration</span><span> 199</span>
** <span> 17. The Perfection of Wisdom</span><span> 215</span>
** <span> 18. The Presentation of the (Five) Paths</span><span> 247</span>
** <span> 19. The Presentation of the Levels</span><span> 253</span>
* ''V. The Result''
** <span> 20. The Bodies of Perfect Buddhahood</span><span> 275</span>
* ''VI. Enlightened Activities of the Buddhas''
** <span> 21. Enlightened Activities of the Buddhas</span><span> 291</span>
<br>
* <span> Notes</span><span> 297</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span> 319</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span> 331</span>
* <span> Index</span><span> 341</span>
* <span> About the Contributors</span><span>357</span>
*<span> General Editor's Preface</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Technical Note</span><span>19</span>
ORNAMENT OF STAINLESS LIGHT
''An Exposition of the Outer, Inner, and Other Kālacakra''
*Introduction
**<span> Compilation of the ''Root'' and ''Condensed Tantra''</span><span>25</span>
**<span> The Primordial Mind and Body</span><span>53</span>
*Part 1. The External World
**<span> The Three Themes of Kālacakra Tantra</span><span>75</span>
**<span> The Formation of the External World and Its Dimensions</span><span>79</span>
**<span> The Inhabitants of This World</span><span>91</span>
**<span> The Stars and the Planets</span><span>105</span>
**<span> Resolving Contradictions between Kālacakra and Abhidharma Cosmology</span><span>145</span>
*Part 2. The Inner World of Sentient Beings
**<span> The Development of the Body</span><span>161</span>
**<span> Channels, Winds, and Drops</span><span>177</span>
**<span> Discrepancies between Kālacakra and Other Tantras</span><span>195</span>
*Part 3. Initiations
**<span> Qualifications of Master and Disciple</span><span>211</span>
**<span> Description of the Mandala</span><span>225</span>
**<span> The Initiations</span><span>231</span>
**<span> The Seven Childhood Initiations</span><span>243</span>
**<span> The Four Higher Initiations</span><span>247</span>
**<span> The Higher-than-High Initiations</span><span>257</span>
*Part 4. Sādhana: Methods of Accomplishment
**<span> The Two Stages</span><span>271</span>
**<span> The Generation Stage</span><span>277</span>
**<span> The Two Accumulations</span><span>281</span>
**<span> The Body Vajra</span><span>285</span>
**<span> Analysis of the Colors of the Lunar-Day Deities</span><span>303</span>
**<span> Resolving Doubts Concerning the Process of Generation</span><span>317</span>
**<span> The Speech Vajra</span><span>341</span>
**<span> The Mind Vajra</span><span>369</span>
**<span> The Gnosis Vajra</span><span>375</span>
*Part 5. Gnosis: The Completion Stage
**<span> The Six-Branched Yoga</span><span>391</span>
**<span> Withdrawal: Night Yoga</span><span>411</span>
**<span> Withdrawal: Day Yoga</span><span>439</span>
**<span> The Yoga of Meditative Absorption</span><span>461</span>
**<span> Prāṇāyāma: The Yoga of the Winds</span><span>475</span>
**<span> Vajra Recitation</span><span>483</span>
**<span> Vase Yoga</span><span>495</span>
**<span> The Yoga of Retention</span><span>513</span>
**<span> The Yoga of Recollection</span><span>523</span>
**<span> The Yoga of Meditative Concentration</span><span>553</span>
**<span> The Fruits of the Two Stages</span><span>585</span>
APPENDIXES
**<span> Table of Tibetan Transliteration</span><span>595</span>
**<span> Enumerations Mentioned in the Text</span><span>598</span>
**<span> Time Measurement</span><span>602</span>
**<span> Linear Measurement</span><span>604</span>
**<span> Kālacakra Word-Numerals</span><span>605</span>
**<span> Approximation and Accomplishment in the Six-Branched Yoga</span><span>610</span>
**<span> The Six Elements and the Inner World</span><span>611</span>
**<span> Diagram: The Kālacakra World Realm</span><span>615</span>
**<span> Diagram: The Sun's Path over the Earth and Water Mandalas</span><span>616</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>617</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>673</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>681</span>
**<span> ''Works Cited by the Author''</span><span>681</span>
**<span> Kangyur (Canonical Scriptures)</span><span>681</span>
**<span> Tengyur (Canonical Treatises)</span><span>683</span>
**<span> Tibetan Works</span><span>688</span>
**<span> ''Works Consulted by the Translator''</span><span> 691</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>693</span>
*<span> About the Contributors</span><span>709</span>
*<span> Translators’ Introduction</span><span> vii</span>
*<span> Ornament of the Great Vehicle Sūtras</span><span> 1</span>
*<span> Title and Translator’s Homage</span><span> 4</span>
**<span> 1. How the Scripture Was Composed</span><span> 5</span>
**<span> 2. Establishing the Teachings of the Great Vehicle</span><span> 21</span>
**<span> 3. Going for Refuge</span><span> 41</span>
**<span> 4. Potential</span><span> 59</span>
**<span> 5. Developing the Enlightened Mind</span><span> 77</span>
**<span> 6. Practice</span><span> 109</span>
**<span> 7. Reality</span><span> 125</span>
**<span> 8. Power</span><span> 145</span>
**<span> 9. Full Maturation</span><span> 157</span>
**<span> 10. Enlightenment</span><span> 181</span>
**<span> Summary of Chapters 1 through 10</span><span> 261</span>
**<span> 11. Inspiration</span><span> 265</span>
**<span> 12. Investigation of the Dharma</span><span> 285</span>
**<span> 13. Teaching</span><span> 397</span>
**<span> 14. Practice</span><span> 429</span>
**<span> 15. Practical Instructions and Advice</span><span> 453</span>
**<span> Summary of Chapters 11 through 15</span><span> 489</span>
**<span> 16. Skillful Means</span><span> 491</span>
**<span> 17. Transcendences and Means of Attraction</span><span> 497</span>
**<span> 18. Worship, Reliance, and the Immeasurables</span><span> 571</span>
**<span> 19. The Factors That Accord with Enlightenment</span><span> 639</span>
**<span> 20. The Qualities</span><span> 777</span>
**<span> 21. Activity and Perfection</span><span> 863</span>
**<span> Colophons</span><span> 927</span>
*<span> Appendix: A Visual Representation of Mipham’s Topical Outline</span><span> 931</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span> 963</span>
*<span> English-Tibetan Glossary</span><span> 969</span>
*<span> Tibetan-English-Sanskrit Glossary</span><span> 977</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span> 987</span>
*<span> Index</span><span> 991</span>
+
* <span> Translator's Preface</span><span>vii</span>
** <span> 1. The Buddhist Analytical Attitude</span><span>1</span>
** <span> 2. The Situation of Cyclic Existence</span><span>17</span>
** <span> 3. The Psychology of Cyclic Existence</span><span>37</span>
** <span> 4. More about Consciousness and Karma</span><span>55</span>
** <span> 5. Cessation and Buddha Nature</span><span>79</span>
** <span> 6. Paths and the Utilization ofBliss</span><span>101</span>
** <span> 7. Techniques for Meditation</span><span>121</span>
** <span> 8. Altruism</span><span>139</span>
** <span> 9. Valuing Enemies</span><span>161</span>
** <span> 10. Wisdom</span><span>181</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>203</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>219</span>
* <span> Books by the Dalai Lama</span><span>233</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>235</span>
+
** <span> Foreword</span><span> xi</span>
** <span> Preface</span><span> xv</span>
** <span> Acknowledgments</span><span> xix</span>
** <span> Homage to Manjushri</span><span> xxi</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span> 1</span>
* <span> 1. THE CAUSE: ''Buddha Nature''</span><span> 7</span>
* <span> 2. THE BASIS: ''A Precious Human Life''</span><span> 15</span>
* <span> 3. THE CONDITION: ''The Spiritual Friend''</span><span> 23</span>
** <span> Why We Need a Spiritual Friend</span><span> 24</span>
** <span> The Different Categories of Spiritual Friends</span><span> 25</span>
** <span> The Qualities of Ordinary Spiritual Friends</span><span> 26</span>
** <span> The Master-Disciple Relationship</span><span> 27</span>
** <span> Receiving the Teachings in the Right Way</span><span> 29</span>
* <span> 4. THE METHOD: ''The Instructions of the Spiritual Friend''</span><span> 37</span>
** <span> First Antidote: Contemplating Impermanence</span><span> 32</span>
** <span> Second Antidote</span><span> 37</span>
*** <span> Contemplating the Misery of Samsara</span><span> 37</span>
*** <span> Understanding Karma</span><span> 44</span>
** <span> Third Antidote: Love and Compassion</span><span> 50</span>
*** <span> The Development of Loving-Kindness</span><span> 51</span>
*** <span> The Development of Compassion</span><span> 60</span>
** <span> Fourth Antidote: Bodhichitta</span><span> 64</span>
*** <span> The Bodhichitta of Aspiration</span><span> 67</span>
**** <span> Refuge</span><span> 67</span>
**** <span> Taking Refuge in the Buddha</span><span> 68</span>
**** <span> Taking Refuge in the Dharma</span><span> 70</span>
**** <span> Taking Refuge in the Sangha</span><span> 70</span>
**** <span> The Three Kayas</span><span> 72</span>
**** <span> The Refuge Ceremony</span><span> 74</span>
*** <span> The Bodhichitta of Commitment</span><span> 76</span>
*** <span> The Bodhisattva Vows</span><span> 76</span>
*** <span> Instructions for Developing the Bodhichitta of Commitment: The Six Paramitas</span><span> 80</span>
**** <span> First Paramita: Generosity</span><span> 82</span>
**** <span> Second Paramita: Ethics or Right Conduct</span><span> 87</span>
**** <span> Third Paramita: Forbearance</span><span> 88</span>
**** <span> Fourth Paramita: Diligence</span><span> 93</span>
**** <span> Fifth Paramita: Meditation</span><span> 99</span>
**** <span> Sixth Paramita: Wisdom</span><span> 108</span>
*** <span> The Five Levels of the Bodhisattva Path</span><span> 138</span>
**** <span> Accumulation</span><span> 139</span>
**** <span> Integration </span><span> 140</span>
**** <span> Insight</span><span> 141</span>
**** <span> Meditation</span><span> 142</span>
**** <span> Complete Accomplishment </span><span> 142</span>
*** <span> The Ten Bodhisattva Levels</span><span> 143</span>
* <span> 5. THE RESULT: ''Perfect Buddhahood''</span><span>149</span>
* <span> 6. ''The Activities of a Buddha''</span><span> 163</span>
<br>
* <span> Conclusion</span><span> 169</span>
* <span> Dedication of Merit</span><span> 171</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span> 173</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>179</span>
* <span> Foreword</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Preface and Acknowledgments</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> I - Translator's Introduction: The Doctrine of Buddha-nature</span><span>1</span>
** <span> Overview</span><span>1</span>
** <span> Sources</span><span>4</span>
*** <span> The Sutras</span><span>4</span>
*** <span> The Sastras</span><span>8</span>
* <span> The Ratnagotravibhaga</span><span>11</span>
** <span> The Text of the Ratnagotravibhaga</span><span>11</span>
** <span> The Question of the Authorship of the Ratnagotravibhaga</span><span>12</span>
** <span> The Ratnagotravibhaga in India</span><span>13</span>
** <span> The Ratnagotravibhaga in Tibet</span><span>15</span>
*** <span> The Analytical School of Loden Sherab</span><span>15</span>
*** <span> The Meditative School of Tsen Khaboche</span><span>19</span>
** <span> Previous Studies and the Aim of the Present work</span><span>20</span>
* <span> Rongton and His Presentation of Buddha-nature</span><span>22</span>
** <span> A Brief Biography of Rongton Sheja Kiinrig</span><span>22</span>
** <span> Rongton's Presentation of Buddha-nature</span><span>23</span>
*** <span> Introduction</span><span>23</span>
*** <span> The Buddha Qualities and the Dharmakaya</span><span>26</span>
*** <span> The Dhatu as a Cause</span><span>28</span>
*** <span> The Gotra and the Luminous Nature of the Mind</span><span>29</span>
*** <span> Rongton and the Ratnagotravibhagavyakhya</span><span>33</span>
*** <span> Summary</span><span>34</span>
** <span> Notes on the Translation</span><span>35</span>
* <span> II - Translation: An Extensive Exposition of the Dhatu: All Sentient Beings Have Buddha-Nature</span><span>37</span>
* <span> Determining the Dhatu by Means of a Tenfold Presentation</span><span>44</span>
** <span> Essential nature and cause</span><span>44</span>
** <span> Result and function</span><span>50</span>
** <span> Connection</span><span>62</span>
** <span> Manifestation</span><span>65</span>
** <span> States</span><span>67</span>
** <span> All-pervasiveness</span><span>69</span>
** <span> Immutability</span><span>71</span>
** <span> Inseparable qualities</span><span>97</span>
* <span> Summary</span><span>106</span>
* <span> Appendix: Detailed Outline of the Commentary</span><span>107</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>113</span>
* <span> Tibetan Names and Places</span><span>125</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>129</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>137</span>
** <span> ''Preface''</span><span>v</span>
** <span> ''Bio-data of Dr. phil., Dr. h.c. Gustav Roth''</span><span>xi</span>
** <span> ''Bibliography of Professor Gustav Roth''</span><span>xxi</span>
* <span> 1. '''Sibjiban Bhattacharya''': ''Meaning and Scepticism: Some Indian Themes and Theories''</span><span>1</span>
* <span> 2. '''S.S. Barlingay''': ''The Grammar of (Indian) Moral Concepts''</span><span>21</span>
* <span> 3. '''Rajendra P. Pandey''': ''Language and Significance''</span><span>37</span>
* <span> 4. '''G.L. Pandit''': ''Rediscovering Indian Philosophy: Out of Text and Into Text''</span><span>41</span>
* <span> 5. '''K.N.Tiwari''': ''Logicalism and Anthropocentrism in Linguistic Meaning''</span><span>53</span>
* <span> 6. '''P.R. Bhat''': ''Philosophical Problems and Language in Wittgenstein''</span><span>61</span>
* <span> 7. '''N.K. Devaraja''': ''Self and Freedom: The Vedantic and Phenomenological Perspectives''</span><span>79</span>
* <span> 8. '''Arvind Kumar Rai''': ''The Positive Dimension of Śunyatā in Nāgārjuna''</span><span>87</span>
* <span> 9. '''Vijay Bharadwaja''': ''Svadharma and Mokṣa: A Critique''</span><span>95</span>
* <span> 10. '''Deepkant Prasad''': ''The Concept of Justification and Svataḥprāmāṇya-<br> Parataḥprāmāṇya Debate''</span><span>103</span>
* <span> 11. '''R.I. Ingalalli''': ''Pramanya (Validity of Knowledge)''</span><span>143</span>
* <span> 12. '''Raghunath Ghosh''': ''Some Problems Concerning the Comprehension of Meaning''</span><span>157</span>
* <span> 13. '''Tulsi Ram Kanaujia''': ''Heterogeneity of Arthāpatti''</span><span>165</span>
* <span> 14. '''Rajesh Kumar Jha''': ''Advaitism as Revealed in the Saudarya-laharī of Śaṃkara''</span><span>85</span>
* <span> 15. '''Ramesh Kumar Sharma''': ''Reality of the External World: Yoga vs.<br> Buddhist Idealism''</span><span>221</span>
* <span> 16. '''H. S. Prasad''': ''Śāntideva on Roots and Resolutions of Violence''</span><span>233</span>
* <span> 17. '''Hajime Nakamura''': ''Buddhist Influence as is Noticed in the Fourth Chapter of the<br> Gauḍapādīya-Kārikā-s''</span><span>241</span>
* <span> 18. '''Harsh Narain''': ''Nibbāna: Extinction or Emancipation''</span><span>259</span>
* <span> 19. '''N.H. Samtani''': ''Mahāyāna Elements in Thai Buddhism''</span><span>267</span>
* <span> 20. '''S.C. Goswami''': ''The Monistic Absolute of the Uttaratantra and Modem Science''</span><span>275</span>
* <span> 21. '''Sanghasen Singh''': ''On the Restoration of the Śrīghanācārasaṃgraha''</span><span>283</span>
* <span> 22. '''K.T.S. Sarao''': ''Did the Buddha Really Belong to the Sixth-fifth Century B.C.''</span><span>303</span>
* <span> 23. '''Hisashi Matsumura''': ''A Story of Seeking after the Dharma and a Verse on<br> Impermanence-Another Mahāyāna Element in Sri Lanka Literature''</span><span>319</span>
* <span> 24. '''K.R. Norman''': ''The Nasalisation of Vowels in Middle Indo-Aryan''</span><span>331</span>
* <span> 25. '''Georg von Simson''': ''Gaṇeśa and Vṛtra''</span><span>339</span>
* <span> 26. '''Utz Podzeit''': ''Indian Manuscripts in Vienna''</span><span>351</span>
* <span> 27. '''Lokesh Chandra & Sudarshan Devi Singhal''': ''Avalokiteśvara in Tun-Huang<br> Painting''</span><span>359</span>
* <span> 28. '''Chandra B. Varma''': ''A Translator's Approach with Reference to the<br> Abhidhammatthasaṅgahasarūpa''</span><span>373</span>
* <span> 29. '''T.S. Rukmani''': ''Upaniṣadic Philosophy and the Pañcakośa Concept<br> Compared with Recent Humanistic Psychology in the West''</span><span>383</span>
* <span> 30. '''S.C. Goswami''': ''Complementarity of Opposites: The Undercurrent of Upaniṣadic<br> Thought''</span><span>389</span>
* <span> 31. '''V.N. Jha''': ''Jayanta on Prātibhajñāna''</span><span>399</span>
* <span> 32. '''Keshab Chandra Dash''': ''Pronominal Reference and Inferential Mechanism in Micro-<br> Structural Representation''</span><span>403</span>
* <span> 33. '''K. Maheswaran Nair''': ''On the Hindu Thinking on Conversion to Buddhism in<br> Kerala''</span><span>413</span>
* <span> 34. '''Ashok Kumar Goswami''': ''Contributions of Anundoram Borooah to Sanskrit''</span><span>423</span>
* <span> 35. '''''List of Contributors'''''</span><span> 437</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>9</span>
*<span> Technical Remarks</span><span>17</span><br><br>
*<span> '''Pt. I: Reconsidering the Status of Plants in Early Buddhism'''</span><span>19</span>
*<span> 1. Plants as a Borderline Case between Sentient and Insentient</span><span>19</span>
*<span> 2. Alternative Proposals</span><span>30</span>
*<span> 3. Plants as Living Beings with One Sense-Faculty in the Vinaya</span><span>36</span>
**<span> Philological Excursus on the phrase '' 'jīvasaññino manussā rukkhasmiṁ' '' (§ 16)</span><span>42</span>
*<span> 4. Plants as Insentient Living Beings (Fujimoto)</span><span>48</span>
*<span> 5. Additional Arguments for the Sentience of Plants Revisited</span><span>58</span>
**<span> 5.1. Findly's Arguments</span><span>58</span>
**<span> 5.1.1. Additional Passages Referring to Plants as Sentient Beings</span><span>59</span>
**<span> 5.1.2. Additional Arguments for Plants Possessing the Sense of Touch</span><span>65</span>
**<span> 5.1.3. Arguments for Plants as Complex Sentient Beings</span><span>69</span>
**<span> 5.2. Okada's Arguments for Plants as Sentient Beings</span><span>76</span>
**<span> 5.2.1 Tree Deities and Numinous Trees</span><span>77</span>
**<span> 5.2.2. Plants Reacting to Extraordinary Events</span><span>84</span>
**<span> 5.3 Résumé</span><span>89</span>
*<span> 6. Plants as Saintly Beings?</span><span>89</span>
**<span> 6.1 Discussion of Findly's Arguments</span><span>90</span>
**<span> 6.2. Systematic difficulties</span><span>94</span>
*<span> 7. Résumé</span><span>98</span><br><br>
*<span> '''Pt. II: The Problem of the Relationship between the Idea of the Buddha-Nature<br> of Grasses and Trees and Early Buddhism'''</span><span>101</span>
*<span> '''Pt. II.A: The Question of Textual Continuity'''</span><span>103</span>
**<span> Excursus: Remarks on 'Buddha-nature' (§ 53)</span><span>106</span>
*<span> 1. General Passages</span><span>122</span>
**<span> 1.1 ''Gaṇḍavyūhasūtra'': Maitreya's Palace</span><span>123</span>
**<span> 1.2. ''Sāgaramatiparipṛcchā''</span><span>124</span>
**<span> 1.3. ''Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra'' (1): *''Ayuṣparivarta''</span><span>129</span>
**<span> 1.4. ''Viṁśatikā Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi''</span><span>136</span>
**<span> 1.5. ''Buddhāvataṁsaka'' (1): ''Cittamātra'' Passages</span><span>140</span>
**<span> 1.5.1. ''Daśabhūmika-sūtra'' VI</span><span>141</span>
**<span> 1.5.2. 'Verses Recited in the Palace of Suyāma'</span><span>148</span>
**<span> 1.5.3. The 'Chapter on Religious Practice'</span><span>160</span>
**<span> 1.6. ''Vimalakīrti-nirdeśa''</span><span>161</span>
**<span> 1.7. ''Buddhāvataṁsaka'' (2): 'Eulogies on Mount Sumeru'</span><span>163</span>
**<span> 1.8. ''Saddharmapuṇḍarīka: Oṣadhiparivarta''</span><span>167</span>
**<span> 1.9. Résumé</span><span>168</span>
*<span> 2. Specific passages</span><span>169</span>
**<span> 2.1. ''Dharmadhātu-prakṛty-asaṁbheda-nirdeśa''</span><span>170</span>
**<span> 2.2. ''Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra'' (2): 'Chapter on Religious Practice'</span><span>176</span>
**<span> 2.3. '' 'Amitābha-sūtra' ''</span><span>185</span>
**<span> 2.4. ''Buddhāvataṁsaka'' (3): ''Samantabhadracaryā-nirdeśa''</span><span>189</span>
**<span> 2.4.1. First Explanation</span><span>197</span>
**<span> 2.4.2. Second Explanation</span><span>201</span>
**<span> 2.4.3. Third Explanation</span><span>224</span>
**<span> 2.4.4. Conclusions Regarding the ''Buddhāvataṁsaka''</span><span>226</span>
**<span> 2.5. Résumé</span><span>238</span>
*<span> '''Pt. II.B: An Attempt at a Structural Comparison'''</span><span>241</span>
*<span> 1. Facets of the Far Eastern Idea of the 'Buddha-Nature of Grasses and Trees'<br> and their Indian Background</span><span>247</span>
**<span> 1.1. Buddha-Nature as the Essential Nature of Plants</span><span>249</span>
**<span> 1.2. The Buddha-Nature of Plants as Experienced by Awakened Beings</span><span>275</span>
**<span> 1.3. The Omnipresence of Vairocana</span><span>280</span>
**<span> 1.4. Plants Miraculously Transformed into Buddhas</span><span>290</span>
**<span> 1.5. Plants Becoming Buddhas</span><span>292</span>
*<span> 2. New Aspects of the Buddha-Nature and Sentience of Plants in Japanese<br> Buddhism</span><span>294</span>
*<span> 3. The Question of Practical Consequences</span><span>308</span>
*<span> 4. Résumé</span><span>322</span>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>327</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>329</span>
*<span> References</span><span>341</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>367</span>
<center>''Part I: Introduction''</center>
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>iii</span>
* <span> Foreword</span><span>vi</span>
* <span> Abstract</span><span>viii</span>
* <span> Dedication</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
* <span> Chapter One: ''Overview of the Great Perfection''</span><span>3</span>
* <span> Chapter Two: ''The Corpus of Longchenpa''</span><span>l0</span>
* <span> Chapter Three: ''The Seventeen Tantras''</span><span>39</span>
* <span> Chapter Four: ''The Essentials of the Great Perfection in Eleven Adamantine Topics''</span><span>51</span>
* <span> Chapter Five: ''The First Adamantine Topic: the Ground and Ground-presencing''</span><span>60</span>
* <span> Chapter Six: ''The Second Adamantine Topic: the Process of Straying''</span><span>68</span>
* <span> Chapter Seven: ''The Third Adamantine Topic: the Enlightened Nucleus Pervading all<br>Living Beings''</span><span>77</span>
* <span> Chapter Eight: ''The Fourth Adamantine Topic: the Location of Primordial Gnosis<br>within Us''</span><span>83</span>
* <span> Chapter Nine: ''The Fifth Adamantine Topic: the Pathways of Primordial Gnosis<br>Within Us''</span><span>90</span>
* <span> Chapter Ten: ''The Sixth Adamantine Topic: the Gateways of Primordial Gnosis<br>Within Us''</span><span>95</span>
* <span> Chapter Eleven: ''The Seventh Adamantine Topic: the Objective Sphere of Primordial<br>Gnosis' Shining Forth''</span><span>109</span>
* <span> Chapter Twelve: ''The Eighth Adamantine Topic: Contemplatively Taking Primordial<br>Gnosis into your own Experience''</span><span>114</span>
* <span> Chapter Thirteen: ''The Ninth Adamantine Topic: the Signs and Measures of<br>Contemplative Realization''</span><span>128</span>
* <span> Chapter Fourteen: ''The Tenth Adamantine Topic: Dying and Post-death<br>Opportunities in the Intermediate States''</span><span>130</span>
* <span> Chapter Fifteen: ''The Eleventh Adamantine Topic: the Fruit of Buddhahood as the<br>Universe's Self-Exploration comes to a Climax in the Enlightenment Experience''</span><span>135</span>
<center>''Part II: Translation of Longchenpa's "Treasury of Words and Meanings" ''</center>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>139</span>
* <span> Chapter One: ''The Ground, Ground-presencing, and Liberation of the Totally<br>Positive One''</span><span>143</span>
* <span> Chapter Two: ''Straying into Fictive Existence and the Structure of the Consequently Neuroticized Existence Therein''</span><span>175</span>
* <span> Chapter Three: ''How Enlightened Energy "Buddhahood" Continues to Holistically<br>Pervade all Living Beings''</span><span>214</span>
* <span> Chapter Four: ''This Gnostic Energy's Presence and Location in Human Existence''</span><span>231</span>
* <span> Chapter Five: ''This Gnostic Energy's Pathways in Human Existence''</span><span>261</span>
<center>''Part III: Annotation-Commentary to Longchenpa's''</center> <center>'' "Treasury of Words and Meanings" ''</center>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>277</span>
* <span> Chapter One</span><span>289</span>
* <span> Chapter Two</span><span>395</span>
* <span> Chapter Tnree</span><span>557</span>
* <span> Chapter Four</span><span>604</span>
* <span> Chapter Five</span><span>704</span>
* <span> Mini-encyclopedia of Terminology</span><span>807</span>
* <span> Glossary: Tibetan tenns with English translations</span><span>965</span>
* <span> Abbreviations of Titles Used in the Thesis</span><span>983</span>
* <span> Bibliography of Secondary Literature</span><span>985</span>
* <span> Bibliography of Reference Materials</span><span>992</span>
* <span> Bibliography of Texts in Sanskrit and Tibetan</span><span>993</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>9</span>
* 1. The Indian texts
** <span> 1.1. The exegetical source for the three natures in the prajñāpāramitā sūtras: the "Maitreya Chapter"</span><span>19</span>
** <span> 1.2. Vasubandhu and Sthiramati on the three kinds of phenomena in the<br>"Maitreya Chapter" and the three natures</span><span>24</span>
** <span> 1.3. The ''Bṛhattīkā''</span><span>26</span>
** <span> 1.4. The ''Āmnāyanusāriṇī''</span><span>47</span>
** <span> 1.5. The ''Śatasāhasrikāprajñāpāramitābṛhaṭṭīkā''</span><span>116</span>
** <span> 1.6. Other Indian commentaries on the prajñāpāramitā sūtras and the AA</span><span>122</span>
** <span> 1.7. Ratnākaraśanti's ''Prajñāpāramitopadeśa'', ''Madhyamakālaṃkāropadeśa'', ''Madhyamakālaṃkāravṛtti'', and ''Sūtrasamuccayabhāṣya''</span><span>133</span>
** <span> 1.8. Vinītadeva's ''Triṃśikaṭīkā'' on 25a</span><span>158</span>
** <span> 1.9. Sajjana's ''Mahāyānottaratantraśāstropadeśa''</span><span>160</span>
* <span> 2. The transmission of the five works of Maitreya and early ''gzhan stong'' in Tibet</span><span>163</span>
* 3. Early ''gzhan stong'' texts in Tibet
** <span> 3.1. Kun dga' grol mchog's synopsis of Btsan kha bo che's ''gzhan stong''</span><span>175</span>
** <span> 3.2. The ''Ye shes kyi 'jog sa''</span><span>180</span>
** <span> 3.3. The ''Theg chen rgyud bla ma'i gdams pa''</span><span>192</span>
* <span> 4. Conclusion</span><span>195</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>199</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>199</span>
+
****<span> Introduction: Japan in Chicago</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Chapter 1. Japan Faces the West</span><span>16</span>
*<span> Chapter 2. Manifest Destiny: ''Christianity and American Imperialism''</span><span>45</span>
*<span> Chapter 3. The Rules of the Parliament: ''Securing the Truth''</span><span>65</span>
*<span> Chapter 4. Alterity: ''Buddhism as the "Other" of Christianity''</span><span>85</span>
*<span> Chapter 5. Buddhism and Modernity in Meiji Japan</span><span>115</span>
*<span> Chapter 6. Buddhist Revival and Japanese Nationalism</span><span>137</span>
*<span> Chapter 7. Deploying Western Authority I: ''Henry Steel Olcott in Japan''</span><span>155</span>
*<span> Chapter 8. Buddhism and Treaty Revision: ''The Chicago Project''</span><span>172</span>
*<span> Chapter 9. Defining Eastern Buddhism</span><span>198</span>
*<span> Chapter 10. Paul Carus: ''Buddhism and Monist Mission''</span><span>222</span>
*<span> Chapter 11. Deploying Western Authority II: ''Carus in Translation''</span><span>245</span>
*<span> Chapter 12. From Eastern Buddhism to Zen: ''A Postscript''</span><span>259</span>
****<span> Notes</span><span>279</span>
****<span> Bibliography</span><span>323</span>
****<span> Index</span><span>345</span>
+
* <span> A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka, ''NUMATA Yehan''</span><span>v</span>
* <span> Editorial Foreword, ''MAYEDA Sengaku''</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Publisher's Foreword, ''John R. McRae''</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Translator's Introduction, ''Mark W. Dennis''</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> Conventions for the Translation</span><span>xix</span>
* Prince Shōtoku's Commentary on the ''Śrīmālā Sutra''
* Introduction
** <span> The Contents of the Sutra</span><span>3</span>
** <span> The Title of the Sutra</span><span>3</span>
** <span> The Three Divisions of Buddhist Sutras</span><span>4</span>
* Part I. Commentary on the Introductory Teaching
** <span> The General Introduction</span><span>7</span>
** <span> The Specific Introduction</span><span>9</span>
* Part II. Commentary on the Main Teaching
** <span> Chapter One: Praising the True Merits of the Tathāgata</span><span>13</span>
** <span> Chapter Two: The Ten Main Ordination Vows</span><span>21</span>
** <span> Chapter Three: The Three Great Vows</span><span>29</span>
** <span> Chapters Four and Five: "Other-Practice"</span><span>30</span>
** <span> Chapter Four: Embracing the True Dharma</span><span>31</span>
** <span> Divisions of Chapter Four</span><span>32</span>
** <span> Chapter Five: The One Vehicle</span><span>51</span>
** <span> Part Two of the Sutra's Main Teaching</span><span>93</span>
** <span> The General Explanation</span><span>94</span>
** <span> Chapter Six: The Unlimited Noble Truths</span><span>94</span>
** <span> Chapter Seven: The ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>97</span>
** <span> Chapter Eight: The Dharma Body</span><span>107</span>
** <span> Chapter Nine: The Concealed Truth: The Meaning of Emptiness</span><span>109</span>
** <span> The Specific Explanation</span><span>111</span>
** <span> Chapter Ten: The One Noble Truth</span><span>112</span>
** <span> Chapter Eleven: The One Refuge</span><span>115</span>
** <span> Chapter Twelve: The Distorted Truths</span><span>117</span>
** <span> Chapter Thirteen: The Intrinsically Pure</span><span>121</span>
** <span> Chapter Fourteen: The True Children of the Tathāgata</span><span>128</span>
* Part III. The Propagation of the Teaching
** <span> Propagation of the Teaching 1: The Buddha Returns to Śrāvastī</span><span>131</span>
** <span> Propagation of the Teaching 2: Transmitting the Sutra</span><span>131</span>
** <span> Propagation of the Teaching 3: The Sixteen Names for the Sutra</span><span>132</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>135</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>137</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>151</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>157</span>
* <span> A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)</span><span>167</span>
* <span> Preface to the 2016 Edition</span><span>1</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>5</span>
* <span> Stage One: Shravaka Meditation on Not-Self</span><span>15</span>
* <span> Stage Two: Chittamatra Mind Only</span><span>39</span>
* <span> Stage Three: Svatantrika Madhyamaka</span><span>63</span>
* <span> Stage Four: Prasangika Madhyamaka</span><span>75</span>
* <span> Stage Five: Shentong Emptiness-of-Other</span><span>87</span>
* <span> Explanation of Some Key Terms</span><span>107</span>
* <span> Translator's Notes in Regard to 2016 Edition</span><span>110</span>
+
* <span> Introduction by Jamie HUBBARD</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> List of Contributors</span><span>xxiii</span>
* <span> Source Credits</span><span>xxvii</span>
* <span> Bibliographic and Linguistic Conventions</span><span>xxixi</span>
<center>PART ONE</center>
<center>'''The What and Why of Critical Buddhism'''</center>
* <span> Why They Say Zen Is Not Buddhism: Recent Japanese Critiques of<br>Buddha-Nature</span><span>3</span>
** ''Paul L. Swanson''
* <span> Critical Buddhism and Returning to the Sources</span><span>30</span>
** ''Dan LUSTHAUS''
* <span> Critical Philosophy versus Topical Philosophy</span><span>56</span>
** ''HAKAMAYA Noriaki''
* <span> Topophobia</span><span>81</span>
** ''Jamie HUBBARD''
* <span> Scholarship as Criticism</span><span>113</span>
** ''HAKAMAYA Noriaki''
* <span> The Limits of Criticism</span><span>145</span>
** ''Paul J. GRIFFITHS''
* <span> Comments on Critical Buddhism</span><span>161</span>
** ''MATSUMOTO Shirō''
<center>'''PART TWO'''</center>
<center>'''In Search of True Buddhism'''</center>
* <span> The Doctrine of ''Tathāgata-garbha'' Is Not Buddhist</span><span>165</span>
** ''MATSUMOTO Shirō''
* <span> The Doctrine of Buddha-Nature Is Impeccably Buddhist</span><span>174</span>
** ''Sallie B. KING''
* <span> The Idea of ''Dhātu-vāda'' in Yogacara and ''Tathāgata-garbha'' Texts</span><span>193</span>
** ''YAMABE Nobuyoshi''
* <span> A Critical Exchange on the Idea of ''Dhātu-vāda''</span><span>205</span>
** ''MATSUMOTO Shirō & YAMABE Nobuyoshi''
* <span> The Core Elements of Indian Buddhism Introduced into Tibet: A Contrast with Japanese Buddhism</span><span>220</span>
** ''YAMAGUCHI Zuihō''
* <span> The Meaning of "Zen"</span><span>242</span>
** ''MATSUMOTO Shirō''
* <span> Critical Buddhism and Dōgen’s ''Shōbōgenzō'': The Debate over the 75-Fascicle and 12-Fascicle Texts</span><span>251</span>
** ''Steven HEINE''
* <span> Is Critical Buddhism Really Critical?</span><span>286</span>
** ''Peter N. GREGORY''
* <span> Metaphysics, Suffering, and Liberation: The Debate between Two Buddhisms</span><span>298</span>
** ''LIN Chen-kuo''
* <span> Thoughts on ''Dhātu-vāda'' and Recent Trends in Buddhist Studies</span><span>314</span>
** ''TAKASAKI Jikidō''
* <span> A Reexamination of Critical Buddhism</span><span>321</span>
** ''SUEKI Fumihiko''
<center>'''PART THREE'''</center>
<center>'''Social Criticism'''</center>
* <span> Thoughts on the Ideological Background of Social Discrimination</span><span>339</span>
** ''HAKAMAYA Noriaki''
* <span> Buddhism and the Kami: Against Japanism</span><span>356</span>
** ''MATSUMOTO Shirō''
* <span> Tendai Hongaku Doctrine and Japan’s Ethnocentric Turn</span><span>374</span>
** ''Ruben L. F. HABITO''
* <span> The Lotus Sutra and Japanese Culture</span><span>388</span>
** ''MATSUMOTO Shirō''
*<span> Notes</span><span>407</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>491</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>501</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span><br><br>
* <span> PART I: Historical and Doctrinal Background</span><span>15</span>
* <span> Chapter 1: Indian Historical and Doctrinal Background</span><span>17</span>
* <span> Chapter 2: Six Tibetan Translations of the Ratnagotravibhāga</span><span>89</span>
* <span> Chapter 3: Life and Works of rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab</span><span>113</span>
* <span> Chapter 4: rNgog-lo's philosophical position</span><span>129</span>
* <span> Chapter 5: rNgog-lo's Impact on Doctrinal Developments from the 11th through<br> 14th centuries</span><span>175</span>
* <span> Chapter 6: rNgog-lo's Impact on Doctrinal Development in the 15th and 16th<br> centuries</span><span>217</span>
* <span> Conclusion</span><span>255</span><br><br>
* <span> PART II: An Edition of rNgog Blo-ldan-shes-rab's ''rGyud bla ma'i don<br> bsdus pa''</span><span>261</span>
* <span> 1: Introduction to the Edition</span><span>263</span>
* <span> 2: Topical Outline</span><span>267</span>
* <span> 3: Critical Edition</span><span>277</span><br><br>
* <span> PART III: An Annotated Translation</span><span>367</span>
* <span> APPENDICES</span><span>497</span>
* <span> Appendix A: rNgog-lo's Topical Outline of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' Discovered at<br> Kharakhoto</span><span>499</span>
* <span> Appendix B: Sajjana's ''Mahāyānottaratantraśāstropadeśa''</span><span>505</span>
* <span> Appendix C: Vairocanarakṣita's ''Mahāyānottaratantraṭippaṇī''</span><span>537</span>
* <span> Appendix D: Translations of relevant passages from Jñānaśrīmitra's ''Sakārasiddhi''<br> and ''Sākarasaṃgraha''</span><span>577</span>
* <span> Appendix E: On ''Blo-gros-mtshungs-med''</span><span>599</span>
* <span> Appendix F: Nidānaparivarta of the ''Dhāraṇīśvararājasūtra''</span><span>605</span>
* <span> Appendix G: A List of Commentaries of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>611</span>
* <span> Appendix H: Records of Transmission Lineages (''gsan yig'') of the<br> ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>619</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>625</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>631</span>
* <span>1. Introduction </span><span> 1 </span>
** <span>1.1. Starting Points </span><span> 1 </span>
** <span>1.2. Introducing Shakya Chokden </span><span> 7 </span>
** <span>1.3. Introducing Shakya Chokden’s Thought </span><span> 12 </span>
** <span>1.4. Introducing the Texts </span><span> 21 </span>
* <span>2. Profound Thunder amidst the Clouds of the Ocean of Definitive Meaning: Differentiation of the Two Systems of the Great Madhyamaka Deriving from the<br>Two Great Chariot Ways </span><span> 51 </span>
* <span>3. Rain of Ambrosia: Extensive Auto-Commentary on the Treatise That, Explaining Differentiation of the Two Ways of Great Chariots, Establishes the Definitive<br>Meaning Approved by Them as One </span><span> 63</span>
** <span>3.1. Setting the Framework of the Meaning through Explaining the General Meaning </span><span> 65</span>
*** <span>3.1.1. Identification of My Own Opinions </span><span> 65</span>
*** <span>3.1.2 Extensive Explanation of Scriptural Statements and Reasoning Establishing Them </span><span> 67 </span>
*** <span>3.1.3. Conclusion Reached by Demonstrating the Established Meaning </span><span> 115</span>
** <span>3.2. Extensive Explanation of the Meaning of the Words of Individual Textual Passages </span><span> 134</span>
*** <span>3.2.1. The Meaning of the Treatise’s Title </span><span> 134</span>
*** <span>3.2.2. The Actual Treatise with That Title </span><span> 142</span>
*** <span>3.2.3. Providing the Author’s Name in Order to Avoid Confusion with<br>Other Texts </span><span> 265</span>
** <span>3.3. Conclusion upon Generating Respect for the Definitive Meaning of the<br>Third Dharmacakra </span><span> 266</span>
*** <span>3.3.1. Demonstrating the Way That Definitive Meaning Emerged in Valid Treatises </span><span> 266</span>
*** <span>3.3.2. Demonstrating That That Same Definitive Meaning Also Emerges<br>from the Texts of Quintessential Instructions by Indian and Tibetan<br>Scholars </span><span> 271</span>
*** <span>3.3.3. Demonstrating the Transmission Sources I Myself Followed </span><span> 273</span>
* <span>4. Great Path of the Ambrosia of Emptiness: Explanation of Profound Pacification Free from Proliferations </span><span> 281</span>
** <span>4.1. Identification of the Ambrosia That Flowed from the Excellent Words of<br>Our Compassionate Teacher Alone </span><span> 282</span>
** <span>4.2. How Each Group of Proponents of the Buddhist Tenets Partakes in Its<br>Share of the Ambrosia </span><span> 283</span>
** <span>4.3. Systems That Having Understood Emptiness Are Posited as the Pinnacle<br>of Tenet Systems </span><span> 286</span>
*** <span>4.3.1. Determining the Presentation of Emptiness </span><span> 286</span>
*** <span>4.3.2. Explanation of Divisions of the Path Purifying Stains of the<br>Dharma-Sphere </span><span> 362</span>
*** <span>4.3.3. Entity of Buddhahood Attained by That Path </span><span> 387</span>
* <span> English-Tibetan Glossary</span><span> 393 </span>
* <span> Glossary of Tibetan Names</span><span> 433 </span>
* <span> Chapter Outlines</span><span> 435 </span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span> 447 </span>
* <span> Index</span><span> 459 </span>
* <span> Foreword</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>15</span>
* <span> Background</span><span>19</span>
* <span> The View & the Nine Vehicles</span><span>32</span>
* <span> The Three Vajras</span><span>43</span>
* <span> The Vital Point</span><span>49</span>
* <span> Space</span><span>59</span>
* <span> Samaya</span><span>67</span>
* <span> Application</span><span>79</span>
* <span> Devotion & Compassion</span><span>91</span>
* <span> The Qualified Master</span><span>100</span>
* <span> Mindfulness</span><span>111</span>
* <span> Tiredness</span><span>123</span>
* <span> The True Foundation</span><span>132</span>
* <span> Straying</span><span>147</span>
* <span> Unity</span><span>158</span>
* <span> Purity</span><span>168</span>
* <span> Accomplishment</span><span>176</span>
* <span> Bardo</span><span>188</span>
* <span> Conduct</span><span>199</span>
+
*<span> Foreword</span><span>7</span>
*<span> Acknowledgement</span><span>10</span>
<center>Ayang Thubten Rinpoche</center>
<center>'''Rays of Sunlight'''</center>
<center>A Commentary on</center>
<center>The Heart of the Mahayana Teachings</center>
**<span> Homage</span><span>13</span>
**<span> Commitment</span><span>14</span>
**<span> Textual Outline of the Treatise Itself</span><span>15</span>
*<span> The Initial Virtue - Introduction</span><span>16</span>
*<span> The Middle Virtue - Subject Matter of the Text</span><span>18</span>
*<span> Part One: THE GROUND</span><span>23</span>
**<span> How Buddha Nature Abides</span><span>23</span>
**<span> How Buddha Nature Is Obscured by Adventitious Stains When It Is Not<br>Realized</span><span>24</span>
**<span> Showing the Purpose of Realizing This Very Buddha Nature</span><span>27</span>
*<span> Part Two: THE PATH</span><span>28</span>
**<span> What Should Be Known</span><span>28</span>
**<span> What Should Be Reflected Upon</span><span>34</span>
**<span> What Should Be Trained In</span><span>42</span>
**<span> What Should Be Meditated Upon</span><span>118</span>
*<span> Part Three: THE RESULT</span><span>134</span>
**<span> The Final Virtue -Conclusion</span><span>143</span>
**<span> The Reason of Being Profound and Thus Dedicating Its Virtues</span><span>143</span>
**<span> The Act of Completing the Treatise: The Colophon</span><span>144</span>
<center>'''Appendix'''</center>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>149</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>154</span>
*<span> Detailed Table of Contents</span><span>162</span>
+
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/ABOUT_THE_TRANSLATION,_CONVENTIONS,_ABBREVIATIONS.pdf ABOUT THE TRANSLATION]</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> CONVENTIONS</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>xvii</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/Lead_Chapter.pdf LEAD CHAPTER (Śākyamuni Buddha)]</span><span>2</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_ONE.pdf CHAPTER ONE (Mahākāśyapa)]</span><span>10</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWO.pdf CHAPTER TWO (Ānanda)]</span><span>21</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THREE.pdf CHAPTER THREE (Śāṇavāsin)]</span><span>35</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FOUR.pdf CHAPTER FOUR (Upagupta)]</span><span>43</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FIVE.pdf CHAPTER FIVE (Dhītika)]</span><span>52</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_SIX.pdf CHAPTER SIX (Miśraka)]</span><span>60</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_SEVEN.pdf CHAPTER SEVEN (Vasumitra)]</span><span>69</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_EIGHT.pdf CHAPTER EIGHT (Buddhanandiya)]</span><span>76</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_NINE.pdf CHAPTER NINE (Buddhamitra)]</span><span>86</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TEN.pdf CHAPTER TEN (Pārśva)]</span><span>95</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_ELEVEN.pdf CHAPTER ELEVEN (Puṇyayaśas)]</span><span>103</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWELVE.pdf CHAPTER TWELVE (Aśvaghoṣa)]</span><span>109</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTEEN.pdf CHAPTER THIRTEEN (Kapimala)]</span><span>118</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FOURTEEN.pdf CHAPTER FOURTEEN (Nāgārjuna)]</span><span>126</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FIFTEEN.pdf CHAPTER FIFTEEN (Kāṇadeva)]</span><span>137</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_SIXTEEN.pdf CHAPTER SIXTEEN (Rahulabhadra)]</span><span>144</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_SEVENTEEN.pdf CHAPTER SEVENTEEN (Saṃghānandi)]</span><span>154</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_EIGHTEEN.pdf CHAPTER EIGHTEEN (Gayaśata)]</span><span>167</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_NINETEEN.pdf CHAPTER NINETEEN (Kumāralabdha)]</span><span>179</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY (Jayata)]</span><span>184</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_ONE.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-ONE (Vasubandhu)]</span><span>192</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_TWO.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-TWO (Manorahita)]</span><span>202</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_THREE.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-THREE (Halenayaśas)]</span><span>209</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_FOUR.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-FOUR (Siṃha)]</span><span>215</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_FIVE.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-FIVE (Vasiṣṭa)]</span><span>221</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_SIX.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-SIX (Puṇyamitra)]</span><span>227</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_SEVEN.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-SEVEN (Prajñātāra)]</span><span>234</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_EIGHT.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-EIGHT (Bodhidharma)]</span><span>243</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_TWENTY_NINE.pdf CHAPTER TWENTY-NINE (Dazu)]</span><span>257</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY (Jianzhi)]</span><span>267</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_ONE.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-ONE (Dayi)]</span><span>274</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_TWO.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-TWO (Daman)]</span><span>282</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_THREE.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-THREE (Dajian)]</span><span>290</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_FOUR.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-FOUR (Hongji)]</span><span>310</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_FIVE.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-FIVE (Wuji)]</span><span>320</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_SIX.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-SIX (Hongdao)]</span><span>334</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_SEVEN.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-SEVEN (Wuzhu)]</span><span>346</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_EIGHT.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-EIGHT (Wuben)]</span><span>356</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_THIRTY_NINE.pdf CHAPTER THIRTY-NINE (Hongjue)]</span><span>375</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY.pdf CHAPTER FORTY (Tongan Pi)]</span><span>389</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY_ONE.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-ONE (Tongan)]</span><span>398</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY_TWO.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-TWO (Liangshan)]</span><span>408</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY_THREE.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-THREE (Taiyang Mingan)]</span><span>420</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY_FOUR.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-FOUR (Touzi)]</span><span>429</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY_FIVE.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-FIVE (Daokai)]</span><span>449</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY_SIX.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-SIX (Danxia Chun)]</span><span>466</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY_SEVEN.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-SEVEN (Wukong)]</span><span>471</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY-EIGHT.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-EIGHT (Tiantong Jue)]</span><span>483</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FORTY-NINE.pdf CHAPTER FORTY-NINE (Xuedou Jian)]</span><span>495</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FIFTY.pdf CHAPTER FIFTY (Tiantong Jing)]</span><span>507</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FIFTY-ONE.pdf CHAPTER FIFTY-ONE (Eihei Gen, or Eihei Dōgen)]</span><span>521</span>
*<span> [https://www.sotozen.com/eng/library/denkoroku/pdf/CHAPTER_FIFTY-TWO.pdf CHAPTER FIFTY-TWO (Eihei Jō, or Eihei Ejō)]</span><span>560</span>
* <span> Foreword</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> The Excellent Path to Liberation</span><span>1</span>
** I. General Guidance on How to Listen to the Teachings
** II. Specific Guidance on How to Listen to the Teachings
* <span> The Necklace That Delights Fortunate Disciples</span><span>13</span>
** <span> Introductory Verses</span><span>15</span>
** <span> The Introduction</span><span>19</span>
** <span> The Main Text</span><span>27</span>
*** <span> I. The Foundation, Arriving at Certainty Through the View</span><span>28</span>
**** <span> Nonexistence</span><span>28</span>
**** <span> A Single Nature</span><span>104</span>
**** <span> Pervasive Insubstantial Evenness</span><span>127</span>
**** <span> Spontaneous Presence</span><span>156</span>
*** <span> II. The Spiritual Path, How to Cultivate Experience in Meditation</span><span>216</span>
*** <span> III. The Conduct That Accompanies the View and Meditation</span><span>225</span>
*** <span> IV. The Final Result, Arrival at the Stage of Eternal Liberation</span><span>241</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>257</span>
* <span> Appendix: The Excellent Path of Devotion</span><span>259</span>
**** ''An autobiography by Sera Khandro''
* <span> Index</span><span>299</span>
+
*<span> ''Princeton Readings in Religions''</span><span>v</span>
*<span> ''Contents by Theme''</span><span>ix</span>
*''Contents by Chronology'' xi
*<span> ''Preface''</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> ''Major Periods in Korean History''</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> ''Note on Transliterations and Conventions''</span><span>xvii</span>
*<span> ''Contributors''</span><span>xix</span><br><br>
*<span> Introduction ⋅ ''Don Baker''</span><span>1</span><br><br>
<center>'''Buddhism'''</center>
*<span> 1. King Mu and the Making and Meanings of Mirǔksa ⋅ ''Jonathan W. Best''</span><span>35</span>
*<span> 2. Wǒn’gwang and Chajang in the Formation of Early Silla Buddhism<br> ⋅ ''Pankaj N. Mohan''</span><span>51</span>
*<span> 3. A Miraculous Tale of Buddhist Practice during the Unified Silla<br> ⋅ ''Richard D. McBride II''</span><span>65</span>
*<span> 4. Buddhism as a Cure for the Land ⋅ ''Sem Vermeersch''</span><span>76</span>
*<span> 5. The P’algwanhoe: From Buddhist Penance to Religious Festival<br> ⋅ ''Sem Vermeersch''</span><span>86</span>
*<span> 6. Hell and Other Karmic Consequences: A Buddhist Vernacular Song<br> ⋅ ''Younghee Lee''</span><span>100</span>
*<span> 7. A Buddhist Rite of Exorcism ⋅ ''Patrick R. Uhlmann''</span><span>112</span>
*<span> 8. "A Crazy Drunken Monk": Kyǒnghǒ and Modern Buddhist Meditation<br> Practice ⋅ ''Jin Y. Park''</span><span>130</span>
*<span> 9. Educating Unborn Children: A Sǒn Master's Teachings on T’aegyo<br> ⋅ ''Chong Go Sǔnim''</span><span>144</span><br><br>
<center>'''Confucianism and Neo-Confucianism'''</center>
*<span> 10. A Party for the Spirits: Ritual Practice in Confucianism ⋅ ''Hongkyung Kim''</span><span>163</span>
*<span> 11. The Great Confucian-Buddhist Debate ⋅ ''Charles Muller''</span><span>177</span>
*<span> 12. Confucianism and the Practice of Geomancy ⋅ ''Hong-key Yoon''</span><span>205</span>
*<span> 13. Voices of Female Confucians in Late Chosǔn Korea ⋅ ''Youngmin Kim''</span><span> 223</span><br><br>
<center>'''Shamanism'''</center>
*<span> 14. Yi Kyubo’s "Lay of the Old Shaman" ⋅ ''Richard D. McBride II''</span><span>233</span>
*<span> 15. The Creation of the World and Human Suffering ⋅ ''Boudewijn Walraven''</span><span>244</span>
*<span> 16. Sending Away the Smallpox Gods ⋅ ''Antonetta Lucia Bruno''</span><span>259</span>
*<span> 17. Village Deities of Cheju Island ⋅ ''Boudewijn Walraven''</span><span>284</span>
*<span> 18. Shamans, the Family, and Women ⋅ ''Boudewijn Walraven''</span><span>306</span>
*<span> 19. A Shamanic Ritual for Sending On the Dead ⋅ ''Antonetta Lucia Bruno''</span><span>325</span><br><br>
<center>'''Christianity'''</center>
*<span> 20. Martyrdom and Social Activism: The Korean Practice of Catholicism<br> ⋅ ''Inshil Choe Yoon''</span><span>355</span>
*<span> 21. Catholic Rites and Liturgy ⋅ ''Franklin Rausch and Don Baker''</span><span>376</span>
*<span> 22. Conversion Narratives in Korean Evangelicalism ⋅ ''Timothy S. Lee''</span><span> 393</span>
*<span> 23. A New Moral Order: Gender Equality in Korean Christianity<br> ⋅ ''Hyaeweol Choi''</span><span>409</span>
*<span> 24. Indigenized Devotional Practices in Korean Evangelicalism<br> ⋅ ''Timothy S. Lee''</span><span>421</span>
*<span> 25. The Grieving Rite: A Protestant Response to Confucian Ancestral Rituals<br> ⋅'' James Huntley Grayson''</span><span>434</span><br><br>
<center>'''New Religions'''</center>
*<span> 26. The Great Transformation: Religious Practice in Ch’ǒndogyo<br> ⋅ ''Don Baker''</span><span>449</span>
*<span> 27. The Korean God Is Not the Christian God: Taejonggyo's Challenge to<br> Foreign Religions ⋅ ''Don Baker''</span><span>464</span>
*<span> 28. The Wǒn Buddhist Practice of the Buddha-Nature ⋅ ''Jin Y. Park''</span><span>476</span>
*<span> 29. Renewing Heaven and Earth: Spiritual Discipline in Chǔngsan'gyo<br> ⋅ ''Don Baker''</span><span>487</span>
*<span> 30. Rites of Passage in the Unification Church ⋅ ''Don Baker''</span><span>497</span>
*<span> 31. Internal Alchemy in the Dahn World School ⋅ ''Don Baker''</span><span>508</span><br><br>
<center>North Korea</center>
*<span> 32. The Sociopolitical Organism: The Religious Dimensions of Juche Philosophy<br> ⋅ ''Eun Hee Shin''</span><span>517</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>535</span>
*<span> Foreword and acknowledgements </span><span>3</span>
*<span> Introduction </span><span>5</span>
* <span> 1. The doctrine of buddha-nature</span><span>7</span>
** <span> 1.1. Overview</span><span>7</span>
** <span> 1.2. Sources</span><span>8</span>
*** <span> 1.2.1. The sūtras</span><span>8</span>
*** <span> 1.2.2. The śāstras</span><span>11</span>
* <span> 2. The ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>14</span>
** <span> 2.1. The text of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>14</span>
** <span> 2.2. The question of the authorship of the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>15</span>
** <span> 2.3. The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in India</span><span>16</span>
** <span> 2.4. The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' in Tibet</span><span>17</span>
*** <span> 2.4.1. The analytical school of Blo-ldan shes-rab</span><span>18</span>
*** <span> 2.4.2. The meditative school of Btsan Kha-bo-che</span><span>21</span>
** <span> 2.5. Previous studies and the aim of the present work</span><span>22</span>
* <span> 3. Rong-ston and his presentation of buddha-nature</span><span>25</span>
** <span> 3.1. A short glimpse at the life of Rong-ston Shes-bya kun-rig</span><span>25</span>
** <span> 3.2. Rong-ston’s presentation of buddha-nature</span><span>31</span>
*** <span> 3.2.1. Introduction</span><span>31</span>
*** <span> 3.2.2. The buddha excellences and the ''dharmakāya''</span><span>33</span>
*** <span> 3.2.3. The ''dhātu'' as a cause</span><span>36</span>
*** <span> 3.2.4. The ''gotra'' and the luminous nature of the mind</span><span>37</span>
*** <span> 3.2.5. Rong-ston and the ''Ratnagotravibhāgavyākhyā''</span><span>40</span>
*** <span> 3.2.6. Summary</span><span>41</span>
* <span> 4. Translation of Rong-ston’s commentary on RGV I.27–95[a]</span><span>43</span>
** <span> 4.1. Notes on the translation</span><span>43</span>
** <span> 4.2. The translation</span><span>45</span>
* <span> Bibilography</span><span>109</span>
* <span> Appendices</span><span>119</span>
** <span> Appendix I: Outline of the translation (''sab cad'')</span><span>119</span>
** <span> Appendix II: Zusammenfassung und Lebenslauf (German)</span><span>123, 125</span>
** <span> Appendix III: Tibetan text</span><span>129</span>
*<span> '''Preface'''</span><span>13</span>
<center>'''Part One'''</center>
<center>'''Introduction'''</center>
*<span> '''Chapter 1: Rong-zom-pa's Discussion of the Controversy Surrounding the<br> Constituents of Buddhahood: An Overview'''</span><span>23</span>
**<span> 1. Introductory Remarks</span><span>23</span>
**<span> 2. Various Positions regarding the Constituents of Buddhahood</span><span>25</span>
**<span> 3. The Conceptions of Buddhahood Contained in Various Scriptural<br> Systems</span><span>27</span>
**<span> 4. The Buddhist Doxographical Systems and Schools as the Basis of<br> the Various Positions</span><span>33</span>
***<span> A. Three Incorrect Positions regarding the Substratum of Appearances</span><span>34</span>
****<span> (i) Undisputed (''rtsod gzhi med pa'') Positions</span><span>35</span>
****<span> (ii) Disputed (''rtsod gzhi beas pa'') Positions</span><span>36</span>
***<span> B. The Fourth and Correct Position regarding the Substratum of<br> Appearances</span><span>37</span>
**<span> 5. Discussions of the Issue Found in Other Works of Rong-zom-pa</span><span>38</span>
**<span> 6. Concluding Remarks</span><span>43</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 2: Buddhology in Its Historical and Philosophical Context:<br> An Overview'''</span><span>45</span>
**<span> 1. Introductory Remarks</span><span>45</span>
**<span> 2. Non-Mahāyāna Buddhology</span><span>47</span>
***<span> A. Nirvāṇa without Remains and the Indirect Activities of the<br> Buddha in the World</span><span>47</span>
***<span> B. The Notions of Transcendental and Multiple ''Buddhas'' and<br> Their Fields</span><span>51</span>
**<span> 3. Non-Tantric Mahāyāna Buddhology</span><span>53</span>
***<span> A. The True Nature of the World as ''Nirvāṇa'' and the Inconceivability of<br> Buddhahood</span><span>56</span>
***<span> B. Buddhahood as Defined by Qualities and the Notion of Unfixed<br> ''Nirvāṇa''</span><span>57</span>
***<span> C. The Theory of the Three ''Kāyas''</span><span>61</span>
***<span> D. The Four Gnoses</span><span>68</span>
***<span> E. The Notion of Bliss</span><span>70</span>
**<span> 4. Tantric Buddhology</span><span>76</span>
***<span> A. ''Mantras'', ''Vidyās'', and ''Dhāraṇīs''</span><span>81</span>
***<span> B. ''Mudrās''</span><span>88</span>
***<span> C. Manifold Expressions of Buddhahood</span><span>106</span>
****<span> (i) Multiple Bodies</span><span>108</span>
****<span> (ii) Multiple Gnoses</span><span>114</span>
****<span> (iii) Multiple ''Buddha'' Families</span><span>119</span>
***<span> D. The Notion of Ādibuddha</span><span>125</span>
***<span> E. Wrathful Manifestations</span><span>128</span>
***<span> F. ''Maṇḍalas''</span><span>130</span>
***<span> G. The Notion of Great Bliss</span><span>134</span>
**<span> 5. Concluding Remarks</span><span>137</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 3: The Controversy Surrounding the Existence of Gnosis at<br> the Stage of a ''Buddha'' '''</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 1. Introductory Remarks</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 2. The Problem of Ascribing a Mental Element to the Absolute</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 3. The Mental Element of the Absolute and Yogācāra Theories of<br> Knowledge</span><span>142</span>
**<span> 4. A Buddha's Knowledge (''jñāna'': ''ye shes''): A Brief Discussion of<br> the Key Terms</span><span>160</span>
***<span> A. On the Tibetan Term ''ye shes''</span><span>160</span>
***<span> B. Non-conceptual Gnosis and Pure Mundane Gnosis</span><span>163</span>
**<span> 5. Unfixed ''Nirvāṇa'': The Absolute and Its Activity in the World</span><span>171</span>
**<span> 6. The Various Positions and Their Proponents</span><span>176</span>
***<span> A. Indian Authors</span><span>177</span>
****<span> (i) Proponents of the Purified ''Dharmadhātu'' as the Sole<br> Constituent of Buddhahood (Position 1)</span><span>177</span>
*****<span> (a) *Madhyamaka-Siṃha</span><span>177</span>
*****<span> (b) Mañjuśrīmitra</span><span>178</span>
*****<span> (c) Atiśa</span><span>179</span>
*****<span> (d) Candraharipāda</span><span>180</span>
*****<span> (e) Bhavya</span><span>180</span>
****<span> (ii) Proponents of the Existence of the Purified ''Dharmadhātu'' and<br> Non-Conceptual Gnosis (Position 2)</span><span>181</span>
*****<span> (a) Nāgamitra and Jñānacandra</span><span>181</span>
*****<span> (b) Dharmamitra</span><span>182</span>
****<span> (iii) Proponents of the Existence of Pure Mundane<br> Gnosis (Positions 3-6)</span><span>184</span>
*****<span> (a) Śrīgupta</span><span>184</span>
***<span> B. Tibetan Authors up until the Eleventh or Early Twelfth Century</span><span>185</span>
*****<span> (a) Ye-shes-sde</span><span>185</span>
*****<span> (b) Gro-lung-pa</span><span>186</span>
*****<span> (c) sGam-po-pa</span><span>186</span>
**<span> 7. Concluding Remarks</span><span>187</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 4: Rong-zom-pa's Position on Whether Gnosis Exists at the<br> Stage of a ''Buddha'' '''</span><span>189</span>
**<span> 1. Introductory Remarks</span><span>189</span>
**<span> 2. Rong-zom-pa's View regarding the Existence of Gnosis at the<br> Stage of a Buddha as Addressed by Mi-pham</span><span>193</span>
***<span> A. The Main Points of Mi-pham's Argumentation</span><span>193</span>
***<span> B. Mi-pham's Discussion: A Translation</span><span>199</span>
**<span> 3. Self-occurring Gnosis</span><span>206</span>
***<span> A. Occurrences of the Term in Indian Sources</span><span>206</span>
***<span> B. Rong-zom-pa on Self-occurring Gnosis</span><span>215</span>
**<span> 4. Rong-zom-pa on How the Buddhas Act</span><span>220</span>
**<span> 5. Rong-zom-pa's Madhyamaka Affiliation</span><span>226</span>
**<span> 6. Concluding Remarks</span><span>232</span>
<center>'''Part Two'''</center>
<center>'''Annotated Translations'''</center>
*<span> A Note on the Annotated Translations</span><span>235</span>
*<span> '''The ''Sangs rgyas kyi sa chen mo'' '''</span><span>237</span>
**<span> 1. An Outline of the Text</span><span>237</span>
**<span> 2. An Annotated Translation</span><span>239</span>
*<span> '''The Discussion in the ''dKon cog 'grel'' '''</span><span>277</span>
**<span> 1. An Outline of the Text</span><span>277</span>
**<span> 2. An Annotated Translation</span><span>278</span>
*<span> '''Works by Indian Authors'''</span><span>299</span>
**<span> 1. Proponents of the Purified ''Dharmadhātu'' as the Sole<br> Constituent of Buddhahood</span><span>299</span>
***<span> A. *Madhyamaka-Siṃha's ''Dṛṣṭivibhāga''</span><span>299</span>
***<span> B. Mañjuśrīmitra's ''Bodhicittabhāvanānirdeśa''</span><span>306</span>
***<span> C. Atiśa's ''Ekasmṛtyupadeśa''</span><span>310</span>
***<span> D. Candraharipāda's ''Ratnamālā''</span><span>311</span>
***<span> E. Bhavya's ''Madhyamakapradīpa''</span><span>315</span>
**<span> 2. Proponents of the Existence of the Purified ''Dharmadhātu'' and<br> Non-Conceptual Gnosis</span><span>319</span>
***<span> A. Nāgamitra's ''Kāyatrayāvatāramukha'' and Jñānacandra's<br> Commentary, the ''Kāyatrayavṛtti''</span><span>319</span>
***<span> B. Dharmamitra's ''Prasphuṭapadā''</span><span>336</span>
**<span> 3. Proponents of the Existence of Pure Mundane Gnosis</span><span>41</span>
***<span> A. Śrīgupta's ''Tattvāvatāravṛtti''</span><span>341</span>
*<span> '''Works by Tibetan Authors'''</span><span>343</span>
**<span> 1. Ye-shes-sde's ''lTa ba'i khyad par''</span><span>343</span>
**<span> 2. Gro-lung-pa's ''bsTan rim chen mo''</span><span>347</span>
**<span> 3. sGam-po-pa's ''Thar rgyan''</span><span>352</span>
<center>'''Part Three'''</center>
<center>'''The Tibetan Texts: Critical Editions'''</center>
*<span> Introductory Remarks on the Critical Editions</span><span>363</span>
*<span> '''Tibetan Texts Cited in the Introduction'''</span><span>367</span>
**<span> 1. Passages Cited in Chapter Two</span><span>367</span>
**<span> 2. Passages Cited in Chapter Four</span><span>383</span>
*<span> '''The ''Sangs rgyas kyi sa chen mo'' '''</span><span>391</span>
**<span> 1. A Note on the Edition</span><span>391</span>
**<span> 2. A Critical Edition</span><span>392</span>
*<span> '''The Discussion in the ''dKon cog 'grel'' '''</span><span>411</span>
**<span> 1. A Note on the Edition</span><span>411</span>
**<span> 2. A Critical Edition</span><span>413</span>
*<span> '''Works by Indian Authors'''</span><span>425</span>
**<span> 1 . Proponents of the Purified ''Dharmadhātu'' as the Sole<br> Constituent of Buddhahood</span><span>425</span>
***<span> A. *Madhyamaka-Siṃha's ''Dṛṣṭivibhāga''</span><span>425</span>
***<span> B. Mañjuśrīmitra's ''Bodhicittabhāvanānirdeśa''</span><span>430</span>
***<span> C. Atiśa's ''Ekasmṛtyupadeśa''</span><span>435</span>
***<span> D. Candraharipāda's ''Ratnamālā''</span><span>436</span>
***<span> E. Bhavya's ''Madhyamakapradīpa''</span><span>438</span>
**<span> 2. Proponents of the Existence of the Purified ''Dharmadhātu'' and<br> Non-Conceptual Gnosis</span><span>440</span>
***<span> A. Nāgamitra's ''Kāyatrayāvatāramukha'' and Jñanacandra's<br> Commentary, the ''Kāyatrayavṛtti''</span><span>440</span>
***<span> B. Dharmamitra's ''Prasphuṭapāda''</span><span>453</span>
**<span> 3. Proponents of the Existence of Pure Mundane Gnosis</span><span>455</span>
***<span> A. Śrīgupta's ''Tattvāvatāravṛtti''</span><span>455</span>
*<span> '''Works by Tibetan Authors'''</span><span>457</span>
**<span> 1. Ye-shes-sde's ''lTa ba'i khyad par''</span><span>457</span>
**<span> 2. Gro-Iung-pa's ''bsTan rim chen mo''</span><span>460</span>
**<span> 3. sGam-po-pa's ''Thar rgyan''</span><span>463</span>
<center>'''Appendix'''</center>
*<span> '''Klong-chen-pa's Presentation of Various Conceptions of Buddhahood in<br>His ''Yid kyi mun sel'' '''</span><span>475</span>
**<span> 1. Introductory Remarks</span><span>475</span>
**<span> 2. A Translation</span><span>478</span>
**<span> 3. The Tibetan Text</span><span>482</span>
*<span> '''Abbreviations and Bibliography'''</span><span>485</span>
**<span> 1.1. Sigla Used in the Critical Editions and in Citations of Tibetan<br> Texts</span><span>485</span>
**<span> 1.2. Journals, Collections, Series, and Institutes</span><span>486</span>
**<span> 1.3. Primary Sources: Indian Works</span><span>487</span>
**<span> 1.4. Primary Sources: Tibetan Works</span><span>500</span>
**<span> 1.5. Secondary Sources</span><span>507</span>
*<span> '''Index'''</span><span>527</span>
**<span> ''List of Tables and Figures''</span><span>''ix''</span>
**<span> ''Preface''</span><span>''xi''</span>
**<span> ''Abbreviations''</span><span>''xv''</span>
*<span> 1. Ryōgen's Place in the History of the Tendai School</span><span>1</span>
*<span> 2. The Early History of Factionalism within the Tendai School: From Saicho<br> through the Mid-tenth Century</span><span>15</span>
*<span> 3. Ryōgen's Early Years</span><span>45</span>
*<span> 4. Ryōgen's Rise to Prominence</span><span>56</span>
*<span> 5. Ryōgen and the Fujiwaras: Patronage and Esoteric Buddhist Ritual</span><span>71</span>
*<span> 6. The Owa Debates</span><span>94</span>
*<span> 7. Ryōgen's Appointments as Head of the Tendai School and to the Office of<br> Monastic Affairs</span><span>118</span>
*<span> 8. The Significance of Ryōgen's Revival of the Examination System</span><span>128</span>
*<span> 9. Rebuilding the Tendai Establishment on Mount Hiei</span><span>167</span>
*<span> 10. Ryōgen as Zasu: Financing the Spread of Tendai Influence</span><span>190</span>
*<span> 11. Factionalism and Ryōgen's Efforts to Control the Order</span><span>218</span>
*<span> 12. Ryōgen and the Role of Nuns in Ninth- and Tenth-century Japan</span><span>245</span>
*<span> 13. Epilogue: Ryōgen's Posthumous Career</span><span>289</span>
*<span> ''Appendix 1''. Ennin and Yokawa</span><span>305</span>
*<span> ''Appendix 2''. A Note on Morosuke's Interests</span><span>311</span>
*<span> ''Appendix 3''. Dying Instructions of the Great Archbishop Jie</span><span>313</span>
*<span> ''Appendix 4''. Takamitsu’s Retreat to Tonomine</span><span> 327</span>
*<span> ''Appendix 5''. A Record of the Owa Debates</span><span>331</span>
*<span> ''Appendix 6''. Ten Doubts concerning the Hosso School</span><span>337</span>
*<span> ''Appendix 7''. Zoga as an Eccentric</span><span>341</span>
*<span> ''Appendix 8''. Invocation of Tendai Abbot Ryogen</span><span>345</span>
**<span> ''Notes''</span><span>367</span>
**<span> ''Glossary''</span><span>463</span>
**<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>491</span>
**<span> ''Index''</span><span>511</span>
* <span> Preface by Bhikṣuṇī Thubten Chodron </span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> Abbreviations </span><span>xxi</span>
* <span> Introduction by His Holiness the Dalai Lama </span><span>i</span>
** <span> 1. The Self, the Four Truths, and Their Sixteen Attributes </span><span>5</span>
*** <span> Three Questions about the Self </span><span>5</span>
*** <span> The Four Truths </span><span>10</span>
*** <span> The Coarse and Subtle Four Truths </span><span>18</span>
*** <span> The Sixteen Attributes of the Four Truths of Āryas </span><span>19</span>
** <span> 2. Revolving in Cyclic Existence: The Truth of Duḥkha </span><span>39</span>
*** <span> Knowing Duḥkha for What It Is </span><span>39</span>
*** <span> Realms of Existence </span><span>41</span>
*** <span> Three Types of Duḥkha </span><span>47</span>
*** <span> Feelings, Afflictions, and Duḥkha </span><span>50</span>
*** <span> Six Disadvantages of Cyclic Existence </span><span>51</span>
*** <span> Eight Unsatisfactory Conditions </span><span>53</span>
*** <span> Examining True Duḥkha via Ten Points </span><span>54</span>
*** <span> Our Human Value </span><span>57</span>
** <span> 3. True Origins of Duḥkha </span><span>63</span>
*** <span> The Six Root Afflictions </span><span>64</span>
*** <span> More Types ofDefilements </span><span>87</span>
*** <span> Afflictions </span><span>88</span>
*** <span> Underlying Tendencies </span><span>88</span>
*** <span> Auxiliary Afflictions </span><span>92</span>
*** <span> Fetters </span><span>97</span>
*** <span> Pollutants </span><span>98</span>
*** <span> Hindrances </span><span>99</span>
** <span> 4. Afflictions, Their Arising, and Their Antidotes </span><span>101</span>
*** <span> Eighty-Four Thousand Afflictions </span><span>101</span>
*** <span> The Order in Which Afflictions Arise </span><span>104</span>
*** <span> Factors Causing Afflictions to Arise </span><span>106</span>
*** <span> Feelings That Accompany Afflictions </span><span>109</span>
*** <span> The Ethical Dimension of Afflictions </span><span>110</span>
*** <span> Counterforces to the Afflictions </span><span>112</span>
*** <span> Afflictions, Our Real Enemy </span><span>119</span>
** <span> 5. Afflictions and Karma, Their Seeds and Latencies </span><span>123</span>
*** <span> Acquired and Innate Afflictions </span><span>124</span>
*** <span> Coarse and Subtle Afflictions</span><span> 126</span>
*** <span> Seeds, Latencies, and Having-Ceased </span><span>126</span>
*** <span> Latencies and Ideas in Other Religions and in Psychology </span><span>135</span>
*** <span> Virtue, Nonvirtue, Merit, and Roots of Virtue </span><span>137</span>
** <span> 6. Karma, the Universe, and Evolution </span><span>141</span>
*** <span> The Origin of the Universe </span><span>141</span>
*** <span> Mind and the External World </span><span>144</span>
*** <span> The Laws of Nature and the Law of Karma and Its Effects </span><span>148</span>
*** <span> Karma and Our Present Environment </span><span>150</span>
*** <span> Karma, Instinctual Behavior, and Our Bodies </span><span>152</span>
** <span> 7. Revolving in Cyclic Existence: The Twelve Links of Dependent<br> Origination </span><span>155</span>
*** <span> Dependent Arising </span><span>156</span>
*** <span> How Cyclic Existence Occurs </span><span>158</span>
*** <span> 1. Ignorance (''avidyā'') </span><span>159</span>
*** <span> 2. Formative Action (''saṃskāra karman'') </span><span>165</span>
*** <span> 3. Consciousness (''vijñāna'') </span><span>168</span>
*** <span> 4. Name and Form (''nāma-rūpa'') </span><span>170</span>
*** <span> 3. Six Sources (''ṣaḍāyatana'') </span><span>172</span>
*** <span> 6. Contact (''sparśa'') </span><span>176</span>
*** <span> 7. Feeling (''vedanā'')</span><span> 176</span>
*** <span> 8. Craving (''tṛṣṇā'') </span><span>179</span>
*** <span> 9. Clinging (''upādanā'') </span><span>182</span>
*** <span> 10. Renewed Existence (''bhava'') </span><span>183</span>
*** <span> 11. Birth (''jāti'') </span><span>188</span>
*** <span> 12. Aging or Death (''jarāmaraṇa'') </span><span>190</span>
** <span> 8. Dependent Origination: Cycling in Saṃsāra </span><span>193</span>
*** <span> How the Twelve Links Produce a Life </span><span>193</span>
*** <span> An Example </span><span>197</span>
*** <span> Flexibility </span><span>200</span>
*** <span> Pali Tradition: How We Cycle </span><span>200</span>
*** <span> An Example from a Pāli Sūtra </span><span>202</span>
*** <span> Who Revolves in Cyclic Existence? </span><span>204</span>
*** <span> The Ultimate Nature of the Twelve Links </span><span>211</span>
** <span> 9. The Determination to Be Free </span><span>217</span>
*** <span> The Benefits of Meditating on the Twelve Links </span><span>217</span>
*** <span> Invigorating a Dry Dharma Practice </span><span>219</span>
*** <span> Can a Leper Find Happiness? </span><span>222</span>
*** <span> Compassion for Ourselves and Others </span><span>223</span>
*** <span> The Demarcation of Generating the Determination to Be Free </span><span>227</span>
** <span> 10. Seeking Genuine Peace </span><span>231</span>
*** <span> The "Ye Dharmā" Dhāraṇī </span><span>232</span>
*** <span> Forward and Reverse Orders of the Afflictive and Purified Sides of<br>the Twelve Links </span><span>234</span>
*** <span> Transcendental Dependent Origination (Pāli Tradition) </span><span>238</span>
*** <span> Karma in Samsara and Beyond </span><span>249</span>
** <span> 11. Freedom from Cyclic Existence </span><span>233</span>
*** <span> Stages Leading to Liberation and Full Awakening </span><span>254</span>
*** <span> The Two Obscurations </span><span>259</span>
*** <span> Nirvāṇa </span><span>262</span>
*** <span> Pāli Tradition: Nirvāṇa </span><span>266</span>
*** <span> Bodhi </span><span>274</span>
** <span> 12. The Mind and Its Potential </span><span>277</span>
*** <span> The Mind's Potential </span><span>277</span>
*** <span> Is Liberation Possible? </span><span>279</span>
*** <span> Excellent Qualities Can Be Cultivated Limitlessly </span><span>281</span>
*** <span> Afflictive Mental States and the Nature of the Mind </span><span>283</span>
*** <span> The Equality of Saṃsāra and Nirvāṇa </span><span>284</span>
*** <span> Levels of Mind </span><span>286</span>
** <span> 13. Buddha Nature </span><span>291</span>
*** <span> The Mind's Potential according to the Pāli Tradition </span><span>291</span>
*** <span> Ārya Disposition according to the Vaibhāṣikas and Sautrāntikas </span><span>292</span>
*** <span> Buddha Nature according to the Cittamātra School </span><span>293</span>
*** <span> Buddha Nature according to the Madhyamaka School </span><span>296</span>
*** <span> Buddha Nature according to Tantra </span><span>301</span>
*** <span> Nine Similes for Tathāgatagarbha </span><span>302</span>
*** <span> Three Aspects of the Tathāgatagarbha </span><span>310</span>
*** <span> Three Aspects of Buddha Disposition </span><span>314</span>
*** <span> A Puzzle </span><span>315</span>
** <span> 14. Going Deeper into Buddha Nature </span><span>319</span>
*** <span> The Three Turnings of the Dharma Wheel and Buddha Nature </span><span>319</span>
*** <span> A Link between Sūtra and Tantra </span><span>322</span>
*** <span> Nothing Is to Be Removed </span><span>325</span>
*** <span> The Capacity Giving Rise to the Three Kāyas </span><span>327</span>
*** <span> A Buddha's Nature Dharmakāya </span><span>328</span>
*** <span> Pristine Wisdom Abiding in the Afflictions </span><span>330</span>
*** <span> Causal Clear Light Mind </span><span>332</span>
*** <span> What Continues to Awakening? </span><span>332</span>
*** <span> Dzogchen and Mahāmudrā </span><span>334</span>
*** <span> Are We Already Buddhas? </span><span>337</span>
*** <span> Awareness of Our Buddha Nature Eliminates Hindrances </span><span>341</span>
* <span> Notes </span><span>343</span>
* <span> Glossary </span><span>353</span>
* <span> Further Reading </span><span>367</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>371</span>
* <span> About the Authors </span><span>409</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>V</span>
* <span> List or Sources and Abbreviations</span><span>XI</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
* Part One: The Existential Self
** <span> 1. Preliminary Remarks</span><span>7</span>
***<span> How to translate the term ''attā''</span><span>7</span>
***<span> Has the term ''attā'' a mere conventional sense in the Nikāyas?</span><span>10</span>
***<span> The Nikayan approach to the term ''attā''</span><span>17</span>
** <span> 2. Attā as Man's Highest Value</span><span>20</span>
***<span> The self as refuge</span><span>20</span>
***<span> The self is best</span><span>26</span>
***<span> In love with the self</span><span>34</span>
***<span> Look for the self</span><span>37</span>
***<span> ''Paccattaṁ''</span><span>40</span>
***<span> ''Ajjhattaṁ''</span><span>43</span>
** <span> 3. The Self as the Moral Agent</span><span>49</span>
***<span> Moral energy of the self</span><span>50</span>
***<span> Salvation in general and the self</span><span>56</span>
***<span> The chariot and the charioteer</span><span>57</span>
***<span> Knowledge of the self</span><span>63</span>
***<span> Manifestation of the self</span><span>67</span>
** <span> 4. The Self and Moral Evil</span><span>77</span>
***<span> The metaphysical self, as such, is above moral good and evil</span><span>77</span>
***<span> The moral self as the cause of moral evil</span><span>80</span>
***<span> The moral self under the influence of moral shortcomings</span><span>82</span>
***<span> The moral self 'wounded and killed' by evil</span><span>83</span>
***<span> ''Asmimāna'' as the root of all moral evil</span><span>85</span>
** <span> 5. Towards Perfection</span><span>90</span>
***<span> The self as related to moral good</span><span>90</span>
***<span> Self-exertion</span><span>94</span>
***<span> Self-control</span><span>98</span>
***<span> Purification of the self</span><span>104</span>
** <span> 6. The Self and Perfection</span><span>108</span>
***<span> Perfection of the self</span><span>108</span>
***<span> Self-stability</span><span>109</span>
***<span> 'He dwells with a self brahma-become'</span><span>113</span>
***<span> Full blossoming of the self</span><span>118</span>
***<span> The self and ''nibbāna''</span><span>122</span>
***<span> Nibbutatto</span><span>129</span>
** <span> 7. The Self as Related to Kamma and Rebirth</span><span>131</span>
***<span> The self and ''kamma''</span><span>131</span>
***<span> The self and rebirth</span><span>143</span>
** <span> 8. A Brief General Assessment of the First Part</span><span>148</span>
* Part Two: The Metaphysical Self
** <span> 9. The Doctrine of ''Anattā'' can co-exist with the Reality of ''Attā''</span><span>153</span>
** <span> 10. The Doctrine of Non-self Taught Through<br/>the Denial of Positive Terms</span><span>158</span>
***<span> This is not my self</span><span>158</span>
***<span> He does not regard the ''khandas'', etc., either as the self or the self as<br>qualified by them</span><span>173</span>
***<span> Void of the self or belongs to the self</span><span>183</span>
***<span> What is not your own</span><span>186</span>
***<span> Permanence, happiness, self ''vs''. impermanence, pain, non-self</span><span>189</span>
***<span> As alien, not as the self</span><span>190</span>
** <span> 11. The Doctrine of the Non-Self Taught Through the Predication of the<br>Negative Term ''Anattā''.</span><span>195</span>
***<span> Connection with the preceding chapter</span><span>196</span>
***<span> Scope of the' ''annattā'' statements'</span><span>198</span>
***<span> Intimate relationship between ''anattā' and ''dukkha'''</span><span>204</span>
***<span> The awareness of non-self</span><span>205</span>
***<span> ''Anattā'' proclaimed by means of universal statements</span><span>208</span>
***<span> Reasons given to assert that something is ''annattā''</span><span>222</span>
** <span> 12. Asmimāna, Sakkāyadiṭṭhi, ''Sassatavāda'' and Ucchedavāda</span><span>227</span>
** <span> 13. Self and Non-Self After Liberation</span><span>268</span>
***<span> Buddha was not a nihilist</span><span>269</span>
***<span> Transcendence of the self</span><span>276</span>
***<span> Moral transcendence of the self</span><span>278</span>
***<span> Metaphysical transcendence of the self</span><span>280</span>
***<span> The ''abyākatā pañhā'' and the ''sakkāyaddiṭṭi'' unanswered</span><span>294</span>
***<span> Reasons for keeping the ''abyākatā pañhā'' unanswered</span><span>294</span>
** <span> 14. Recapitulation</span><span>301</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>306</span>
* <span> Selected Bibliography</span><span>384</span>
* <span> Glossary of Terms</span><span>388</span>
* <span> Table of Scriptural Passages Commented or Quoted</span><span>393</span>
* <span> Index of Names and Subjects</span><span>401</span>
***<span> ''Preface''</span><span>''page'' ix</span>
***<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> '''Part 1 The cultural and social setting of Buddhist thought'''</span><span>27</span>
**<span> '''1''' The origins of rebirth</span><span>29</span>
**<span> 1.1 Buddhism and early Indian religion</span><span>29</span>
**<span> 1.2 Time: ''saṃsāra''</span><span>41</span>
**<span> 1.3 Action and the person: ''karma''</span><span>53</span>
**<span> 1.4 Timelessness: ''mokṣa'' (''nirvāṇa'')</span><span>58</span>
**<span> '''2''' Varieties of Buddhist discourse</span><span>65</span>
**<span> 2.1 Buddhist thought in context</span><span>65</span>
**<span> 2.2 Different ways of talking about 'self and 'person'</span><span>71</span>
**<span> 2.3 Elements of personality and (not-)self</span><span>78</span>
*<span> '''Part II The doctrine of not-self'''</span><span>85</span>
**<span> '''3''' The denial of self as 'right view'</span><span>87</span>
**<span> 3.1 Different kinds of 'right view'</span><span>87</span>
**<span> 3.2 Arguments in support of ''anattā''</span><span>95</span>
**<span> 3.3 The denial of self as a strategy in 'mental culture'</span><span>111</span>
**<span> '''4''' Views, attachment, and 'emptiness'</span><span>116</span>
**<span> 4.1 Views and attachment</span><span>117</span>
**<span> 4.2 The Unanswered Questions</span><span>131</span>
**<span> 4.3 Quietism and careful attention</span><span>138</span>
*<span> '''Part III Personality and rebirth'''</span><span>145</span>
**<span> '''5''' The individual of 'conventional truth'</span><span>147</span>
**<span> 5.1 'Conventional' and 'ultimate truth'</span><span>147</span>
**<span> 5.2 ''Attabhāva'' 'individuality', ''puggala'' 'person'</span><span>156</span>
**<span> 5.3 House imagery</span><span>165</span>
**<span> '''6''' 'Neither the same nor different'</span><span>177</span>
**<span> 6.1 'A person is not found'</span><span>178</span>
**<span> 6.2 Images of identity and difference</span><span>185</span>
**<span> 6.3 Self and other: compassion</span><span>188</span>
*<span> '''Part IV Continuity'''</span><span>197</span>
**<span> '''7''' Conditioning and consciousness</span><span>199</span>
**<span> 7.1 The construction(s) of temporal existence</span><span>200</span>
**<span> 7.2 The stations of evolving consciousness</span><span>213</span>
**<span> 7.3 Vegetation imagery</span><span>218</span>
**<span> '''8''' Momentariness and the ''bhavaṅga''-mind</span><span>225</span>
**<span> 8.1 impermanent are conditioned things'</span><span>226</span>
**<span> 8.2 The 'ultimate' extent of a lifetime: momentariness</span><span> 234</span>
**<span> 8.3 The ''bhavaṅga''-mind</span><span>238</span>
**<span> 8.4 River imagery</span><span>247</span>
***<span> Conclusion</span><span>262</span>
***<span> ''Notes''</span><span>267</span>
***<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>310</span>
***<span> ''Glossary and index of Pali and Sanskrit terms''</span><span>318</span>
***<span> ''General index''</span><span>321</span>
*<span> Foreword</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Great Transcendent Wisdom</span><span>23</span>
*<span> The Issue at Hand</span><span>29</span>
*<span> The Nature of Things</span><span>36</span>
*<span> The Whole Works</span><span>43</span>
*<span> Such</span><span>47</span>
*<span> One Bright Jewel</span><span>57</span>
*<span> Flowers in the Sky</span><span>64</span>
*<span> The Ocean Seal Concentration</span><span>76</span>
*<span> The Scripture of Mountains and Waters</span><span>87</span>
*<span> Being Time</span><span>102</span>
*<span> The Eight Awarenesses of Great People</span><span>111</span>
*<span> The Four Integrative Methods of Bodhisattvas</span><span>116</span>
*<span> Birth and Death</span><span>121</span>
+
* <span> Preface</span><span>viii</span>
* ''Part One: Silent Illumination''
** <span> 1. A Parable for Silent Illumination</span><span>3</span>
** <span> 2. Starting from Where We Are</span><span>13</span>
** <span> 3. The Underlying Feeling Tones</span><span>19</span>
** <span> 4. Supporting Attitudes to Cultivate</span><span>31</span>
** <span> 5. Meditation</span><span>39</span>
** <span> 6. Approaches to Silent Illumination</span><span>47</span>
** <span> 7. Caveats and Pitfalls</span><span>65</span>
* ''Part Two: Commentaries''
** <span> 8. The Vacant Field</span><span>85</span>
** <span> 9. The Investigation</span><span>97</span>
** <span> 10. Multitasking</span><span>109</span>
* ''Part Three: Translations''
** <span> 11. Hongzhi’s Collected Writings on Silent Illumination</span><span>123</span>
** <span> Notes</span><span>137</span>
** <span> Index</span><span>145</span>
+<center>Foreword by Thrangu Rinpoche</center>
<center>7</center>
<center>The View, Concisely Put</center>
<center>9</center>
<center>Commentary</center>
<center>17</center>
<center>A Summary of Mahamudra</center>
<center>95</center>
<center>Commentary</center>
<center>101</center>
<center>Acknowledgements</center>
<center>199 </center>
+
* <span> General Editor’s Preface</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> Translators’ Introduction</span><span>i</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>29</span>
* <span> Technical Note</span><span>31</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>35</span>
<br>
* PART I: THE BLUE COMPENDIUM
* Dölpa Sherap Gyatso (1059–1131)
* ''Translated by Ulrike Roesler''
** <span> 1. Preliminaries</span><span>39</span>
** <span> 2. The Training for Individuals at the Initial Level</span><span>51</span>
** <span> 3. The Training for Individuals at the Middle Level</span><span>63</span>
** <span> 4. The Training for Excellent Individuals</span><span>67</span>
** <span> 5. The Practice of the Perfections</span><span>73</span>
** <span> 6. Wisdom</span><span>85</span>
** <span> 7. Enhancing the Conditions for Practice</span><span>97</span>
<br>
* PART II: ORNAMENT OF PRECIOUS LIBERATION
* Gampopa (1079–1153)
* ''Translated by Ken Holmes and edited by Thupten Jinpa''
* <span> Author’s Preface</span><span>121</span>
* ''I. The Prime Cause''
** <span> 1. Buddha Nature</span><span>123</span>
* ''II. The Basis''
** <span> 2. A Precious Human Existence</span><span>131</span>
* ''III. The Condition''
** <span> 3. Relying on the Spiritual Teacher</span><span>141</span>
* ''IV. The Means: The Dharma Master’s Instruction''
** <span> 4. The Impermanence of Conditioned Existence</span><span>149</span>
** <span> 5. The Suffering of Samsara</span><span>161</span>
** <span> 6. Karma and Its Effects</span><span>177</span>
** <span> 7. Loving Kindness and Compassion</span><span>189</span>
** <span> 8. Taking Refuge</span><span>199</span>
** <span> 9. The Proper Adoption of Bodhicitta</span><span>211</span>
** <span> 10. Precepts for Generating Aspiring Bodhicitta</span><span>243</span>
** <span> 11. Presentation of the Six Perfections</span><span>249</span>
** <span> 12. The Perfection of Generosity</span><span>253</span>
** <span> 13. The Perfection of Moral Discipline</span><span>265</span>
** <span> 14. The Perfection of Patience</span><span>277</span>
** <span> 15. The Perfection of Diligence</span><span> 285</span>
** <span> 16. The Perfection of Meditative Concentration</span><span>293</span>
** <span> 17. The Perfection of Wisdom</span><span>309</span>
** <span> 18. The Presentation of the (Five) Paths</span><span>339</span>
** <span> 19. The Presentation of the Levels</span><span> 343</span>
* ''V. The Result''
** <span> 20. The Bodies of Perfect Buddhahood</span><span> 363</span>
* ''VI. Buddha Activity''
** <span> 21. Enlightened Activities of the Buddhas</span><span> 377</span>
<br>
* PART III: CLARIFYING THE SAGE'S INTENT
* Sakya Paṇḍita Kunga Gyaltsen (1182–1251)
* ''Translated by David P. Jackson''
** <span> 1. Spiritual Potential</span><span>385</span>
** <span> 2. Taking Refuge</span><span>389</span>
** <span> 3. Generating the Resolve to Attain Awakening</span><span>401</span>
** <span> 4. The Perfection of Generosity</span><span>415</span>
** <span> 5. The Perfection of Moral Discipline</span><span>427</span>
** <span> 6. The Perfection of Patience</span><span>437</span>
** <span> 7. The Perfection of Diligence</span><span>447</span>
** <span> 8. The Perfection of Meditative Concentration</span><span>457</span>
** <span> 9. The Perfection of Wisdom</span><span>485</span>
** <span> 10. The Four Means of Attraction</span><span>529</span>
** <span> 11. The Paths and Levels</span><span>537</span>
** <span> 12. The Ultimate Fruit </span><span>571</span>
* <span> The Conclusion of the Treatise</span><span>601</span>
<br>
* <span> Appendix 1. Table of Tibetan Transliteration</span><span>603</span>
* <span> Appendix 2. Outline of Clarifying the Sage’s Intent</span><span>613</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>631</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>717</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>729</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>752</span>
* <span> About the Contributors</span><span>793</span>
*<span> Foreword by His Holiness the Dalai Lama</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> Editor's Acknowledgments</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> Technical Notes</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span><br><br>
*<span> 1 Śamatha and Vipaśyanā</span><span>9</span>
*<span> 2 Preparing for Śamatha Meditation</span><span>39</span>
*<span> 3 Focusing Your Mind</span><span>83</span>
*<span> 4 Dealing with Laxity and Excitement</span><span>95</span>
*<span> 5 Attaining Śamatha</span><span>123</span>
*<span> 6 Śamatha as Part of the Path</span><span>151</span><br><br>
*<span> Appendix: Outline of the Text</span><span>171</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>175</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>183</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>187</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>193</span>
+
*'''PART I. STHIRAMATI'S INTERPRETATION OF YOGĀCĀRA ONTOLOGY AND SOTERIOLOGY'''<br><br>
*<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span><br><br>
*CHAPTER I: STHIRAMATI'S AND HIS WORKS
*<span> 1. Sthiramati’s Life and Times</span><span>13</span>
*<span> 2. Sthiramati’s Works</span><span>23</span>
**<span> The Kāśyapaparivartaṭīkā</span><span>25</span>
**<span> The Dasheng zhongguan shilun</span><span>33</span>
**<span> The Abhidharmasamuccayavyākhyā</span><span>39</span>
**<span> The Pañcaskandhaprakaraṇavibhāṣa</span><span>43</span>
**<span> The Abhidharmakośabhāṣyaṭīkā Tattvārthanāma</span><span>45</span>
**<span> The Triṃśikāvijñaptibhāṣya</span><span>47</span>
**<span> The Madhyāntavibhāgaṭīkā</span><span>53</span>
**<span> The Sūtrālaṃkāravṛttibhāṣya</span><span>56</span><br><br>
*CHAPTER II: STHIRAMATI'S AND THE YOGĀCĀRA ONTOLOGY
*<span> Introduction</span><span>84</span>
*<span> 1. Fundamental Categories in Yogācāra Ontology</span><span>92</span>
*<span> 2. An Analysis of the Three Identities</span><span>104</span>
*<span> 3. The Relationship among the Three Identities</span><span>120</span>
*<span> 4. The Three Identities and Representation-Only</span><span>128</span>
*<span> 5. The Three Kinds of Identitylessness</span><span>147</span>
*<span> 6. Basis-Transformation</span><span>159</span>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>169</span><br><br>
*CHAPTER III: STHIRAMATI'S INTEPRETATION OF BUDDHOLOGY AND SOTERIOLOGY
*<span> 1. Concept, Source Material, and Method Recapitulated</span><span>204</span>
*<span> 2. Buddhahood and the Structure of Reality</span><span>207</span>
*<span> 3. The Implicit Hermeneutics of the Structure of Yogācāra Buddhology</span><span>218</span>
*<span> 4. An Analysis of the Categories of Buddhahood</span><span>233</span>
*<span> 5. The Four Liberative Wisdoms</span><span>241</span>
*<span> 6. The Three Buddha-Bodies</span><span>252</span>
*<span> 7. Buddha is neither Singular nor Plural</span><span>267</span>
*<span> 8. The Nature of Buddha's Salvific Activities</span><span>272</span>
*<span> 9. Conclusion</span><span>278</span><br><br>
*CONCLUSION: YOGĀCĀRA BUDDHOLOGY IN A COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE
*<span> 1. Yogācāra Philosophy in its own Terms</span><span>317</span>
*<span> 2. Conceptual Structure of Yogācāra Buddhology</span><span>320</span>
*<span> 3. A Comparison of Christian Ideas of God and Yogācāra Ideas of Buddha</span><span>324</span>
*<span> 4. The Study of Yogācāra Buddhology and Methodological Implications for<br>Buddhist Studies and Comparative Religion</span><span>327</span><br><br>
*'''PART II: AN ANNOTATED TRANSLATION OF CHAPTER IX (ON ENLIGHTENMENT) OF THE SUTRĀLAṂKĀRAVṚTTIBHĀṢYA'''<br><br>
*<span> INTRODUCTION TO THE TRANSLATION</span><span>338</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>340</span>
*<span> 1. On Omniscience</span><span>342</span>
*<span> 2. On the Nonduality of Buddhahood</span><span>347</span>
*<span> 3. On Buddhahood as the Supreme Refuge</span><span>353</span>
*<span> 4. On Basis-transformation</span><span>364</span>
*<span> 5. On the Activities of Buddha as Effortless and Uninterrupted</span><span>375</span>
*<span> 6. On the Profundity of the Pure Realm</span><span>379</span>
*<span> 7. On the Divisions of Mastery</span><span>396</span>
*<span> 8. On Buddhahood as the Cause of Bringing Sentient Beings to Maturity</span><span>411</span>
*<span> 9. On the Realm of Ultimate Reality</span><span>424</span>
*<span> 10. On the Divisions of Buddha-Body</span><span>432</span>
*<span> 11. On the Divisions of Buddha-Wisdom</span><span>440</span>
*<span> 12. That Buddha is neither Singular nor Plural</span><span>453</span>
*<span> 13. On the Skillful Means to Buddhahood</span><span>456</span>
*<span> 14. On the Unity of the Mutual Activity of the Buddhas</span><span>459</span>
*<span> 15. On the Exertion for Buddhahood</span><span>463</span>
*<span> 16. Summary</span><span>465</span><br><br>
*<span> APPENDIX</span><span>522</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>523</span>
*<span> Foreward</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Early Ch'an Schools in Tibet</span><span>1</span>
Jeffrey Broughton
*<span> The Direct and Gradual Approaches of Zen Master Mahāyāna: Fragments of the Teachings of Mo-ho-yen</span><span>69</span>
Luis O. Gomez
*<span> The Ox-head School of Chinese Ch'an Buddhism: From Early Ch'an<br>to the Golden Age</span><span>169</span>
John R. McRae
*<span> The Teaching of Men and Gods: The Doctrinal and Social Basis of Lay Buddhist Practice in the Hua-yen Tradition</span><span>253</span>
Peter N. Gregory
*<span> Li T'ung-hsüan and the Practical Dimension of Hua-yen</span><span>321</span>
Robert M. Gimello
*<span> Contributors</span><span>391</span>
+
* '''PART 1'''
<br>
* <span> LIST OF MAIN SANSKRIT AND TIBETAN SOURCES WITH SIGLA OF ABBREVIATED TITLES</span><span> xi</span>
<br>
* SECTION I
* <span> AN OUTLINE OF THE EARLIER HISTORY OF THE TIBETAN<br>MADHYAMAKA (DBU MA) FROM ITS ORIGINS IN THE EIGHTH<br>CENTURY TO THE BEGINNING OF ITS 'CLASSICAL PERIOD' IN THE<br>EARLY FIFTEENTH CENTURY</span><span> 1</span>
** <span> 1. PERIODIZATION IN THE HISTORY OF MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT<br>IN TIBET</span><span> 1</span>
** <span> 2. THE TRANSMISSION TO TIBET OF THE MAIN INDIAN SOURCES<br>OF THE MADHYAMAKA</span><span> 9</span>
** <span> 3. EARLY TIBETAN DOXOGRAPHICAL DIVISIONS OF THE MADHYAMAKA</span><span> 23</span>
** <span> 4. THE INDIGENOUS TIBETAN SOURCES OF THE MADHYAMAKA BEGINNING IN THE ELEVENTH CENTURY</span><span> 26</span>
*** <span> 4.1. THE ANTECEDENTS OF THE TIBETAN RAN RGYUD PA ('SVĀTANTRIKA') TRADITION IN THE EARLIER ''phyi dar'' PERIOD</span><span> 27</span>
*** <span> 4.2. THE ANTECEDENTS OF THE TIBETAN THAL 'GYUR BA ('PRĀSANGIKA') TRADITION IN THE EARLIER ''phyi'' dar PERIOD</span><span> 41</span>
*** <span> 4.3. DOXOGRAPHICAL DIVISIONS OF THE MADHYAMAKA IN<br>THE EARLIER ''phyi dar'' PERIOD AND THEIR TIBETAN<br>REPRESENTATIVES</span><span> 55</span>
** <span> 5. THE ''Ratnagotravibhāga-Mahāyānottaratantraśāstra'', THE ''gŽan stoṅ'' AND<br>THE 'THEORY OF THE HVA ŠAṄ' IN RELATION TO MADHYAMAKA<br>SCHOOL TRADITIONS</span><span> 72</span>
** <span> 6. TSOṄ KHA PA'S ARRIVAL AT HIS MADHYAMAKA THEORY</span><span> 88</span>
<br>
* SECTION II
* <span> THESES, PHILOSOPHICAL POSITIONS AND CONTENTION IN MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT </span><span>105</span>
** <span> 1. THE PROBLEM </span><span>105</span>
** <span> 2. THE THESIS AND ASSERTION WITH NĀGĀRJUNA, ĀRYA-DEVA<br>AND CANDRAKĪRTI </span><span>115</span>
** <span> 3. ''Dṛṣṭi'' AND ''darśana'' AND THE EXPRESSION ''avācaka''</span><span> 133</span>
** <span> 4. THE PROCEDURE OF APAGOGIC AND MAIEUTICAL<br>''prasaṅgāpādana'' AND THE QUESTION OF ''vitaṇḍā'' </span><span>136</span>
** <span> 5. ASSERTION, DISCURSIVITY, FREEDOM FROM EXTREME<br>POSITIONS AND THE 'TETRALEMMA' (''catuṣkoṭi'') </span><span>139</span>
** <span> 6. NON-CONTENTIOUSNESS, PHILOSOPHICAL EIRENICISM AND THEIR ETHICAL AND SOTERIOLOGICAL DIMENSIONS</span><span> 148</span>
** <span> 7. THE ''avyākṛtavastus'' AND THE ĀRYAN SILENCE</span><span> 152</span>
** <span> 8. ''Pakṣa, abhyupagama'' AND ''prasaṅga'' IN THE MADHYAMAKA<br>ACCORDING TO JAYĀNANDA</span><span> 156</span>
** <span> 9. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO PA TSHAB ÑI MA GRAGS</span><span> 159</span>
** <span> 10. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO KHu MDO SDE 'BAR</span><span> 161</span>
** <span> 11. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO RMA BY A BYAṄ CHUB YE ŠES<br>AND RMA BYA BYAṄ CHUB BRTSON 'GRUS</span><span> 163</span>
** <span> 12. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO SA SKY A PAṆḌI TA</span><span> 169</span>
** <span> 13. THE THESIS ACCORDING TO DBUS PA BLO GSAL</span><span> 172</span>
** <span> 14. THESIS, ASSERTION AND PHILOSOPHICAL POSITION<br>ACCORDING TO MKHAS GRUB RJE</span><span> 173</span>
** <span> 15. THE QUESTION OF THE THESIS IN TSOṄ KHA PA's ''Lam rim chen mo'' AND IN 'JAM DBYAṄS BŽAD PA'S COMMENTS</span><span> 187</span>
** <span> 16. THE APPLICATION OF POSITIVE DETERMINATION (''pariccheda'')<br>AND NEGATIVE DETERMINATION (''vyavaccheda'') IN TSOṄ KHA PA'S<br>''Draṅ ṅes legs Mad sñiṅ po'' </span><span>195</span>
** <span> 17. NOTES ON SOME LATER TIBETAN SCHOLARS' VIEWS ON THE THESIS, ASSERTION AND DISCURSIVITY </span><span>199</span>
** <span> 18. SOME THEORETICAL ISSUES IN PHILOSOPHICAL AND<br>HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE </span><span> 207</span>
** <span> 19. SOME LOGICAL, EPISTEMOLOGICAL AND SEMIOTIC ISSUES<br>IN A MODERN PERSPECTIVE </span><span> 219</span>
** <span> 20. CONCLUSION </span><span> 228</span>
<br>
* SECTION III
* <span> ON EPISTEMOLOGICAL-LOGICAL (''pramāṇa'') THEORY AND THE<br>ONTIC IN TSOṄ KHA PA'S MADHY AMAKA PHILOSOPHY</span><span> 233</span>
** <span> 1. INTRODUCTION</span><span> 233</span>
** <span> 2. SOME FUNDAMENTAL LOGICAL AND EPISTEMOLOGICAL<br>ISSUES IN MADHYAMAKA: ''prayoga(vākya)'' VS. ''prasaṅga'' AND THE<br>PROBLEM OF ''pramāṇa'' IN RELATION TO ''prameya'' </span><span>240</span>
** <span> 3. THE STATUS OF THE THESIS (''pratijñā'') IN THE MADHYAMAKA</span><span>244</span>
** <span> 4. INFERENCE (''rjes su dpag pa'' equals ''anumāna'') IN TSOṄ KHA PA'S MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT</span><span>247</span>
** <span> 5. ''Svatantra-anumāna'' AS PROBATIVE INFERENCE, ''prasaṅgāpādana'' AS APAGOGIC REASONING, AND THE PROBLEM OF MUTUAL AGREEMENT (''ubhaya[pra]siddhatva'')</span><span> 250</span>
** <span> 6. ''Prasaṅgavākya, prakṛtārthaviparyaya, prasaṅgaviparītārthāpatti'' AND THE<br>USE OF ''prasajya-pratiṣedha'' IN THE ''prasaṅga''-STATEMENT OF NON-ORIGINATION IN THE MADHYAMAKA </span><span>252</span>
** <span> 7. TSOṄ KHA PA ON ''bzlog don'' AND ''thal bzlog'': ''prasaṅga''-REVERSAL (''prasaṅgaviparīta'') AND ''prasaṅga''-CONTRAPOSITION (''prasaṅgaviparyaya'') </span><span>257</span>
** <span> 8. ''Prasaṅgāpādana (thal ba (b]sgmb pa ~ thal ba 'phen pa)'' AS A SPECIAL<br>FORM OF INFERENCE ACCORDING TO TSOṄ KHA PA </span><span> 266</span>
** <span> 9. ON REFUTATION (''dūṣaṇa'') AND PROOF (''sādhana'') WITH<br>CANDRAKĪRTI AND TSOṄ KHA PA</span><span> 269</span>
** <span> 10. ''Pramāṇa''-THEORY, ERROR AND ASCERTAINMENT IN TSOṄ<br>KHA PA's MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT</span><span> 272</span>
** <span> 11. THE LOGICAL-EPISTEMOLOGICAL AND ONTIC STATUS<br>OF THE PRĀSAṄGIKA's ''paraprasiddha''-ARGUMENT ACCORDING TO<br>TSOṄ KHA PA</span><span> 282</span>
** <span> 12. THE ''paraprasiddha-anumāna'' AND THE ''prasaṅgāpādana'' AS ''pramāṇa''<br>AND AS MAIEUTICS</span><span> 286</span>
** <span> 13. THE PROCEDURES OF vyavaccheda AND pariccheda IN<br>MADHYAMAKA THOUGHT </span><span>287</span>
** <span> 14. THE USE OF THE ''bādhakapramāṇa'' AND CONTRAPOSITION IN ATTAINING THE MADHYAMAKA THEORY OF NON-<br>SUBSTANTIALITY (''niḥsvabhāvatā'') </span><span>288</span>
** <span> 15. CONCLUSION </span><span>296</span>
<br>
* INDICES
* <span> INDEX OF MAIN INDIAN AND TIBETAN PERSONAL NAMES</span><span> 305</span>
* <span> INDEX OF SELECTED PLACE NAMES</span><span> 310</span>
* <span> INDEX OF SELECTED INDIAN TEXTS</span><span> 310</span>
* <span> INDEX OF SELECTED TIBETAN TEXTS</span><span> 311</span>
* <span> INDEX OF MAIN SANSKRIT KEY-TERMS</span><span> 312</span>
* <span> INDEX OF MAIN TIBETAN KEY-TERMS</span><span> 318</span>
*<span> BODHIDHARMA by 牧谿 (Mu-ch'i)</span><span>Frontispiece</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>v</span>
*<span> Abstracts of Studies</span><span>xi</span><br><br>
<center>I</center>
*<span> AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF THE<br> LANKAVATARA SUTRA</span><span>3</span><br><br>
<center>II</center>
*<span> THE LANKAVATARA SUTRA AND THE TEACHING<br> OF ZEN BUDDHISM</span><span>89</span>
**<span> I. General Survey of the Principal Ideas Expounded in<br> the Sutra</span><span>90</span>
**<span> II. (A) The Intellectual Contents of the Buddhist<br> Experience</span><span>153</span>
**<span> (B) The Psychology of the Buddhist Experience</span><span>169</span>
**<span> III. Life and Works of the Bodhisattva</span><span>202</span><br><br>
<center>III</center>
*<span> SOME OF THE IMPORTANT THEORIES EXPOUNDED<br> IN THE LANKAVATARA SUTRA</span><span>239</span>
**<span> (I} The Doctrine of Mind-Only</span><span>241</span>
**<span> (II} The Conception of No-Birth</span><span>283</span>
**<span> (III) The Triple Body of the Buddha</span><span>308</span>
**<span> (IV) The Tathagata</span><span>339</span>
**<span> (V) Other Minor Subjects</span><span>357</span><br><br>
*<span> A SANSKRIT-CHINESE-ENGLISH GLOSSARY</span><span>373</span>
*<span> INDEX</span><span>459</span>
+
* <span> Contents </span><span> i-vi</span>
* <span> Abbreviations </span><span>vii-ix</span>
* <span> Introduction </span><span> 1</span>
** <span> Methodology </span><span>9</span>
** <span> Sources </span><span>20</span>
** <span> Formulation of the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine and composition of the Ratnagotravibhāga and its Commentary </span><span>28</span>
** <span> Significance of this study </span><span>35</span>
* Part 1
** <span> Chapter 1. Salient Features of the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine</span><span>41</span>
** <span> 1.1. Meaning of the compound ʻtathāgatagarbhaʼ </span><span>41</span>
** <span> 1.2. Nature of the tathāgatagarbha</span><span> 46</span>
** <span> 1.3. tathāgatagarbha as ontic element </span><span>51</span>
** <span> 1.4. ʻtathatāʼ a synonym of ʻtathāgatagarbhaʼ </span><span> 65</span>
** <span> 1.5. tathāgatagarbha as consciousness </span><span> 68</span>
** <span> 1.6. gotra as Three Jewels </span><span> 72</span>
** <span> 1.7. Impediments to the perception of the Tathāgataʼs Essence </span><span> 74</span>
** <span> 1.8. dharmakāya of the Tathāgata </span><span> 87</span>
** <span> 1.9. Recapitulation </span><span> 99</span>
** <span> 1.10. Conclusion </span><span> 103</span>
* <span> Chapter 2. Self and Not-Self in the Śrāvakayāna </span><span> 107</span>
** <span> 2.1. (i) Not-self in the Pāli-suttas </span><span> 108</span>
*** <span> 2.1. (ii) Rejection of all theories of self </span><span> 111</span>
*** <span> 2.1. (iii) Buddhaʼs silence on ontological questions </span><span> 115</span>
*** <span> 2.1. (iv) parinibbāna of the </span><span> 22</span>
*** <span> 2.1. (v) Recapitulation </span><span>125</span>
** <span> 2.2. (i) Inderminate self of the Pudgalavāda </span><span> 127</span>
*** <span> 2.2. (ii) Three designations of the pudgala </span><span>130</span>
*** <span> 2.2. (iii) Nature of the conditional pudgala </span><span>134</span>
*** <span> 2.2. (iv) Real or conceptual pudgala </span><span>140</span>
*** <span> 2.2. (v) pudgala and parinirvāṇa </span><span>145</span>
*** <span> 2.2. (vi) Recapitulation </span><span>149</span>
** <span> 2.3. Comparison of the pudgala and the tathāgatagarbha </span><span> 150</span>
** <span> 2.4. Conclusion </span><span> 155</span>
* <span> Chapter 3. Self in the Mahāyāna </span><span> 160</span>
** <span> 3.1 a. (i) Emptiness of everything </span><span> 161</span>
*** <span> 3.1a. (ii) Uncreated nature of empty things </span><span> 166</span>
*** <span> 3.1a. (iii) Synonyms of emptiness </span><span> 168</span>
*** <span> 3.1a. (v) Recapitulation </span><span> 170</span>
** <span> 3.1b. (i) Madhyamaka interpretation of emptiness </span><span> 170</span>
** <span> 3.1b. (ii) Meaning of emptiness </span><span> 173</span>
** <span> 3.1b. (iii) Indeterminate nature of empty things </span><span> 175</span>
** <span> 3.1b. (iv) Emptiness is not nihilism </span><span> 179</span>
** <span> 3.1b. (v) Recapitulation </span><span> 181</span>
** <span> 3.2a. (i) tathatā according to the Mahāyāna-sūtras </span><span> 182</span>
** <span> 3.2a. (ii) tathatā and the designation ʻTathāgataʼ </span><span> 188</span>
** <span> 3.2a. (iii) Recapitulation </span><span> 189</span>
** <span> 3.2b. (i) Madhyamaka interpretation of tathatā </span><span> 190</span>
** <span> 3.3a. (ii) nirvāṇa according to the Mahāyāna-sūtras </span><span>192</span>
** <span> 3.3a. (iii) Inexpressible nirvāṇa </span><span> 196</span>
** <span> 3.3a. (v) dharmakāya of the Tathāgata </span><span> 198</span>
** <span> 3.3a. (vi) Recapitulation </span><span> 201</span>
** <span> 3.3b. (i) nirvāṇa as Absolute in the Madhyamaka discourse </span><span> 203</span>
** <span> 3.3b. (ii) nirvāṇa as knowledge of existence </span><span> 208</span>
** <span> 3.3b. (ii) parinirvāṇa of the Tathāgata </span><span> 210</span>
** <span> 3.3b. (iii) Recapitulation </span><span> 212</span>
** <span> 3.4. Conclusion </span><span> 214</span>
*Part 2
* <span> Chapter 4. tathāgatagarbha as true self and comparison of its nature with the true selves of the Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and Jaina Traditions</span><span>222</span>
** <span> 4.1a. tathāgatagarbha as inherent, complete Buddhahood</span><span>223</span>
** <span> 4.1b. Obscuration and inalterability of the tathāgatagarbha</span><span>229</span>
** <span> 4.1c. tathāgatagarbha is tathatā </span><span> 232</span>
** <span> 4.1d. tathāgatagarbha as innately luminous consciousness </span><span> 236</span>
** <span> 4.1e. Is the tathāgatagarbha the true self? </span><span> 242</span>
** <span> 4.1f. Is the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine a provisional teaching? </span><span> 267</span>
** <span> 4.1g. Recapitulation </span><span> 274</span>
** <span> 4.2a. Nature of the Brahmanic true self </span><span> 278</span>
** <span> 4.2b. Embodiment and obscuration of the true self </span><span> 286</span>
** <span> 4.2c. Two co-existing aspects of the self </span><span> 297</span>
** <span> 4.2d. Recapitulation </span><span> 299</span>
** <span> 4.3a. Nature of the Sāṅkhya true self </span><span> 301</span>
** <span> 4.3b. Embodiment of the self </span><span> 306</span>
** <span> 4.3c. Ignorance, bondage and transmigration </span><span> 312</span>
** <span> 4.3d. Recapitulation </span><span> 315</span>
** <span> 4.4a. Jaina ontological conceptions </span><span> 317</span>
** <span> 4.4b. Nature of the Jaina true self </span><span> 324</span>
** <span> 4.4c. Karmic bondage and obscuration of the intrinsic nature of the self </span><span> 334</span>
** <span> 4.4d. Recapitulation </span><span> 344</span>
** <span> 4.5. Conclusion </span><span> 346</span>
* <span> Chapter 5. Cosmic Self in the Tathāgatagarbha, Brahmanic, Early Sāṅkhya and<br>Jaina Traditions </span><span> 361</span>
** <span> 5.1a. One Essence of all sentient beings and dharmas </span><span> 361</span>
** <span> 5.1b. Scholarly debate on the nature of the dharmadhātu </span><span> 368</span>
** <span> 5.1c. Tathāgata as Supreme Self </span><span> 374</span>
** <span> 5.1d. Tathāgata as īśvara </span><span> 378</span>
** <span> 5.1e. Recapitulation </span><span> 381</span>
** <span> 5.2a. Cosmic Self in the Brahmanic Tradition </span><span> 385</span>
** <span> 5.2b. Indwelling-controller and His relations with individual beings </span><span> 392</span>
** <span> 5.2c. Non-duality and non-conceptuality of Brahman </span><span> 396</span>
** <span> 5.2d. Brahman as īśvara </span><span> 398</span>
** <span> 5.2e. Recapitulation </span><span>400</span>
** <span> 5.3a. Cosmic Self in the Early Sāṅkhya discourses </span><span>401</span>
** <span> 5.3b. Scholarly debate on Brahman in the Early Sāṅkhya discourses </span><span> 409</span>
** <span> 5.3c. Recapitulation </span><span> 414</span>
** <span> 5.4. Conclusion </span><span> 416</span>
* <span> Chapter 6. Concept of Liberation in the Tathāgatagarbha, Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya<br>and Jaina Traditions </span><span> 421</span>
** <span> 6.1a. Knowledge as means to liberation in the Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine </span><span> 422</span>
** <span> 6.1b. Manifestation of compassion and mode of existence of the<br> Tathāgata </span><span> 429</span>
** <span> 6.1c. Transformation of consciousness </span><span> 436</span>
** <span> 6.1d. Manifestation of basis and transformation of basis </span><span>443</span>
** <span> 6.1e. Recapitulation </span><span>448</span>
** <span> 6.2a. Knowledge as means to liberation in the Brahmanic Tradition </span><span> 453</span>
** <span> 6.2b. Liberation through Divine Grace </span><span> 460</span>
** <span> 6.2c. Transformation of consciousnes </span><span> 464</span>
** <span> 6.2d. Recapitulation </span><span> 471</span>
** <span> 6.3a Knowledge as means to liberation in the Sāṅkhya tradition </span><span> 474</span>
** <span> 6.3b. Transformation of consciousness </span><span> 479</span>
** <span> 6.3c. Recapitulation </span><span> 485</span>
** <span> 6.4a. Knowledge and rigorous austerities as means to liberation in<br> Jainism </span><span> 487</span>
** <span> 6.4b. Omniscience of Mahāvīra </span><span> 498</span>
** <span> 6.4c. Transformation of consciousness </span><span> 503</span>
** <span> 6.4d. Recapitulation </span><span> 506</span>
** <span> 6.5. Conclusion </span><span> 509</span>
* <span> Chapter 7. Conclusion </span><span> 520</span>
** <span> Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine and the Śrāvakayāna teachings</span><span> 524</span>
** <span> tathāgatagarbha and the pudgala </span><span> 530</span>
** <span> Tathāgatagarbha Doctrine and Early Mahāyāna teachings </span><span>537</span>
** <span> Conceptual correspondences and differences in the nature of the<br>tathāgatagarbha and the natures of true self in the Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and<br>Jaina traditions </span><span> 567</span>
** <span> Conceptual correspondences and differences in the nature of the Cosmic<br>Self in the Tathāgatagarbha, Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and Jaina traditions </span><span>575</span>
** <span> Correspondences and differences in the concept of liberation in the Tathāgatagarbha Brahmanic, Sāṅkhya and Jaina traditions </span><span> 580</span>
* <span> Bibliography </span><span> 592</span>
* <span> Foreword</span><span>v</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
** ''Peter N. Gregory''
******'''I . The Sudden and Gradual Debates'''
* <span> The Mirror of the Mind</span><span>13</span>
** ''Paul Demiéville''
* <span> Sudden Illumination or Simultaneous Comprehension: Remarks on Chinese and Tibetan Terminology</span><span>41</span>
** ''R. A. Stein''
* <span> Purifying Gold: The Metaphor of Effort and Intuition in Buddhist Thought and Practice</span><span>67</span>
** ''Luis O. Gomez''
****'''II. Sudden and Gradual Enlightenment in Chinese Buddhism'''
* <span> Tao-sheng’s Theory of Sudden Enlightenment Re-examined</span><span>169</span>
** ''Whalen Lai''
* <span> Sudden and Gradual Intimately Conjoined: Chih-i’s T’ien-t’ai View</span><span>201</span>
** ''Neal Donner''
* <span> Shen-hui and the Teaching o f Sudden Enlightenment in Early Ch’an<br>Buddhism</span><span>227</span>
** ''John R. McRae''
* <span> Sudden Enlightenment Followed by Gradual Cultivation: Tsung-mi’s Analysis<br>of Mind</span><span>279</span>
** ''Peter N . Gregory''
* <span> The "Short-cut" Approach o f ''K'an-hua'' Meditation: The Evolution of a Practical Subitism in Chinese Ch'an Buddhism</span><span>321</span>
** ''Robert E . Buswell, Jr.''
******'''III. Analogies in the Cultural Sphere
* <span> The Sudden and the Gradual in Chinese Poetry Criticism: An Examination of the Ch’an-Poetry Analogy</span><span>381</span>
** ''Richard John Lynn''
* <span> Tung Ch’i-ch'ang's "Southern and Northern Schools" in the History and Theory of Painting: A Reconsideration</span><span>429</span>
** ''James Cahill''
* <span> Afterword by Tu Wei-ming</span><span>447</span>
* <span> Contributors</span><span>457</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>461</span>
+
*<span> Preface</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> ''PART ONE'': INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span>
**<span> Formation of the Ch'an School</span><span>6</span>
**<span> The Life and Teaching of Ma-tsu</span><span>14</span>
**<span> The Monastic Tradition</span><span>29</span>
**<span> Tsung-mi's Evaluation of the Hung-chou School</span><span>37</span>
**<span> A Note on the Translations</span><span>42</span>
*<span> ''PART TWO'': THE RECORD OF MA-TSU</span><span>57</span>
**<span> Biography</span><span>59</span>
**<span> Sermons</span><span>62</span>
**<span> Dialogues</span><span>69</span>
*<span> ''PART THREE'': MA-TSU'S DISCIPLES</span><span>95</span>
**<span> Hsi-t'ang Chih-tsang</span><span>97</span>
**<span> Pai-chang Huai-hai</span><span>100</span>
**<span> Nan-ch'üan P'u-yüan</span><span>107</span>
**<span> Ta-chu Hui-hai</span><span>113</span>
**<span> Shih-kung Hui-tsang</span><span>117</span>
**<span> Ma-ku Pao-ch'e</span><span>119</span>
**<span> Ta-mei Fa-ch'ang</span><span>121</span>
**<span> Fen-chou Wu-yeh</span><span>125</span>
**<span> Wu-tai Yin-feng</span><span>134</span>
**<span> Hung-chou Shui-lao</span><span>137</span>
**<span> Layman P'ang-yün</span><span>138</span>
**<span> Kuei-tsung Chih-ch'ang</span><span>140</span>
*<span> Appendix: Sources for the Translations</span><span>145</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>147</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>151</span>
+
*<span> ''Preface''</span><span>''vii''</span>
*<span> ''Prolegomena''</span><span>''xi''</span>
*<span> '''Part I: Introduction'''</span><span>'''1'''</span>
*<span> Chapter 1. Tao-sheng's Prehistory: The State of Buddhist Studies in China</span><span>3</span>
*<span> Chapter 2. Tao-sheng's Biography</span><span>13</span>
*<span> Chapter 3. Tao-sheng's Works</span><span>23</span>
*<span> Chapter 4. Tao-sheng's Doctrines</span><span>29</span>
*<span> Chapter 5. Tao-sheng's Influence and the Impact of His Doctrines</span><span>57</span>
*<span> '''Part II: A Critical Study of Tao-sheng's Commentary on the ''Lotus Sūtra'' '''</span><span>'''75'''</span>
*<span> Chapter 6. Tao-sheng and the ''Saddharmapuṇḍarīka''</span><span>77</span>
*<span> Chapter 7. Literary Aspects</span><span>81</span>
*<span> Chapter 8. Central Ideas</span><span>121</span>
*<span> Chapter 9. Traces of Tao-sheng's Doctrines</span><span>137</span>
*<span> Chapter 10. Conclusions</span><span>145</span>
*<span> '''Part III: Translation'''</span><span>'''151'''</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>153</span>
*<span> Roll the First (Chapters 1-4)</span><span>161</span>
*<span> Roll the Second (Chapters 5-27)</span><span>241</span>
*<span> ''Abbreviations''</span><span>''339''</span>
*<span> ''Glossary of Chinese Characters''</span><span>''341</span>
*<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>''351''</span>
*<span> ''Index''</span><span>''365''</span>
+
*<span> ABSTRACT</span><span>iii</span>
*<span> ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS</span><span>vi</span>
*<span> PART I: AIMS AND METHOD</span><span>1</span>
*<span> NOTES TO PART I</span><span>16</span>
*<span> PART II: INTRODUCTION</span><span>20</span>
**<span> A. Tao-sheng's Pre-history: the State of Buddhist Studies in China</span><span>20</span>
**<span> B. Tao-sheng's Biography</span><span>36</span>
***<span> 1. Biographical Sources</span><span>36</span>
***<span> 2. Tao-sheng's Life</span><span>38</span>
****<span> a. Early Years in Chien-k'ang under Chu Fa-t'ai</span><span>38</span>
****<span> b. The First Sojourn at Lu-shan with Hui-yüan</span><span>40</span>
****<span> c. Study with Kumārajīva in Ch'ang-an</span><span>43</span>
****<span> d. Return to Lu-shan</span><span>45</span>
****<span> e. The Second Sojourn at Chien-k'ang</span><span>46</span>
****<span> f. The Third Sojourn at Lu-shan and Death</span><span>47</span>
****<span> g. Evaluation of Tao-sheng's Life</span><span>48</span>
**<span> C. Tao-sheng's Works</span><span>53</span>
**<span> D. Tao-sheng's Doctrines</span><span>60</span>
***<span> 1. Sudden Enlightenment</span><span>61</span>
***<span> 2. The Buddha-nature and Related Ideas</span><span>74</span>
***<span> 3. Miscellaneous</span><span>84</span>
****<span> a. The Good Deed Entails No Retribution</span><span>85</span>
****<span> b. There is No Pure Land in [the Realm of] the Buddha</span><span>89</span>
****<span> c. The Dharmakāya is Formless</span><span>94</span>
****<span> d. On the Two Truths</span><span>101</span>
**<span> E. Tao-sheng's Influence and the Impact of his Doctrines</span><span>106</span>
***<span> 1. The Doctrine of Sudden Enlightenment</span><span>107</span>
****<span> a. The Contemporary and Following Period</span><span>107</span>
****<span> b. Tao-sheng's Doctrine and the Ch'an School</span><span>111</span>
****<span> c. Tao-sheng's Doctrine and the Hua-yen School</span><span>121</span>
***<span> 2. The Doctrine of Buddha-nature</span><span>125</span>
***<span> 3. Tao-sheng and Other Schools</span><span>129</span>
****<span> a. Tao-sheng and the T'ien-t'ai School</span><span>129</span>
****<span> b. Tao-sheng and the San-lun School</span><span>133</span>
**<span> NOTES TO PART II</span><span>137</span>
*<span> PART III: A CRITICAL STUDY OF TAO-SHENG'S COMMENTARY ON<br>THE SADDHARMAPUṆḌARĪKA</span><span>156</span>
**<span> A. Tao-sheng and the Saddharmapuṇḍarīka</span><span>156</span>
**<span> B. Literary Aspects</span><span>163</span>
***<span> 1. Structure</span><span>163</span>
****<span> a. General</span><span>163</span>
****<span> b. Preface</span><span>164</span>
****<span> c. Interpretation of Chapters 1–27</span><span>165</span>
***<span> 2. Style and Exegetical Method</span><span>167</span>
****<span> a. Style</span><span>167</span>
****<span> b. Exegetical Method</span><span>169</span>
***<span> 3. Vocabulary: The Language of the Text with Special Reference to Neo-Taoism</span><span>171</span>
****<span> a. Introduction</span><span>171</span>
****<span> b. Analysis of the Concepts</span><span>174</span>
*****<span> (1) Li</span><span>174</span>
*****<span> (2) Fen</span><span>180</span>
*****<span> (3) The Role of Language</span><span>183</span>
*****<span> (4) The "Sage" and Related Terms</span><span>188</span>
*****<span> (5) The Emotional Factor</span><span>207</span>
*****<span> (6) Lei</span><span>212</span>
*****<span> (7) One Ultimate</span><span>214</span>
*****<span> (8) Middle Way (Chung-tao)</span><span>218</span>
*****<span> (9) Tao</span><span>222</span>
****<span> c. Concluding Remarks</span><span>224</span>
**<span> C. Central Ideas</span><span>228</span>
***<span> 1. Main Themes</span><span>228</span>
***<span> 2. An Overview of the Internal Stucture of the Commentary via the<br>Term Li</span><span>235</span>
****<span> a. Introduction</span><span>235</span>
****<span> b. Syntactical and Contextual Position</span><span>237</span>
****<span> c. Predicates, Properties, and Epistemic Implications</span><span>239</span>
****<span> d. Li Viewed in Connection with Other Concepts</span><span>242</span>
****<span> e. Li and the Process of Enlightenment</span><span>256</span>
****<span> f. Concluding Remarks</span><span>264</span>
**<span> D. Traces of Tao-sheng's Doctrines</span><span>268</span>
***<span> 1. Sudden Enlightenment</span><span>269</span>
***<span> 2. Buddha-nature</span><span>274</span>
***<span> 3. Miscellaneous</span><span>275</span>
**<span> E. Select Chapters for a Comprehensive Textual Analysis</span><span>283</span>
***<span> 1. Chapter 3</span><span>284</span>
***<span> 2. Chapter 15</span><span>301</span>
***<span> 3. Chapter 24</span><span>308</span>
***<span> 4. Summary and Conclusion</span><span>311</span>
**<span> NOTES TO PART III</span><span>317</span>
*<span> PART IV: CONCLUSION</span><span>339</span>
**<span> NOTES TO PART IV</span><span>346</span>
*<span> PART V: TRANSLATION</span><span>348</span>
**<span> Preface</span><span>348</span>
**<span> Roll the First (Chapts. 1–4)</span><span>352</span>
**<span> Roll the Second (Chapts. 5–27)</span><span>453</span>
**<span> NOTES TO TRANSLATION</span><span>535</span>
*<span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>580</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>581</span>
** <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>xi</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
* <span> 1. Text as Father</span><span>25</span>
* <span> 2. Who's Your Daddy Now? Reissued Paternity in the ''Lotus Sūtra''</span><span>48</span>
* <span> 3. The Domino Effect: Everyone and His Brother Convert to the ''Lotus Sūtra''</span><span>99</span>
* <span> 4. "Be All You Can’t Be" and Other Gainful Losses in the ''Diamond Sūtra''</span><span>160</span>
* <span> 5. Sameness with a Difference in the ''Tathāgatagarbha Sūtra''</span><span>197</span>
* <span> 6. Vimalakīrti, or Why Bad Boys Finish First</span><span>236</span>
** Conclusion: A Cavalier Attitude
** <span> Toward Truth-Fathers</span><span>327</span>
** <span> Bibliography</span><span>347</span>
** <span> Index</span><span>351</span>
+
*<span> Acknowledgments</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>ix</span>
*Chapter
*<span> 1. Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Part One: The Texts</span><span>14</span>
*<span> 2. The ''Buddha Nature Treatise''</span><span>24</span>
**<span> A. Introduction and Refutation of Other Views</span><span>30</span>
***<span> 1. Introduction</span><span>30</span>
***<span> 2. Refutation of Other Views</span><span>31</span>
****<span> a. Refuting Hinayana Views: Buddha Nature Neither Exists Nor<br> Does Not Exist</span><span>32</span>
****<span> b. Refuting Non-Buddhist Philosophies: Buddha Nature is Not an <br>Own-Nature</span><span>42</span>
****<span> c. Clarification of Mahayana Views: The True Meaning of the Two <br>Truths Doctrine</span><span>48</span>
***<span> 3. Evaluation</span><span>56</span>
**<span> B. The Essence of Buddha Nature: ''Bodhicitta'', True Nature and<br>''Tathagatagarbha''</span><span>59</span>
***<span> 1. Introduction</span><span>59</span>
***<span> 2. Analysis</span><span>60</span>
****<span> a. The Three Causes</span><span>60</span>
****<span> b. The Three Natures</span><span>61</span>
****<span> c. ''Tathagatagarbha''</span><span>68</span>
***<span> 3. Evaluation</span><span>77</span>
**<span> C. Characteristics of Buddha Nature, I: Action and<br>Non-Substantiality</span><span>82</span>
***<span> 1. Introduction</span><span>82</span>
***<span> 2. Analysis</span><span>84</span>
****<span> a. Transformation of the Basis</span><span>84</span>
****<span> b. ''Dharmakaya'' and ''Nirvana''</span><span>98</span>
****<span> c. The Non-Substantiality of Self and Mind</span><span>108</span>
***<span> 3. Evaluation</span><span>120</span>
**<span> D. Characteristics of Buddha Nature, II: Soteriology</span><span>122</span>
***<span> 1. Introduction</span><span>122</span>
***<span> 2. Analysis</span><span>122</span>
****<span> a. The Man-Buddha Relationship</span><span>122</span>
****<span> b. The Middle Path</span><span>127</span>
****<span> c. The ''Trikāya''</span><span>144</span>
***<span> 3. Evaluation</span><span>161</span>
**<span> E. Conclusion</span><span>166</span>
*<span> 3. Two Other Texts</span><span>172</span>
**<span> A. The ''No Increase, No Decrease Sūtra''</span><span>172</span>
***<span> 1. Introduction</span><span>172</span>
***<span> 2. Analytic Summary</span><span>175</span>
***<span> 3. Evaluation</span><span>181</span>
**<span> B. The ''Supreme Basis Sūtra''</span><span>189</span>
***<span> 1. Introduction</span><span>189</span>
***<span> 2. Analysis</span><span>192</span>
***<span> 3. Concluding Evaluation</span><span>212</span>
*<span> Part Two: The Philosophy</span><span>215</span>
*<span> 4. Ontology</span><span>219</span>
**<span> A. Introduction</span><span>219</span>
**<span> B. Contra Monism</span><span>222</span>
**<span> C. Nondualism—Other Aspects</span><span>250</span>
**<span> D. Conclusion</span><span>258</span>
*<span> 5. Action</span><span>261</span>
**<span> A. Introduction</span><span>261</span>
**<span> B. Action</span><span>262</span>
***<span> 1. The ''Supreme Basis Sūtra''</span><span>262</span>
***<span> 2. The ''Buddha Nature Treatise''</span><span>264</span>
**<span> C. Non-Substantiality</span><span>270</span>
***<span> 1. Own-Nature</span><span>270</span>
***<span> 2. Mind</span><span>274</span>
***<span> 3. Consciousness -Only</span><span>277</span>
**<span> D. Conclusion</span><span>279</span>
*<span> 6. Practice</span><span>280</span>
**<span> A. Introduction</span><span>280</span>
**<span> B. Analysis</span><span>281</span>
***<span> 1. The ''Buddha Nature Treatise''</span><span>281</span>
***<span> 2. The ''Supreme Basis Sūtra''</span><span>289</span>
**<span> C. Conclusion</span><span>290</span>
*<span> Part Three: The Influence</span><span>293</span>
*<span> 7. The Influence of Buddha Nature Thought on Chinese Buddhism</span><span>294</span>
**<span> A. Introduction</span><span>294</span>
**<span> B. Ch'an</span><span>299</span>
**<span> C. Pure Land</span><span>303</span>
**<span> D. The Positive Valuation of Phenomenal Reality</span><span>305</span>
**<span> E. Conclusion</span><span>317</span>
*<span> 8. Conclusion: The Significance of Buddha Nature Thought</span><span>319</span>
*<span> Appendix: Buddha Nature Thought and Mysticism</span><span>331</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>349</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>357</span>
**<span> Foreword, by ''Wm. Theodore de Bary''</span><span>v</span>
**<span> Preface</span><span>vii</span>
**<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> ''The Awakening of Faith''</span><span>21</span>
**<span> Invocation</span><span>23</span>
**<span> The Contents of the Discourse</span><span>24</span>
*<span> Part 1 The Reasons for Writing</span><span>25</span>
*<span> Part 2 Outline</span><span>28</span>
*<span> Part 3 Interpretation</span><span>31</span>
**<span> Chapter One: Revelation of True Meaning</span><span>31</span>
***<span> I. One Mind and Its Two Aspects</span><span>31</span>
****<span> A. The Mind in Terms of the Absolute</span><span>32</span>
*****<span> 1. Truly Empty</span><span>34</span>
*****<span> 2. Truly Nonempty</span><span>35</span>
****<span> B. The Mind in Terms of Phenomena</span><span>36</span>
*****<span> 1. The Storehouse Consciousness</span><span>36</span>
******<span> a. The Aspect of Enlightenment</span><span>37</span>
*******<span> (1) Original Enlightenment</span><span>37</span>
*******<span> (2) The Process of Actualization of Enlightenment</span><span>38</span>
********<span> (a) Purity of Wisdom</span><span>41</span>
********<span> (b) Suprarational Functions</span><span>41</span>
*******<span> (3) The Characteristics of the Essence of Enlightenment</span><span>42</span>
******<span> b. The Aspect of Nonenlightenment</span><span>43</span>
******<span> c. The Relationships Between Enlightenment and Nonenlightenment</span><span>45</span>
*******<span> (1) Identity</span><span>45</span>
*******<span> (2) Nonidentity</span><span>46</span>
*****<span> 2. The Cause and Conditions of Man’s Being in Samsara</span><span>46</span>
******<span> a. Mind</span><span>47</span>
******<span> b. Consciousness</span><span>49</span>
******<span> c. Defiled States of Mind</span><span>51</span>
******<span> d. Comments on the Terms Used in the Foregoing Discussion</span><span>52</span>
*****<span> 3. The Characteristics of Beings in Samsara</span><span>54</span>
******<span> a. Permeation of Ignorance</span><span>56</span>
******<span> b. Permeation of Suchness</span><span>58</span>
*******<span> (1) Permeation Through Manifestation of the Essence of Suchness</span><span>59</span>
*******<span> (2) Permeation Through Influences</span><span>61</span>
********<span> (a) The Specific Coordinating Causes</span><span>61</span>
********<span> (b) The General Coordinating Causes</span><span>63</span>
***<span> II. The Essence Itself and the Attributes of Suchness, or The Meanings of Mahā</span><span>64</span>
****<span> A. The Greatness of the Essence of Suchness</span><span>64</span>
****<span> B. The Greatness of the Attributes of Suchness</span><span>65</span>
****<span> C. The Greatness of the Influences of Suchness</span><span>67</span>
***<span> III. From Samsara to Nirvana</span><span>72</span>
**<span> Chapter Two: The Correction of Evil Attachments</span><span>73</span>
***<span> I. The Biased Views Held by Ordinary Men</span><span>74</span>
***<span> II. The Biased Views Held by the Hinayanists</span><span>78</span>
**<span> Chapter Three: Analysis of the Types of Aspiration for Enlightenment, or The Meanings of Yāna</span><span>80</span>
***<span> I. The Aspiration for Enlightenment Through the Perfection of Faith</span><span>80</span>
***<span> II. The Aspiration for Enlightenment Through Understanding and Deeds</span><span>86</span>
***<span> III. The Aspiration for Enlightenment Through Insight</span><span>87</span>
*<span> Part 4 On Faith and Practice</span><span>92</span>
**<span> On Four Faiths</span><span>92</span>
**<span> On Five Practices</span><span>93</span>
**<span> The Practice of Cessation</span><span>96</span>
**<span> The Practice of Clear Observation</span><span>100</span>
*<span> Part 5 Encouragement of Practice and the Benefits Thereof</span><span>103</span>
**<span> Notes</span><span>105</span>
**<span> A Selected Bibliography</span><span>119</span>
**<span> Index</span><span>123</span>
* Contents
* <span> A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka by NUMATA Yehan</span><span>v</span>
* <span> Editorial Foreword by MAYEDA Sengaku</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Publisher’s Foreword by Francis H. Cook</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Note on the BDK English Tripiṭaka Series Reprint Edition</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Foreword to the Original Edition by Wm. Theodore de Bary</span><span>xvi</span>
* <span> Preface to the Original Edition by Yoshito S. Hakeda</span><span>xix</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction by Yoshito S. Hakeda</span><span>xxi</span>
* The Awakening of Faith
* <span> Invocation</span><span>3</span>
* <span> The Contents of the Discourse</span><span>3</span>
* <span> Part One. The Reasons for Writing</span><span>5</span>
* <span> Part Two. Outline</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Part Three. Interpretation</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Chapter I. Revelation of True Meaning</span><span>11</span>
**<span> I. One Mind and Its Two Aspects</span><span>11</span>
***<span> A. The Mind in Terms of the Absolute</span><span>12</span>
****<span> 1. Truly Empty</span><span>14</span>
****<span> 2. Truly Nonempty</span><span>15</span>
***<span> B. The Mind in Terms of Phenomena</span><span>16</span>
****<span> 1. The Storehouse Consciousness</span><span>16</span>
*****<span> a. The Aspect of Enlightenment</span><span>17</span>
******<span> (1) Original Enlightenment</span><span>17</span>
******<span> (2) The Process of Actualization of Enlightenment</span><span>17</span>
*******<span> (a) Purity of Wisdom</span><span>20</span>
*******<span> (b) Suprational Functions</span><span>21</span>
******<span> (3) The Characteristics of the Essence of Enlightenment</span><span>21</span>
*****<span> b. The Aspect of Nonenlightenment</span><span>23</span>
*****<span> c. The Relationships between Enlightenment and<br> Nonenlightenment</span><span>25</span>
******<span> (1) Identity</span><span>25</span>
******<span> (2) Nonidentity</span><span>26</span>
****<span> 2. The Cause and Conditions of Humankind’s Being in Samsara</span><span>26</span>
*****<span> a. Mind</span><span>27</span>
*****<span> b. Consciousness</span><span>29</span>
*****<span> c. Defiled States of Mind</span><span>31</span>
*****<span> d. Comments on the Terms Used in the Foregoing Discussion</span><span>32</span>
****<span> 3. The Characteristics of Beings in Samsara</span><span>34</span>
*****<span> a. Permeation of Ignorance</span><span>36</span>
*****<span> b. Permeation of Suchness</span><span>37</span>
******<span> (1) Permeation through Manifestation of the Essence of<br> Suchness</span><span>39</span>
******<span> (2) Permeation through Influences</span><span>41</span>
*******<span> (a) The Specific Coordinating Causes</span><span>41</span>
*******<span> (b) The General Coordinating Causes</span><span>42</span>
**<span> II. The Essence Itself and the Attributes of Suchness, or the Meaning of Mahå</span><span>44</span>
***<span> A. The Greatness of the Essense of Suchness</span><span>44</span>
***<span> B. The Greatness of the Attributes of Suchness</span><span>44</span>
***<span> C. The Greatness of the Influences of Suchness</span><span>46</span>
**<span> III. From Samsara to Nirvana</span><span>51</span>
*<span> Chapter II. The Correction of Evil Attachments</span><span>53</span>
**<span> I. The Biased Views Held by Ordinary People</span><span>53</span>
**<span> II. The Biased Views Held by the Hinayanists</span><span>57</span>
*<span> Chapter III. Analysis of the Types of Aspiration for Enlightenment, or the<br> Meanings of Yåna</span><span>59</span>
**<span> I. The Aspiration for Enlightenment through the Perfection of Faith</span><span>60</span>
**<span> II. The Aspiration for Enlightenment through Understanding and Deeds</span><span>65</span>
**<span> III. The Aspiration for Enlightenment through Insight</span><span>66</span>
*<span> Part Four. On Faith and Practice</span><span>71</span>
**<span> On Four Faiths</span><span>71</span>
**<span> On Five Practices</span><span>72</span>
**<span> The Practice of Cessation</span><span>74</span>
**<span> The Practice of Clear Observation</span><span>78</span>
*<span> Part Five. Encouragement of Practice and the Benefits Thereof</span><span>81</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>83</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>91</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>95</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>99</span>
* A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)
*<span> PREFACE</span><span>i</span>
*<span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>1</span>
**The Religious Situation in the Sixth Century A.D. in China
*<span> CHAPTER ONE</span><span>49</span>
**The Awakening of Faith in Mahayana: A Basic Summary
*<span> CHAPTER TWO</span><span>92</span>
**Ideological Roots of the Awakening of Faith in Mahayana
*<span> CHAPTER THREE</span><span>189</span>
**The Theory of "Dynamic Suchness" and the Book of Changes: The Awakening<br>of Faith as Interpreted by Fa-tsang
*<span> CHAPTER FOUR</span><span>238</span>
**The Legacy of the Awakening of Faith in Mahayana
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>259</span>
+
*<span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>V</span>
*<span> Translator's Synopsis</span><span>XVII</span>
*<span> The Opening Hymn</span><span>XXVI</span><br><br>
<center>Chapter I</center>
*<span> Reasons for writing the Book</span><span>1</span><br><br>
<center>Chapter II</center>
*<span> The Fundamental Doctrine of the New Buddhism—the Mahayana Faith</span><span>3</span><br><br>
<center>Chapter III</center>
*<span> Exposition of the Faith</span><span>4</span><br><br>
<center>Chapter IV</center>
*<span> The Practice of the Faith</span><span>35</span><br><br>
<center>Chapter V</center>
*<span> The Advantages of the Faith</span><span>44</span>
+
*<span> Preliminary remarks</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> Corrections</span><span>xv</span><br><br>
*<span> I. EKA-NIPĀTA</span><span>1–40</span>
*<span> I. Rūpa Vagga</span><span>1</span>
*<span> II. Nīvaraṇa Vagga</span><span>3</span>
*<span> III. Akammanīya Vagga</span><span>5</span>
*<span> IV. Adanta Vagga</span><span>6</span>
*<span> V. Paṇihita Vagga</span><span>8</span>
*<span> VI. Accharāsaŋghāta Vagga</span><span>10</span>
*<span> VII. Viriyārambha Vagga</span><span>12</span>
*<span> VIII. Kalyāṇamitta Vagga</span><span>14</span>
*<span> IX. Pamāda Vagga</span><span>15</span>
*<span> X. XI. Adhamma Vagga</span><span>16</span>
*<span> XII. Anāpatti Vagga</span><span>20</span>
*<span> XIII. Ekapuggala Vagga</span><span>22</span>
*<span> XIV. Etadagga Vagga</span><span>23</span>
*<span> XV. Aṭṭhāna Vagga</span><span>24</span>
*<span> XVI. Ekadhamma Vagga</span><span>30</span>
*<span> XVII. Bīja Vagga</span><span>30</span>
*<span> XVIII. Makkhali Vagga</span><span>33</span>
*<span> XIX. Appamattaka Vagga</span><span>35</span>
*<span> XX. XXI. Jhāna Vagga</span><span>38</span><br><br>
*<span> II. DUKA-NIPĀTA</span><span>47–100</span>
*<span> I. Kammakāraṇa Vagga</span><span>47</span>
*<span> II. Adhikaraṇa Vagga</span><span>52</span>
*<span> III. Bāla Vagga</span><span>59</span>
*<span> IV. Samacitta Vagga</span><span>61</span>
*<span> V. Parisā Vagga</span><span>71</span>
*<span> VI. Puggala Vagga</span><span>76</span>
*<span> VII. Sukha Vagga</span><span>81</span>
*<span> VIII. Nimitta Vagga</span><span>82</span>
*<span> IX. Dhamma Vagga</span><span>83</span>
*<span> X. Bāla Vagga</span><span>84</span>
*<span> XI. Āsā Vagga</span><span>86</span>
*<span> XII. Āyācana Vagga</span><span>89</span>
*<span> XIII. Dāna Vagga</span><span>91</span>
*<span> XIV. Santhāra Vagga</span><span>93</span>
*<span> XV. Kodha Vagga</span><span>95</span>
*<span> XVI. Atthavasa Vagga</span><span>98</span><br><br>
*<span> III. TIKA-NIPĀTA</span><span>101–300</span>
*<span> I. Bāla Vagga</span><span>101</span>
*<span> II. Rathakāra Vagga</span><span>106</span>
*<span> III. Puggala Vagga</span><span>118</span>
*<span> IV. Devadūta Vagga</span><span>132</span>
*<span> V. Cūḷa Vagga</span><span>150</span>
*<span> VI. Brāhmaṇa Vagga</span><span>155</span>
*<span> VII. Mahā Vagga</span><span>173</span>
*<span> VIII. Ānanda Vagga</span><span>215</span>
*<span> IX. Samaṇa Vagga</span><span>229</span>
*<span> X. Loṇaphala Vagga</span><span>239</span>
*<span> XI. Sambodhi Vagga</span><span>258</span>
*<span> XII. Āpātika Vagga</span><span>265</span>
*<span> XIII. Kusiṅāra Vagga</span><span>274</span>
*<span> XIV. Yodhājīva Vagga</span><span>284</span>
*<span> XV. Maṅgala Vagga</span><span>292</span>
*<span> XVI. Acelaka Vagga</span><span>295</span>
*<span> Uddāna</span><span>300</span>
*<span> Index of Subjects</span><span>305</span>
*<span> Index of Proper Names</span><span>331</span>
*<span> Index of Gāthās</span><span>334</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>I</span>
* PART I
* <span> Book I: The Beginning of the story of the Doctrine.—The Royal<br> Chronicle.—The Period of the Early Spread of the Doctrine</span><span>1</span>
** <span> II: Later Spread of the Doctrine: The story of the Beginning of the Period of<br> the Later Spread of the Doctrine</span><span>63</span>
** <span> III: The Early Translations of the Mantrayāna Tantras ...</span><span>102</span>
** <span> IV: The New Tantras (gsan-snags gsar-ma) and the Followers of the "Path<br> and Fruit" (Lam-'Bras) Doctrine</span><span>204</span>
** <span> V: The Venerable Lord (Jo-bo-rje, Atisa) and his spiritual Lineage</span><span>241</span>
** <span> VI: rNog lo-tsa-ba, Pa-tshab lo-tsa-ba and their Lineage. The origin (of the<br> teaching) of the Mādhyamika, the Nyāya and the "Five Treatises" of<br> Maitreya-Asaṅga</span><span>328</span>
** <span> VII: The Preaching of the Tantras</span><span>351</span>
* PART II
** <span> VIII: The Spiritual Lineage of the Lord Translator Mar-pa which<br> was known as Dwags-po bKa-brgyud</span><span>399</span>
** <span> IX: The Book on Ko-brag-pa and Ni-gu</span><span>726</span>
** <span> X: The Kālacakra</span><span>753</span>
** <span> XI: The Mahāmudrā</span><span>839</span>
** <span> XII: The Early, Later and Intermediate Lineages of zi-byed</span><span>867</span>
** <span> XIII: The (system) of gCod-yul and Kha-rag-pa</span><span>982</span>
** <span> XIV: The Cycle of the Mahākaruṇika and that of the Vajrāvali</span><span>1006</span>
** <span> XV: The origin of religious schools such as the four Tshogssde, and others,<br> Queries and replies (concerning the "Blue Annals", zu-Ian). The story<br> of the printing of this edition</span><span>1062</span>
* INDEXES
* <span> Sūtras & Sastras (Sanskrit)</span><span>1095</span>
* <span> Personal Names (Sanskrit)</span><span>1104</span>
* <span> Book Titles (Tibetan)</span><span>1123</span>
* <span> Personal Names (Tibetan)</span><span>1138</span>
* <span> Chinese Names</span><span>1265</span>
* <span> Mongol Names</span><span>1267</span>
* <span> List of Errata</span><span>1269</span>
*<span> A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka, ''NUMATA Yehan''</span><span>v</span>
*<span> Editorial Foreword, ''Kenneth K. Tanaka''</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> Publisher's Foreword, ''A. Charles Muller''</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> Translators' Introduction, ''A. Charles Muller'' and ''Kenneth K. Tanaka''</span><span>xvii</span>
*The Brahmā's Net Sutra
*Fascicle 1. Exposition of the ''Brahmā's Net Sutra''
**<span> (Preface)</span><span>3</span>
**<span> Preface to the ''Brahmā's Net Sutra'' by Śramaṇa Sengzhao</span><span>3</span>
**<span> The Forty Stages</span><span>4</span>
***<span> (Convocation)</span><span>4</span>
***<span> Ten Departures for the Destination</span><span>6</span>
***<span> Ten Nourishing Mental States</span><span>6</span>
***<span> Ten Adamantine Mental States</span><span>6</span>
***<span> Ten Grounds</span><span>7</span>
**<span> The Ten Departures toward the Destination</span><span>8</span>
***<span> 1. The Mental State of Detachment</span><span>8</span>
***<span> 2. The Mental State of Morality</span><span>8</span>
***<span> 3. The Mental State of Patience</span><span>9</span>
***<span> 4. The Mental State of Zeal</span><span>9</span>
***<span> 5. The Mental State of Concentration</span><span>10</span>
***<span> 6. The Mental State of Insight</span><span>10</span>
***<span> 7. The Mental State of Making Vows</span><span>11</span>
***<span> 8. The Mental State of Guarding</span><span>11</span>
***<span> 9. The Mental State of Joy</span><span>12</span>
***<span> 10. The Summit Mental State</span><span>12</span>
**<span> The Ten Nourishing Mental States</span><span>13</span>
***<span> 1. The Mental State of Kindness</span><span>13</span>
***<span> 2. The Mental State of Pity</span><span>13</span>
***<span> 3. The Mental State of Joy</span><span>14</span>
***<span> 4. The Mental State of Nonattachment</span><span>14</span>
***<span> 5. The Mental State of Giving</span><span>15</span>
***<span> 6. The Mental State of Caring Speech</span><span>15</span>
***<span> 7. The Mental State of Beneficence</span><span>15</span>
***<span> 8. The Mental State of Sameness</span><span>16</span>
***<span> 9. The Mental State of Concentration</span><span>16</span>
***<span> 10. The Mental State of Insight</span><span>16</span>
**<span> The Ten Adamantine Mental States</span><span>17</span>
***<span> 1. The Mental State of Faith</span><span>17</span>
***<span> 2. The Mental State of Mindfulness</span><span>18</span>
***<span> 3. The Profound Mental State</span><span>18</span>
***<span> 4. The Mental State of Penetrating Illumination</span><span>18</span>
***<span> 5. The Direct Mental State</span><span>19</span>
***<span> 6. The Mental State of Nonretrogression</span><span>19</span>
***<span> 7. The Mental State of the Great Vehicle</span><span>19</span>
***<span> 8. The Markless Mental State</span><span>20</span>
***<span> 9. The Mental State of Wisdom</span><span>20</span>
***<span> 10. The Indestructible Mental State</span><span>21</span>
**<span> The Ten Grounds</span><span>21</span>
***<span> 1. The Ground of the Equality of the Essence</span><span>21</span>
***<span> 2. The Ground of the Skillful Wisdom of the Essence</span><span>23</span>
***<span> 3. The Ground of the Luminosity of the Essence</span><span>25</span>
***<span> 4. The Ground of the Knowability of the Essence</span><span>26</span>
***<span> 5. The Ground of the Wisdom-illumination of the Essence</span><span>28</span>
***<span> 6. The Ground of the Floral Radiance of the Essence</span><span>29</span>
***<span> 7. The Ground of the Completion of the Essential Nature</span><span>31</span>
***<span> 8. The Ground of the Buddha’s Roar of the Essential Nature</span><span>32</span>
***<span> 9. The Ground of the Flower Ornamentation of the Essence</span><span>34</span>
***<span> 10. The Ground of Entry into the Buddha Realm of the Essential Nature</span><span>35</span>
*Fascicle 2. The Precepts
**<span> Preface to the Bodhisattva Precepts of the ''Brahmā's Net Sutra''</span><span>37</span>
**<span> Invocation</span><span>38</span>
**<span> The Teaching Transmitted to the Transformation-body Buddhas</span><span>38</span>
**<span> Repayment of Kindness and a Separate Iteration of the Teaching</span><span>39</span>
**<span> The Exhortation</span><span>40</span>
**<span> The Bodhisattva Precepts</span><span>41</span>
***<span> The Transmission and Remembrance of the Founding Teacher</span><span>41</span>
**<span> Preface to the Formation of the Precepts</span><span>42</span>
***<span> Interlocutor’s Preface</span><span>42</span>
***<span> The Preface of the World-honored One</span><span>42</span>
****<span> The Preface of the Preceptor</span><span>42</span>
****<span> The Dharma Preface</span><span>43</span>
****<span> The Preface for the Disciples</span><span>43</span>
**<span> The Main Sermon</span><span>43</span>
***<span> Introduction of the Exhortation to Uphold</span><span>43</span>
**<span> The Ten Grave Precepts</span><span>44</span>
***<span> 1. Prohibition of Killing for Pleasure</span><span>44</span>
***<span> 2. Prohibition of Stealing Others’ Property</span><span>44</span>
***<span> 3. Prohibition of the Heartless Pursuit of Lust</span><span>44</span>
***<span> 4. Prohibition of Intentional Lying</span><span>45</span>
***<span> 5. Prohibition of the Sale of Alcohol</span><span>45</span>
***<span> 6. Prohibition of Speaking of the Faults of Others</span><span>45</span>
***<span> 7. Prohibition of Praising Oneself and Disparaging Others</span><span>46</span>
***<span> 8. Prohibition of Parsimony and Abuse of Others</span><span>46</span>
***<span> 9. Prohibition of Holding Resentments and Not Accepting Apologies</span><span>46</span>
***<span> 10. Prohibition of Denigration of the Three Treasures</span><span>47</span>
**<span> Conclusion</span><span>47</span>
**<span> The Minor Precepts</span><span>48</span>
***<span> Division of Ten Precepts</span><span>48</span>
****Precepts Concerning the Guarding of One's Own Thoughts
*****<span> 1. Do Not Show Disrespect to Senior Teachers</span><span>48</span>
*****<span> 2. Do Not Drink Alcohol</span><span>48</span>
****Protecting Other’s Mental Functions
*****<span> 3. Do Not Eat Meat</span><span>49</span>
*****<span> 4. Do Not Eat the Five Pungent Roots</span><span>49</span>
*****<span> 5. Do Not Fail to Encourage Others to Repent</span><span>49</span>
****Reversing and Cultivating the Buddha-dharma
*****<span> 6. Do Not Fail to Request Instruction in the Dharma from Visiting Teachers</span><span>50</span>
*****<span> 7. Do Not Miss a Chance to Attend Dharma Lectures</span><span>50</span>
*****<span> 8. Do Not Abandon the Great Vehicle and Regress to the Lesser Vehicle</span><span>50</span>
****Saving and Protecting Sentient Beings
*****<span> 9. Do Not Fail to Care for the Ill</span><span>51</span>
*****<span> 10. Do Not Amass Weapons</span><span>51</span>
***<span> Division of Ten Precepts</span><span>51</span>
****Guarding One's Own Virtue
*****<span> 11. Do Not Serve as a Negotiator for the Military</span><span>52</span>
*****<span> 12. Do Not Get Involved in Trade and Business that Causes Trouble for Others</span><span>52</span>
*****<span> 13. Do Not Make Groundless Accusations</span><span>52</span>
*****<span> 14. Do Not Harm Living Beings by Setting Fires</span><span>52</span>
****Bringing Others into the Fold and Protecting Them
*****<span> 15. Do Not Teach Non-Buddhist Doctrines</span><span>53</span>
*****<span> 16. Do Not be Parsimonious with Offering Material Wealth or the Dharma</span><span>53</span>
*****<span> 17. Do Not Seek to Gain Political Influence</span><span>54</span>
*****<span> 18. Do Not Pretend to Be An Accomplished Teacher</span><span>54</span>
*****<span> 19. Do Not Get Involved in Treachery</span><span>54</span>
*****<span> 20. Do Not Fail to Help Both the Living and the Deceased</span><span>55</span>
***<span> Division of Ten Precepts</span><span>55</span>
****The Shared Cultivation of the Three Karmic Activities
*****<span> 21. Do Not Be Intolerant of Wrongs Done by Others</span><span>56</span>
*****<span> 22. Do Not Arrogantly Despise Your Dharma Teacher</span><span>56</span>
*****<span> 23. Do Not Despise Beginning Practitioners</span><span>57</span>
****Practicing with Those Who Hold the Same Vows
*****<span> 24. Do Not Fear the Superior and Follow the Inferior</span><span>58</span>
****Properly Maintaining the Sangha
*****<span> 25. Do Not Fail to Properly Fulfill Administrative Duties</span><span>58</span>
*****<span> 26. Do Not Receive Guests Improperly</span><span>58</span>
*****<span> 27. Do Not Accept Personal Invitations</span><span>59</span>
*****<span> 28. Do Not Extend Personal Invitations to Monks</span><span>59</span>
****Harmonizing and Polishing the Precepts
*****<span> 29. Do Not Engage in Improper Livelihood</span><span>60</span>
*****<span> 30. Do Not Hurt People While Feigning Intimacy with Them</span><span>60</span>
***<span> Division of Nine Precepts</span><span>60</span>
****Making Proper Donations
*****<span> 31. Do Not Be Lax in Rescuing Vulnerable Articles and People from Harm</span><span>61</span>
****Not Doing As One Pleases
*****<span> 32. Do Not Deviously Confiscate Others’ Property</span><span>61</span>
****Avoiding Harmful Influences
*****<span> 33. Do Not Pass Your Time in Idleness</span><span>62</span>
****Advancing in the True Vehicle
*****<span> 34. Do Not Abandon the Aspiration for Enlightenment</span><span>62</span>
****Not Avoiding Making Vows
*****<span> 35. Do Not Fail to Make Vows</span><span>63</span>
****Making Vows
*****<span> 36. Do Not Fail to Initiate Vows on Your Own</span><span>63</span>
****Avoiding Danger
*****<span> 37. Do Not Intentionally Go to Dangerous Places</span><span>65</span>
****Not Creating Confusion
*****<span> 38. Do Not Take Your Place Out of Order</span><span>66</span>
****Profit and Happiness
*****<span> 39. Do Not Pursue Personal Gain</span><span>66</span>
***<span> Division of Nine Precepts</span><span>67</span>
****<span> Using Moral Discipline to Gather (Believers)</span><span>67</span>
****Gathering in People of Various Capacities
*****<span> 40. Do Not Err in Terms of Who Can Be Taught</span><span>67</span>
****Separating Out Wrong Situations
*****<span> 41. Do Not Seek Disciples for the Wrong Reasons</span><span>68</span>
****Guarding the External
*****<span> 42. Do Not Give the Precepts to Unsuitable People</span><span>70</span>
****Guarding the Internal
*****<span> 43. Do Not Intentionally Break the Holy Precepts</span><span>70</span>
****Showing Respect
*****<span> 44. Do Not Fail to Revere the Sutras and Vinayas</span><span>71</span>
****Teaching By Means of Compassion
****<span> Being Proactive</span><span>71</span>
*****<span> 45. Do Not Fail to Teach Sentient Beings</span><span>71</span>
****Teaching Others
*****<span> 46. Do Not Preach the Dharma Using Improper Protocol</span><span>71</span>
****Warding Off Evil
*****<span> 47. Do Not Establish Systems that Undermine the Dharma</span><span>72</span>
****Maintaining Orthodoxy
*****<span> 48. Do Not Undermine the Dharma from Within</span><span>73</span>
**<span> General Conclusion</span><span>73</span>
**<span> Dissemination Section</span><span>74</span>
***<span> Concluding Exhortation for Faithful Practice</span><span>74</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>77</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>81</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>87</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>89</span>
*<span> A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)</span><span>101</span>
* <span> Foreword by Alex Wayman</span><span>v</span>
* Introduction
** <span> Part One</span><span>xv</span>
** <span> Part Two</span><span>xxviii</span>
** <span> Part Three</span><span>xxxvi</span>
* Part One
* The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' in the ''Śrī-Mālā Sūtra'' and the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''
* Chapter
* <span> I. Analysis of the Śrī-Mālā Sūtra</span><span>'''3-41'''</span>
** <span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as Ontic Subjectivity</span><span>4</span>
** <span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and Soteriology</span><span>8</span>
** <span> The Status of the Buddha</span><span>15</span>
** <span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and Epistemology</span><span>17</span>
** <span> The Nescience Entrenchment</span><span>20</span>
** <span> The Buddha Natures</span><span>22</span>
** <span> The Four Noble Truths</span><span>25</span>
** <span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as Both ''Śūnya'' and ''Aśūnya''</span><span>31</span>
** <span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as Self-explicating Knowledge Evaluation</span><span>38</span>
* <span> II. The Ratnagotravibhāga</span><span>'''43-67'''</span>
** <span> The Jewels of the ''Dharma'' and the ''Sangha''</span><span>47</span>
** <span> ''Samalā'' and ''Nirmalā Tathatā''</span><span>53</span>
** <span> Threefold Meaning of the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>55</span>
** <span> The Meaning of ''Gotra''</span><span>59</span>
* <span> III. Characteristics of the Embryo Reality: Its Self-Nature</span><span>'''69-100'''</span>
** <span> The Cause of the Embryo's Purification</span><span>70</span>
** <span> The Four Supreme Virtues: Antidotal Methogology</span><span>72</span>
** <span> ''Ātma-Pāramitā'': Supreme Unity</span><span>81</span>
** <span> ''Nitya-Pāramitā'': Supreme Eternity</span><span>90</span>
** <span> Supreme Bliss and Supreme Purity</span><span>95</span>
** <span> The Result of the Embryo's Self-purification</span><span>98</span>
** <span> The Union with the purifying Factors</span><span>99</span>
* <span> IV. Further Characteristics of the Embryo</span><span>'''101-123'''</span>
** <span> The Function of the Embryo Towards Self-purification</span><span>101</span>
** <span> The Embryo's Manifestation</span><span>104</span>
** <span> ''Cittaprakrti'': the Innate Mind</span><span>108</span>
** <span> Buddhahood and ''Nirvāna''</span><span>118</span>
* <span> VI. Nine Illustrations of the ''Garbha''</span><span>'''125-134'''</span>
** <span> Threefold Nature of the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>130</span>
* <span> VI. ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as ''Śūnyatā''</span><span>135-159</span>
** <span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as ''Śūnya'' and ''Aśūnya'',</span><span>141</span>
** <span> The ''Ratnagotra'' and the ''Prajñapāramitā'' Tradition</span><span>150</span>
* <span> VII. The Properties of the Buddha</span><span>'''161-176'''</span>
** <span> ''Nirmalā Tathatā''</span><span>163</span>
** <span> Evaluation</span><span>171</span>
* Part Two
* The ''Ālayalavijñāna'' in the ''Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra'' and the ''Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun''
* <span> VIII. The ''Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra''</span><span>179-194</span>
** <span> The Union of the ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and the ''Ālayavijñana''</span><span>179</span>
** <span> The Confusion of Epistemology and Ontology in the ''Laṅkāvatāra''</span><span>185</span>
* <span> IX. The Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun</span><span>'''195-211'''</span>
** <span> The Metaphysics of Mere-Consciousness</span><span>195</span>
** <span> The ''Ālayavijñana'' and the ''Bījas''</span><span>202</span>
* <span> X. The ''Ālayavijñana'' and Ignorance</span><span>'''213-226'''</span>
** <span> ''Ātmagrāha'' and ''Dharmagrāha''</span><span>213</span>
** <span> The "Manas'' and ''Manovijñāna''</span><span>214</span>
** <span> The Ultimate Origin of Ignorance</span><span>223</span>
* <span> XI. The Holy Path of Attainment</span><span>'''227-244'''</span>
** <span> The Stage of Moral Provisioning</span><span>227</span>
** <span> The Stage of Intensified Effort</span><span>228</span>
** <span> The Stage of Unimpeded Penetrating Understanding</span><span>230</span>
** <span> The Stage of Exercising Cultivation</span><span>232</span>
** <span> The Stage of Ultimate Realization</span><span>241</span>
* Part Three
* The ''Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna'': Summary and Comparison
* <span> XII. Conclusion</span><span>'''247-292'''</span>
** <span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' in the ''Śrī-Mālā Sūtra''</span><span>247</span>
** <span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' in the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>251</span>
** <span> The ''Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra''</span><span>260</span>
** <span> The ''Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun''</span><span>263</span>
** <span> The Ultimate Status of Ignorance in the Theory of the ''Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna''</span><span>266</span>
** <span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna'' and the Hegelian Absolute Spirit</span><span>273</span>
* <span> Appendix 1: Numerical Listings from the Srī-Mālā Sūtra and the<br>Ratnagotravibhāga</span><span>293</span>
* <span> Appendix 2: Numerical Listings from the Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun</span><span>299</span>
* <span> Selected Bibliography</span><span>303</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>311</span>
*Chapter
*<span> I. Introduction</span><span>1</span>
**<span> Part One</span><span>4</span>
**<span> Part Two</span><span>23</span>
**<span> Part Three</span><span>34</span>
<center>Part One</center>
<center>The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' in the ''Śrī-Mālā Sūtra''</center>
<center>and the ''Ratnagotrabibhāga''</center>
*<span> II. Analysis of the ''Śrī-Mālā Sūtra''</span><span>39</span>
**<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as Ontic Subjectivity</span><span>41</span>
**<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and Soteriology</span><span>45</span>
**<span> The Status of the Buddha</span><span>54</span>
**<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and Epistemology</span><span>58</span>
**<span> The Nescience Entrenchment</span><span>61</span>
**<span> The Buddha Natures</span><span>64</span>
**<span> The Four Noble Truths</span><span>67</span>
**<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as Both ''Śūnya'' and ''Aśūnya''</span><span>75</span>
**<span> ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as Self-Explicitating Knowledge</span><span>81</span>
**<span> Evaluation</span><span>86</span>
*<span> III. The ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>91</span>
**<span> The Jewels of the ''Dharma'' and the ''Saṃgha''</span><span>97</span>
**<span> ''Samalā'' and ''Nirmalā'' ''Tathatā''</span><span>105</span>
**<span> Threefold Meaning of the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>108</span>
**<span> The Meaning of ''Gotra''</span><span>112</span>
*<span> IV. Characteristics of the Embryo Reality: Its Self-Nature</span><span>125</span>
**<span> The Cause of the Embryo's Purification</span><span>126</span>
**<span> The Four Supreme Virtues: Antidotal Methodology</span><span>129</span>
**<span> ''Ātma-Pāramitā'': Supreme Unity</span><span>142</span>
**<span> ''Nitya-Pāramitā'': Supreme Eternity</span><span>154</span>
**<span> Supreme Bliss and Supreme Purity</span><span>161</span>
**<span> The Result of the Embryo's Self-Purification</span><span>164</span>
**<span> The Union with the Purifying Factors</span><span>166</span>
*<span> V. Further Characteristics of the Embryo</span><span>169</span>
**<span> The Function of the Embryo Towards Self-Purification</span><span>169</span>
**<span> The Embryo's Manifestation</span><span>173</span>
**<span> ''Cittaprakṛti'': the Innate Mind</span><span>178</span>
**<span> Buddhahood and ''Nirvāṇa''</span><span>192</span>
*<span> VI. Nine Illustrations of the ''Garbha''</span><span>201</span>
**<span> Threefold Nature of the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>207</span>
*<span> VII. The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and ''Śūnyatā''</span><span>215</span>
**<span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as ''Śūnya'' and ''Aśūnya''</span><span>224</span>
**<span> The ''Ratnagotra'' and the ''Prajñāpāramitā'' Tradition</span><span>235</span>
*<span> VIII. The Properties of the Buddha</span><span>249</span>
**<span> ''Nirmalā Tathatā''</span><span>252</span>
**<span> Evaluation</span><span>262</span>
<center>Part Two</center>
<center>The ''Alayavijñāna'' in the ''Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra''</center>
<center>And the ''Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun''</center>
*<span> IX. The ''Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra''</span><span>271</span>
**<span> The Union of the ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and the ''Ālayavijñāna''</span><span>271</span>
**<span> The Confusion of Epistemology and Ontology in the ''Laṅkāvatāra''</span><span>279</span>
*<span> X. The ''Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun''</span><span>292</span>
**<span> The Metaphysics of Mere-Consciousness</span><span>292</span>
**<span> The ''Ālayavijñāna'' and the ''Bījas''</span><span>301</span>
*<span> XI. The ''Ālayavijñāna'' and Ignorance</span><span>314</span>
**<span> ''Ātmagrāha'' and ''Dharmagrāha''</span><span>314</span>
**<span> The ''Manas'' and ''Manovijñāna''</span><span>316</span>
**<span> The Ultimate Origin of Ignorance</span><span>326</span>
*<span> XII. The Holy Path of Attainment</span><span>332</span>
**<span> The Stage of Moral Provisioning</span><span>332</span>
**<span> The Stage of Intensified Effort</span><span>333</span>
**<span> The Stage of Unimpeded Penetrating Understanding</span><span>336</span>
**<span> The Stage of Exercising Cultivation</span><span>339</span>
**<span> The Stage of Ultimate Realization</span><span>350</span>
<center>Part Three</center>
<center>The ''Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna''</center>
<center>Summary and Comparison</center>
*<span> XIII. Conclusion</span><span>356</span>
**<span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' in the ''Śrī-Māla Sūtra''</span><span>356</span>
**<span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' in the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>361</span>
**<span> The ''Laṅkāvatāra Sūtra''</span><span>374</span>
**<span> The ''Ch'eng Wei-Shih Lun''</span><span>378</span>
**<span> The Ultimate Status of Ignorance in the Theory of the ''Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna''</span><span>382</span>
**<span> The ''Tathāgatagarbha-Ālayavijñāna'' and the Hegelian Absolute Spirit</span><span>391</span>
*<span> Appendix 1</span><span>418</span>
*<span> Appendix 2</span><span>422</span>
*<span> Selected Bibliography</span><span>425</span>
* <span> Acknowledgement</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Foreword</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>15</span>
* <span> I. Buddha Nature</span><span>21</span>
* <span> II. The Clear Light Mind</span><span>27</span>
* <span> III. Self and Non-Self</span><span>35</span>
* <span> IV. Buddhahood</span><span>41</span>
* <span> V. Individuality and Universality</span><span>57</span>
* <span> VI. Mind and Body</span><span>63</span>
* <span> VII. Buddhist Meditation</span><span>69</span>
* <span> VIII. Talk in Salzburg</span><span>75</span>
+
* <span> '''Acknowledgements'''</span><span>xiii</span>
<br>
* <span> Yogin Khenpo Tsultrim Gyamtso's Spontaneous Verses on the Subject of Rangtong and Shentong</span><span>xv</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 1: General Introduction'''</span><span>1</span>
* <span> The Omnicient Dolpopa's Prayer that Unties the Vajra Word Knots</span><span>5</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Section One–The Issues'''</span><span>9</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 2: Introduction to the Rangtong-Shentong Distinction'''</span><span>11</span>
* <span> 2.1 The Origin and Significance of Buddhist Commentarial Traditions</span><span>11</span>
* <span> 2.2 The Rangtong-Shentong Distinction</span><span>13</span>
* <span> 2.3 The Meaning of Rangtong</span><span>14</span>
* <span> 2.4 The Meaning of Shentong</span><span>15</span>
* <span> 2.5 The Importance of the Rangtong-Shentong Distinction</span><span>16</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 3: Emptiness from the Shentong Point of View'''</span><span>19</span>
* <span> 3.1 Progressive Stages of Meditation on Emptiness</span><span>19</span>
* <span> 3.2 The Final Stage–Shentong (Yogacara Madhyamaka)</span><span>22</span>
* <span> 3.3 No Shentong Without a Proper Understanding of Rangtong</span><span>26</span>
* <span> 3.4 Problems of Definitions of Terms</span><span>29</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 4: The Shentong View of Absolute Reality'''</span><span>33</span>
* <span> 4.1 Buddhajnana</span><span>33</span>
* <span> 4.2 Inseparable Qualities</span><span>37</span>
** <span> i. Inseparable Qualities of the Dharmakaya</span><span>38</span>
** <span> ii. The Concept of Uncompoundedness</span><span>44</span>
** <span> iii. Inseparability and the Spontaneous Existence of the Buddha Qualities</span><span>47</span>
* <span> 4.3 Buddha Activity</span><span>51</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 5: Means of Apprehending Absolute Reality'''</span><span>57</span>
* <span> 5.1 Faith</span><span>57</span>
** <span> i. Faith and Buddhajnana</span><span>57</span>
** <span> ii. Faith and Direct Experience</span><span>60</span>
** <span> iii. Direct Experience as Valid Cognition</span><span>63</span>
* <span> 5.2 Non-conceptuality (nisprapanca)</span><span>65</span>
** <span> i. Nisprapanca as Awareness Experienced in Meditation</span><span>65</span>
** <span> ii. Nisprapanca as Freedom from Extremes</span><span>71</span>
** <span> ii. Nisprapanca as Non-conceptuality in the RGV (1.9)</span><span>73</span>
** <span> ii. Nisprapanca as in the Tantras</span><span>77</span>
* <span> 5.3 The Two Realities and the Two Visions</span><span>79</span>
** <span> i. Satya</span><span>79</span>
** <span> ii. Paramarthasatya</span><span>79</span>
** <span> iii. Samvrtisatya</span><span>81</span>
** <span> iv. Ultimate Reality is not Dependent Arising</span><span>82</span>
** <span> v. Own Nature and Other Nature (''Svabhava'' and ''Parabhava'')</span><span>82</span>
** <span> vi. The Two Realities Inseparable</span><span>83</span>
** <span> vii. The Two Senses of Manifestation and Emptiness</span><span>85</span>
** <span> viii. The Importance of the Distinction</span><span>85</span>
** <span> ix. The Relationship Between the To Realities</span><span>87</span>
** <span> x. The Two Visions–Precisely What Is and the Extent of What Is (''Yathavadbhavikata'' and ''Yavadbhavikata'')</span><span>87</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 6: The Nature of Beings'''</span><span>91</span>
* <span> 6.1 Base, Path, and Fruit</span><span>91</span>
* <span> 6.2 Tathagatagarbha</span><span>91</span>
** <span> i. The Shentong and Rangtong Approaches Compared</span><span>94</span>
** <span> ii. The Term "Tathagatagarbha"</span><span>99</span>
* <span> 6.3 Self</span><span>100</span>
* <span> 6.4 Gotra</span><span>104</span>
** <span> i. The "Cut-off" Gotra and the Three Yanas</span><span>105</span>
** <span> ii. Gotra as both Cause and Emptiness</span><span>108</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 7: The Third Dharmacakra: Neyartha or Nitartha'''</span><span>113</span>
* <span> 7.1 The Third Dharmacakra</span><span>113</span>
** <span> i. The Three Dharmacakras</span><span>113</span>
** <span> ii. The Third Dharmacakra as Nitartha</span><span>114</span>
** <span> iii. Kongtrul's Distinction Between the Tow Kinds of Nitartha Sutra of the<br>Third Dharmacakra</span><span>117</span>
** <span> iv. Dolpopa's Anlaysis</span><span>121</span>
** <span> v. The Third Dharmacakra is Not Cittamatra</span><span>122</span>
* <span> 7.2 Neyartha and Nitartha</span><span>124</span>
** <span> i. Rangtong Explanations of Neyartha and Nitartha</span><span>124</span>
** <span> ii. The Terms "Neyartha" and "Nitartha"</span><span>126</span>
** <span> iii. The ''Ratnagotravibhaga''—Neyartha or Nitartha?</span><span>127</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Section Two–Historical Background'''</span><span>133</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 8: The Shentong Tradition'''</span><span>135</span>
* <span> 8.1 The Jonangpas</span><span>135</span>
** <span> i. The Jonangpa Lineage</span><span>135</span>
** <span> ii. Some Opponents and Supporters of Shentong</span><span>136</span>
** <span> iii. ''The Mountain Dharma–Ocean of Nitartha (Ri chos nges don gya mtsho'', RC)</span><span>136</span>
** <span> iv. Comparison With Later Shentongpas</span><span>140</span>
** <span> v. The Essence of the Controversy</span><span>141</span>
** <span> vi. Shentong is Secret Oral Instruction</span><span>142</span>
* <span> 8.2 Sources of Shentong</span><span>143</span>
** <span> i. The Tibetan Inheritance</span><span>143</span>
** <span> ii. Some of Dolpopa's Indian Sources of Shentong</span><span>147</span>
** <span> iii. Other Views on the Indian Sources of Shentong</span><span>149</span>
** <span> iv. The ''Brhattika''</span><span>151</span>
** <span> v. Nagarjuna's ''Stotra'' and ''Karikas''</span><span>154</span>
** <span> vi. How Shentong Relates to Later Developments of Buddhism in India</span><span>156</span>
** <span> vii. The Term "Great Madhyamaka"</span><span>157</span>
** <span> viii. Tantric Shentong</span><span>159</span>
* <span> 8.3 Kongtrul and the Rimay Tradition</span><span>161</span>
** <span> i. Kongtrul</span><span>161</span>
** <span> ii. The Rimay Tradition</span><span>162</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 9: Traditions of Interpretation of the RGV and RGVV'''</span><span>165</span>
* <span> 9.1 Introduction to the ''Ratnagotravibhaga'' and ''Ratnagotravibhagavyakhya'' and Associated Traditions.</span><span>165</span>
** <span> i. Authorship and Rediscovery</span><span>165</span>
** <span> ii. Maitreya</span><span>166</span>
** <span> iii. The Importance of the Maitreya-Asanga Connection</span><span>167</span>
** <span> iv. The RGV as a Synthesis of the Tathagatagarbha Sutras and the<br>Prajnaparamita Sutras</span><span>169</span>
** <span> v. The ''Vyakhya'' (RGVV)</span><span>171</span>
** <span> vi. Transmission to Tibet</span><span>171</span>
* <span> 9.2 Matters Arising from the Introduction to Kongtrul's Commentary on the<br>RGV. </span><span>172</span>
** <span> i. The Two Tibetan Transmission Lineages of the RGV</span><span>172</span>
** <span> ii. Questions Arising from Kongtrul's Commentary</span><span>173</span>
** <span> iii. Other Commentators Not Mentioned in the Initial Praises</span><span>175</span>
** <span> iv. Gampopa and the Sutra and Tantra Mahamudra</span><span>176</span>
** <span> v. Rangjung Dorje and the Mahamudra-Dzogchen Synthesis</span><span>178</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Section Three–A Shentong Interpretation of the RGV and RGVV and a<br>Translation of Kongtrul's Introduction to His RGV Commentary'''</span><span>179</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 10: A Shentong Interpretation of the RGV and RGVV–A Paraphrase<br>With Comments'''</span><span>181</span>
* <span> 10.1 The Title and its Implications </span><span>181</span>
* <span> 10.2 General Introduction to the Seven Vajra Bases </span><span>182</span>
* <span> 10.3 Vajra Bases 1–3: The Three Jewels </span><span>186</span>
* <span> 10.4 Vajra Base 4: The Dhatu (Element)</span><span>192</span>
** <span> Causes and Conditions for Purification</span><span>192</span>
** <span> The Four Paradoxes</span><span>193</span>
** <span> The Three Reasons</span><span>196</span>
** <span> The Element Arranged in Ten Points</span><span>198</span>
** <span> The Nine Examples</span><span>221</span>
** <span> The Essence of the Doctrine</span><span>229</span>
** <span> The Purpose of the Instruction</span><span>233</span>
* <span> 10.5 Vajra Base 5: Enlightenment</span><span>235</span>
* <span> 10.6 Vajra Base 6: Qualities</span><span>249</span>
* <span> 10.7 Vajra Base 7: Activity</span><span>252</span>
* <span> 10.8 The Benefits</span><span>260</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 11: Translation of the Introduction to Kongtrul's RGV Commentary'''</span><span>263</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Chapter 12: Conclusion'''</span><span>289</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Appendix 1: Works by Western Scholars'''</span><span>295</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Appendix 2: ''Prakrtisunyata, Svabhavasunyata'' and ''Parabhavasunyata'' in Rangtong<br>and Shentong Terms'''</span><span>299</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Appendix 3: Further Details on the Three ''Svabhava'' and the Three Kinds of<br>Emptiness as Found in the SNS'''</span><span>303</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Appendix 4: The ''Sandhinirmocanasutra: Résumé'' '''</span><span>311</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Appendix 5: Some Points of Comparision Between Rangtong Commentators on<br>RGV'''</span><span>317</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Appendix 6: The Five Dharmas of Maitreya'''</span><span>325</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Abbreviations'''</span><span>327</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Notes'''</span><span>329</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Conventions Used'''</span><span>363</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Glossary of Terms'''</span><span>364</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Bibliography'''</span><span>367</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Index'''</span><span>397</span>
<br>
* '''Tables'''
* <span> '''8.1'''</span><span>152</span>
* <span> '''8.2'''</span><span>153</span>
* <span> Preface to the Revised Edition</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> List of Illustrations</span><span> xi</span>
* <span> List of Plates</span><span> xiii</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span> 1</span>
* PART ONE: ''The Life and Teachings of the Omniscient Dölpopa''
* <span> Chapter One: The Life of the Buddha from Dölpo</span><span> 9</span>
** <span> 1. Childhood and Early Education</span><span> 10</span>
** <span> 2. Studies at the Great Monastery of Sakya</span><span> 11</span>
** <span> 3. The Move to Jonang </span><span>15</span>
** <span> 4. Raising Mount Meru and Revealing the ''Shentong'' View </span><span> 19</span>
** <span> 5. The Initial Reception of the ''Shentong'' Teachings </span><span> 22</span>
** <span> 6. The New Jonang Translation of the ''Kālacakra Tantra'' and the ''Stainless<br> Light''</span><span>24</span>
** <span> 7. Years of Retreat and Teaching </span><span>29</span>
** <span> 8. Invitation to China by the Yüan Emperor Toghon Temür </span><span>29</span>
** <span> 9. Changes in the Jonang Leadership and the Beginning of the Journey to<br> Lhasa</span><span>31</span>
** <span> 10. Teachings in Central Tibet and the Return to Tsang</span><span> 33</span>
** <span> 11. The Aborted Meeting with Butön Rinchen Drup</span><span> 35</span>
** <span> 12. The Last Months at Jonang </span><span>36</span>
* <span> Chapter Two: A Historical Survey of the ''Shentong'' Tradition in Tibet</span><span> 41</span>
** <span> 1. The ''Shentong'' Tradition in Tibet before Dölpopa </span><span>42</span>
** <span> 2. Dölpopa and the ''Shentong'' View </span><span>46</span>
** <span> 3. The ''Shentong'' Tradition after Dölpopa </span><span>55</span>
* <span> Chapter Three: The Doctrine of the Buddha from Dölpo</span><span> 85</span>
** <span> 1. Emptiness of Self-nature and Emptiness of Other</span><span> 87</span>
** <span> 2. A Redefinition of Cittamātra and Madhyamaka</span><span> 91</span>
** <span> 3. Two Approaches to Enlightenment</span><span> 103</span>
* PART TWO: ''Texts in Translation''
* <span> Introduction to the ''General Commentary on the Doctrine''</span><span> 113</span>
* <span> 1. Supplication Entitled ''General Commentary on the Doctrine''</span><span> 119</span>
* <span> Introduction to the ''Fourth Council'' and the ''Autocommentary to the<br>"Fourth Council"''</span><span>131</span>
* <span> 2. ''Great Calculation of the Doctrine That Has the Significance of a Fourth Council''</span><span> 135</span>
* <span> 3. ''Autocommentary to the "Fourth Council"''</span><span>205</span>
* <span> Notes </span><span>313</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span> 413</span>
* <span> Index </span><span> 449</span>
* <span> ''Preface''</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Introduction: The Wheel of Dharma</span><span>1</span>
* '''Part I: The Three Turnings of the Wheel'''
** <span> 1. The First Turning of the Wheel: Freedom and the Four Noble Truths</span><span>13</span>
** <span> 2. The Second Turning of the Wheel: Emptiness</span><span>33</span>
** <span> 3. The Third Turning of the Wheel: Awakened Nature and Everyday<br> Consciousness</span><span>59</span>
* '''Part II: Turning the Wheel in the Twenty-First Century'''
** <span> 4. Living Dharma</span><span>83</span>
** <span> 5. Tasting the Truth of the Buddha's Words: A Zen Perspective ''by Reb<br> Anderson Roshi''</span><span>103</span>
** <span> 6. Envisioning Tara: A Vajrayana Perspective ''by Lama Palden Drolma''</span><span>117</span>
** <span> 7. The Buddha's Dream</span><span>135</span>
* <span> ''Notes''</span><span>141</span>
* <span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>149</span>
* <span> ''Index''</span><span>153</span>
* <span> ''About the Contributors''</span><span>163</span>
+
* <span> Foreword </span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Preface </span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Introduction </span><span>i</span>
''Light of the Sun'' by Rikzin Chökyi Drakpa
* <span> Preliminaries </span><span>39</span>
** <span> 1. The Vital Points of the Dharma Wheel </span><span>49</span>
** <span> 2. The Vital Points of Dependent Origination </span><span>169</span>
** <span> 3. The Vinaya-Prātimokṣa </span><span>209</span>
** <span> 4. The Training of the Bodhisattvas </span><span>291</span>
** <span> 5. The Observance of Mantra Awareness Holders </span><span>395</span>
** <span> 6. View, Practice, and Conduct </span><span>517</span>
** <span> 7. The Resultant State of Buddhahood </span><span>629</span>
** <span> 8. Supplements </span><span>677</span>
* <span> Appendix: Commentaries of the ''Single Intention''</span><span>733</span>
* <span> Table of Tibetan Transliteration </span><span>737</span>
* <span> Bibliography </span><span>747</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>785</span>
* <span> About the Author </span><span>843</span>
+
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*Chapter
**<span> I. Historical Overview</span><span>10</span>
**<span> II. Tathāgatabarbha</span><span>61</span>
**<span> III. Tathāgatagarbha Thought in the Śrīmālādevī-Siṁhanāda Sūtra: Part I</span><span>116</span>
**<span> IV. Tathāgatagarbha Thought in the Śrīmālādevī-Siṁhanāda Sūtra: Part II</span><span>136</span>
*<span> V. The Teaching of Queen Śrīmālā Who Had the Lion's Roar</span><span>187</span>
*<span> Appendix I: Methodology</span><span>278</span>
*<span> Appendix II: Bibliography</span><span>287</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by Tom Tillemans</span><span> ix</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span> xiii</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span> xix</span>
** <span> 1. Mathematical and Linguistic Models in Indian Thought: The Case of Zero<br> and ''Śūnyatā'' (1978)</span><span> 1</span>
** <span> 2. Towards a Chronology of the Madhyamaka School (1982) </span><span>13</span>
** <span> 3. The Uses of the Four Positions of the ''Catuṣkoṭi'' and the Problem of the<br> Description of Reality in Mahāyāna Buddhism (1977) </span><span>37</span>
*** <span> I. The Four Positions in Early Buddhist Thought</span><span>37</span>
*** <span> II. The Uses of the ''Catuṣkoṭi'' in the Madhyamaka</span><span>40</span>
*** <span> III. Conjunction and Negation of Opposed Terms in Vijñānavāda<br> Definitions of Reality</span><span> 67</span>
*** <span> IV. Negation of Opposed Terms in the Description of the Absolute in the<br> ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span> 81</span>
*** <span> V. The Vātsīputrīya Conception of the Indeterminate </span><span>84</span>
*** <span> Appendix I. Commentarial Interpretations of ''Mūlamadhyamakakārikā''<br> xviii.8</span><span> 86</span>
*** <span> Appendix II. Some Modern Interpretations of the ''Catuṣkoṭi''</span><span> 89</span>
*** <span> Appendix III. The Logical Error of Negation of the Antecedent and the<br> ''Mūlamadhyamakakārikās'' </span><span>109</span>
*** <span> Bibliography </span><span>111</span>
** <span> 4. Le ''Dharmadhātustava'' de Nāgārjuna (1971) </span><span>113</span>
** <span> 5. On the Authorship of Some Works Ascribed to Bhā(va)viveka/Bhavya<br> (1990)</span><span> 145</span>
** <span> 6. The ''Svātantrika-Prāsaṅgika'' Distinction in the History of Madhyamaka<br> Though (2006) </span><span>159</span>
** <span> 7. Purport, Implicature, and Presupposition: Sanskrit ''abhiprāya'' and Tibetan<br> ''dgongs pa / dgongs gzhi'' as Hermeneutical Concepts (1985) </span><span> 195</span>
** <span> 8. An Indian Source for the Tibetan Hermeneutical Term ''dgongs gzhi'',<br> "Intentional Ground" (1998) </span><span>213</span>
** <span> 9. Some Reflections on the Place of Philosophy in the Study of Buddhism<br> (1995) </span><span>217</span>
** <span> 10. On the Tibetan Historiography and Doxography of the "Great Debate<br> of Bsam yas" (1992) </span><span>253</span>
** <span> 11. Autour du ''Lta ba'i khyad par'' de Ye shes sde (1979) </span><span>267</span>
** <span> 12. The Jo nang pas; A School of Buddhist Ontologists According to the<br> ''Crystal Mirror of Philosophical Doctrines (Grub mtha' shel gyi me long)'' (1963)</span><span> 289</span>
** <span> 13. A Karma Bka' brgyud Work on the Lineages and Traditions of the Indo-<br> Tibetan ''dbu ma'' (Madhyamaka) (1988) </span><span>323</span>
** <span> 14. La Pensée Tibétaine (accompagné d'une traduction du ''Rten 'brel bstod pa<br> legs bshad snying po'' de Tsong kha pa) (1989) </span><span>357</span>
** <span> 15. The Indian and the Indic in Tibetan Cultural History, and Tsong kha pa's<br> Achievement as a Scholar and Thinker: An Essay on the Concepts of<br> "Buddhism in Tibet" and "Tibetan Buddhism" (2004) </span><span>375</span>
* <span> English Glossary of Selected Terms</span><span> 399</span>
* <span> Publications by David Seyfort Ruegg</span><span> 407</span>
* <span> Indexes</span><span> 419</span>
**<span> ACKNOWLEDGMENTS</span><span>XI</span>
**<span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>VIII</span>
**<span> CONVENTIONS</span><span>XVII</span>
*<span> 1 Introduction</span><span>1</span>
**<span> 1.1 Self and Not-Self in Early Buddhism</span><span>1</span>
**<span> 1.2 ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Literature in Overview</span><span>11</span>
**<span> 1.3 Essences, Natures, Wombs, and Chambers</span><span>14</span>
**<span> 1.4 Buddhist ''Ātmavāda:'' Preliminary Thoughts</span><span>21</span>
'''Part I: Buddha-Nature, the Self'''<br>
*<span> 2 The ''Mahāparinirvāṇamahāsūtra'' and the Buddhist Self</span><span>29</span>
**<span> 2.1 The Text</span><span>29</span>
**<span> 2.2 The Buddha as Self</span><span>33</span>
**<span> 2.3 Buddha-nature and the Self</span><span>40</span>
**<span> 2.4 Contentions and Clarifications</span><span>47</span>
**<span> 2.5 The True Self and False Notions of It</span><span>55</span>
**<span> 2.6 Self and Absence of Self</span><span>59</span>
**<span> 2.7 Buddha-nature in Dharmakṣema's MPNMSD+ </span><span>62</span>
**<span> 2.8 Conclusions</span><span>67</span>
*<span> 3 The ''Aṅgulimālīyasūtra'' and the Essential Self</span><span>70</span>
**<span> 3.1 The Text</span><span>70</span>
**<span> 3.2 An "Essence" of One's Own</span><span>74</span>
**<span> 3.3 What Buddha-nature Is Not: More False Notions of the Self</span><span>77</span>
**<span> 3.4 Perceiving Buddha-nature</span><span>79</span>
**<span> 3.5 Essence, Action, and the Self</span><span>83</span>
**<span> 3.6 A "Single Essence"</span><span>87</span>
**<span> 3. 7 Buddhism contra Other Systems</span><span>91</span>
**<span> 3.8 Conclusions</span><span>95</span>
*<span> 4 The ''Mahābherīhārakasūtra'' and Liberation of the Self</span><span>97</span>
**<span> 4.1 The Text</span><span>97</span>
**<span> 4.2 Continuity of the Self</span><span>100</span>
**<span> 4.3 The Sovereign Self</span><span>104</span>
**<span> 4.4 Buddha-nature and Buddhist Practice</span><span>107</span>
**<span> 4.5 Self, Not-Self, and Emptiness</span><span>109</span>
**<span> 4.6 Conclusions</span><span>114</span>
'''Part II: Buddha-nature, Not Self'''
*<span> 5 The ''Śrīmālādevīsiṃhanādasūtra'' and the Perfection of Self</span><span>119</span>
**<span> 5.1 The Text</span><span>119</span>
**<span> 5.2 Reimagining ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>122</span>
**<span> 5.3 The ''Dharmakāya'' and Its Qualities</span><span>129</span>
**<span> 5.4 On "Singularity"</span><span>132</span>
**<span> 5.5 Conclusions</span><span>136</span>
*<span> 6 Other ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Sources</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 6.1 The ''Anūnatvāpūrṇatvānirdeśaparivarta''</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 6.2 The ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>143</span>
**<span> 6.3 The ''Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra''</span><span>148</span>
*<span> 7 The ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' and the Self That Is No Self</span><span>154</span>
**<span> 7.1 The Text</span><span>154</span>
**<span> 7.2 Buddha-nature and the "Basic" RGV</span><span>158</span>
**<span> 7.3 "Perfection of Self' in the RGVV</span><span>167</span>
**<span> 7.4 ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as, Once Again, the Self</span><span>175</span>
**<span> 7.5 Conclusions</span><span>178</span>
*<span> 8 The ''Laṅkāvatārasūtra'' and Rejecting the Buddhist Self</span><span>181</span>
**<span> 8.1 The Text</span><span>181</span>
**<span> 8.2 ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and Absence of Self</span><span>183</span>
**<span> 8.3 The ''"Ālayavijñāna-Tathāgatagarbha"''</span><span>188</span>
**<span> 8.4 Selfhood in the ''Sagāthaka''</span><span>191</span>
**<span> 8.5 Conclusions</span><span>194</span>
**<span> 8.6 Postscript: After the LAS</span><span>195</span>
'''Part III: Buddha-nature Reconsidered'''<br>
*<span> 9 Recurring Themes and Motifs</span><span>203</span>
**<span> 9.1 The Single Vehicle</span><span>203</span>
**<span> 9.2 "Cryptic" Utterances</span><span>210</span>
**<span> 9.3 The Intrinsically Pure Mind</span><span>214</span>
**<span> 9.4 "Sarvalokapriyadarśana"</span><span>217</span>
**<span> 9.5 Emptiness and Nonemptiness</span><span>218</span>
**<span> 9.6 Non-Buddhists and Their Teachings</span><span>223</span>
*<span> 10 Evolution of the Buddhist Self</span><span>229</span>
**<span> 10.1 The Course of Buddha-nature Teaching</span><span>229</span>
**<span> 10.2 Origins of the Buddha-nature Idea</span><span>237</span>
**<span> 10.3 Liberation and the Self</span><span>245</span>
**<span> 10.4 Buddhist Selfhood and the Mahāyāna</span><span>253</span>
**<span> 10.5 Closing Thoughts</span><span>261</span>
**<span> REFERENCES</span><span>265</span>
**<span> INDEX</span><span>287</span>
*<span> PREFACE</span><span>iii</span>
<center>PART ONE: ANALYSIS</center>
*<span> CHAPTER ONE: Introduction</span><span>2</span>
*<span> CHAPTER TWO: Foundations of Buddhist Philosophy</span><span>9</span>
*<span> CHAPTER THREE: The Standard Buddhist Theory of Self</span><span>24</span>
*<span> CHAPTER FOUR: Several Mahayana Concepts</span><span>32</span>
*<span> CHAPTER FIVE: The Innate Belief in the Self and the Two Truths</span><span>45</span>
*<span> CHAPTER SIX: The Prasangika Logic</span><span>69</span>
*<span> CHAPTER SEVEN: Refutation of Non-Buddhist Theories of Self</span><span>91</span>
*<span> CHAPTER EIGHT: Refutation of the Standard Buddhist Theory</span><span>109</span>
*<span> CHAPTER NINE: Candrakirti's Analysis of the Self</span><span>133</span>
<center>PART TWO: TRANSLATION</center>
*<span> CHAPTER TEN: The Insubstantiality of the Person</span><span>142</span>
*<span> NOTES</span><span>222</span>
*<span> ABBREVIATIONS</span><span>228</span>
*<span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>229</span>
+
**<span> ''Preface''</span><span>xi</span>
**<span> ''Acknowledgments''</span><span>xv</span><br><br>
**<span> '''Thematic introduction: a Buddhist critique of<br>the construction of self and world'''</span><span>1</span><br><br>
*<span> '''PART I'''<br>'''The background and context of the ālaya-vijñāna'''</span><span>7</span><br><br>
*<span> '''1 The early Buddhist background'''</span><span>9</span>
*<span> ''The three marks of existence''</span><span>9</span>
*<span> ''The formula of dependent arising''</span><span>11</span>
**<span> Causation and continuity without a self</span><span>16</span>
*<span> ''Viññāṇa in the formula of dependent arising''</span><span>19</span>
**<span> Viññāṇa as consciousness</span><span>21</span>
**<span> Viññāṇa as cognitive awareness</span><span>28</span>
*<span> ''The underlying tendencies'' (anusaya)</span><span>33</span>
**<span> The underlying tendency "I am" and conceptual proliferation (''papañca'')</span><span>36</span>
**<span> The debate over latent versus manifest</span><span>39</span>
*<span> ''Reciprocal causality between the two aspects of viññāṇa''</span><span>41</span><br><br>
*<span> 2 '''The Abhidharma context'''</span><span>46</span>
*<span> ''The Abhidharma project and its problematic''</span><span>46</span>
**<span> Background of the Abhidharma</span><span>47</span>
*<span> ''The aim and methods of Abhidharma:'' dharma ''as irreducible unit of experience''</span><span>50</span>
*<span> ''The basic problematic: two levels of discourse, two dimensions of mind''</span><span>55</span>
*<span> ''Analysis of mind and its mental factors''</span><span>57</span>
**<span> The initial formulation of the problematic in its synchronic dimension: the accumulation of karmic potential, the presence of the underlying tendencies,<br>and their gradual purification in the ''Kathāvatthu''</span><span>59</span>
**<span> The problematic in its diachronic dimension: immediate succession versus the continuity of karmic potential</span><span>62</span>
*<span> ''The persistence of traditional continuities: karma and kleśa in the'' Abhidharma-kośa</span><span>67</span>
*<span> ''Abhidharmic responses to the problematic''</span><span>70</span>
**<span> The Sarvāstivādin theory of possession (''prāpti'')</span><span>72</span>
**<span> The Sautrāntika theory of seeds (''bīja'') in the mental stream (''santāna'')</span><span>73</span>
*<span> ''Questions raised by consciousness, seeds, and the mental stream''</span><span>76</span>
*<span> ''The Theravadin theory of life-constituent mind'' (bhavaṅga-citta)</span><span>81</span>
*<span> ''Conclusion''</span><span>85</span><br><br>
*<span> '''PART II<br>The ālaya-vijñāna in the Yogācāra tradition'''</span><span>89</span><br><br>
*<span> '''3 The ālaya-vijñana in the early tradition'''</span><span>91</span>
*<span> ''The origins of the ālaya-vijñāna''</span><span>91</span>
*<span> ''The new model of mind in the'' Saṃdhinirmocana Sūtra</span><span>94</span>
**<span> The ālaya-vijñāna as mental stream</span><span>99</span>
*<span> ''The'' Ālaya Treatise ''of the'' Yogācārabhūmi</span><span>101</span>
**<span> The ''Proof Portion''</span><span>102</span>
*<span> ''The'' Alaya Treatise, Pravṛtti Portion: ''analyzing the ālaya-vijñāna in Abhidharmic<br>terms''</span><span>107</span>
**<span> The ālaya-vijñāna's subliminal objective supports and cognitive processes</span><span>109</span>
**<span> The ālaya-vijñāna's mutual and simultaneous relationship with manifest<br>cognitive awareness (''pravṛtti-vijñāna'')</span><span>112</span>
**<span> The ālaya-vijñāna's simultaneous arising with (afflictive) mentation</span><span>117</span>
*<span> ''The'' Ālaya Treatise, Nivṛtti Portion: ''equating the ālaya-vijñāna with saṃsāric<br>continuity''</span><span>123</span>
*<span> ''Conclusion''</span><span>127</span><br><br>
*'''4 The ālaya-vijñāna in the ''Mahāyāna-saṃgraha'' '''<br>
*<span> '''1. bringing it all back home'''</span><span>128</span>
*<span> ''Appropriating the traditional Buddhist framework''</span><span>129</span>
**<span> Synonyms of the ālaya-vijñāna in the disciple’s vehicle</span><span>130</span>
**<span> The two vijñanas and the two dependent arisings</span><span>131</span>
**<span> Seeding the ālaya-vijñāna: the karmic process as simultaneous intrapsychic causality</span><span>135</span>
*<span> ''Resolving the Abhidharmic Problematic''</span><span>139</span>
**<span> Karma, rebirth, and the ālaya-vijñāna</span><span>140</span>
**<span> The continuity of the afflictions (''kleśa'')</span><span>142</span>
**<span> The path of purification: mundane and supramundane</span><span>150</span>
*<span> ''Beyond Abhidharma: adventitious defilements, pure seeds, and luminous minds''</span><span>153</span><br><br>
*'''5 The ālaya-vijñāna in the ''Mahāyāna-saṃgraha'' '''<br>
*<span> '''2. looking beyond'''</span><span>158</span>
*<span> ''The predispositions of speech, self-view, and the life-constituents''</span><span>159</span>
*<span> ''Common experience, common embodiment: language, the ālaya-vijñana, and "the arising<br>of the world"''</span><span>160</span><br><br>
*<span> '''PART III<br>Appendices'''</span><span>171</span><br><br>
*<span> Appendix I The series of dependent arising: affliction, action, and their<br>results</span><span>173</span>
*<span> Appendix II Index of related controversies</span><span>175</span>
*<span> Appendix III Translation: the ''Pravṛtti'' and ''Nivṛtti Portions'' of the<br>''Viniścayasaṃgrahaṇī'' of the ''Yogācārabhūmi''</span><span>178</span><br><br>
**<span> ''Notes''</span><span>190</span>
**<span> ''Bibliography of works cited''</span><span>247</span>
**<span> ''Index of texts quoted''</span><span>255</span>
**<span> ''Index''</span><span>259</span>
<span> Series Editor's Preface</span><span>ix</span>
<span> Author's Preface</span><span>xv</span>
Introduction: The Study of the Cakrasamvara Tantra
* 1. Introduction to the Cakrasamvara Tantra
**<span> The Cakrasamvara and the Yoginī Tantras</span><span>3</span>
**<span> Dating the Text</span><span>11</span>
**<span> Cakrasamvara Literature</span><span> 15</span>
* 2. Traditional History of the Cakrasamvara Tantra
**<span> Mythic Root Texts</span><span>28</span>
**<span> The Origin of Heruka</span><span>35</span>
* 3. Contents and Contexts
**<span> The Triple Wheel Mandala</span><span>54</span>
**<span> Ḍākinīs, Yoginīs, and Women</span><span>77</span>
**<span> Consecration and the Sexual Yogas</span><span>103</span>
**<span> Mantras and Magic</span><span>131</span>
* 4. Texts and Translation
**<span> Texts Employed</span><span>137</span>
**<span> Translation Methodology</span><span>145</span>
**<span> Technical Notes</span><span>151</span>
Translation of the Cakrasamvara Tantra
*<span> I. The Descent of the Maṇḍala</span><span>155</span>
*<span> II. The Procedure of Wheel Worship</span><span>164</span>
*<span> III. The Procedure of Consecration and Fee [Payment]</span><span>171</span>
*<span> IV. The Procedure Called 'The Nonduality of the Heroes and Yoginīs'</span><span>178</span>
*<span> V. The Procedure of Selecting the Letters of the Root Mantra</span><span>181</span>
*<span> VI. The Procedure of Selecting the Hero's Six Armor [Mantras]</span><span>186</span>
*<span> VII. The Procedure of Selecting the Mantra</span><span>188</span>
*<span> VIII. The Procedure of Selecting the Reversed Yoginī Mantras</span><span>194</span>
*<span> IX. The Procedure of the Ritual Actions of the Root Mantra</span><span>196</span>
*<span> X. The Achievement of the Triple Body and the Procedure of the Ritual<br>Actions of the Essence Mantra</span><span>202</span>
*<span> XI. The Procedure of Characterizing the Seven-lived One</span><span>206</span>
*<span> XII. The Procedure of the Ritual Actions of the Quintessence</span><span>209</span>
*<span> XIII. The Procedure of the Applications of the Armor Mantra</span><span>214</span>
*<span> XIV. The Procedure of the Donkey Form Yoga for Becoming Śrī Heruka</span><span>217</span>
*<span> XV The Procedure of the Syllabic Signs</span><span>222</span>
*<span> XVI. The Procedure of Examining the Characteristics of the Seven Yoginīs</span><span>226</span>
*<span> XVII. The Procedure of the Signs, Gestures, and Perambulant Forms of All<br>Yoginīs</span><span>232</span>
*<span> XVIII. The True Procedure of the Colors, Characteristics, and Signs of all <br>Yoginīs</span><span>236</span>
*<span> XIX. The Procedure of Pointing Out the Gestures of the Yoginīs</span><span>239</span>
*<span> XX. The Procedure of the Symbolic Hand Gestures of the Yoginīs</span><span>243</span>
*<span> XXI. The Procedure of the Characteristics of the Visual Body Gestures</span><span>246</span>
*<span> XXII. The Procedure of the Characteristics of the Distinctive Limb Gestures</span><span>248</span>
*<span> XXIII. The Procedure of the Characteristics of the Ḍākinīs' Signs and Insignia</span><span>250</span>
*<span> XXIV. The Procedure of the Symbolic Speech of the Four Classes</span><span>256</span>
*<span> XXV The Procedure of Completely Hiding the Root Mantra</span><span>263</span>
*<span> XXVI. The Procedures of Inspecting the Disciple and the Vows</span><span>265</span>
*<span> XXVII. The Procedures of the Conduct, Observances, Worship, and Sacrificial<br>Cakes</span><span>271</span>
*<span> XXVIII. The Procedures of the Inner Fire Sacrifice and Class Oneness</span><span>282</span>
*<span> XXIX. The Procedures of the Messenger's Defining Marks and the State of Empowerment</span><span>289</span>
*<span> XXX. The Procedure of Mantra Selection Bound in the Muraja Drum</span><span>292</span>
*<span> XXXI. The Procedure of the Rites of Eating, Fire Sacrifice and the Sacrificial<br>Cakes, and the Hand Signs</span><span>297</span>
*<span> XXXII. The Procedures of the Animal Sacrificial Victims, the Means of<br>Achieving the Zombie, and the Creation Stage</span><span>300</span>
*<span> XXXIII. The Reverential Procedure of Secret Worship</span><span>305</span>
*<span> XXXIV. The Procedure of Summoning via the Fire Sacrifice of the Nondual<br>Messenger</span><span>308</span>
*<span> XXXV. The Procedure of the Nondual Ritual Action and the Method of<br>Cheating Black Death</span><span>312</span>
*<span> XXXVI. The Procedure of Summoning the Reality Worship</span><span>317</span>
*<span> XXXVII. The Procedure of Inner Mastery</span><span>320</span>
*<span> XXXVIII. The Procedure of the Yoginīs' Place and the Heroes' Secret Abode</span><span>322</span>
*<span> XXXIX. The Procedure of Vision and Loud Laughter</span><span>325</span>
*<span> XL. The Procedures of Subjugating the Five Social Classes and Mahāmudrā</span><span>327</span>
*<span> XLI. The Procedure of Laying Down the Mandala of the Twenty four<br>Syllables</span><span>329</span>
*<span> XLII. The Procedure of the Laughter Mantra and the Magic of the Yoginīs'<br>Forms</span><span>338</span>
*<span> XLIII. The Procedure of Accomplishing the Ritual Actions of the Quintessence [Mantra]</span><span>343</span>
*<span> XLIV. The Procedure of the Six Yoginīs' Ritual Actions with the Seven Syllable [Mantra]</span><span>350</span>
*<span> XLV. The Six Yoginī Ritual Actions and the Summoning of the Power of<br>Speech</span><span>353</span>
*<span> XLVI. The Procedure of Ritual Actions with the Five ha Syllables</span><span>358</span>
*<span> XLVII. The Procedure of All Ritual Actions of the Sarvabuddhaḍākinī<br>Mantra</span><span>360</span>
*<span> XLVIII. The Procedure of the Maṇḍala of the Hidden Abode of all Heroes<br>and Ḍākinīs</span><span>364</span>
*<span> XLIX. The Procedure of Transforming the Victim who is Born Seven Times</span><span>367</span>
*<span> L. The Procedure of the Domination Fire Sacrifice and the Teaching of the<br>Stages in Relation to the Seats, etc.</span><span>370</span>
*<span> LI. Creation Stage Esoteric Instruction</span><span>376</span>
*<span> Glossaries</span><span>385</span>
*<span> Conspectus Siglorum</span><span>405</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>409</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>437</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>11</span>
* <span> Foreword</span><span> 13</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span> 17</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span> 25</span>
* <span> '''PART ONE: The General Presentation of Madyamaka in the Kagyü Tradition'''</span><span> 45</span>
* <span> '''1. The Transmission of Madhyamaka from India to Tibet and Its Relation to<br>Vajrayāna and Mahāmudrā'''</span><span> 47</span>
* <span> '''2 The Middle from Beginning to End'''</span><span> 69</span>
** <span> Madyamaka Ground</span><span> 72</span>
*** <span> What Is Reality?</span><span> 72</span>
*** <span> No Ground for the Two Realities</span><span> 77</span>
*** <span> The Detailed Explanation of the Two Realities</span><span> 80</span>
**** <span> The Meaning of the Terms</span><span> 80</span>
**** <span> Painting the Sky: A Description of Their Defining Characteristics</span><span> 82</span>
**** <span> Are the Two Realities One or Different?</span><span> 88</span>
**** <span> Seeming Divisions of the Seeming</span><span> 94</span>
**** <span> Dividing Space: Divisions of the Ultimate</span><span> 99</span>
**** <span> A Critical Analysis of Some Other Tibetan Views on the Two<br>Realities in Centrism</span><span>101</span>
**** <span> The Definite Number of Two Realities and the Purpose of<br>Understanding Them</span><span>105</span>
*** <span> The Emptiness of Emptiness</span><span> 110</span>
**** <span> Freedom Is the Nature of Not Having a Nature</span><span> 110</span>
**** <span> Elaborations on Simplicity</span><span> 114</span>
***** <span> The Twenty Emptinesses</span><span>117</span>
***** <span> The Sixteen Emptinesses</span><span>122</span>
*** <span> The Two Types of Identitylessness</span><span> 126</span>
**** <span> Lost Identity</span><span> 126</span>
**** <span> Phenomenal Identitylessness</span><span> 135</span>
**** <span> Personal Identitylessness</span><span> 137</span>
**** <span> Are the Two Identitylessnesses One or Different?</span><span> 141</span>
**** <span> The Purpose of Teaching Two Identitylessnesses</span><span> 141</span>
*** <span> From Knowledge to Wisdom</span><span> 142</span>
** <span> Madhyamaka Path</span><span>153</span>
*** <span> How Can Madhyamaka Be a Personal Practice? </span><span>157</span>
*** <span> Reasoning and Debate in Centrism </span><span> 172</span>
**** <span> Three Stages of Analysis by Nāgārjuna and Aryadeva</span><span> 172</span>
**** <span> Is Reasoning Reasonable?</span><span> 174</span>
**** <span> Reasons and Negations</span><span> 177</span>
**** <span> What Is the Object of Negation in Centrist Reasonings?</span><span>193</span>
**** <span> The Status of Valid Cognition in Centrism</span><span> 199</span>
**** <span> Do Centrists Have a Thesis or Position?</span><span>218</span>
**** <span> Illusory Lions Killing Illusory Elephants: Empty Reasonings for<br>Liberation</span><span>231</span>
***** <span> Some Essential Points of Centrist Reasoning</span><span>231</span>
***** <span> Disillusionment with Phenomenal Identity</span><span> 235</span>
****** <span> The Five Great Madhyamaka Reasonings</span><span> 235</span>
****** <span> Other Reasonings</span><span> 262</span>
***** <span> Unmasking Personal Identity</span><span> 264</span>
**** <span> The Result of Centrist Reasoned Analysis</span><span> 271</span>
*** <span> Madhyamaka Meditation </span><span> 273</span>
**** <span> Why Is Analytical Meditation Necessary?</span><span> 273</span>
**** <span> Calm Abiding and Superior Insight </span><span>276</span>
**** <span> Analytical Meditation and Resting Meditation </span><span> 279</span>
**** <span> Working with the Mind in Meditation and Daily Life </span><span> 285</span>
**** <span> How to Practice a Session of Analytical Meditation</span><span> 290</span>
**** <span> The Progressive Stages of Meditation on Emptiness</span><span> 295</span>
**** <span> Mental Nonengagement in Meditation</span><span> 310</span>
*** <span> Madhyamaka Conduct</span><span> 321</span>
** <span> Madhyamaka Fruition</span><span> 323</span>
* <span> '''3 The Distinction between Autonomists and Consequentialists'''</span><span> 333</span>
** <span> Classifications of Centrism in India and Tibet</span><span> 333</span>
** <span> Refutation of Mistaken Assumptions about Autonomists and<br>Consequentialists </span><span>341</span>
** <span> The Actual Distinction between Autonomists and Consequentialists</span><span> 360</span>
** <span> How the Distinction between Autonomists and Consequentialists by Later Tibetans Is a Novelty </span><span>373</span>
** <span> The Origin of the Controversy between Autonomists and<br> Consequentialists</span><span> 392</span>
** <span> Do Hearers and Solitary Realizers Realize Emptiness?</span><span> 421</span>
** <span> Conclusion </span><span>438</span>
* <span> '''4 Is There Such a Thing as Shentong-Madhyamaka?'''</span><span> 445</span>
** <span> The Yogācāra System in General</span><span>457</span>
** <span> The System of the Lineage of Vast Activity </span><span>460</span>
** <span> The Treatment of Yogācāra and the Rangtong-Shentong Controversy in<br>Tibet </span><span>500</span>
** <span> The Single Final Intention of the Two Philosophical Systems of the Great<br>Vehicle </span><span>515</span>
* <span> '''5 The Distinction between Expedient and Definitive Meaning'''</span><span> 527</span>
* <span> '''6 An Outline of Some Major Differences between Mikyö Dorje's and<br>Tsongkhapa's Interpretations of Centrism'''</span><span> 553</span>
* <span> '''PART TWO: The Bodhicaryāvatāra and Pawo Tsugla Trengwa'''</span><span> 599</span>
* <span> '''7 Some Remarks on the Bodhicaryāvatāra and Pawo Rinpoche's Commentary'''</span><span>601</span>
* <span> '''8 The Ninth Chapter of Pawo Rinpoche's Commentary on The Entrance to the Bodhisattva's Way of Life'''</span><span> 617</span>
* <span> Appendix I: ''A Short Biography of the Second Pawo Rinpoche Tsugla Trengwa'' </span><span>791</span>
* <span> Appendix II: ''Non-Buddhist Indian Schools'' </span><span>794</span>
* <span> Appendix III: ''Tibetan Text of the Ninth Chapter of the'' Bodhicaryāvatāra</span><span>800</span>
* <span> Glossary: ''English–Sanskrit–Tibetan''</span><span>816</span>
* <span> Glossary: ''Tibetan—Sanskrit—English''</span><span>823</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span> 831</span>
* <span> Endnotes</span><span> 853</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>963</span>
* <span> Translators' Introduction</span><span>p. 3</span>
* '''THE TEXT'''
* <span> Introduction: the seven vajra points</span><span>p. 13</span>
* '''PART ONE: THE ACHIEVEMENT: THE THREE JEWELS'''
* <span> '''First Vajra Point''': the buddha</span><span>p. 17</span>
* <span> '''Second Vajra Point''': the dharma</span><span>p. 19</span>
* <span> '''Third Vajra Point''': the sangha</span><span>p. 21</span>
* '''PART TWO: THE BASIS FOR THIS ACHIEVEMENT'''
* <span> '''General Comment on these Last Four Vajra Points'''</span><span>p. 29</span>
* <span> '''Fourth Vajra Point''': buddha-nature</span><span>p. 31</span>
* 1. Summary:
** <span> A. 3 reasons why beings have it</span><span>p. 31</span>
* 2. Detailed Presentation
** B. 10 aspects of buddha-potential
*** <span> nature</span><span>p. 33</span>
*** <span> cause</span><span>p. 33</span>
*** <span> fruit</span><span>p. 35</span>
*** <span> function</span><span>p. 35</span>
*** <span> endowments</span><span> p. 37</span>
*** <span> approach</span><span>p. 37</span>
*** <span> phases</span><span>p. 39</span>
*** <span> all-pervasiveness</span><span>p. 39</span>
*** <span> inalterability</span><span>p. 39</span>
*** <span> inseparability from its qualities</span><span>p. 49</span>
** C. 9 examples
*** <span> the examples</span><span>p. 51</span>
*** <span> summary and meaning of examples</span><span>p. 61</span>
** <span> D. Purpose of teachings on buddha-nature</span><span>p. 69</span>
* '''Fifth Vajra Point''': enlightenment
** <span> its nature</span><span>p. 77</span>
** <span> cause</span><span>p. 77</span>
** <span> fruit</span><span>p. 79</span>
** <span> function</span><span>p. 81</span>
** <span> endowments</span><span>p. 85</span>
** <span> actualisation</span><span>p. 87</span>
** <span> permanence</span><span>p. 97</span>
** <span> inconceivability</span><span>p. 99</span>
* '''Sixth Vajra Point''': the qualities of buddhahood
* <span> 1. synopsis in terms of two sorts of kaya</span><span>p. 103</span>
* 2. detailed explanation of each
** the qualities of freedom—ultimately-true kaya
** <span> 10 powers of perfect knowledge</span><span>p. 105</span>
** <span> 4 kinds of fearlessness</span><span>p. 107</span>
** <span> 18 distinctive qualities</span><span>p. 107</span>
** the qualities of maturity—relatively-true kayas
** <span> the 32 marks of a perfect being</span><span>p. 111</span>
* <span> 3. scriptural source</span><span>p. 113</span>
* <span> 4. recapitulation of the examples</span><span>p. 113</span>
* '''Seventh Vajra Point''' : buddha-activity
* <span> 1. synopsis</span><span>p. 119</span>
* 2. detailed explanation
** <span> spontaneity</span><span>p. 121</span>
** <span> unceasingness</span><span>p. 121</span>
* <span> 3. expanded explanation through 9 examples</span><span>p. 123</span>
** <span> purpose and significance of examples</span><span>p. 141</span>
** <span> review of examples to show their sublimeness</span><span>p. 145</span>
* '''PART THREE: CONCLUSION'''
* <span> 1. the benefits of this text</span><span>p. 151</span>
* <span> 2. how this Sastra was composed</span><span>p. 155</span>
* <span> 3. dedication</span><span>p. 159</span>
* '''NOTES'''
* <span> Translators Introduction</span><span>p. 163</span>
* <span> Part One</span><span>p. 163</span>
* <span> Part Two : buddha-nature</span><span>p. 167</span>
* <span> enlightenment</span><span>p. 171</span>
* <span> qualities</span><span>p. 174</span>
* <span> activity</span><span>p. 175</span>
* <span> Part Three</span><span>p. 176</span>
* <span> Preface to the 1986 Tibetan Publication of the Root Text and Outline,<br>by Nor-drang Orgyan</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> A Biography of the Author, Choying Tobden Dorje, by Golok Nor-de</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> Foreword to the English Translation, by Hungchen Chenagtsang</span><span>xxiii</span>
* <span> In Memoriam, by Zenkar Rinpoche Tübten Nyima</span><span>xxxi</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction</span><span>xxxiii</span>
* <span> ''The Extensive Commentary: Book 14''</span><span>1</span>
* <span> Book 14: An Overview of Buddhist Tantra</span><span>3</span>
** <span> Part 1: Outer Esoteric Buddhism</span><span>3</span>
** <span> 1. The Teaching of Tantra</span><span>5</span>
** <span> 2. The Tantra of Rites</span><span>19</span>
** <span> 3. The Tantra of Techniques</span><span>49</span>
** <span> 4. The Tantra of the Welcome of Our Genuine State</span><span>57</span>
** <span> Part 2: Inner Esoteric Buddhism</span><span>71</span>
** <span> 5. The Tantra of the Highest Welcome of Our Genuine State</span><span>73</span>
** <span> 6. The Empowerments and Covenant of the Tantra of the Supreme<br> Welcome of Our Genuine State</span><span>95</span>
** <span> 7. Three Aspects of the Tantric Path—Its Outlook, Meditation, and<br> Conduct</span><span>181</span>
** <span> 8. The End of the Path, Its Result—Enlightenment</span><span>243</span>
* <span> ''The Root Verses: Book 14''</span><span>257</span>
* <span> ''The Outline: Book 14''</span><span>277</span>
* <span> ''The Concise Commentary: Book 14''</span><span>285</span>
* <span> Translator’s Notes</span><span>315</span>
* <span> Vocabulary List</span><span>321</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>331</span>
* <span> Works Cited by the Author</span><span>335</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>339</span>
+
* <span> List of Illustrations</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Preface to the 1986 Tibetan Publication of the Root Verses and Outline, by<br>Nordrang Orgyan</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> A Biography of the Author, Choying Tobden Dorje, by Golok Nor-de</span><span>xvii</span>
* <span> Foreword to the English Translation, by Chenak Hūṃchen</span><span>xxvii</span>
* <span> In Memoriam, by Zenkar Rinpoche Tubten Nyima</span><span>xxxv</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction</span><span>xxxvii</span>
* ''The Extensive Commentary: Books 15 to 17''
* <span> Book 15: ''Secret Nucleus'': The Inception of the Peaceful Deities</span><span>3</span>
** <span> The Framing Narrative</span><span>6</span>
** <span> An Exegesis Based on the Title</span><span>13</span>
** <span> An Analysis of the Tantra’s Content and Words</span><span>17</span>
** <span> The Interlinear Commentary</span><span>38</span>
** <span> 1. The Introductory Narrative</span><span>47</span>
** <span> 2. The Initiation of the Discourse</span><span>97</span>
** <span> 3. The Establishment of All Phenomena</span><span>119</span>
* Book 16, Part 1: ''Secret Nucleus'': The Ground of the Peaceful Deities
** <span> 4. The Cyclical Array of the Garland of Letters</span><span>161</span>
** <span> 5. The Meditative Stabilities That Attain the Net of Magical Emanation</span><span>209</span>
** <span> 6. The Diffusion of the Maṇḍala</span><span>235</span>
** <span> 7. The Absorption of the Maṇḍala and the Secret Mantras</span><span>275</span>
** <span> 8. The Consecration of All Limbs as the Maṇḍala and the Subsequent<br> Diffusion of the Sealing Hand Gestures</span><span>307</span>
** <span> 9. The Secret Commitment of the Indestructible Array</span><span>341</span>
** <span> 10. The Conferral of the Empowerments</span><span>399</span>
* Book 16, Part 2: ''Secret Nucleus'': The Path and Result of the Peaceful Deities
** <span> 11. The Maṇḍala of the Communion</span><span>421</span>
** <span> 12. The Attainment of the Communion</span><span>463</span>
** <span> 13. The Nucleus of Most Secret Pith Instructions</span><span>485</span>
** <span> 14. The Eulogy Which Pleases</span><span>523</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>535</span>
* <span> Notes to Books 15 and 16</span><span>537</span>
* Book 17, Part 1: ''Secret Nucleus'': The Wrathful Deities and the Colophon
** <span> 15. The Cloud-Like Diffusion of the Natural Maṇḍala of Wrathful Deities</span><span>601</span>
** <span> 16. The Diffusion of the Maṇḍala of Buddha Speech of the Great Assembly<br> of Wrathful Deities</span><span>655</span>
** <span> 17. The Revelation of the Maṇḍala of Wrathful Deities</span><span>671</span>
** <span> 18. The Revelation of Genuine Offerings and Generosity</span><span>685</span>
** <span> 19. The Commitments</span><span>697</span>
** <span> 20. The Consecration of Spontaneous Enlightened Activity</span><span>729</span>
** <span> 21. Eulogies to the Wrathful Deities</span><span>755</span>
** <span> 22. That Which Is Pleasing and Retained</span><span>765</span>
** <span> The Meaning of the Colophon</span><span>779</span>
* Book 17, Part 2: The Litany of the Names of Mañjuśrī
** <span> The Request</span><span>787</span>
** <span> The Response</span><span>799</span>
** <span> Inspecting [the Classes of Individual Practitioners]</span><span>803</span>
** <span> Manifest Enlightenment</span><span>805</span>
** <span> Eulogy to the Maṇḍala of the Indestructible Expanse</span><span>809</span>
** <span> The Pristine Cognition of Reality’s Expanse</span><span>819</span>
** <span> The Mirrorlike Pristine Cognition</span><span>837</span>
** <span> The Pristine Cognition of Discernment</span><span>845</span>
** <span> The Pristine Cognition of Sameness</span><span>871</span>
** <span> The Pristine Cognition of Accomplishment</span><span>885</span>
** <span> Eulogy to the Five Conquerors</span><span>895</span>
** <span> The Presentation of Advantages</span><span>899</span>
** <span> The [Arrangement of the] Mantras</span><span>901</span>
** <span> Rejoicing</span><span>905</span>
* <span> ''The Root Verses: Books 15 to 17''</span><span>911</span>
* <span> ''The Concise Commentary: Books 15 to 17''</span><span> 943</span>
* <span> ''The Outline: Books 15 to 17''</span><span>1093</span>
* <span> Concordance of Terminology</span><span>1153</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>1207</span>
* <span> Notes to Book 17</span><span>1209</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>1235</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>1271</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
* <span> 1. A Preliminary Examination of Madhyamaka Ontology</span><span>7</span>
* <span> 2. Nagarjuna and Logic</span><span>25</span>
* <span> 3. Nagarjuna and the Continuity of Tradition</span><span>44</span>
* <span> 4. The Problem of Mahayana "Schools"</span><span>63</span>
* <span> 5. The Conception of Truth in Early Buddhism</span><span>84</span>
* <span> 6. The Two Truths and the Three Natures</span><span>102</span>
* <span> 7. The Nature of Reality</span><span>132</span>
* <span> 8. The Problem of Idealism</span><span>152</span>
* <span> Conclusion</span><span>176</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>180</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>186</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>187</span>
+
*<span> General Editor's Preface</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> Translators Preface</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> Editors Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Map of Tibet</span><span>24</span>
*<span> Technical Note</span><span>27</span><br><br>
*The Crystal Mirror An Excellent Explanation Showing the Sources and<br>Assertions of All Philosophical Systems<br><br>
*<span> 1. Preface</span><span>33</span>
*<span> 2. Indian Schools</span><span>37</span>
*<span> 3. Introduction to Tibetan Buddhism</span><span>71</span>
*<span> 4. The Nyingma Tradition</span><span>77</span>
*<span> 5. The Kadam Tradition</span><span>97</span>
*<span> 6. The Kagyü Tradition</span><span>117</span>
*<span> 7. The Shijé Tradition</span><span>157</span>
*<span> 8. The Sakya Tradition</span><span>169</span>
*<span> 9. The Jonang and Minor Traditions</span><span>197</span>
*<span> 10. The Geluk Tradition 1: Tsongkhapa</span><span>215</span>
*<span> 11. The Geluk Tradition 2: Tsongkhapa's Successors</span><span>267</span>
*<span> 12. The Geluk Tradition 3: The Distinctiveness of Geluk</span><span>299</span>
*<span> 13. The Bön Tradition</span><span>321</span>
*<span> 14. Chinese Traditions 1: Non-Buddhist</span><span>331</span>
*<span> 15. Chinese Traditions 2: Buddhist</span><span>351</span>
*<span> 16. Central Asian Traditions</span><span>371</span>
*<span> 17. Conclusion</span><span>387</span><br><br>
*<span> Appendix: Detailed Outline of Thuken's Text</span><span>397</span>
*<span> Notes</span><span>411</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>497</span>
*<span> Glossary of Enumerations</span><span>515</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>535</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>577</span>
*<span> About the Contributors</span><span>665</span>
+
**<span> ''List of figures''</span><span>ix</span>
**<span> ''Acknowledgements''</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> '''Introduction: modern Buddhist cultures'''</span><span>'''1'''</span>
*'''Part 1'''
*<span> '''The cultural practices of Buddhist modernity'''</span><span>'''25'''</span>
*<span> 1.1 Shanghai Buddhism</span><span>27</span>
*<span> 1.2 Vegetarian identities</span><span>31</span>
*<span> 1.3 The esoteric fever</span><span>39</span>
*<span> 1.4 Printing the dharma</span><span>41</span>
*<span> 1.5 Continuities and discontinuities</span><span>46</span>
*<span> 1.6 Buddhist canons</span><span>49</span>
*<span> 1.7 Yang Wenhui</span><span>51</span>
*<span> 1.8 Awakening the Faith</span><span>53</span>
*<span> 1.9 Buddhist books beyond China</span><span>56</span>
*<span> 1.10 Shanghai Buddhist publishers and writers</span><span>59</span>
*<span> 1.11 The Sanskrit Buddhism of Su Manshu</span><span>66</span>
*<span> 1.12 Life and death in Feng Zikai’s drawings</span><span>71</span>
*<span> 1.13 The Buddhist periodical press</span><span>75</span>
*<span> 1.14 Buddhism, religion and the nation</span><span>81</span>
*<span> 1.15 Images of modern Buddhism</span><span>85</span>
*'''Part 2'''
*<span> '''The Sound of Modern Buddhism'''</span><span>'''97'''</span>
*<span> 2.1 Li Shutong: From Shanghai to Tokyo, and back</span><span>99</span>
*<span> 2.2 Li Shutong leaves home</span><span>101</span>
*<span> 2.3 Songs of nationalism</span><span>105</span>
*<span> 2.4 The power of song</span><span>107</span>
*<span> 2.5 Hymns, anthems and songs</span><span>109</span>
*<span> 2.6 Songs of modernity</span><span>113</span>
*<span> 2.7 Buddhist songs</span><span>116</span>
*<span> 2.8 Continuities and discontinuities</span><span>123</span>
*<span> 2.9 Scientific gadgets: Buddhist radio and phonograph recordings</span><span>128</span>
*<span> 2.10 Buddhist songs in the digital age</span><span>130</span>
**<span> ''References''</span><span>146</span>
**<span> ''Glossary''</span><span>172</span>
**<span> ''Index''</span><span>177</span>
*<span> Special Note</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>xii</span>
*<span> Chapter 1 Shakyamuni Buddha, The Awakened One</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Chapter 2 The First Ancestor, The Sainted Makakashō</span><span>5</span>
*<span> Chapter 3 The Second Ancestor, The Sainted Ananda</span><span>11</span>
*<span> Chapter 4 The Third Ancestor, The Sainted Shōnawashu</span><span>19</span>
*<span> Chapter 5 The Fourth Ancestor, The Sainted Ubakikuta</span><span>23</span>
*<span> Chapter 6 The Fifth Ancestor, The Sainted Daitaka</span><span>29</span>
*<span> Chapter 7 The Sixth Ancestor, The Sainted Mishaka</span><span>34</span>
*<span> Chapter 8 The Seventh Ancestor, The Sainted Bashumitsu</span><span>40</span>
*<span> Chapter 9 The Eighth Ancestor, The Sainted Butsudanandai</span><span>44</span>
*<span> Chapter 10 The Ninth Ancestor, The Sainted Fudamitta</span><span>51</span>
*<span> Chapter 11 The Tenth Ancestor, The Sainted Barishiba</span><span>55</span>
*<span> Chapter 12 The Eleventh Ancestor, The Sainted Funayasha</span><span>60</span>
*<span> Chapter 13 The Twelfth Ancestor, The Sainted Anabotei</span><span>63</span>
*<span> Chapter 14 The Thirteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Kabimora</span><span>69</span>
*<span> Chapter 15 The Fourteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Nagyaarajuna </span><span>74</span>
*<span> Chapter 16 The Fifteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Kanadaiba</span><span>82</span>
*<span> Chapter 17 The Sixteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Ragorata</span><span>86</span>
*<span> Chapter 18 The Seventeenth Ancestor, The Sainted Sōgyanandai</span><span>92</span>
*<span> Chapter 19 The Eighteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Kayashata</span><span>99</span>
*<span> Chapter 20 The Nineteenth Ancestor, The Sainted Kumorata</span><span>106</span>
*<span> Chapter 21The Twentieth Ancestor, The Sainted Shayata</span><span>109</span>
*<span> Chapter 22 The Twenty-first Ancestor, The Sainted Bashubanzu</span><span>115</span>
*<span> Chapter 23 The Twenty-second Ancestor, The Sainted Manura</span><span>121</span>
*<span> Chapter 24 The Twenty-third Ancestor, The Sainted Kakurokuna</span><span>125</span>
*<span> Chapter 25 The Twenty-fourth Ancestor, The Sainted Shishibodai</span><span>129</span>
*<span> Chapter 26 The Twenty-fifth Ancestor, The Sainted Bashashita</span><span>132</span>
*<span> Chapter 27 The Twenty-sixth Ancestor, The Sainted Funyomitta</span><span>135</span>
*<span> Chapter 28 The Twenty-seventh Ancestor, The Sainted Hannyatara</span><span>139</span>
*<span> Chapter 29 The Twenty-eighth Ancestor, The Sainted Bodaidaruma</span><span>143</span>
*<span> Chapter 30 The Twenty-ninth Ancestor, The Great Ancestor and Great<br> Teacher Eka</span><span>152</span>
*<span> Chapter 31 The Thirtieth Ancestor, Great Master Kanchi Sōsan</span><span>158</span>
*<span> Chapter 32 The Thirty-first Ancestor, Meditation Master Daii Dōshin</span><span>161</span>
*<span> Chapter 33 The Thirty-second Ancestor, Meditation Master Daiman Kōnin</span><span>165</span>
*<span> Chapter 34 The Thirty-third Ancestor, Meditation Master Daikan Enō</span><span>169</span>
*<span> Chapter 35 The Thirty-fourth Ancestor, Great Master Seigen Gyōshi</span><span>180</span>
*<span> Chapter 36 The Thirty-fifth Ancestor, Great Teacher Sekitō Kisen</span><span>184</span>
*<span> Chapter 37 The Thirty-sixth Ancestor, Great Master Yakusan Igen</span><span>191</span>
*<span> Chapter 38 The Thirty-seventh Ancestor, Great Master Ungan Donjō</span><span>197</span>
*<span> Chapter 39 The Thirty-eighth Ancestor, Great Master Tōzan Ryōkai</span><span>203</span>
*<span> Chapter 40 The Thirty-ninth Ancestor, Great Master Ungo Dōyō</span><span>212</span>
*<span> Chapter 41 The Fortieth Ancestor, Great Master Dōan Dōhi</span><span>218</span>
*<span> Chapter 42 The Forty-first Ancestor, The Latter Great Master Dōan Kanshi</span><span>222</span>
*<span> Chapter 43 The Forty-second Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Ryōzan Enkan</span><span>226</span>
*<span> Chapter 44 The Forty-third Ancestor, Great Master Daiyō Kyōgen</span><span>232</span>
*<span> Chapter 45 The Forty-fourth Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Tōsu Gisei</span><span>236</span>
*<span> Chapter 46 The Forty-fifth Ancestor, Meditation Master Dōkai of Mount Fuyō </span><span>246</span>
*<span> Chapter 47 The Forty-sixth Ancestor, Meditation Master Tanka Shijun</span><span>254</span>
*<span> Chapter 48 The Forty-seventh Ancestor, Meditation Master Chōro Seiryō</span><span>256</span>
*<span> Chapter 49 The Forty-eighth Ancestor, Meditation Master Tendō Sōkaku</span><span>261</span>
*<span> Chapter 50 The Forty-ninth Ancestor, Meditation Master Setchō Chikan</span><span>266</span>
*<span> Chapter 51 The Fiftieth Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Tendō Nyojō</span><span>272</span>
*<span> Chapter 52 The Fifty-first Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Eihei Dōgen</span><span>278</span>
*<span> Chapter 53 The Fifty-second Ancestor, The Reverend Monk Koun Ejō</span><span>292</span>
*<span> About the Order of Buddhist Contemplatives</span><span>305</span>
*<span> About the Monasteries of the Order</span><span>306</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments </span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Introduction </span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Conventions and Abbreviations </span><span>xxxiii</span>
* <span> Diplomatic Edition </span><span>1</span>
* <span> Critical Edition </span><span>7</span>
* <span> Critical Edition of Tibetan Text </span><span>29</span>
* <span> Critical Edition of Chinese Texts </span><span>47</span>
* <span> Appendix: Diplomatic Edition of Some Unknown Text(s) which bear(s) a Title ''Pañcarakṣāhṛdayabījamantra'' according to Luo Zhao's Catalogue </span><span>69</span>
* <span> Pāda Index </span><span>76</span>
* <span> Bibliography </span><span>87</span>
+
*<span> Foreword</span><span>VI</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>IX</span>
*<span> Conventions Used</span><span>XV</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>XVI</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter 1: Introduction</span><span>1</span>
**<span> 1.1 Aim and Scope of this Research</span><span>4</span>
**<span> 1.2 Methodologies Employed</span><span>6</span>
**<span> 1.3 Previous Research on the Life and Works of the Eighth Karmapa</span><span>11</span>
**<span> 1.4 Plan of this Book</span><span>23</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter 2: The Great Seal and 15th to 16th Century Tibet</span><span>25</span>
**<span> 2.1 The Great Seal</span><span>25</span>
***<span> 2.1.1 The bKa' brgyud pa Great Seal: A Brief Overview</span><span>26</span>
***<span> 2.1.2 sGam po pa, Early bKa' brgyud pa, and the First Karmapa</span><span>29</span>
***<span> 2.1.3 Sa skya Paṇḍita, Indian Great Seal, and Later Systematisations</span><span>33</span>
**<span> 2.2 Tibet from the Fifteenth to Sixteenth Centuries: Conflicts between dBus<br> and gTsang</span><span>36</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter 3: Textual Sources for the Eighth Karmapa's Life and Great Seal</span><span>43</span>
**<span> 3.1 History of the Eighth Karmapa's Writings</span><span>43</span>
**<span> 3.2 The ''Collected Works of the Eighth Karmapa'' 2000–2004: Origins and<br> Rubrics</span><span>49</span>
**<span> 3.3 Sources on the Eighth Karmapa's Great Seal</span><span>54</span>
**<span> 3.4 Spiritual Memoirs and Biographies of the Eighth Karmapa</span><span>58</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter 4: The Eighth Karmapa: Scholar, Monk, and Yogi</span><span>71</span>
**<span> 4.1 The Eighth Karmapa's Life</span><span>71</span>
***<span> 4.1.1 Birth and Early Childhood (1507–1511)</span><span>72</span>
***<span> 4.1.2 The Dispute about the Incarnation (1512–1513)</span><span>75</span>
***<span> 4.1.3 Early Exposition, Composition, and Travels (1513–1516)</span><span>83</span>
***<span> 4.1.4 Becoming a Scholar and Training the Great Seal (1516–1529)</span><span>86</span>
***<span> 4.1.5 Scholastic Contributions (1530–1550)</span><span>100</span>
***<span> 4.1.6 Travel to rTsa ri, Sickness, and Passing Away (1554)</span><span>108</span>
**<span> 4.2 The Eighth Karmapa: 'Learned and Accomplished One' of his Day</span><span>110</span>
**<span> 4.3 Spiritual Programme for Teaching Meditation</span><span>115</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter 5: Case Studies of the Eighth Karmapa's Great Seal</span><span>123</span>
**<span> 5.1 Case Studies: Concrete Examples of Teaching the Great Seal</span><span>124</span>
**<span> 5.2 Dialogues in A khu a khra's Spiritual Biography</span><span>125</span>
***<span> 5.2.1 Their Function in the Main Narrative</span><span>125</span>
***<span> 5.2.2 Dialogue with A khu a khra</span><span>128</span>
***<span> 5.2.3 Dialogue with rGya ston Nang so Seng ge ba</span><span>133</span>
***<span> 5.2.4 Dialogue with dGa' ldan dBon po Nam mkha' rgyal mtshan</span><span>136</span>
***<span> 5.2.5 Dialogue with Mi nyag sKya ging Bya bral ba</span><span>139</span>
***<span> 5.2.6 Conceptualisation and ''Dharmakāya''</span><span>142</span>
**<span> 5.3 Answer to Gling drung pa's Query on the Great Seal</span><span>143</span>
***<span> 5.3.1 The Addressee and Other Contexts</span><span>144</span>
***<span> 5.3.2 The Content</span><span>147</span>
***<span> 5.3.3 The Story of sBas mchod: Pedagogy, History, and the Great Seal</span><span>154</span>
***<span> 5.3.4 Great Seal beyond Tantra</span><span>157</span>
**<span> 5.4 Identifying the Blessing: A Mantra Path</span><span>159</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter 6: Contextualising the Eighth Karmapa's Great Seal Instructions</span><span>163</span>
**<span> 6.1 Basic Distinctions of the Great Seal</span><span>163</span>
**<span> 6.2 Interpretations of Conceptualisation as ''Dharmakāya''</span><span>164</span>
**<span> 6.3 Common Strands and Divergent Interpretations</span><span>168</span>
**<span> 6.4 The Guru as Origin and Example in Vajrayāna and Great Seal<br> Traditions</span><span>173</span>
**<span> 6.5 The Guru as Means in the Eighth Karmapa's Great Seal Instructions</span><span>176</span><br><br>
*<span> Chapter 7: Conclusions</span><span>185</span><br><br>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>191</span>
*<span> Indian Buddhist Works</span><span>191</span>
*<span> Primary Sources and Secondary Literature in Tibetan Language</span><span>192</span>
*<span> Secondary Literature in Western Languages</span><span>207</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>237</span>
* <span> Foreword ''by Khenpo Lodrö Dönyö Rinpoché''</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Translators’ Introduction</span><span>1</span>
* The Root Text: The Elements of Tantric Practice<br>
** <span> ''A General Exposition of the Process of Meditation<br>in the Indestructible Way of Secret Mantra''</span><span>37</span>
* <span> 1. A n Introduction to Tantric Meditation</span><span>49</span>
* <span> 2. The Phase of Creation</span><span>59</span>
* <span> 3. Entering Pristine Awareness</span><span>67</span>
* <span> 4. Visualization Sequences</span><span>85</span>
* <span> 5. The Bases of Purification, Purificatory Means,<br> and Results of Purification</span><span>107</span>
* <span> 6. The Phase of Completion</span><span>123</span>
* <span> 7. Father Tantra Systems: Guhyasamaja,<br> Black Yamari, and Red Yamari</span><span>137</span>
* <span> 8. Mother Tantra Systems: Kalachakra<br> and Hevajra</span><span>153</span>
* <span> 9. Mother Tantra Systems: Chakrasamvara</span><span>167</span>
* <span> 10. Mother Tantra Systems: Chatuhpitha,<br> Mahamaya, Buddhakapala, and Tara Yogini</span><span>179</span>
* <span> 11. The Key Elements</span><span>191</span>
* <span> 12. Luminous Clarity and the Completion<br> Phase of Union</span><span>207</span>
* <span> Appendix: Outline of the Text</span><span>217</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>221</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>223</span>
* <span> Bibliography of Works Cited by the Author</span><span>411</span>
* <span> Reference Bibliography</span><span>425</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>449</span>
+
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span> ii</span>
*<span> Introduction </span><span>1</span>
*<span> Chapter One- The Life of Rang byung rdo rje </span><span> 6</span>
*<span> Chapter Two- The Textual Corpus of Rang byung</span><span> 14</span>
*<span> Chapter Three- Rang byung and Dol po pa Shes rab rgyal mtshan </span><span>25</span>
*<span> Chapter Four- Explication of the Snying bstan </span><span> 37</span>
*<span> Chapter Five- Apophatic and Kataphatic Tensions in the Snying bstan </span><span>72</span>
*<span> Chapter Six- The Pronouncement on the Enlightened Heart of Buddhahood </span><span>93</span>
*<span> Chapter Seven- Diplomatic Edition of the Snying bstan </span><span>110</span>
*<span> Bibliography-One- Tibetan </span><span>132</span>
*<span> Two- Sanskrit </span><span> 140</span>
*<span> Three- Secondary </span><span> 143</span>
*<span> Four- Works on Apophasis and Kataphasis </span><span>165</span>
*<span> Appendix One- Kong sprul's outline of the Snying bstan (Tibetan/English) </span><span> 168</span>
*<span> Appendix Two- Indian canonical works quoted in the Snying bstan </span><span>173</span>
*<span> Appendix Three- Song on kungzhi and snying po from Rang byung mgur </span><span>174</span>
*<span> Appendix Four- Chapter titles of the Zab mo nang don </span><span>178</span>
*<span> Appendix Five- Fragments from the Zab mo nang don auto-corrunentary</span><span>179</span>
*<span> Appendix Six- Chronology of Rang byung's Life from Si tu </span><span>181</span>
*<span> Appendix Seven- Colophons from Rang byung mgur </span><span>183</span>
+
*<span> Technical Notes</span><span>7</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>9</span>
*<span> ''The Essence of Other-Emptiness'' by Tāranātha</span><span>23</span>
**<span> I. General Indication of Presentations of Tenets</span><span>25</span>
***<span> Non-Buddhist Schools of Tenets</span><span>25</span>
***<span> Buddhist Schools of Tenets</span><span>31</span>
****<span> Great Exposition School</span><span>34</span>
****<span> Sūtra School</span><span>42</span>
****<span> Mind-Only School</span><span>52</span>
****<span> Middle Way School</span><span>55</span>
**<span> II. Identifying the Presentation of the Middle</span><span>78</span>
***<span> The Uncommon Meaning</span><span>93</span>
**<span> III. Clearing Away Extremes Imputed by Others</span><span>102</span>
*<span> ''Twenty-one Differences Regarding the Profound Meaning'' by Tāranātha</span><span>117</span>
*<span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>137</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 1. Sūtras and Tantras</span><span>139</span>
**<span> 2. Other Sanskrit and Tibetan Works</span><span>141</span>
+
* <span> Introduction </span><span>1</span>
* <span> The Wonderful Adornments of the Leaders of the Worlds </span><span>55</span>
* <span> Appearance of the Buddha </span><span>150</span>
* <span> The Meditation of the Enlightening Being Universally Good </span><span>176</span>
* <span> The Formation of the Worlds </span><span>182</span>
* <span> The Flower Bank World </span><span>202</span>
* <span> Vairocana </span><span>254</span>
* <span> Names of the Buddha </span><span>270</span>
* <span> The Four Holy Truths </span><span>276</span>
* <span> Awakening by Light </span><span>282</span>
* <span> An Enlightening Being Asks for Clarification </span><span>298</span>
* <span> Purifying Practice </span><span>312</span>
* <span> Chief in Goodness </span><span>330</span>
* <span> Ascent to the Peak of Mount Sumeru </span><span>368</span>
* <span> Eulogies on Mount Sumeru </span><span>371</span>
* <span> Ten Abodes </span><span>384</span>
* <span> Religious Practice </span><span>401</span>
* <span> The Merit of the Initial Determination for Enlightenment </span><span>404</span>
* <span> Clarifying Method </span><span>425</span>
* <span> Ascent to the Palace of the Suyama Heaven </span><span>438</span>
* <span> Eulogies in the Palace of the Suyama Heaven </span><span>441</span>
* <span> Ten Practices </span><span>454</span>
* <span> Ten Inexhaustible Treasuries </span><span>485</span>
* <span> Ascent to the Palace of the Tushita Heaven </span><span>497</span>
* <span> Eulogies in the Tushita Palace </span><span>516</span>
* <span> Ten Dedications </span><span>530</span>
* <span> The Ten Stages </span><span>695</span>
* <span> The Ten Concentrations </span><span>812</span>
* <span> The Ten Superknowledges </span><span>863</span>
* <span> The Ten Acceptances </span><span>870</span>
* <span> The Incalculable </span><span>889</span>
* <span> Life Span </span><span>905</span>
* <span> Dwelling Places of Enlightening Beings </span><span>906</span>
* <span> Inconceivable Qualities of Buddhas </span><span>908</span>
* <span> The Ocean of Physical Marks of the Ten Bodies of Buddha </span><span>933</span>
* <span> The Qualities of the Buddha's Embellishments and Lights </span><span>946</span>
* <span> The Practice of Universal Good </span><span>952</span>
* <span> Manifestation of Buddha </span><span>970</span>
* <span> Detachment from the World </span><span>1022</span>
* <span> Entry into the Realm of Reality </span><span>1135</span>
* <span> Appendix 1: Technical Terminology and Symbolism in The Flower Ornament Scripture </span><span>1521</span>
* <span> Appendix 2: Amplifications of Book 39 </span><span>1535</span>
* <span> Appendix 3: Commentary on Book 39 by Li Tongxuan </span><span>1545</span>
* <span> Glossary </span><span>1631</span>
*<span> ''List o fIllustrations''</span><span>ix</span>
*<span> ''List of Tables''</span><span>xi</span>
*<span> ''Preface''</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> ''Abbreviations and Conventions''</span><span>xvii</span>
'''PART ONE: STUDY'''
*<span> '''Chapter One:''' The ''Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra'' as an Apocryphal Scripture</span><span>3</span>
**<span> Problems and Prospects of Studying the ''Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra''</span><span>4</span>
**<span> The Eclecticism of the ''Vajrasamādhi''</span><span>24</span>
**<span> The Model for the ''Vajrasamādhi'''s Narrative Structure</span><span>29</span>
**<span> The ''Vajrasamādhi'' in the Chinese Catalogues</span><span>33</span>
*<span> '''Chapter Two:''' The Hagiographies of the Korean Scholiast Wǒnhyo: The Dating<br> and Provenance of the ''Vajrasamādhi''</span><span>41</span>
**<span> The ''Sung Kao-seng chuan'' Hagiography and the Provenance of the<br>''Vajrasamādhi''</span><span>43</span>
**<span> The ''Samguk Yusa'' Hagiography and the Dating of the ''Vajrasamādhi''</span><span> 60</span>
*<span> '''Chapter Three:''' The Doctrinal Teachings of the ''Vajrasamādhi''</span><span>74</span>
**<span> The Acculturation of Buddhism to East Asia</span><span>74</span>
**<span> Tathāgatagarbha and the Immanence of Enlightenment</span><span>78</span>
**<span> Amalavijñāna and the Innate Purity of Mind</span><span>92</span>
**<span> The Meaning of "Vajrasamādhi": The Practical Implications of Innate Enlightenment</span><span>104</span>
**<span> The ''Vajrasamādhi'''s Message to Silla Buddhists</span><span>115</span>
*<span> '''Chapter Four:''' Ch'an Elements in the ''Vajrasamādhi'': Evidence for the Authorship<br> of the Sūtra</span><span>123</span>
**<span> Ch'an Influences in the ''Vajrasamādhi''</span><span>123</span>
**<span> Early Korean Sǒn and the Legend of Pǒmnang</span><span>164</span>
**<span> The Authorship Problem</span><span>170</span>
**<span> The Legacy of the ''Vajrasamādhi''</span><span>177</span>
**<span> The Place of the ''Vajrasamādhi'' in the Evolution of Ch'an</span><span>179</span>
'''PART TWO: TRANSLATION'''
*<span> The ''Vajrasamādhi-Sūtra'' (''Book of Adamantine Absorption'')</span><span>184</span>
**<span> Chapter One: Prologue</span><span>185</span>
**<span> Chapter Two: The Signless Dharma</span><span>188</span>
**<span> Chapter Three: The Practice of Nonproduction</span><span>196</span>
**<span> Chapter Four: The Inspiration of Original Enlightenment</span><span>202</span>
**<span> Chapter Five: Approaching the Edge of Reality</span><span>211</span>
**<span> Chapter Six: The Voidness of the True Nature</span><span>224</span>
**<span> Chapter Seven: The Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>232</span>
**<span> Chapter Eight: Dhāraṇī (Codes)</span><span>240</span>
**<span> Epilogue</span><span>249</span>
**<span> ''Glossary of Chinese Logographs''</span><span>252</span>
**<span> ''Works Cited''</span><span>265</span>
**<span> ''Index''</span><span>293</span>
* <span> Preface</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Acknowledgment</span><span>xiii</span>
* ''I: Essence of Tantra''
* <span> by The Dalai Lama</span><span>1</span>
** <span> Tantra for Practice</span><span>3</span>
** <span> Refuge</span><span>15</span>
** <span> Lesser Vehicle and Great Vehicle</span><span>2-3</span>
** <span> Vajrayāna</span><span>33</span>
** <span> Clear Light</span><span>39</span>
** <span> Greatness of Mantra</span><span>45</span>
** <span> Clarification</span><span>51</span>
** <span> Initiation</span><span>61</span>
* ''II: The Great Exposition of Secret Mantra''
* <span> by Tsongkhapa</span><span>63</span>
** <span> Reasons for Faith</span><span>65</span>
** <span> Paths to Buddhahood</span><span>73</span>
** <span> Vajra Vehicle</span><span>87</span>
** <span> Deity Yoga</span><span>101</span>
** <span> Method in the Four Tantras</span><span>115</span>
** <span> One Goal</span><span>127</span>
** <span> Identifying the Four Tantras</span><span>139</span>
** <span> Preparation for Mantra</span><span>155</span>
* ''III: Supplement''
* <span> by Jeffrey Hopkins</span><span>161</span>
** <span> Rehearsing the Differences between the Vehicles</span><span>163</span>
** <span> Quintessential Points on the Difference between the Lesser Vehicle and<br>Great Vehicle and the Two Great Vehicles</span><span>189</span>
** <span> Emptiness</span><span>195</span>
** <span> Psychological Transformation</span><span>211</span>
** <span> Purpose of the Four Tantras</span><span>223</span>
* <span> Appendix</span><span>233</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>237</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>231</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>261</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>276</span>
+
* <span> Foreword</span><span>7</span>
* <span> Acknowledgements</span><span>9</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>11</span>
* <span> The Virtuous Beginning</span><span>19</span>
** <span> 1. An Introduction to the Text</span><span>21</span>
* Virtuous in the Middle • The Main Teaching
** <span> 2. The Identification of the Awakened Mind</span><span>29</span>
** <span> 3. Preliminaries and Refuge</span><span>35</span>
** <span> 4. Developing the Awakened Mind</span><span>45</span>
** <span> 5. How to Overcome Obstacles</span><span>53</span>
** <span> 6. The Sublime Exchange of Happiness and Suffering</span><span>63</span>
** <span> 7. The Root of Suffering</span><span>71</span>
** <span> 8. Stages of Training in the Ultimate Awakened Mind</span><span>75</span>
** <span> 9. The Great Perfection</span><span>85</span>
** <span> 10. Deviations from the View</span><span>95</span>
** <span> 11. Post Meditation: The Six Transcendent Perfections</span><span>99</span>
* <span> Virtuous at the Conclusion</span><span>105</span>
** <span> 12. Dedication of Merit</span><span>107</span>
* <span> Root text</span><span>111</span>
* <span> Endnotes</span><span>129</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>130</span>
+
*<span> ''Foreword''</span><span>9</span>
Part One: Introductory Matter
*<span> ''1 Bibliographical Considerations''</span><span>15</span>
**<span> 1.1 Non-Tibetan Works of Modern Scholarship</span><span>15</span>
**<span> 1.2 Tibetan Sources on rNgog Io's Life</span><span>24</span>
***<span> 1.2.1 Pre-20 th-Century Accounts</span><span>25</span>
***<span> 1.2.2 Tibetan Works of Modern Scholarship</span><span>28</span>
*<span> ''2 The Main Events of rNgog Io's Life: A Biographical Sketch''</span><span>31</span>
**<span> 2.1 Birth and Youth in Tibet (1059- 1076)</span><span>31</span>
**<span> 2.2 Travels and Studies Abroad (1076-ca. 1092)</span><span>38</span>
**<span> 2.3 Final Years and Death in Tiber (ca. 1092-1109)</span><span>42</span>
*<span> ''3 rNgog lo's Work as a Translator''</span><span>45</span>
**<span> 3.1 Tibetan Translators: Some General Remarks</span><span>45</span>
**<span> 3.2 Works Translated or Revised by rNgog lo</span><span>51</span>
***<span> 3.2.1 Translations in the bKa' 'gyur</span><span>53</span>
***<span> 3.2.2 Translations in the bsTan 'gyur</span><span>54</span>
***<span> 3.2.3 Uncertain Cases</span><span>68</span>
*<span> ''4 Gro lung pa's Biography of rNgog lo: Some Remarks on Author and Text''</span><span>71</span>
**<span> 4.1 Author</span><span>71</span>
**<span> 4.2 Text</span><span>73</span>
Part Two: Translation
*<span> ''5 Partial Translation of rNgog lo's Biography by Gro lung pa''</span><span>81</span>
**<span> (Including:) A List of rNgog lo's Translations</span><span>103</span>
**<span> A List of rNgog lo's Works</span><span>109</span>
**<span> Colophons</span><span>114</span>
Appendices
*<span> ''Appendix One: Canonical Texts Translated or Revised by rNgog lo''</span><span>121</span>
**<span> 1.1 Translations in the bKa' 'gyur</span><span>121</span>
**<span> 1.2 Translations in the bs Tan 'gyur</span><span>121</span>
**<span> 1.3 Uncertain Cases</span><span>122</span>
*<span> ''Appendix Two: rNgog lo's Translation Collaborators Grouped According to Country of<br>Origin''</span><span>124</span>
**<span> 2.1 Kashmiris</span><span>124</span>
**<span> 2.2 Indians</span><span>124</span>
**<span> 2.3 Nepalese</span><span>125</span>
**<span> 2.4 Tibetans</span><span>125</span>
**<span> 2.5 Country of Origin Uncertain</span><span>125</span>
*<span> ''Appendix Three: Two Lists of rNgog lo's Works''</span><span>126</span>
**<span> 3.1 The List of Bu ston Rin chen grub (1290-1364)</span><span>126</span>
**<span> 3.2 The List of gSer mdog paṇ chen Shākya mchog ldan (1428- 1507)</span><span>126</span>
*<span> ''Appendix Four: Canonical Quotations in Gro lung pa's Biography of rNgog lo''</span><span>128</span>
**<span> 4.1 ''Abhidharmakośa'' (Vasubandhu)</span><span>128</span>
**<span> 4.2 ''Abhisamayālaṃkāra'' (Maitreya[nātha])</span><span>129</span>
**<span> 4.3 ''Bodhicaryāvatāra'' (Śāntideva)</span><span>129</span>
**<span> 4.4 ''Madhyamakahṛdaya'' (Bhavya)</span><span>130</span>
**<span> 4.5 ''Ratnagotravibhāga'' (Maitreya[nātha])</span><span>131</span>
**<span> 4.6 ''Suhṛllekha'' (Nāgārjuna)</span><span>131</span>
*<span> ''Appendix Five: Text of the Biography Reproduced from the Xylograph''</span><span>132</span>
Abbreviations and Bibliography
*<span> ''Abbreviations''</span><span>151</span>
*<span> ''Bibliography''</span><span>152</span>
**<span> Tibetan Primary Sources</span><span>152</span>
**<span> Tibetan Secondary Sources</span><span>155</span>
**<span> Sources in Other Languages</span><span>156</span>
*<span> ''lndex''</span><span>170</span>
**<span> Sanskrit Works</span><span>170</span>
**<span> Personal Names</span><span>171</span>
**<span> General Index</span><span>175</span>
*<span> Abstract</span><span>5-6</span>
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>6-7</span>
*<span> Introductory Remarks</span><span>8-9</span>
*<span> The Present Study</span><span>9-10</span>
*Review of Literature
**<span> Primary Sources and Editions</span><span>10-18</span>
***Modern Works and Authors
***Pre-Modern Works and Authors
***<span> Secondary Sources and Studies</span><span>18-44</span>
*<span> Methodological Considerations</span><span>44-46</span>
**<span> Translation Method</span><span> 47-49</span>
*<span> Contributions of the Present Work</span><span>49-52</span>
*I. Jo nang Gzhan stong Genesis
**<span> A) The Tibetan Gzhan stong Discourse</span><span> 52-57</span>
**B) Historical Sources for Gzhan stong Madhyamaka
***Sūtra Gzhan stong and Tantra Gzhan stong
****<span> Sūtra and Tantra</span><span>57-59</span>
****<span> Sūtra Gzhan stong</span><span>59-62</span>
****<span> Tantra Gzhan stong</span><span>63-65</span>
***Mkhan po Blo grags’ History of Sūtra Gzhan stong
****<span> Early Mahāyāna Tradition in India</span><span>66‐69</span>
****<span> Later Mahāyāna Tradition in India</span><span>69‐71</span>
****<span> Indian Masters in the Sūtra Gzhan stong Lineage</span><span>72‐74</span>
****<span> Tibetan Forefathers in the Sūtra Gzhan ston Lineage</span><span>75‐76</span>
***Mkhan po Blo grags’ History of Tantra Gzhan stong
****<span> Indian Masters in the Tantra Gzhan ston Lineage</span><span> 76-78</span>
****<span> Tibetan Forefathers in the Tantra Gzhan stong Lineage</span><span>78-80</span>
***Early Jo nang pa and the Synthesis of Sūtra and Tantra
****<span> Early Jo nang Lineage Masters</span><span>80-83</span>
****<span> Dol po pa and his Dharma Heirs</span><span>83-86</span>
***Later Jo nang pa and the Transmission to ‘Dzam thang
****<span> Later Jo nang Lineage Masters</span><span>86-89</span>
****<span> The Jo nang pa in A mdo </span><span>89-92</span>
**C) Mkhan po Blo grag’s Life and Works
***<span> Mkhan po Blo grag’s Essential Hagiography</span><span>92-97</span>
*II. Jo nang Gzhan stong Exegesis
**A) Literary Sources for Gzhan stong Madhyamaka
***Māhāyana Hermeneutics
****<span> The Indic Context</span><span>97-99</span>
****<span> The Four-fold Reliance</span><span> 99-104</span>
***<span> Śākyamuni’s Three Turnings </span><span>104-109</span>
****<span> Defining Neyārtha and Nītārtha</span><span>109‐113</span>
***Gzhan stong Canonical Literature
****<span> Core Gzhan stong Sources</span><span>113-117</span>
****<span> Great Madhyamaka and the Cittamātra Sūtras</span><span>117‐122</span>
**B.) The Gzhan stong Chen mo
***<span> Gzhi, Lam, ‘Bras bu as a Coherent Structure</span><span>122-124</span>
***<span> The Gzhan stong Chen mo in its Curricular Context</span><span>124-128</span>
*III. The Gzhi Section of the Gzhan stong Chen mo
*<span> Technical Notes</span><span>128-129</span>
*Annotated Translation: Chapter I.A
*<span> An Explanation of Profound Abiding Reality's Ground [folio #86-180]</span><span>129-143</span>
*I. Actual abiding reality of the distinctive ground
**A. How enlightened essence is the ground expanse
***<span> (1) How Profound Pristine Awareness is the Actuality of Phenomena</span><span>143-146</span>
***<span> (2) How the Expanse and Awareness Encompasses Everything Stable<br>and Wavering </span><span>146-150</span>
***<span> (3) How the Three Precious Jewels are the Actuality of Phenomena<br>Resides</span><span>150-155</span>
***<span> (4) How Enlightened Essence is Taught in Examples</span><span>155-193</span>
***<span> (5) How the Naturally Abiding Spiritual Affinity is Equal</span><span>193-197</span>
***<span> (6) How the Three Patterns of Phenomena Reside</span><span>197-200</span>
***<span> (7) How the Three Patterns of What Exists Reside</span><span>200-202</span>
***<span> (8) How the Dimension of Phenomena Does Not Divide Ground<br>from Fruition</span><span>202-207</span>
***<span> (9) How Every Enlightened Quality is Subsumed</span><span>207-219</span>
***<span> (10) How to Unravel the Intent of the Master Nāgārjuna and<br>His Heirs</span><span>219-226</span>
***<span> Epilogue</span><span>226-228</span>
*<span> Appendix I.: Mkhan po Blo gros Grags pa's Topical Outline (sa bcad) of the<br>Gzhan stong Chen mo: Chapter I.A </span><span>229-248</span>
*<span> Appendix II: Tā ra nā tha's "Supplication to the Profound Gzhan stong<br>Madhyamaka Lineage"</span><span>249-269</span>
*<span> Appendix III: Btsan Kha bo che’s Condensation of the Three Natures</span><span>270-271</span>
*<span> Endnotes</span><span>272</span>
*<span> Primary Source Reference List</span><span>293</span>
*<span> Secondary Source Reference List</span><span>300</span>
* <span> Translator's introduction</span><span>9</span>
* <span> Gyalse Ngulchu Thogme (1295-1369)</span><span>11</span>
* <span> THE ROOT TEXT</span><span>27</span>
* <span> THE COMMENTARY</span><span>37</span>
** <span> INTRODUCTION</span><span>39</span>
** <span> OPENING VERSES</span><span>44</span>
*** <span> Homage</span><span>44</span>
** <span> PART ONE – THE PREPARATION</span><span>51</span>
*** <span> First, the need to give meaning to this human existence of yours, so rare<br>and difficult to obtain</span><span>51</span>
*** <span> Second, an exhortation to abandon your native land, the source of the<br>three poisons</span><span>58</span>
*** <span> Third, a recommendation to live in solitary places, the source of all<br>good qualities</span><span>60</span>
*** <span> Fourth, to reflect on impermanence, in order to give up the concerns of<br>this life</span><span>63</span>
*** <span> Fifth, the need to avoid unsuitable friends, being with whom creates<br>adverse circumstances</span><span>68</span>
*** <span> Sixth, to rely on a spiritual teacher, whose presence creates conditions favorable to your progress</span><span>69</span>
*** <span> Seventh, to go for refuge, the entrance to the Buddhist teachings</span><span>72</span>
** <span> PART TWO – THE MAIN TEACHINGS, ILLUMINATING THE PATH</span><span>81</span>
*** <span> First, the path for beings of lesser capacity</span><span>81</span>
*** <span> Second, the path for beings of medium capacity</span><span>85</span>
*** <span> Third, the path for beings of superior capacity</span><span>90</span>
**** <span> 1. The bodhicitta of intention</span><span>90</span>
**** <span> 2. The bodhicitta of application</span><span>97</span>
***** <span> I. Relative bodhicitta</span><span>97</span>
****** <span> A. The meditation practice of exchanging oneself and<br>others</span><span>98</span>
****** <span> B. The post-meditation practice of using unfavorable circumstances on the path</span><span>106</span>
******* <span> i. Using on the path the four things that you do not<br> want to happen</span><span>106</span>
******** <span> a. How to use loss on the path</span><span>107</span>
******** <span> b. How to use suffering on the path</span><span>109</span>
******** <span> c. How to use disgrace on the path</span><span>111</span>
******** <span> d. How to use disparagement on the path</span><span>112</span>
******* <span> ii. Using on the path the two things that are difficult to bear</span><span>115</span>
******** <span> a. How to use on the path being wronged in return<br>for kindness</span><span>115</span>
******** <span> b. How to use humiliation on the path</span><span>116</span>
******* <span> iii. Using deprivation and prosperity on the path</span><span>117</span>
******** <span> a. How to use deprivation on the path</span><span>117</span>
******** <span> b. How to use prosperity on the path</span><span>119</span>
******* <span> iv. Using hatred and desire on the path</span><span>120</span>
******** <span> a. How to use objects of hatred on the path</span><span>120</span>
******** <span> b. How to use objects of desire on the path</span><span>123</span>
***** <span> II. Absolute bodhicitta</span><span>125</span>
****** <span> A. The meditation practice of remaining in a state free of conceptual elaborations without any clinging</span><span>125</span>
****** <span> B. The post-meditation practice of abandoning any belief in<br>the objects of desire and aversion as truly existing</span><span>132</span>
******* <span> i. Abandoning any belief in the objects of desire as truly existing</span><span>132</span>
******* <span> ii. Abandoning any belief in the objects of aversion as<br>truly existing</span><span>133</span>
**** <span> 3. The precepts for training in those practices</span><span>136</span>
***** <span> I. Training in the Six Transcendent Perfections</span><span>136</span>
****** <span> A. Transcendent generosity</span><span>136</span>
****** <span> B. Transcendent discipline</span><span>139</span>
****** <span> C. Transcendent patience</span><span>141</span>
****** <span> D. Transcendent diligence</span><span>144</span>
****** <span> E. Transcendent concentration</span><span>148</span>
****** <span> F. Transcendent wisdom</span><span>152</span>
***** <span> II. Training in the Four Instructions taught in the Sutra</span><span>157</span>
****** <span> A. To examine oneselffor one's own defects and to give them<br>up </span><span>157</span>
****** <span> B. To give up speaking of a bodhisattva's faults</span><span>160</span>
****** <span> C. To give up attachment to a sponsor's property</span><span>163</span>
****** <span> D. To give up harsh speech</span><span>165</span>
***** <span> III. Training in how to be rid of the negative emotions</span><span>166</span>
***** <span> IV. Training in accomplishing others' good with mindfulness and vigilance</span><span>170</span>
***** <span> V. Dedicating the merit to perfect enlightenment</span><span>173</span>
** <span> CONCLUDING VERSES</span><span>177</span>
*** <span> 1. How and for whom this text was composed</span><span>177</span>
*** <span> 2. The unerring nature of these practices</span><span>179</span>
*** <span> 3. A humble prayer for forgiveness</span><span>180</span>
*** <span> 4. Dedicating the merit of having composed this text</span><span>181</span>
*** <span> 5. The colophon</span><span>182</span>
** <span> Final Advice</span><span>182</span>
** <span> About Kyabje Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche (1910-1991)</span><span>185</span>
** <span> APPENDIX</span><span>191</span>
*** <span> Appendix I • Supplementary Commentaries on the Spiritual Teacher<br>(Verse 6)</span><span>193</span>
**** <span> A. The right and wrong teacher</span><span>193</span>
**** <span> B. A Practice of Guru Yoga</span><span>195</span>
*** <span> Appendix II • Supplementary Commentary on Desire (Verse 21)</span><span>199</span>
**** <span> The Dangers of Meat, Alcohol and Sex</span><span>199</span>
*** <span> Appendix III • Supplementary Commentaries on Transcendent<br>Concentration (Verse 29)</span><span>202</span>
**** <span> A. Sustained Calm and Profound Insight</span><span>202</span>
**** <span> B. Concentration</span><span>206</span>
*** <span> Appendix IV • Supplementary Commentaries on Transcendent<br>Wisdom</span><span>208</span>
*** <span> Appendix V • Mind-Training Prayer</span><span>211</span>
*** <span> Notes</span><span>218</span>
*** <span> Bibliography</span><span>230</span>
<center>Abbreviations vii</center>
<center>Translators’ Introduction ix</center><br><br>
<center>ONE</center>
<center>''Fukanzazengi'' 普勧坐禅儀</center>
<center>(Universal Promotion of the Principles of Zazen) 1</center><br><br>
<center>TWO</center>
<center>Bendōwa 辦道話</center>
<center>(Negotiating the Way) 7</center><br><br>
<center>THREE</center>
<center>''Ikka Myōju'' 一 顆明珠</center>
<center>(One Bright Pearl) 31</center><br><br>
<center>FOUR</center>
<center>''Genjōkōan'' 現成公案</center>
<center>(Manifesting Suchness) 39</center><br><br>
<center>FIVE</center>
<center>''Uji'' 有時</center>
<center>(Being-Time) 47</center><br><br>
<center>SIX</center>
<center>''Busshō'' 仏性</center>
<center>(Buddha-nature) 59</center><br><br>
<center>SEVEN</center>
<center>''Sammai-Ō-Zammai'' 三昧王三昧</center>
<center>(The King of Samadhis Samadhi) 99</center><br><br>
<center>EIGHT</center>
<center>''Shōji'' 生死</center>
<center>(Birth and Death) 105</center><br><br>
<center>NINE</center>
<center>''Zazengi'' 坐禅儀</center>
<center>(The Principles of Zazen) 109</center><br><br>
<center>Bibliography 111</center>
<center>Index 113</center>
+
* <span> Introduction</span><span>7</span>
* <span> The Heart of the Matter</span><span> 9</span>
* <span> The Final Words</span><span>93</span>
* <span> Afterword</span><span>105</span>
* <span> Texts Quoted</span><span>107</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>111</span>
+
* <span> PREFACE</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> BIBLIOGRAPHY</span><span>xiii</span>
* INTRODUCTION
* <span> I. Apologetic</span><span>1</span>
* <span> II. Origins</span><span>11</span>
* <span> III. Subject-matter</span><span>19</span>
* <span> IV. Observations</span><span>39</span>
* TRANSLATION
* PART I
** <span> Chapter i. The Body of Hevajra</span><span>47</span>
** <span> Chapter ii. Mantras</span><span>50</span>
** <span> Chapter iii. Hevajra and his Troupe</span><span>56</span>
** <span> Chapter iv. Self-consecration</span><span>59</span>
** <span> Chapter v. Reality</span><span>60</span>
** <span> Chapter vi. The Performance</span><span>63</span>
** <span> Chapter vii. Secret Signs</span><span>66</span>
** <span> Chapter viii. The Troupe of Yoginīs</span><span>73</span>
** <span> Chapter ix. The Spherès of Purification</span><span>78</span>
** <span> Chapter x. Consecration</span><span>81</span>
** <span> Chapter xi. The Four Gazes</span><span>84</span>
* PART II
** <span> Chapter i. Consecrations and Oblations</span><span>88</span>
** <span> Chapter ii. The Certainty of Success</span><span>89</span>
** <span> Chapter iii. The Basis of all Tantras</span><span>94</span>
** <span> Chapter iv. Answers to Various Questions</span><span>100</span>
** <span> Chapter v. The Manifestation of Hevajra</span><span>109</span>
** <span> Chapter vi. The Making of a Painting</span><span>114</span>
** <span> Chapter vii. Books and Feasting</span><span>115</span>
** <span> Chapter viii. Subjugating</span><span>116</span>
** <span> Chapter ix. Mantras</span><span>116</span>
** <span> Chapter x. On Reciting Mantras</span><span>118</span>
** <span> Chapter xi. The Five Families</span><span>118</span>
** <span> Chapter xii. The Four Consecrations</span><span>119</span>
** <span> RESUME OF CONTENTS</span><span>121</span>
** <span> DIAGRAMS</span><span>126</span>
** <span> GLOSSARY OF SPECIAL TERMS</span><span>131</span>
** <span> INDEX</span><span>143</span>
+
* <span> Publisher's Note</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> About the Author</span><span>viii</span>
* Part I:
** <span> The Root Text-The Jewel Ladder</span><span>1</span>
* Part II
** Commentary/Introductory Teachings
** <span> Preliminaries of Composing the Text</span><span>51</span>
** <span> Qualities of an Author</span><span>53</span>
** <span> Obeisance</span><span>55</span>
** <span> Promise to Compose</span><span>57</span>
** <span> Preliminaries of the Actual Text</span><span>58</span>
** <span> Extensive motivation-generation of Mind of Enlightenment</span><span>59</span>
** <span> Precepts of the Aspiring Mind of Enlightenment</span><span>64</span>
** <span> Precepts of the venturing Mind of Enlightenment-the six perfections</span><span>66</span>
** <span> Perfection of Generosity</span><span>66</span>
** <span> Perfection of Morality</span><span>67</span>
** <span> Perfection Patience</span><span>68</span>
** <span> Perfection of Enthusiastic Perseverance</span><span>68</span>
** <span> Perfection of Concentration</span><span>69</span>
** <span> Perfection of Wisdom</span><span>69</span>
** <span> Benefits of the Mind of Enlightenment</span><span>70</span>
** <span> Extensive means-generating motivation according to secret mantrayana<br>tradition</span><span>72</span>
** <span> Taking Faith as a Path</span><span>72</span>
** <span> Taking Aspiration as a Path</span><span>73</span>
** <span> Behaviour</span><span>74</span>
** <span> How a Teacher must give a Discourse</span><span>74</span>
** <span> Three Scopes of Person</span><span>76</span>
** <span> The Four Common Points</span><span>79</span>
** <span> The Difficulty of Finding a Precious Human Rebirth</span><span>79</span>
** <span> Recognizing the Freedom and Endowments</span><span>79</span>
** <span> Rarity of Finding a Precious Human Rebirth</span><span>84</span>
** <span> Significance of Precious Human Rebirth</span><span>87</span>
** <span> Contemplating Death and Impermanence of Human Rebirth</span><span>89</span>
** <span> Death is Certain</span><span>90</span>
** <span> The Time of Death is Uncertain</span><span>93</span>
** <span> At Death only Dharma is of Benefit</span><span>96</span>
** <span> Contemplating the Drawbacks of Cyclic Existence</span><span>99</span>
** <span> The Sufferings of the Three Lower Realms</span><span>100</span>
** <span> The Sufferings of the Hot Hells</span><span>104</span>
** <span> The Sufferings of the Cold Hells</span><span>109</span>
** <span> The suffering of the Neighbouring hells</span><span>112</span>
** <span> The sufferings of Occasional hells</span><span>116</span>
** <span> The Sufferings of the Hungry Ghosts</span><span>119</span>
** <span> The Sufferings of the Animals</span><span>123</span>
** <span> The Sufferings of the Higher Realms</span><span>127</span>
** <span> The Nature of the three types of Sufferings</span><span>138</span>
** <span> Contemplating the Law of Cause and Effect</span><span>138</span>
** <span> The General Contemplation of Cause and Effect</span><span>139</span>
** <span> The Specific Contemplation of Cause and Effect</span><span>143</span>
** <span> Transforming the Unspecified Karmas into Virtues</span><span>159</span>
** <span> A Summary of the Four Noble Truths</span><span>163</span>
** <span> The Truth of Origin of Suffering</span><span>166</span>
** <span> The Truth of Suffering</span><span>170</span>
** <span> The Truth of Path</span><span>173</span>
** <span> The Truth of Cessation</span><span>178</span>
** <span> Concluding Remarks on the Four Noble Truths</span><span>180</span>
** <span> Taking Refuge</span><span>183</span>
** <span> Footnotes</span><span>188</span>
* Part III
** <span> Guide to the Nyingma Lamrim (''Kun-bzang bla-ma'i zhal-lung'')</span><span>197</span>
* Part IV
** <span> Guide to the Nyingma Lamrim - Tibetan text</span><span>213</span>
** Foreword by Chögyam Trungpa
** <span> ''Preface''</span><span>vii</span>
** <span> ''Introduction''</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> 1. The Motive</span><span>1</span>
* <span> 2. The Working Basis</span><span>14</span>
* <span> 3. Meeting Spiritual Friends</span><span>30</span>
* <span> 4. The Instruction in the Transitoriness of the Composite</span><span>41</span>
* <span> 5. The Vicious State of Samsāra</span><span>55</span>
* <span> 6. Karma and Its Result</span><span>74</span>
* <span> 7. Benevolence and Compassion</span><span>91</span>
* <span> 8. Taking Refuge</span><span>99</span>
* <span> 9. The Acquisition of an Enlightened Attitude</span><span>112</span>
* <span> 10. Training in an Enlightened Attitude</span><span>142</span>
* <span> 11. The Six Perfections</span><span>148</span>
* <span> 12. The Perfection of Liberality</span><span>152</span>
* <span> 13. The Perfection of Ethics and Manners</span><span>163</span>
* <span> 14. The Perfection of Patience</span><span>173</span>
* <span> 15. The Perfection of Strenuousness</span><span>181</span>
* <span> 16. The Perfection of Meditative Concentration</span><span>187</span>
* <span> 17. The Perfection of Awareness</span><span>202</span>
* <span> 18. The Five Paths</span><span>232</span>
* <span> 19. The Spiritual Levels</span><span>239</span>
* <span> 20. Perfect Buddhahood</span><span>257</span>
* <span> 21. Buddha Activity</span><span>271</span>
** <span> ''Pronunciation Guide''</span><span>277</span>
** <span> ''Index of Book Titles, A. Tibetan''</span><span>283</span>
** <span> ''Index of Book Titles, B. Sanskrit''</span><span>291</span>
** <span> ''Index of Book Titles, C. Pāli''</span><span>294</span>
** <span> ''Index of Technical Terms, A. Tibetan''</span><span>295</span>
** <span> ''Index of Technical Terms, B. Sanskrit''</span><span>302</span>
** <span> ''Index of Names and Subjects''</span><span>311</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by His Holiness the 14th Dalai Lama</span><span>13</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments</span><span>14</span>
* <span> Translator's Introduction</span><span>15</span>
<br>
* <span> Homage</span><span>44</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>45</span>
* <span> '''Part 1: The Primary Cause''' </span><span>47</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 1: Buddha-Nature''' </span><span>49</span>
** <span> I. Disconnected Family </span><span>50</span>
** <span> II. Indefinite Family </span><span>51</span>
** <span> III. Hearer Family </span><span>51</span>
** <span> IV. Solitary Realizer Family </span><span>51</span>
** <span> V. Mahayana Family</span><span>53</span>
*** <span> A. Classification</span><span>53</span>
*** <span> B. Definition</span><span>53</span>
*** <span> C. Synonyms</span><span>53</span>
*** <span> D. Superiority</span><span>54</span>
*** <span> E. Causal Characteristics</span><span>54</span>
*** <span> F. Marks</span><span>54</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Part 2: The Working Basis''' </span><span> 57</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 2: The Precious Human Life''' </span><span>59</span>
** <span> I. Leisure </span><span>59</span>
** <span> II. Endowment </span><span>60</span>
** <span> III. Trusting Faith </span><span>65</span>
** <span> IV. Longing Faith </span><span>65</span>
** <span> V. Clear Faith </span><span>65</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Part 3: The Contributory Cause''' </span><span> 67</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 3: The Spiritual Master''' </span><span> 69</span>
** <span> I. Reason </span><span>69</span>
** <span> II. Classification </span><span>71</span>
** <span> III. Characteristics of Each Classification </span><span>72</span>
** <span> IV. Method </span><span>73</span>
** <span> V. Benefits </span><span>75</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Part 4: The Method''' </span><span> 77</span>
* <span> Introduction to Part 4 </span><span>79</span>
* <span> '''''Antidote to Attachment to this Life''''' </span><span>81</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 4: Impermanence''' </span><span>83</span>
** <span> I. Classification </span><span>83</span>
** <span> II. Method of Meditation </span><span>84</span>
** <span> III. Beneficial Effects of Meditation </span><span>91</span>
* <span> '''''Antidote to Attachment to Samsara's Pleasure'''''</span><span>93</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 5: The Suffering of Samsara''' </span><span>95</span>
** <span> I. All-Pervasive Suffering </span><span>95</span>
** <span> II. The Suffering of Change </span><span>96</span>
** <span> III. The Suffering of Suffering </span><span>97</span>
*** <span> A. Hell Realm </span><span>97</span>
*** <span> B. Hungry Ghost Realm </span><span>102</span>
*** <span> C. Animal Realm </span><span>102</span>
*** <span> D. Human Realms </span><span>103</span>
*** <span> E. Demi-God Realm </span><span>108</span>
*** <span> F. God Realm </span><span>108</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 6: Karma and its Result''' </span><span>111</span>
** <span> I. Classification </span><span>112</span>
** <span> II. Primary Characteristics of Each Classification </span><span>112</span>
*** <span> A. Non-Meritorious Karma and its Result</span><span>112</span>
**** <span> 1. Taking Life</span><span>112</span>
**** <span> 2. Stealing</span><span>113</span>
**** <span> 3. Sexual Misconduct</span><span>113</span>
**** <span> 4. Lying</span><span>114</span>
**** <span> 5. Divisive Speech</span><span>114</span>
**** <span> 6. Harsh Words</span><span>114</span>
**** <span> 7. Idle Talk</span><span>115</span>
**** <span> 8. Covetousness</span><span>115</span>
**** <span> 9. Harmful Thought</span><span>116</span>
**** <span> 10. Wrong Views</span><span>116</span>
*** <span> B. Meritorious Karma and Result</span><span>117</span>
*** <span> C. Karma and Result of Unshakable Meditative Concentration</span><span>118</span>
** <span> III. Ascription </span><span>119</span>
** <span> IV. Strict Result </span><span>120</span>
** <span> V. Increase from the Small </span><span>120</span>
** <span> VI. Inevitability </span><span>121</span>
* <span> '''''Antidote to Attachment to the Pleasure of Peace''''' </span><span>123</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 7: Loving-Kindness and Compassion''' </span><span>125</span>
** <span> I. The Practice of Loving-Kindness </span><span>125</span>
*** <span> A. Classification</span><span>126</span>
*** <span> B. Object</span><span>126</span>
*** <span> C. Identifying Characteristic</span><span>126</span>
*** <span> D. Method of Practice</span><span>126</span>
*** <span> E. Measure of the Practice</span><span>129</span>
*** <span> F. Qualities of the Practice</span><span>129</span>
** <span> II. The Practice of Compassion </span><span>129</span>
*** <span> A. Classification</span><span>130</span>
*** <span> B. Object</span><span>130</span>
*** <span> C. Identifying Characteristic</span><span>130</span>
*** <span> D. Method of Practice</span><span>130</span>
*** <span> E. Measure of the Practice</span><span>131</span>
*** <span> F. Qualities of the Practice</span><span>131</span>
* <span> '''''Antidote to Not Knowing the Method of Practice for Achieving Buddhahood''''' </span><span>133</span>
* <span> Introduction to the Antidote to Not Knowing the Method of Practice </span><span>135</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 8: Refuge and Precepts''' </span><span>137</span>
** <span> I. Foundation </span><span>137</span>
*** <span> A. Mahayana Family</span><span>138</span>
*** <span> B. Taking Refuge in the Three Jewels</span><span>138</span>
**** <span> 1. Classification</span><span>139</span>
**** <span> 2. Working Basis</span><span>139</span>
**** <span> 3. Objects</span><span>139</span>
**** <span> 4. Time</span><span>141</span>
**** <span> 5. Motivation</span><span>141</span>
**** <span> 6. Ceremony</span><span>141</span>
**** <span> 7. Activities</span><span>143</span>
**** <span> 8. Training</span><span>143</span>
**** <span> 9. Beneficial Effects</span><span>143</span>
*** <span> C. Pratimoksa Precepts</span><span> 144</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 9: Cultivation of Bodhicitta''' </span><span>147</span>
** <span> II. Essence </span><span>147</span>
** <span> III. Classification </span><span>147</span>
** <span> IV. Objectives </span><span>151</span>
** <span> V. Cause</span><span>151</span>
** <span> VI. From Whom You Receive It</span><span>152</span>
** <span> VII. Method (Ceremony)</span><span>153</span>
** <span> VIII. Beneficial Effects</span><span>168</span>
** <span> IX. Disadvantages of Losing It</span><span>171</span>
** <span> X. The Cause of Losing It</span><span>171</span>
** <span> XI. The Method of Repairing</span><span>172</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 10: Training in Aspiration Bodhicitta''' </span><span>173</span>
** <span> XII. Training</span><span>173</span>
*** <span> A. Training in Aspiration Bodhicitta</span><span>173</span>
**** <span> 1. Not Forsaking Sentient Beings from One's Heart</span><span>173</span>
**** <span> 2. Recollecting the Beneficial Effects of Bodhicitta</span><span>174</span>
**** <span> 3. Gathering the Two Accumulations</span><span>175</span>
**** <span> 4. Practicing the Enlightened Mind</span><span>175</span>
**** 5. Rejection of the Four Unwholesome
***** <span> Deeds and Acceptance of the Four Wholesome Deeds</span><span>176</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 11: Training in Action Bodhicitta''' </span><span>179</span>
*** <span> B. Training in Action Bodhicitta</span><span>179</span>
**** <span> 1. Definite Number</span><span>180</span>
**** <span> 2. Definite Order</span><span>180</span>
**** <span> 3. Characteristics</span><span>181</span>
**** <span> 4. Definition</span><span>181</span>
**** <span> 5. Division</span><span>181</span>
**** <span> 6. Grouping</span><span>182</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 12: The Perfection of Generosity''' </span><span>183</span>
** <span> I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues</span><span>183</span>
** <span> II. Definition</span><span>185</span>
** <span> III. Classification</span><span>185</span>
** <span> IV. Characteristics of Each Classification</span><span>185</span>
** <span> V. Increase </span><span>191</span>
** <span> VI. Perfection</span><span>191</span>
** <span> VII. Result</span><span>192</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 13: The Perfection of Moral Ethics''' </span><span>195</span>
** <span> I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues</span><span>195</span>
** <span> II. Definition</span><span>197</span>
** <span> III. Classification</span><span>197</span>
** <span> IV. Characteristics of Each Classification</span><span>197</span>
** <span> V. Increase</span><span>202</span>
** <span> VI. Perfection</span><span>202</span>
** <span> VII. Result</span><span>202</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 14: The Perfection of Patience''' </span><span>205</span>
** <span> I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues</span><span>205</span>
** <span> II. Definition</span><span>207</span>
** <span> III. Classification</span><span>207</span>
** <span> IV. Characteristics of Each Classification</span><span>207</span>
** <span> V. Increase</span><span>211</span>
** <span> VI. Perfection</span><span>211</span>
** <span> VII. Result</span><span>211</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 15: The Perfection of Perseverance''' </span><span>213</span>
** <span> I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues</span><span>213</span>
** <span> II. Definition</span><span>214</span>
** <span> III. Classification</span><span>216</span>
** <span> IV. Characteristics of Each Classification</span><span>216</span>
** <span> V. Increase</span><span>218</span>
** <span> VI. Perfection</span><span>218</span>
** <span> VII. Result</span><span>218</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 16: The Perfection of Meditative Concentration''' </span><span>219</span>
** <span> I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues</span><span>219</span>
** <span> II. Definition</span><span>220</span>
** <span> III. Classification</span><span>229</span>
** <span> IV. Characteristics of Each Classification</span><span>229</span>
** <span> V. Increase</span><span>230</span>
** <span> VI. Perfection</span><span>230</span>
** <span> VII. Result</span><span>231</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 17: The Perfection of Wisdom Awareness''' </span><span>233</span>
** <span> I. Reflection on the Faults and Virtues</span><span>233</span>
** <span> II. Definition</span><span>235</span>
** <span> III. Classification</span><span>235</span>
** <span> IV. Characteristics of Each Classification</span><span>235</span>
** <span> V. What is to be Known</span><span>236</span>
** <span> VI. What is to be Practiced</span><span>247</span>
** <span> VII. Result</span><span>255</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 18: The Aspects of the Five Paths''' </span><span>257</span>
** <span> I. Path of Accumulation</span><span>257</span>
** <span> II. Path of Application</span><span>258</span>
** <span> III. Path of Insight</span><span>259</span>
** <span> IV. Path of Meditation</span><span>259</span>
** <span> V. Path of Perfection</span><span>260</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 19: The Ten Bodhisattva Bhumis''' </span><span>263</span>
** <span> I. Definition</span><span>264</span>
** <span> II. Significance of the Bhumis</span><span>264</span>
** <span> III. The Reason Their Classification Is Tenfold</span><span>264</span>
*** <span> A. First Bhumi</span><span>265</span>
*** <span> B. Second Bhumi</span><span>267</span>
*** <span> C. Third Bhumi</span><span>268</span>
*** <span> D. Fourth Bhumi</span><span>269</span>
*** <span> E. Fifth Bhumi</span><span>270</span>
*** <span> F. Sixth Bhumi</span><span>271</span>
*** <span> G. Seventh Bhumi</span><span>272</span>
*** <span> H. Eighth Bhumi</span><span>273</span>
*** <span> I. Ninth Bhumi</span><span>274</span>
*** <span> J. Tenth Bhumi</span><span>275</span>
*** <span> K. Buddhahood</span><span>277</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Part 5: The Result''' </span><span>279</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 20: Perfect Buddhahood''' </span><span>281</span>
** <span> I. Nature</span><span>281</span>
** <span> II. Significance of the Name</span><span>286</span>
** <span> III. Classification</span><span>287</span>
** <span> IV. Definition</span><span>287</span>
** <span> V. Reason There Are Definitely Three Kayas</span><span>288</span>
** <span> VI. Characteristics of the Three Kayas</span><span>288</span>
** <span> VII. Special Traits</span><span>292</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Part 6: The Activities''' </span><span> 295</span>
* <span> '''Chapter 21: Activities of the Buddha''' </span><span>297</span>
** <span> I. Activities of the Body</span><span>297</span>
** <span> II. Activities of Speech</span><span>298</span>
** <span> III. Activities of Mind</span><span>299</span>
<br>
* <span> '''Appendices''' </span><span> 303</span>
* <span> '''Appendix A: Dharma Lord Gampopa''' </span><span> 305</span>
** <span> Section 1: A Brief Account of Dharma Lord Gampopa's Life</span><span>305</span>
** <span> Section 2: Miraculous Manifestations</span><span>323</span>
** <span> Section 3: Gampopa's Method of Teaching</span><span>325</span>
* <span> '''Appendix B: Stories Referred to in the Text''' </span><span>333</span>
** <span> Sudhana</span><span>335</span>
** <span> Sadaprarudita</span><span>340</span>
** <span> King Anala</span><span>348</span>
** <span> Maudgalyayana</span><span>351</span>
** <span> Sangharakshita</span><span>357</span>
** <span> Nawa Chewari</span><span>362</span>
** <span> Old Born</span><span>366</span>
** <span> King Krika's Daughters</span><span>368</span>
** <span> Mahadatta</span><span>371</span>
** <span> King Bala Maitreya</span><span>379</span>
** <span> Angulimala</span><span>381</span>
** <span> Udayana</span><span>385</span>
** <span> Nanda</span><span>388</span>
** <span> Ajatashatru</span><span>393</span>
* <span> '''Appendix C: Outline of the Text''' </span><span>397</span>
* <span> '''Appendix D: A Brief Biography of the Translator''' </span><span>413</span>
* <span> Titles of Works Quoted </span><span>417</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>427</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>437</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>459</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>467</span>
*<span> Translator's Preface</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Chapter One: King Ravana's Request</span><span>21</span>
*<span> Chapter Two: Mahamati's Questions</span><span>43</span>
*<span> Chapter Three: More Questions</span><span>167</span>
*<span> Chapter Four: Final Questions</span><span>233</span>
*<span> Lankavatara Mantra</span><span>269</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>273</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>301</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by Alex Wayman </span><span>v</span>
* <span> Preface </span><span>vii</span>
* Introduction xiii
* <span> Chapter One. Ravana, Lord of Lanka, Asks for Instruction </span><span>3</span>
* <span> Chapter Two. Collection of all the Dharmas </span><span>22</span>
** <span> I. Mahāmati Praises the Buddha with Verses </span><span>22</span>
** <span> II. Mahāmati's "One Hundred and Eight Questions" </span><span>23</span>
** <span> III. "The One Hundred and Eight Negations" </span><span>31</span>
** <span> IV. Concerning the Vijñānas </span><span>33</span>
** <span> V. Seven Kinds of Self-nature (svabhāva) </span><span>35</span>
** <span> VI. Seven Kinds of First Principle (paramārtha), and the Philosophers' Wrong Views regarding the Mind Rejected </span><span>35</span>
** <span> VII. Erroneous Views held by Some Brahmans and Śramanas Concerning Causation, Continuation, etc.; The Buddhist Views Concerning Such Subjects<br>as Alayavijñāna, Nirvana, Mind-only, etc.; Attainments of the Bodhisattva </span><span>36</span>
** <span> VIII. The Bodhisattva's Discipling himself in Self-realisation </span><span>39</span>
** <span> IX. The Evolution and Function of the Vijũānas; The Spiritual Discipline of the Bodhisattva; Verses on the Alaya-ocean and Vijũāna-waves </span><span>39</span>
** <span> X. The Bodhisattva is to Understand the Signification of Mind-only </span><span>44</span>
** <span> XI (a). The Three Aspects of Noble Wisdom (āryajñāna) </span><span>44</span>
** <span> XI (b). The Attainment of the Tathāgatakāya </span><span>45</span>
** <span> XII. Logic on the Hare's Horns </span><span>46</span>
** <span> XIII. Verses on the Alayavijñāna and Mind-only </span><span>49</span>
** <span> XIV. Purification of the Outflows, Instantaneous and Gradual </span><span>49</span>
** <span> XV. Nishyanda-Buddha, Dharmatā-Buddha, and Nirmāṇa-Buddha </span><span>51</span>
** <span> XVI. The Śrāvaka's Eealisation and Attachment to the Notion of Self-nature </span><span>52</span>
** <span> XVII. The Eternal-Unthinkable </span><span>53</span>
** <span> XVIII. Nirvana and Alayavijñāna </span><span>55</span>
** <span> XIX. All Things are Unborn </span><span>55</span>
** <span> XX. The Five Classes of Spiritual Insight </span><span>56</span>
** <span> XXI. Verses on the Triple Vehicle </span><span>58</span>
** <span> XXII. Two Classes of the Icchantika </span><span>58</span>
** <span> XXIII. The Three Forms of Svabhāva </span><span>59</span>
** <span> XXIV. The Twofold Egolessness (nairātmyadvaya-lakshaṇa) </span><span>60</span>
** <span> XXV. Assertion and Eefutation (samāropāpavāda) </span><span>62</span>
** <span> XXVI. The Bodhisattva Assumes Various Personalities </span><span>64</span>
** <span> XXVII. On Emptiness (śūnyatā), No-birth, and Non-duality </span><span>65</span>
** <span> XXVIII. The Tathāgata-Garbha and the Ego-soul </span><span>68</span>
** <span> XXIX. A Verse on the Philosophers' Discriminations </span><span>70</span>
** <span> XXX. The Four Things Needed for the Constitution of Bodhisattvahood </span><span>70</span>
** <span> XXXI. On Causation (Six Kinds), and the Rise of Existence </span><span>72</span>
** <span> XXXII. Four Forms of Word-discrimination </span><span>75</span>
** <span> XXXIII. On Word and Discrimination and the Highest Reality </span><span>76</span>
** <span> XXXIV. Verses on Reality and its Representations </span><span>77</span>
** <span> XXXV. Mind-only, Multitudinousness, and Analogies, with an Interpolation<br>on the Dualistic Notion of Existence </span><span>78</span>
** <span> XXXVI. The Teaching (dharmadeśanā) of the Tathagatas </span><span>84</span>
** <span> XXXVII. Four Kinds of Dhyāna </span><span>85</span>
** <span> XXXVIII. On Nirvana </span><span>86</span>
** <span> XXXIX. Two Characteristics of Self-nature </span><span>87</span>
** <span> XL. Two Kinds of the Buddha's Sustaining Power (adhishṭhāna) </span><span>87</span>
** <span> XLI. On the Chain of Causation (pratityasamutpāda) </span><span>90</span>
** <span> XLII. Words (abhilāpa) and Realities (bhāva) </span><span>91</span>
** <span> XLIII. On Eternality of Sound (nityaśabda), the Nature of Error (bhrānta),<br>and Perversion (viparyāsa) </span><span>92</span>
** <span> XLIV. On the Nature of Māyā </span><span>95</span>
** <span> XLV. That All Things are Unborn </span><span>96</span>
** <span> XLVI. On Name, Sentence, Syllable, and Their Meaning </span><span>97</span>
** <span> XLVII. On Inexplicable Statements (vyākṛitāni) </span><span>98</span>
** <span> XLVIII. All Things are and are not (Verses on Four Forms of Explanation) </span><span>99</span>
** <span> XLIX. On the Śrāvakas, Srotaāpanna, Sakṛidāgāmin, Anāgāmin, and Arhat;<br>on the Three Knots (saṁyojāni) </span><span>100</span>
** <span> L. The Intellect (buddhi), Examining and Discrimnating </span><span>105</span>
** <span> LI. The Elements, Primary and Secondary </span><span>106</span>
** <span> LII. The Five Skandhas </span><span>107</span>
** <span> LIII. Four Kinds of Nirvana and the Eight Vijñānas </span><span>108</span>
** <span> LIV. The False Imagination Regarding Twelve Subjects </span><span>110</span>
** <span> LV. Verses on the Citta, Parikalpita, Paratantra, and Parinishpanna </span><span>112</span>
** <span> LVI. The One Vehicle and the Triple Vehicle </span><span>114</span>
* <span> Chapter Three. On Impermanency </span><span>118</span>
** <span> LVII. Three Forms of the Will-body (manomayakāya) </span><span>118</span>
** <span> LVIII. The Five Immediacies (pañcānantaryāṇi) ; Desire as Mother and<br>Ignorance as Father </span><span>120</span>
** <span> LIX. The Buddha-nature (buddhatā) </span><span>122</span>
** <span> LX. The Identity (samatā) of Buddhahood and its Four Aspects </span><span>122</span>
** <span> LXI. Not a Word Uttered by the Buddha; Self-realisation and an Eternally-<br>abiding Reality </span><span>123</span>
** <span> LXII. On Being and Non-Being; Realism and Nihilism </span><span>125</span>
** <span> LXIII. Realisation and Word-teaching </span><span>127</span>
** <span> LXIV. Discrimination, an External World, Dualism, and Attachment </span><span>129</span>
** <span> LXV. The Relation between Words (ruta) and Meaning (artha) </span><span>133</span>
** <span> LXVI. On Knowledge, Absolute (jñāna) and Relative (vijñāna) </span><span>135</span>
** <span> LXVII. Nine Transformations (pariṇāma) </span><span>137</span>
** <span> LXVIII. The Deep-seated Attachment to Existence </span><span>138</span>
** <span> LXIX. Self-nature, Reality, Imagination, Truth of Solitude, etc. </span><span>141</span>
** <span> LXX. The Thesis of No-birth </span><span>144</span>
** <span> LXXI. True Knowledge and Ignorance </span><span>146</span>
** <span> LXXII. Self-realisation and the Discoursing on it </span><span>148</span>
** <span> LXXIII. On the Lokāyatika </span><span>149</span>
** <span> LXXIV. Various Views of Nirvana </span><span>157</span>
** <span> LXXV. Is Tathagatahood Something Made? Its Relation to the Skandhas, to Emancipation, to Knowledge </span><span>161</span>
** <span> LXXVI. The Tathagata Variously Designated; Relation Between Words and Meaning; Not a Word Uttered by the Buddha </span><span>164</span>
** <span> LXXVII. Causation, No-birth, Self-mind, Nirvana </span><span>170</span>
** <span> LXXVIII. Verses on No-birth and Causation </span><span>172</span>
** <span> LXXIX. Various Views of Impermanency </span><span>176</span>
* <span> Chapter Four. On intuitive Understanding </span><span>182</span>
** <span> LXXX. Perfect Tranquillisation Attained by Śrāvakas, Pratyekabuddhas, and Bodhisattvas; Stages of Bodhisattvahood </span><span>182</span>
* <span> Chapter Five. On the Deduction of the Permanency of Tathagatahood </span><span>187</span>
** <span> LXXXI. Permanency of Tathagatahood </span><span>187</span>
* <span> Chapter Six. On Momentariness </span><span>190</span>
** <span> LXXXII. The Tathāgata-garbha and the Alayavijñāna </span><span>190</span>
** <span> LXXXIII. The Five Dharmas, and Their Relation to the Three Svabhāvas </span><span>193</span>
** <span> LXXXIV. The Five Dharmas </span><span>197</span>
** <span> LXXXV. Tathagata and Sands of the Gangā </span><span>198</span>
** <span> LXXXVI. Momentariness; the Eight Vijñānas </span><span>202</span>
** <span> LXXXVII. Three Kinds of the Pāramitās </span><span>204</span>
** <span> LXXXVIII. Views on Momentariness; Discrimination </span><span>206</span>
* <span> Chapter Seven. On Transformation </span><span>207</span>
** <span> LXXXIX. On Transformation </span><span>207</span>
* <span> Chapter Eight. On Meat-Eating </span><span>211</span>
* <span> Chapter Nine. The Dhāranīs </span><span>223</span>
* <span> Sagāthakam </span><span>226</span>
* <span> Appendix </span><span>297</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 1. Introduction'''</span><span>12</span>
**<span> 1.1. Literature Review and Method</span><span>16</span>
**<span> 1.2. Statement of Contribution</span><span>21</span>
**<span> 1.3. Overview of the Dissertation</span><span>24</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 2. The Tension between Sentience and Insentience?'''</span><span>27</span>
**<span> 2.1. The Obscure Definition of Sentience</span><span>28</span>
**<span> 2.2. Indian Thought of the Sentience/Insentience of Plants</span><span>37</span>
**<span> 2.3. The Sentience and Power of Buddha Relics and Images</span><span>46</span>
**<span> 2.4. The Relic as the Full Embodiment of the Three Buddha Bodies and<br> Buddhahood</span><span>69</span>
**<span> 2.5. Sentience, Insentience, and the Mutual Inclusion of Matter and Mind</span><span>82</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 3. The Doctrine of Buddha-Nature'''</span><span>97</span>
**<span> 3.1. ''Tathāgatagarbha'' as Great Self</span><span>101</span>
**<span> 3.2. The Definitions of Buddha-Nature in the ''Nirvana Sutra''</span><span>117</span>
**<span> 3.3. Early Writings about the Buddha-Nature of Insentient Beings</span><span>130</span>
**<span> 3.4. Zhiyi's 智顗 (538-597) Teaching of Buddha-Nature</span><span>162</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 4. Jingxi Zhanran and His Theory of the Buddha-Nature of Insentient<br> Beings'''</span><span>204</span>
**<span> 4.1. Biography and Major Works of Jingxi Zhanran 荊溪湛然 (711-782)</span><span>208</span>
**<span> 4.2. The Buddha-Nature of Insentient Beings</span><span>228</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 5. Responses to and Interpretations of Zhanran's Theory'''</span><span>298</span>
**<span> 5.1. Tang Tiantai-Tendai Dialogues on the Practice and Buddhahood of<br> Insentient Beings</span><span>302</span>
**<span> 5.2. Shanwai Thinker Gushan Zhiyuan 孤山智圓 (976-1022) on Mind-<br> Inclusion</span><span>322</span>
**<span> 5.3. Shanjia Thinker Siming Zhili 四明知禮 (960-1028) on Matter-Inclusion<br> and the Deluded Mind</span><span>346</span>
**<span> 5.4. Contemporary Scholarly Viewpoints</span><span>383</span>
**<span> 5.5. The Modality of Insentient Beings' Active and Passive Practice</span><span>391</span>
*<span> '''Chapter 6. Conclusion and the Recontextualization of Zhanran's Theory'''</span><span>402</span>
**<span> 6.1. Application of Zhanran's Theory</span><span>404</span>
**<span> 6.2. Exploring the Buddha-Nature of Insentient Beings in Non-Tiantai<br> Contexts</span><span>422</span>
*<span> '''Bibliography'''</span><span>443</span>
*<span> '''Appendix'''. The ''Diamond Scalpel''</span><span>457</span>
* <span> ༡. དཀར་ཆག </span><span> i </span>
* <span> ༢. གླེང་བརྗོད། Preface </span><span> iii </span>
* <span> ༣. ངོ་སྤྲོད། Introduction </span><span> 1</span>
* <span> ༤. སྐྱོ་སྟོན་རྣམ་ཐར་ལྷུན་པོ་རིན་ཆེན་བཞི་པའི་མཛེས་རྒྱན། </span><span> 63</span>
* <span> ༥. སྐྱོ་སྟོན་སྨོན་ལམ་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་གསན་ཡིག </span><span> 133</span>
* <span> ༦. མཆིམས་ནམ་མཁའ་གྲགས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་ཐར་རིན་ཆེན་གཏེར་མཛོད། </span><span> 161</span>
* <span> ༧. མཆིམས་ནམ་མཁའ་གྲཊ་ཀྱི་རྣམ་ཐར་ཡྟོན་བསྔགས་པའི་ཕྲེང་བ། </span><span> 183</span>
* <span> ༨. ཆོས་འཆད་ཉན་ལ་འཇུག་པ་སྣང་བྱེད་འོད་ཟེར། </span><span> 244</span>
* <span> ༩. མདོ་སྡེ་རྒྱན་གྱི་མན་ངག </span><span> 276</span>
* <span> ༡༠. དབུས་མཐའི་མན་ངག </span><span> 285</span>
* <span> ༡༡. ཤེར་ཕྱིན་མན་ངག་གསལ་བའི་མེ་ཏོག </span><span> 303</span>
* <span> ༡༢. མངོན་རྟོགས་རྒྱན་འགྲེལ་ལེགས་བཤད་སྐྱེས་བུའི་དོན་སྒྲུབ། </span><span> 320</span>
* <span> ༡༣. ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་བཞག་ས། </span><span> 601</span>
* <span> ༡༤. འོད་གསལ་སྙིང་པོའི་དོན། </span><span> 611</span>
* <span> ༡༥. སྐྱེས་བུ་གསུམ་གྱི་ལམ་ཁྲིད་། </span><span> 615</span>
* <span> ༡༦. སྙིན་ཞག་རེའི་གསག་སྦྱང་གི་རིམ་པ། </span><span> 628</span>
* <span> ༡༧. སྡེ་སྣོད་བཅུད་བསྡུས་མང་ངག་སྙིང་པོ། </span><span> 630</span>
* <span> ༡༨. རྟེན་འབྲེལ་ལག་ལེན་དུ་དྲིལ་བ། </span><span> 637</span>
* <span> ༡༩. གདམས་ངག་ཁ་གཏམ་ལོ་རྒྱུས། </span><span> 681</span>
* <span> ༢༠. ལག་ཁྲིད་ཀྱི་གདམས་པ་བཅུ་གཉིས། </span><span> 686</span>
* <span> ༢༡. ཞི་བ་ལྷའི་སེམས་བསྐྱེད་ཀྱི་ཆོ་ག </span><span> 690</span>
* <span> ༢༢. ཞི་ལྷ་ནས་བརྒྱུད་པའི་བྱང་སེམས་སྦྱོང་ཐབས། </span><span> 698</span>
* <span> ༢༣. སྤྱོད་འཇུག་གི་འཁོར་ལོ་ལྟ་བུའི་སྒོམ་དོན། </span><span> 705</span>
* <span> ༢༤. བསླླབ་བཏུས་ཀྱི་གདམས་པ། </span><span> 717</span>
* <span> ༢༥. མར་མེ་མཛད་ཀྱི་དབུ་མའི་མན་ངག </span><span> 719</span>
* <span> ༢༦. མར་མེ་མཛད་ཀྱི་དབུ་མའི་མང་ངག་བསྡུས་པ། </span><span> 725</span>
* <span> ༢༧. ཐེག་ཆེན་རྒྱུད་བླ་མའི་གདམས་པ། </span><span> 729</span>
* <span> ༢༨. ཆོས་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཁྲིད་། </span><span> 742</span>
* <span> ༢༩. འདའ་ཀ་ཡེ་ཤེས་འཆི་ཁ་མའི་མན་ངག </span><span> 750</span>
* <span> ༣༠. མི་གཡོ་བའི་དམིགས་པ་སྐོར་གསུམ། </span><span> 755</span>
* <span> ༣༡. རོ་སྙོམས་གསུམ་གྱི་གདམས་ངག </span><span> 759</span>
* <span> ༣༢. ཕྱོགས་བཅུ་མུན་པ་རྣམ་སེལ། </span><span> 778</span>
* The Life Story
* <span> Introduction</span><span>3</span>
* <span> 1 Early Years</span><span>15</span>
* <span> 2 Renouncing the World</span><span>27</span>
* <span> 3 Meeting My Teacher</span><span>39</span>
* <span> 4 Retreat at the Hermit's Cave</span><span>49</span>
* <span> 5 Meditation at Tigress Fort</span><span>65</span>
* <span> 6 At The Heart of the Lake</span><span>95</span>
* <span> 7 Meditation at Mount Machen</span><span>155</span>
* <span> 8 At White Rock Monkey Fortress</span><span>179</span>
* <span> 9 Pilgrimage to Central Tibet</span><span>205</span>
* <span> 10 The Ravines o fTsari</span><span>243</span>
* <span> 11 At Mount Kailash</span><span>275</span>
* <span> 12 Pilgrimage to Nepal</span><span>349</span>
* <span> 13 Meditation at Lapchi</span><span>395</span>
* <span> 14 Return to Central Tibet</span><span>447</span>
* <span> 15 Return to Domey</span><span>485</span>
* <span> Conclusion</span><span>541</span>
* Appendices
* <span> 1 Introduction to the teachings dealt with in the biography</span><span>547</span>
* <span> 2 Shabkar's spiritual teachers</span><span>557</span>
* <span> 3 Chôgyal Ngakyi Wangpo's ancestry</span><span>565</span>
* <span> 4 Kunzang Dechen Gyalpo and the Wish-fulfilling Gem, Hayagriva<br> and Varahi</span><span>569</span>
* <span> 5 Shabkar's writings</span><span>577</span>
* <span> 6 Shabkar's disciples</span><span>589</span>
* <span> List of Abbreviations</span><span>593</span>
* <span> Glossary of Enumerations</span><span>595</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>607</span>
* <span> Maps</span><span>617</span>
* <span> Table of Songs, Letters, Teachings, and Major Events</span><span>625</span>
* Indexes
* <span> 1 General index</span><span>633</span>
* <span> 2 Index of persons, deities, and sacred images</span><span>655</span>
* <span> 3 Index of places</span><span>679</span>
* <span> 4 Index of Tibetan works</span><span>693</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by H.H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Essay on the Three Great Masters by H. E. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche</span><span>xxxv</span>
* The Root Text
* <span> ''Lamrim Yeshe Nyingpo''</span><span>1</span>
* The Commentary
** ''Section One''
**Prologue and Teachings on the Tide, the Sign Script, and the Homage
*** <span> 1. Homage and Prologue</span><span>21</span>
*** <span> 2. Teaching on the Tide</span><span>25</span>
*** <span> 3. Explaining the Sign Script and Homage</span><span>36</span>
** ''Section Two''
** The Explanation of the Actual Body of the Text
*** <span> 4. The Setting</span><span>43</span>
*** <span> 5. The Circumstances</span><span>53</span>
*** <span> 6. The Four Vajra Syllables</span><span>54</span>
*** <span> 7. The Five Perfections and Instruction to Retain the Teaching</span><span>63</span>
*** <span> 8. The Meaning of the Ground</span><span>68</span>
** ''Section Three''
** Path
*** <span> 9. How to Follow a Spiritual Guide</span><span>87</span>
*** <span> 10. The Four Mind Changings</span><span>95</span>
*** <span> 11. Taking Refuge</span><span>110</span>
*** <span> 12. Conventional Bodhichitta of Aspiration</span><span>115</span>
*** <span> 13. Conventional Bodhichitta of Application</span><span>121</span>
*** <span> 14. The View of Ultimate Bodhichitta</span><span>135</span>
*** <span> 15. The Meditation of Ultimate Bodhichitta and Its Result</span><span>147</span>
** Appendices and Notes
*** <span> 1. The Six Limits and Four Modes</span><span>161</span>
*** <span> 2. The Four Noble Truths</span><span>167</span>
*** <span> 3. The Four Dhyanas and Formless States</span><span>170</span>
*** <span> 4. The Sugata Essence</span><span>175</span>
*** <span> 5. Padmakara and the Four Vidyadhara Levels</span><span>179</span>
*** <span> 6. Shakyamuni’s Prophecy about Buddhism in Tibet</span><span>181</span>
*** <span> 7. The Five Aggregates</span><span>183</span>
*** <span> 8. Establishing the Basis for Beginning the Teaching</span><span>186</span>
*** <span> 9. The Actual Beginning of the Teaching</span><span>191</span>
*** <span> 10. The Sixty Aspects of Melodious Speech</span><span>195</span>
*** <span> 11. The Four Schools of Buddhist Philosophy</span><span>197</span>
*** <span> 12. The Bodhisattva Bhumis</span><span>201</span>
** <span> Epilogue</span><span>206</span>
** <span> Notes</span><span>208</span>
** <span> Index</span><span>287</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>v</span>
* <span> The Lion's Roar that Proclaims Zhantong by Ju Mipham Namgyal</span><span>1</span>
* <span> Tibetan Text</span><span>39</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>55</span>
+
*<span> Foreword</span><span>vii</span>
*<span> Preface</span><span>xiii</span>
*<span> Translators' Note</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
**<span> I. Śrī-Mālā as a Text</span><span>1</span>
**<span> Literary History</span><span>1</span>
***<span> Historical Setting of the Text</span><span>1</span>
***<span> The Title of the Scripture</span><span>4</span>
***<span> The Text in Asian Countries</span><span>5</span>
****<span> Importance in India</span><span>5</span>
****<span> Importance in China</span><span>9</span>
****<span> Importance in Japan</span><span>13</span>
****<span> Importance in Tibet</span><span>16</span>
**<span> The Structure of the Śrī-Mālā</span><span>17</span>
***<span> Chapter Divisions</span><span>17</span>
***<span> Synopsis of the Scripture</span><span>21</span>
**<span> II. Classification of Persons</span><span>24</span>
**<span> The Characters in the Śrī-Mālā</span><span>24</span>
**<span> Persons on Stages</span><span>26</span>
***<span> Stages of the "Bodies Made of Mind"</span><span>29</span>
***<span> The Last Three Bodhisattva Stages</span><span>33</span>
***<span> Stages of the Lady Bodhisattva</span><span>35</span>
**<span> III. Doctrine of Śrī-Mālā</span><span>37</span>
**<span> Vehicle and Nirvāṇa</span><span>37</span>
****<span> One Vehicle</span><span>37</span>
****<span> Nirvāṇa and Enlightenment</span><span>39</span>
**<span> Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>42</span>
****<span> The Tathāgatagarbha Theory and Scriptures</span><span>42</span>
****<span> Synonyms and Alternate References to the Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>44</span>
****<span> Universality of Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>46</span>
****<span> Voidness Knowledge of the Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>48</span>
****<span> Tathāgatagarbha and Ālayavijñāna</span><span>52</span>
*<span> The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā</span><span>57</span>
*<span> Prologue</span><span>59</span>
*<span> Chapter One</span><span>60</span>
**<span> Eliminating All Doubts</span><span>60</span>
***<span> 1. Praises of the Infinite Merit of the Tathāgata</span><span>60</span>
***<span> 2. Ten Great Vows</span><span>64</span>
*<span> Chapter Two</span><span>67</span>
**<span> Deciding the Cause</span><span>67</span>
***<span> 3. Three All-inclusive Aspirations</span><span>67</span>
***<span> 4. Embrace of the Illustrious Doctrine</span><span>68</span>
****<span> (a. Teaching in the Scope of the Great Aspirations)</span><span>69</span>
****<span> (b. Teaching the Far-ranging Meaning)</span><span>72</span>
****<span> (c. Teaching the Great Meaning)</span><span>74</span>
*<span> Chapter Three</span><span>78</span>
**<span> Clarifying the Final Meaning</span><span>78</span>
***<span> 5. One Vehicle</span><span>78</span>
****<span> (''re Vehicles of Disciples and the Self-Enlightened'')</span><span>78</span>
****<span> (''re Arhats and Pratyekabuddhas'')</span><span>80</span>
****<span> ("Attended with Remainder" and "Not Final<br>Meaning")</span><span>83</span>
****<span> ("Final Meaning" and "One Vehicle")</span><span>89</span>
***<span> 6. The Boundless Noble Truths</span><span>95</span>
***<span> 7. The Tathāgatagarbha</span><span>96</span>
***<span> 8-9. The Dharmakāya and the Meaning of Voidness</span><span>98</span>
***<span> 10. The One Truth</span><span>100</span>
***<span> 11-12. The One Refuge and Wayward Stage</span><span>100</span>
***<span> 13. Intrinsic Purity of the Mind</span><span>104</span>
*<span> Chapter Four</span><span>107</span>
**<span> Entering the One Vehicle Path</span><span>107</span>
***<span> 14. The True Son of the Tathāgata</span><span>107</span>
***<span> 15. The Lion's Roar of Queen Śrīmālā</span><span>109</span>
*<span> Epilogue</span><span>111</span>
*<span> Appendix I. The Chinese Section Titles of Śrī-Mālā and Japanese<br> Diagram Analyses of Four Classical Commentaries</span><span>115</span>
*<span> Appendix II. Works Cited in Chi-tsang's Commentary</span><span>125</span>
*<span> Glossary</span><span>131</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>133</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>139</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>v</span>
<br>
* <span> The Lion's Roar That is a Great Thousand Doses of the Sugata Essence by Ju<br>Mipham Namgyal</span><span>1</span>
** <span> Posing the Question</span><span>5</span>
** <span> Giving the Answer</span><span>5</span>
*** <span> The presentations of other traditions</span><span>6</span>
**** <span> The first reason</span><span>6</span>
**** <span> The second reason</span><span>6</span>
*** <span> Stating our own tradition</span><span>10</span>
**** <span> The first reason</span><span>10</span>
***** <span> The ordinary way</span><span>10</span>
***** <span> The extraordinary way</span><span>11</span>
**** <span> The second reason</span><span>17</span>
**** <span> The third reason</span><span>20</span>
*** <span> Dispensing with some mistaken positions</span><span>26</span>
**** <span> The element in being not empty being truly established</span><span>27</span>
**** <span> The element in being a cut-off empty condition</span><span>28</span>
**** <span> Wisdom in being impermanent being compounded</span><span>30</span>
<br>
* <span> A Thorough Commentary to the Lion's Roar That Is a Great Thousand Doses of<br>the Sugata Essence by Tony Duff</span><span>45</span>
** <span> Introduction</span><span>47</span>
*** ''The vocabulary of buddha nature–garbha, dhātu, gotra, potential, seed of a<br>buddha, sugata essence and tathāgata essence; the importance of the teaching on sugata essence''
** <span> The Text: Prefatory section</span><span>57</span>
*** ''The title; the prostration; the expression of worship''
** <span> The Text: Body of the text</span><span>62</span>
*** ''Introduction, the need to establish sugata essence using scripture and reasoning;<br>posing the question, giving the answer; the presentations of other traditions; <br>presenting the positions of early Tibetans; refuting the positions of early Tibetans; <br>the first reason; the second reason; stating our own tradition; the first reason; the ordinary way; the extraordinary way; the second reason; the third reason; <br>dispensing with some mistaken positions; dispensing with the view that the element being not empty is truly established; dispensing with the view that the element is a cut-off empty condition; dispensing with wisdom in being impermanent taken to be compounded''
** <span> The Text: Concluding section and colophons</span><span>156</span>
<br>
* <span> Texts Cited</span><span>169</span>
* <span> Glossary of Terms</span><span>173</span>
* <span> Supports for Study</span><span>193</span>
* <span> Tibetan Text</span><span>199</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>229</span>
Unpublished Work. No '''Table of Contents''' provided.
+
*<span> Chapter One: Introductory</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Chapter Two: On Cunda</span><span>15</span>
*<span> Chapter Three: On Grief</span><span>25</span>
*<span> Chapter Four: On Long Life</span><span>33</span>
*<span> Chapter Five: On the Adamantine Body</span><span>43</span>
*<span> Chapter Six: On the Virtue of the Name</span><span>49</span>
*<span> Chapter Seven: On the Four Aspects</span><span>51</span>
*<span> Chapter Eight: On the Four Dependables</span><span>75</span>
*<span> Chapter Nine: On Wrong and Right</span><span>89</span>
*<span> Chapter Ten: On the Four Truths</span><span>97</span>
*<span> Chapter Eleven: On the Four Inversions</span><span>99</span>
*<span> Chapter Twelve: On the Nature of the Tathagata</span><span>101</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirteen: On Letters</span><span>113</span>
*<span> Chapter Fourteen: On the Parable of the Birds</span><span>117</span>
*<span> Chapter Fifteen: On the Parable of the Moon</span><span>121</span>
*<span> Chapter Sixteen: On the Bodhisattva</span><span>125</span>
*<span> Chapter Seventeen: On the Questions Raised by the Crowd</span><span>139</span>
*<span> Chapter Eighteen: On Actual Illness</span><span>151</span>
*<span> Chapter Nineteen: On Holy Actions (a)</span><span>159</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty: On Holy Actions (b)</span><span>177</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-One: On Pure Actions (a)</span><span>201</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Two: On Pure Actions (b)</span><span>217</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Three: On Pure Actions (c)</span><span>235</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Four: On Pure Actions (d)</span><span>253</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Five: On Pure Actions (e)</span><span>269</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Six: On the Action of the Child</span><span>281</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Seven: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (a)</span><span>283</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Eight: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (b)</span><span>299</span>
*<span> Chapter Twenty-Nine: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (c)</span><span>311</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (d)</span><span>323</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-One: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (e)</span><span>337</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Two: Bodhisattva Highly-Virtuous King (f)</span><span>351</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Three: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (a)</span><span>365</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Four: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (b)</span><span>381</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Five: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (c)</span><span>399</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Six: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (d)</span><span>407</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Six: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (d)</span><span>415</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Seven: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (e)</span><span>423</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Eight: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (f)</span><span>437</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirty-Nine: On Bodhisattva Lion’s Roar (g)</span><span>453</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (a)</span><span>469</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-One: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (b)</span><span>489</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Two: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (c)</span><span>509</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Three: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (d)</span><span>525</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Four: On Bodhisattva Kasyapa (e)</span><span>529</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Five: On Kaundinya (a)</span><span>547</span>
*<span> Chapter Forty-Six: On Kaundinya (b)</span><span>565</span>
*<span> ''Foreword by'' H. H. Dilgo Khyentse Rinpoche</span><span>''ix</span>
*<span> ''Foreword by'' Ve, Tulku Chökyi Nyima Rinpoche</span><span>''x''</span>
*<span> ''Translator's Preface''</span><span>xi</span>
*''Introductory Discourse''
**<span> by Ven. Tulku Urgyen Rinpoche</span><span>1</span>
*<span> ''Prologue''</span><span>15</span>
*<span> 1. The Natural Bardo of This Life</span><span>19</span>
*<span> 2. The Painful Bardo of Dying</span><span>27</span>
*<span> 3.The Luminous Bardo of Dharmata</span><span>45</span>
*<span> 4. The Karmic Bardo of Becoming</span><span>65</span>
*<span> ''Epilogue''</span><span>83</span>
*<span> ''Translator's Afterword''</span><span>85</span>
*<span> ''Appendix: The Dzogchen Tantras''</span><span>87</span>
*<span> ''Glossary''</span><span>93</span>
*<span> ''The Final Words of Tsele Natsok Rangdrol''</span><span>129</span>
+
* <span> A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka, ''NUMATA Yehan''</span><span>v</span>
* <span> Editorial Foreword, ''MAYEDA Sengaku''</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Publisher’s Foreword, ''A. Charles Muller''</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction, ''Mark L. Blum''</span><span>xiii</span>
* The Nirvana Sutra, Volume I
* Fascicle I
** <span> Chapter One. Longevity: Part 1</span><span>3</span>
* Fascicle II
** <span> Chapter One. Longevity: Part 2</span><span>31</span>
* Fascicle III
** <span> Chapter One. Longevity: Part 3</span><span>69</span>
** <span> Chapter Two. The Adamantine Body</span><span>91</span>
** <span> Chapter Three. The Virtues of the Name</span><span>103</span>
* Fascicle IV
** <span> Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 1</span><span>107</span>
* Fascicle V
** <span> Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 2</span><span>135</span>
* Fascicle VI
** <span> Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 3</span><span>169</span>
* Fascicle VII
** <span> Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 4</span><span>201</span>
*** <span> [The Four Inversions]</span><span>224</span>
*** <span> [The Five Parables on Buddha-nature]</span><span>226</span>
* Fascicle VIII
** <span> Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 5</span><span>235</span>
*** <span> [The Garland of Letters]</span><span>253</span>
* Fascicle IX
** <span> Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 6</span><span>271</span>
* Fascicle X
** <span> Chapter Four. The Nature of the Tathāgata: Part 7</span><span>305</span>
** <span> Chapter Five. The Query of the Entire Assembly</span><span>313</span>
* <span> Notes</span><span>339</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>365</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>375</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>383</span>
* <span> A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)</span><span>425</span>
+
*<span> Acknowledgements</span><span>i</span>
*<span> Abbreviations</span><span>vi</span><br><br>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span><br><br>
<center>'''PART ONE:'''</center>
<center>'''The ''Tathāgatagarbha'' in Relation to Other Mahāyāna Teachings'''</center>
*<span> Chapter One: The Nature of the ''Tathāgatagarbha''</span><span>14</span>
*<span> Chapter Two: ''Tathāgatagarbha'' and the Two Mahāyāna Traditions</span><span>47</span><br><br>
<center>'''PART TWO:'''</center>
<center>'''An Analysis of the ''Anūnatvāpūrṇatvanirdeśa-parivarta'' (''AAN'')'''</center>
*<span> Chapter Three: The ''Anūnatvāpūrṇatvanirdeśa-parivarta''</span><span>70</span>
*<span> Chapter Four: The Main Themes and a Structural Analysis of the ''AAN''</span><span>88</span>
*<span> Chapter Five: The Notion of "No Increase and No Decrease" in Mahāyāna<br> Scriptures</span><span>122</span><br><br>
<center>'''PART THREE:'''</center>
<center>'''The ''AAN'' and Other ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Sūtras'''</center>
*<span> Chapter Six: The ''AAN'' and the ''Tathāgatagarbhasūtra''</span><span>142</span>
*<span> Chapter Seven: The ''AAN'' and the ''Śrīmālāsiṃhanādasūtra''</span><span>153</span>
*<span> Chapter Eight: The ''AAN'' and the ''Aṅgulimālyasūtra''</span><span>161</span>
*<span> Chapter Nine: The ''AAN'' and the ''Mahāparinirvāṇasūtra''</span><span>168</span>
*<span> Chapter Ten: Other ''Sūtras'' on the ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Teaching</span><span>176</span>
*<span> Chapter Eleven: The Problems of Dating the ''Sūtras''</span><span>180</span><br><br>
<center>'''PART FOUR:'''</center>
<center>'''The ''AAN'' and Other ''Tathāgatagarbha'' Treatises'''</center>
*<span> Chapter Twelve: The ''AAN'' and the ''Ratnagotravibhāga''</span><span>185</span>
*<span> Chapter Thirteen: The ''AAN'' and the ''Dasheng fajie wuchabie lun''</span><span>202</span>
*<span> Chapter Fourteen: The ''AAN'' and the ''Dasheng qixin lun''</span><span>209</span>
*<span> Chapter Fifteen: The ''AAN'' and the ''Foxing lun''</span><span>239</span>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>255</span><br><br>
<center>'''APPENDICES:'''</center>
*<span> Appendix I: English translation of the ''Foshuo buzeng bujian jing''</span><span>264</span>
*<span> Appendix II: Bodhiruci, the Translator of the ''AAN''</span><span>282</span>
*<span> Bibliography</span><span>306</span>
SECTION ONE: THE TRANSLATIONS
*<span> List of Illustrations</span><span>xv</span>
*<span> Foreword by Shenpen Dawa Rinpoche</span><span>xxv</span>
*<span> Preface to the Second Edition</span><span>xxxii</span>
*<span> Credits for Illustrations and Maps</span><span>xxxiii</span>
*<span> Technical Note</span><span>xxxv</span>
*<span> Guide to Pronunciation</span><span>xxxvii</span>
*<span> Abbreviations for Section One</span><span>xli</span>
BOOK ONE: FUNDAMENTALS OF THE NYINGMA SCHOOL OF TIBETAN BUDDHISM
*<span> Detailed Contents of Book One</span><span>3</span>
*<span> Translator’s Introduction</span><span>11</span>
THE TEXT
*<span> Verses of Invocation</span><span>45</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>47</span>
PART ONE: DOCTRINES OF SAṂSĀRA AND NIRVĀNA
*<span> 1 The Essence and Defmition of Dharma</span><span>51</span>
*<span> 2 Doctrines of Saṃsāra</span><span>54</span>
*<span> 3 Doctrines of Nirvāṇa</span><span>70</span>
*<span> 4 Transmitted Precepts</span><span>73</span>
*<span> 5 Treatises</span><span>88</span>
*<span> 6 Quantitative Treatises</span><span>97</span>
*<span> 7 Treatises of Inner Science</span><span>108</span>
PART TWO: THE NATURE OF THE TEACHER ENDOWED
WITH THE BUDDHA-BODIES
*<span> Introduction</span><span>113</span>
*<span> 1 Samantabhadra, the Buddha-body of Reality</span><span>115</span>
*<span> 2 Vajradhara, the Emanation of Samantabhadra</span><span>120</span>
*<span> 3 The Two Buddha-bodies of Form</span><span>123</span>
*<span> 4 The Five Buddha-bodies and Five Pristine Cognitions</span><span>139</span>
*<span> 5 Distinctive Attributes of the Buddha-bodies and Pristine Cognitions </span><span>144</span>
PART THREE: CAUSAL VEHICLES OF DIALECTICS
*<span> Introduction</span><span>151</span>
*<span> 1 The Three Promulgations of the Doctrinal Wheel</span><span>153</span>
*<span> 2 The Lesser Vehicle</span><span>156</span>
*<span> 3 The Greater Vehicle</span><span>160</span>
*<span> 4 The Superiority of Great Madhyamaka to Mind Only</span><span>178</span>
*<span> 5 The Provisional and Definitive Meaning of the Transmitted Precepts</span><span>187</span>
*<span> 6 The Enlightened or Buddha Family</span><span>191</span>
*<span> 7 The Two Truths According to Great Madhyamaka</span><span>206</span>
*<span> 8 Key to the Appraisal of Causal Vehicle Texts</span><span>217</span>
*<span> 9 A Recapitulation of the Causal Vehicles</span><span>223</span>
PART FOUR: RESULTANT VEHICLES OF SECRET MANTRA
*<span> Introduction</span><span>241</span>
*<span> 1 The Superiority of Secret Mantra</span><span>243</span>
*<span> 2 The Essence and Defmition of Secret Mantra</span><span>257</span>
*<span> 3 The Three Continua of Ground, Path and Result</span><span>263</span>
*<span> 4 The Four Tantrapiṭaka</span><span>268</span>
*<span> 5 Mahāyoga</span><span>275</span>
*<span> 6 Anuyoga</span><span>284</span>
*<span> 7 Key to the Appraisal of Secret Mantra Texts</span><span>290</span>
*<span> 8 The Superiority of Atiyoga, the Great Perfection</span><span>294</span>
*<span> 9 The Definition of Atiyoga</span><span>311</span>
*<span> 10 The Divisions of Atiyoga</span><span>319</span>
*<span> 11 A Recapitulation of the Resultant Vehicles</span><span>346</span>
CONCLUSION
*<span> 1 Concluding Remarks</span><span>375</span>
*<span> 2 Dedicatory Verses</span><span>376</span>
*<span> 3 Colophon</span><span>378</span>
BOOK TWO: HISTORY OF THE NYINGMA SCHOOL OF TIBETAN BUDDHISM
*<span> Detailed Contents of Book Two</span><span>383</span>
*<span> Translators’ Introduction</span><span>393</span>
THE TEXT
*<span> Verses of Invocation</span><span>403</span>
PART ONE: THE ORIGIN OF THE PRECIOUS TEACHING OF THE CONQUEROR IN THIS WORLD
*<span> Introduction</span><span>409</span>
*<span> 1 The Coming of Buddha, Teacher of the Doctrine</span><span>411</span>
*<span> 2 The Collecting of Transmitted Precepts by Councils</span><span>428</span>
*<span> 3 The Patriarchs of the Teaching</span><span>432</span>
*<span> 4 The Preservation of the Teaching and Spread of the Greater Vehicle</span><span>440</span>
PART TWO: THE RISE OF THE PRECIOUS TEACHING OF SECRET<br>MANTRA
*<span> Introduction</span><span>445</span>
*<span> 1 The Turning of the Secret Mantra Wheel</span><span>447</span>
*<span> 2 The Collecting of Transmitted Precepts by Different Compilers</span><span>451</span>
*<span> 3 The Emergence of this Teaching in the Human World</span><span>452</span>
*<span> 4 The Lineage of Mahāyoga, the Class of Tantras</span><span>458</span>
*<span> 5 The Lineage of Mahāyoga, the Class of Means for Attainment</span><span>475</span>
*<span> 6 The Lineage of Anuyoga, the Perfection Stage</span><span>485</span>
*<span> 7 The Lineage of Atiyoga, the Great Perfection</span><span>490</span>
*<span> 8 Concluding Remarks</span><span>502</span>
PART THREE: THE ORIGIN OF THE CONQUEROR’S TEACHING IN TIBET
*<span> Introduction</span><span>507</span>
*<span> 1 The Three Ancestral Religious Kings</span><span>510</span>
*<span> 2 The Decline and Expansion of the Doctrine during the Intermediate Period</span><span>523</span>
*<span> 3 The Revival and Later Expansion of the Teaching</span><span>524</span>
PART FOUR: THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE THREE INNER CLASSES OF TANTRA IN TIBET
*<span> Introduction</span><span>531</span>
*<span> 1 Mahāyoga and Anuyoga</span><span>533</span>
*<span> 2 The Mental and Spatial Classes of Atiyoga</span><span>538</span>
*<span> 3 The Esoteric Instructional Class of Atiyoga, the Innermost Spirituality</span><span> 554</span>
*<span> 4 Longcen Rapjampa</span><span>575</span>
PART FIVE: THE DISTANT LINEAGE OF TRANSMITTED PRECEPTS
*<span> Introduction</span><span>599</span>
*<span> 1 The Lineage of Nyak</span><span>601</span>
*<span> 2 The Lineage of Nup</span><span>607</span>
*<span> 3 The Lineage of the Zur Family</span><span>617</span>
*<span> 4 Biographies of the Rong Tradition</span><span>650</span>
*<span> 5 Dotokpa’s Lineage of the Zur Tradition</span><span>685</span>
*<span> 6 Biographies of the Kham Tradition</span><span>688</span>
*<span> 7 Miscellaneous Lineages of the Zur and Kham Traditions</span><span>700</span>
*<span> 8 Rongzom Chöki Zangpo</span><span>703</span>
*<span> 9 The Traditions of Vajrakīla</span><span>710</span>
*<span> 10 The Lineages of the Empowerment of the Sūtra which Gathers All<br> Intentions</span><span>717</span>
*<span> 11 Later Lineages of the Transmitted Precepts</span><span>733</span>
PART SIX: THE CLOSE LINEAGES OF THE TREASURES
*<span> 1 The Nature, Purpose and Kinds of Treasure</span><span>743</span>
*<span> 2 Biographies of the Treasure-finders</span><span>750</span>
*<span> 3 Sangye Lama</span><span>751</span>
*<span> 4 Trapa Ngönshe</span><span>753</span>
*<span> 5 Nyang-rel Nyima Özer</span><span>755</span>
*<span> 6 Guru Chöki Wangcuk</span><span>760</span>
*<span> 7 Como Menmo</span><span>771</span>
*<span> 8 Orygen Lingpa</span><span>775</span>
*<span> 9 Ngödrup Gyeltsen or Rikdzin Gödemcen</span><span>780</span>
*<span> 10 Sangye Lingpa</span><span>784</span>
*<span> 11 Dorje Lingpa</span><span>789</span>
*<span> 12 Ratna Lingpa</span><span>793</span>
*<span> 13 Pema Lingpa</span><span>796</span>
*<span> 14 Karma Lingpa</span><span>800</span>
*<span> 15 Thangtong Gyelpo</span><span>802</span>
*<span> 16 Ngari Pancen Pema Wangyel</span><span>805</span>
*<span> 17 Rikdzin Jatsön Nyingpo</span><span>809</span>
*<span> 18 Rikdzin Düdül Dorje</span><span>813</span>
*<span> 19 Lhatsün Namka Jikme</span><span>818</span>
*<span> 20 The Fifth Dalai Lama</span><span>821</span>
*<span> 21 Rikdzin Terdak Lingpa, the Great Treasure-finder of Mindröling</span><span>825</span>
*<span> 22 Jikme Lingpa</span><span>835</span>
*<span> 23 Chogyur Decen Lingpa</span><span>841</span>
*<span> 24 Jamyang Khyentse Wangpo</span><span>849</span>
*<span> 25 Jamgön Kongtrül Lodrö Thaye</span><span>859</span>
*<span> 26 Mipham Jamyang Namgyel Gyamtso</span><span>869</span>
*<span> Conclusion</span><span>881</span>
PART SEVEN: A RECTIFICATION OF MISCONCEPTIONS CONCERNING THE NYINGMA SCHOOL
* <span> 1 General Reply to Criticisms of the Nyingmapa Tantras</span><span>887</span>
* <span> 2 On the View of the Great Perfection</span><span>896</span>
* <span> 3 Response to Critics of the Sūtra which Gathers All Intentions</span><span>911</span>
* <span> 4 Response to Critics of the Root Tantra of the Secret Nucleus</span><span>914</span>
* <span> 5 The Continuity of the Nyingmapa Tradition and its Impact on the<br> Other Schools</span><span>918</span>
* <span> 6 On the Validity of the Treasures</span><span>927</span>
* <span> 7 The Shortcomings of Refutation and Proof</span><span>929</span>
* <span> 8 On The Prophecies Found in the Treasures</span><span>934</span>
* <span> 9 The Relationship between the Nyingmapa and Pönpo Traditions</span><span>936</span>
* <span> 10 On the "Bad Luck of the Nyingmapa"</span><span>938</span>
PART EIGHT: THE CHRONOLOGY OF THE DOCTRINE
* <span> 1 Duration of the Doctrine</span><span>943</span>
* <span> 2 A Chronology of the Buddha’s Life</span><span>946</span>
* <span> 3 From the Buddha’s Final Nirvāṇa until the Beginning of the First Tibetan<br> Sexagenary Cycle</span><span>948</span>
* <span> 4 From the Beginning of the First Sexagenary Cycle to the Present</span><span>951</span>
* <span> 5 Some Prophecies</span><span>960</span>
CLOSING STATEMENTS
* <span> 1 Primary Sources</span><span>965</span>
* <span> 2 Concluding Benedictions</span><span>967</span>
* <span> 3 Colophon</span><span>972</span>
SECTION TWO: REFERENCE MATERIAL
* <span> Contents</span><span>v</span>
* <span> Introduction</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Guide to Pronunciation</span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Abbreviations for Section Two</span><span>xv</span>
NOTES
* <span> 1 Fundamentals</span><span>3</span>
* <span> 2 History</span><span>27</span>
GLOSSARY OF ENUMERATIONS
* <span> Introduction</span><span>103</span>
* <span> Glossary of Enumerations</span><span>105</span>
BIBLIOGRAPHY
* <span> Introduction</span><span>191</span>
Part One: Works Cited by the Author
* <span> Works Cited by the Author</span><span>199</span>
Part Two: Works Referred to by the Translators
* <span> 1 Indic Texts</span><span>293</span>
* <span> 2 Tibetan Texts</span><span>297</span>
* <span> 3 Secondary Literature</span><span>301</span>
* <span> 4 Addenda to the Bibliography</span><span>316</span>
ARTIFACTS AND MATERIAL TREASURES
* <span> Introduction</span><span>320</span>
* <span> Artifacts and Material Treasures</span><span>321</span>
INDEX OF TECHNICAL TERMS
* <span> Introduction</span><span>331</span>
* <span> Index of Technical Terms</span><span>333</span>
INDEX OF PERSONAL NAMES
* <span> Introduction</span><span>391</span>
* <span> Index of Personal Names</span><span>393</span>
INDEX OF LOCATIONS
* <span> Introduction</span><span>453</span>
* <span> Index of Locations</span><span>455</span>
MAPS
* <span> Introduction</span><span>489</span>
* <span> 1 Buddhist India and Adjacent Regions</span><span>490</span>
* <span> 2 North-Central India</span><span>492</span>
* <span> 3 Tibet</span><span>494</span>
* <span> 4 Western Tibet and Nepal</span><span>496</span>
* <span> 5 North-Central Tibet</span><span>498</span>
* <span> 6 South-Central Tibet and Bhutan</span><span>500</span>
* <span> 7 North-West Kham</span><span>502</span>
* <span> 8 South-West Kham</span><span>506</span>
* <span> 9 Amdo</span><span>508</span>
* <span> 10 North-East Kham</span><span>510</span>
* <span> 11 South-East Kham</span><span>512</span>
<center>Part I : Explanations by the Author</center>
*<span> Important Background</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Other Emptiness, Wisdom, and the Tathagatagarbha Teaching</span><span>19</span>
*<span> Topics of Other Emptiness</span><span>23</span>
*<span> History of Other Emptiness</span><span>57</span>
*<span> The Four Turnings of the Wheel of Dharma</span><span>59</span>
*<span> Wisdom is the Key Point</span><span>77</span>
*<span> Differing Opinions Over the Two Ways to Access Wisdom</span><span>95</span>
*<span> Terminology</span><span>101</span>
*<span> Two Types of Emptiness and Two Truths</span><span>117</span>
*<span> The Practise of Other Emptiness</span><span>139</span>
<center>Part 2: Explanations by Dolpopa</center>
*<span> The Chapter on Tathāgatagarbha from ''Mountain Dharma: An Ocean of Definitive Meaning''</span><span>143</span>
<center>Part 3: Explanations by Khenpo Tsultrim Gyatso</center>
*<span> ''A Brief Discussion of The Rise of the Other Emptiness Middle Way Called "The Music of Talk on the Definitive Meaning"''</span><span>155</span>
*<span> The View of Other Emptiness Introduced</span><span>165</span>
*<span> Supporting Scripture for the View of Other Emptiness</span><span>175</span>
*<span> Key Points in the View of Other Emptiness</span><span>179</span>
<center>Part 4: Explanations by Jamgon Kongtrul the Great</center>
*<span> The Introductory Section from: ''A Complete Commentary to the Great Vehicle Treatise<br>The Highest Continuum which Connects to Heart Meaning using the Explanation System of<br>the Path of Direct Perception, Called "The Lion 's Roar of the Non-Regressing"''</span><span>191</span>
*<span> The Section from: ''The Treasury which is an Encyclopedia of Knowledge'' on Thorough Ascertainments of Provisional and Definitive Within the Three Wheels, and of the Two Truths</span><span>211</span>
*<span> The Practice Section from: ''Instructions for Practising the View of the Other Emptiness<br>Great Middle Way, "Light Rays of Stainless Vajra Moon"''</span><span>255</span>
*<span> Texts Cited</span><span>265</span>
*<span> Glossary of Terms</span><span>275</span>
*<span> Supports for Study</span><span>305</span>
*<span> Index</span><span>311</span>
* <span> Acknowledgments </span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Introduction </span><span>1</span>
* The Philosophical Grounds and Literary History of Zhentong
** ''Klaus-Dieter Mathes and Michael R. Sheehy''
* CHAPTER 1
* <span> ''*Bodhigarbha'': Preliminary Notes on an Early Dzokchen Family of Buddha-Nature Concepts </span><span>29</span>
** ''David Higgins''
* CHAPTER 2
* <span> On the Inclusion of Chomden Rikpai Raldri in Transmission Lineages of<br>Zhentong</span><span>53</span>
** ''Tsering Wangchuk''
* CHAPTER 3
* <span> The Dharma of the Perfect Eon: Dolpopa Sherab Gyaltsen's Hermeneutics of Time<br>and the Jonang Doxography of Zhentong Madhyamaka </span><span>65</span>
** ''Michael R. Sheehy''
* CHAPTER 4
* <span> Buddha-Nature in Garungpa Lhai Gyaltsen's ''Lamp That Illuminates the Expanse of Reality'' and among Tibetan Intellectuals </span><span>95</span>
** ''Dorje Nyingcha''
* CHAPTER 5
* <span> Zhentong Views in the Karma Kagyu Order </span><span>115</span>
** ''Klaus-Dieter Mathes''
* CHAPTER 6
* <span> Buddha-Nature: "Natural Awareness Endowed with Buddha Qualities" as<br>Expounded by Zhamar Kacho Wangpo </span><span>145</span>
** ''Martina Draszczyk''
* CHAPTER 7
* <span> "There Are No Dharmas Apart from the Dharma-Sphere": Shakya Chokden's Interpretation of the Dharma-Sphere </span><span>171</span>
** ''Yaroslav Komarovski''
* CHAPTER 8
* <span> Tāranātha's ''Twenty-One Differences with Regard to the Profound Meaning'': Comparing<br>the Views of the Two Zhentong Masters Dolpopa and Shakya Chokden </span><span>197</span>
** ''Klaus-Dieter Mathes''
* CHAPTER 9
* <span> Zhentong Traces in the Nyingma Tradition: Two Texts from Mindroling</span><span>235</span>
** ''Matthew T. Kapstein''
* CHAPTER 10
* <span> Zhentong as Yogācāra: Mipam's Madhyamaka Synthesis </span><span>257</span>
** ''Douglas Duckworth''
* CHAPTER 11
* <span> Where Buddhas and Siddhas Meet: Mipam's Yuganaddhavāda Philosophy </span><span>273</span>
** ''Dorji Wangchuk''
* CHAPTER 12
* <span> Along the Middle Path in the Quest for Wisdom: The Great Madhyamaka in<br>Rime Discourses </span><span>323</span>
** ''Marc-Henri Deroche''
* CHAPTER 13
* <span> The Zhentong Lion Roars: Dzamtang Khenpo Lodro Drakpa and the Jonang<br>Scholastic Renaissance </span><span>351</span>
** ''Michael R. Sheehy''
* <span> Contributors </span><span>379</span>
* <span> Index </span><span>383</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>1</span>
*<span> A. The teaching of the Buddha</span><span>5</span>
**<span> AA. The Buddha (ca. 560-480 B.C.E.)</span><span>5</span>
**<span> AB. The proclamation of the Buddha</span><span>5</span>
***<span> ABA. The sermon of Benares (Dharmacakrapravartanasūtra)</span><span>6</span>
***<span> ABB. The Buddhist path of liberation</span><span>8</span>
****<span> ABB.1. From the "Kandaraka Sutta" (Majjhima Nikāya 51)</span><span>8</span>
**<span> AC. Questions which the Buddha did not answer</span><span>10</span>
***<span> ACA. Ānanda [Saṃyutta Nikāya 44, 10]</span><span>10</span>
***<span> ACB. The Sūtra of Vatsagotra and the Fire (Aggivacchagottasuttanta)<br> [Majjhimanikāya Sutta 72]</span><span>11</span>
***<span> ACC. The Sūtra of the Bearer of the Burden (Bhārahārasūtra)</span><span>15</span>
**<span> AD. The tenet of dependent origination</span><span>16</span>
***<span> ADA. The Account of Enlightenment (Bodhikathā; Mahāvagga I, 1)</span><span>17</span>
***<span> ADB. The Great Sūtra of the Foundations of Origination<br> (Mahānidānsuttanta; Dıghanikāya XV)</span><span>18</span>
***<span> ADC. The Sūtra of Dependent Origination (Pratītyasamutpādasūtra)</span><span>24</span>
***<span> ADD. From Vasubandhu’s "Commentary to the Sūtra of Dependent<br> Origination" (Pratītyasamutpādavyākhyā)</span><span>26</span>
***<span> ADE. The Sūtra of the young Rice plant (Śālistambasūtra)</span><span>29</span>
*<span> B. The Dogmatics (Abhidharma) of the Hīnayāna</span><span>36</span>
**<span> BA. The rise of the Buddhist Schools</span><span>36</span>
**<span> BB. The principal philosophical doctrines of the Sarvāstivāda</span><span>37</span>
***<span> BBA. The principal philosophical thoughts</span><span>37</span>
****<span> BBA.1. The denial of a soul, of a self</span><span>37</span>
*****<span> BBA.1.1. From "The Questions of Menandros"(Milindapañhā)</span><span>39</span>
*****<span> BBA.1.2. Vasubandhu the Younger (ca. 400-480 C.E.)</span><span>46</span>
******<span> BBA.1.2.1. A soul does not exist (Abhidharmakośa III,<br> v. 18-24)</span><span>47</span>
******<span> BBA.1.2.2. From "Refutation of the Person" <br> (Pudgalapratiṣedhaprakaraṇa)</span><span>52</span>
****<span> BBA.2. General views associated with the doctrine of<br> the denial of a soul</span><span>58</span>
*****<span> BBA.2.1. First general view: All entities lack a solid permanent<br> core</span><span>58</span>
*****<span> BBA.2.1.1. (A) Discussion of this first general view in the field<br> of material elements</span><span>59</span>
*****<span> BBA.2.1.2. (B) Discussion of this first general view in the field<br> of psychology</span><span>60</span>
*****<span> BBA.2.1.3. A substance does not exist (Abhidharmakośa III,<br> ad v. 100)</span><span>61</span>
*****<span> BBA.2.2. Second general view: The momentariness of all things</span><span>62</span>
******<span> BBA.2.2.1. The momentariness of entities (Abhidharmakośa<br> IV, v. 2-3)</span><span>64</span>
***<span> BBB. The fundamental concepts</span><span>67</span>
****<span> BBB.1. The Dogmatics of the Sarvāstivāda</span><span>67</span>
*****<span> BBB.1.1. From the "Treatise on the Five Aggregates"<br> (Pañcaskandhaka)</span><span>68</span>
****<span> BBB.2. The Dogmatics of the Sautrāntika</span><span>73</span>
*****<span> BBB.2.1. The seemingly and the truly real (Abhidharmakośa VI,<br> verse 4)</span><span>75</span>
*****<span> BBB.2.2. The nature of acquisition (Abhidharmakośa, II,<br> verse 36)</span><span>76</span>
***<span> BBC. The doctrine of liberation of the Hīnayāna</span><span>78</span>
****<span> BBC.1. Suppression through knowledge (Abhidharmakośa, I,<br> verse 6)</span><span>81</span>
****<span> BBC.2. Nirvāṇa as non-existence (Abhidharmakośa II, verse 55)</span><span>82</span>
****<span> BBC.3. From "Establishment of the Truth" (Tattvasiddhi)</span><span>84</span>
*<span> C. The schools of the Mahāyāna</span><span>89</span>
**<span> CA. Main elements in the development of the Mahāyāna</span><span>89</span>
***<span> CAA. The new goal of liberation</span><span>89</span>
***<span> CAB. The philosophical doctrine of a highest being and of the<br> unreality of the phenomenal world</span><span>89</span>
***<span> CAC. The new buddhology</span><span>90</span>
**<span> CB. The beginnings of the Mahāyāna</span><span>90</span>
**<span> CC. The oldest literary documentation of the Mahāyāna</span><span>91</span>
***<span> CCA. The Prajñāpāramitā literature and its philosophical doctrines</span><span>91</span>
****<span> CCA.1. Central philosophical thought: the concept of a highest<br> being</span><span>92</span>
****<span> CCA.2. The unreality of the phenomenal world and its relationship<br> to the highest being</span><span>93</span>
****<span> CCA.3. From the "Perfection of Insight in Eight Thousand Lines"<br> (Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā)</span><span>94</span>
***<span> CCB. From the "Jewel Heap" (Ratnakūṭa)</span><span>102</span>
**<span> CD. The Madhyamaka school</span><span>106</span>
***<span> CDA. Nāgārjuna (ca. 200 C.E.)</span><span>106</span>
****<span> CDA.1. The works of Nāgārjuna</span><span>106</span>
****<span> CDA.2. The philosophical system of Nāgārjuna</span><span>106</span>
*****<span> CDA.2.1. The unreality of the external world</span><span>106</span>
******<span> CDA.2.1.1. The phenomenal world as dependent<br> origination</span><span>107</span>
******<span> CDA.2.1.2. The relativity of opposing terms and the<br> middle way</span><span>107</span>
******<span> CDA.2.1.3. Nāgārjuna's concept of intrinsic nature<br> (svabhāva) and the emptiness of the phenomenal<br> world</span><span>108</span>
******<span> CDA.2.1.4. The highest and the restricted truth</span><span>109</span>
******<span> CDA.2.1.5. The nature of the phenomenal world is<br> diversity (prapañca)</span><span>109</span>
*****<span> CDA.2.2. The highest reality</span><span>109</span>
******<span> CDA.2.2.1. Distinction from the phenomenal world: free<br> from diversity, extinction, peace, etc.</span><span>109</span>
******<span> CDA.2.2.2. Identity in nature of the phenomenal world<br> and nirvāṇa</span><span>109</span>
*****<span> CDA.2.3. Doctrine of liberation</span><span>110</span>
****<span> CDA.3. Introduction to sections of the Madhyamakakārikā</span><span>110</span>
*****<span> CDA.3.1. Chapter I: Examination of causes (Pratyaya-parīkṣā)</span><span>110</span>
****<span> CDA.4. From the "Mnemonic Verses of the Middle Doctrine"<br> (Madhyamakārikā)</span><span>112</span>
*****<span> CDA.4.1. Chapter 15: Examination of intrinsic nature<br> (svabhāva-parīkṣā)</span><span>114</span>
*****<span> CDA.4.2. Chapter 18: Examination of the self (ātma-parīkṣā)</span><span>116</span>
*****<span> CDA.4.3. Chapter 24: Examination of the noble truths (ārya-<br> satya-parīkṣā)</span><span>118</span>
*****<span> CDA.4.4. Chapter 25: Examination of nirvāṇa<br> (nirvāṇa-parīkṣā)</span><span>123</span>
****<span> CDA.5. Introduction to sections of the Vigrahavyāvartanī</span><span>126</span>
****<span> CDA.6. From the "The Quarrel (equals) Averting"<br> (Vigrahavyāvartanı)</span><span>127</span>
****<span> CDA.7. Introduction to the sections of the Ratnāvalī</span><span>130</span>
****<span> CDA.8. From the "Garland of Jewels" (Ratnāvalī)</span><span>133</span>
***<span> CDB. Āryadeva (Beginning of 3rd century C.E.)</span><span>139</span>
****<span> CDB.1. Introduction to the sample from the Catuḥśataka</span><span>139</span>
****<span> CDB.2. From the "Treatise in Four Hundred Stanzas"<br> (Catuḥśataka)</span><span>140</span>
***<span> CDC. Buddhapālita (ca. 5th century C.E)</span><span>142</span>
****<span> CDC.1. Introduction to the sample from the<br> Mūlamadhyamakavṛtti</span><span>142</span>
****<span> CDC.2. From the "Commentary to the Mnemonic Verses of the<br> Middle Doctrine" (Mūlamadhyamakavṛtti)</span><span>142</span>
***<span> CDD. Bhāvaviveka (middle of 6th century C.E.)</span><span>144</span>
****<span> CDD.1. Introduction to sample from the Prajñāpradīpa</span><span>144</span>
****<span> CDD.2. From the "Shining Light of Insight"</span><span>145</span>
****<span> CDD.3. From the "Jewel in the Hand" (Tchang tchen) (T 1578, pp.<br> 276a3-377b11)</span><span>149</span>
***<span> CDE. Candrakīrti (7th century C.E.)</span><span>154</span>
****<span> CDE.1. The works of Candrakīrti</span><span>154</span>
****<span> CDE.2. Introduction to the sample from the Prasannapadā</span><span>154</span>
****<span> CDE.3. From the "Clearly Worded" (Prasannapadā)</span><span>155</span>
****<span> CDE.4. Introduction to the sample from the Madhyamakāvatāra</span><span>157</span>
****<span> CDE.5. From the "Introduction to the Madhyamaka Doctrine"<br> (Madhyamakāvatāra)</span><span>159</span>
**<span> CE. The school of Sāramati</span><span>164</span>
***<span> CEA. Sāramati (ca. 250 C.E.)</span><span>164</span>
****<span> CEA.1. From the "Elucidation of the Seed of the (Three) Jewels"<br> (Ratnagotravibhāga)</span><span>165</span>
**<span> CF. The school of the Yogācāra</span><span>171</span>
***<span> CFA. The beginnings of the Yogācāra school: the<br> Yogācārabhūmiśāstra</span><span>171</span>
****<span> CFA.1. The divisions of reality (sections 1-8)</span><span>171</span>
****<span> CFA.2. The determination of the nature of reality: non-duality &<br> the middle way & the constitution of the nature of reality<br> (sections 9-13)</span><span>172</span>
****<span> CFA.3. The proof of the unreality of the phenomenal world<br> {section 14)</span><span>173</span>
****<span> CFA.4. The 2 proofs of the unreality of the designations<br> (sections 15-16)</span><span>174</span>
****<span> CFA.5. The 2 errors & the false and correct view of reality<br> (sections 17-19)</span><span>174</span>
****<span> CFA.6. From the "Stage of the Bodhisattva (Bodhisattvabhūmi)</span><span>175</span>
***<span> CFB. The Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra</span><span>180</span>
****<span> CFB.1. The doctrine of the threefold nature of things in<br> Chapt. VI</span><span>180</span>
****<span> CFB.2. The doctrine of the threefold essencelessness of entities in<br> chapt. VII and its relation to the doctrine of the<br> Prajñāpāramitā and of the Mādhyamikas</span><span>182</span>
****<span> CFB.3. From the "Elucidation of the Secret Meaning"<br> (Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra)</span><span>183</span>
***<span> CFC. Maitreyanātha (ca. 300 C.E.)</span><span>191</span>
****<span> CFC.1. The works of Maitreyanātha</span><span>191</span>
****<span> CFC.2. The first philosophical system of the Yogācāra:<br> the doctrine of Maitreyanātha</span><span>192</span>
*****<span> CFC.2.1. The highest being as the center of the system</span><span>192</span>
*****<span> CFC.2.2. The highest being and the phenomenal world</span><span>193</span>
*****<span> CFC.2.3. The false conception and the deception of the<br> phenomenal world, etc.</span><span>193</span>
*****<span> CFC.2.4. The doctrine of liberation</span><span>194</span>
******<span> CFC.2.4.1. Non-conceptual knowledge and liberation</span><span>194</span>
******<span> CFC.2.4.2. Buddhology and the highest being</span><span>195</span>
*****<span> CFC.2.5. The doctrine of Maitreyanātha and the Madhyamaka<br> doctrine</span><span>196</span>
****<span> CFC.3. Introduction to the samples from the<br> Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra</span><span>196</span>
*****<span> CFC.3.1. From the "Ornament of the Sūtras of the Mahāyāna"<br> (Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra)</span><span>200</span>
****<span> CFC.4. Introduction to samples from the Madhyāntavibhāga</span><span>207</span>
****<span> CFC.5. From the "Elucidation of the Middle and of the Extremes"<br> (Madhyantavibhāga)</span><span>210</span>
***<span> CFD. Asaṅga (ca. 315-390 C.E.)</span><span>213</span>
****<span> CFD.1. The works of Asaṅga</span><span>213</span>
****<span> CFD.2. The philosophical system of Asaṅga</span><span>214</span>
*****<span> CFD.2.1. Adoption of old concepts and development of new<br> psychological concepts</span><span>214</span>
*****<span> CFD.2.2. The appearance of the phenomenal world:<br> the doctrine of the three characteristics</span><span>214</span>
******<span> CFD.2.2.1. The dependent characteristic</span><span>215</span>
******<span> CFD.2.2.2. The imagined and the perfect characteristic</span><span>216</span>
*****<span> CFD.2.3. The doctrine of liberation</span><span>216</span>
*****<span> CFD.2.4. Asaṅga's Buddhology</span><span>217</span>
****<span> CFD.3. Introduction to the translated sections of the<br> Mahāyānasaṃgraha</span><span>218</span>
****<span> CFD.4. From the "Summary of the Mahāyāna"<br> (Mahāyānasaṃgraha)</span><span>219</span>
***<span> CFE. Vasubandhu the Elder (ca. 320-380 C.E.)</span><span>231</span>
****<span> CFE.1. The works of Vasubandhu the Elder and Vasubandhu the<br> Younger</span><span>231</span>
****<span> CFE.2. Synopsis of the doctrines of the "Twenty Verses" and<br> "Thirty Verses"</span><span>232</span>
*****<span> CFE.2.1. The mental complex as three transformations of<br> cognition</span><span>232</span>
*****<span> CFE.2.2. The mental complex and the seeds of permeation</span><span>233</span>
*****<span> CFE.2.3. The mental complex in relation to the<br> phenomenal world, highest reality and other beings</span><span>234</span>
*****<span> CFE.2.4. The doctrine of liberation</span><span>235</span>
****<span> CFE.3. Introduction to the Viṃśatikā Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi</span><span>235</span>
*****<span> CFE.3.1. Chapter One: Doctrine of the unreality of the<br> external world and answers to objections based on<br> reasoning (verses 1-7)</span><span>235</span>
*****<span> CFE.3.2. Chapter two: Answers to objections based on<br> scripture (verses 8-10)</span><span>236</span>
*****<span> CFE.3.3. Chapter three: Proof of the unreality of the external<br> world: impossibility of the concept of an atom, etc.<br> (verses 11-15)</span><span>237</span>
*****<span> CFE.3.4. Chapter four: Refutation of various objections<br> (verses 16-21)</span><span>239</span>
****<span> CFE.4. "Proof that (Everything) is Mere Cognizance, in Twenty<br> Verses" (Viṃśatikā Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi)</span><span>242</span>
****<span> CFE.5. Introduction to the Triṃśatikā Vijñaptimātratāsiddhi</span><span>253</span>
****<span> CFE.6. "Proof, that (Everything) is Mere Cognizance, in Thirty<br> Verses"</span><span>254</span>
***<span> CFF. Dignāga (ca. 480-540 C.E.)</span><span>259</span>
****<span> CFF.1. From the "Compendium of the Means of Valid Cognition"<br> (Pramāṇasamuccaya)</span><span>260</span>
***<span> CFG. Sthiramati and Dharmapāla (middle of the 6th century C.E.)</span><span>262</span>
****<span> CFG.1. From Hiuan-tsangs "Proof that (Everything) is Mere<br> Cognizance" (Tch'eng wei che louen)</span><span>265</span>
*<span> D. Sources and Literature</span><span>271</span>
**<span> DA. General</span><span>271</span>
**<span> DB. A. The doctrine of the Buddha</span><span>271</span>
***<span> DBA. Canonical texts (Tripiṭaka)</span><span>271</span>
***<span> DBB. Pratītyasamutpādasūtra</span><span>272</span>
***<span> DBC. Pratītyasamutpādavyākhyā</span><span>272</span>
***<span> DBD. Śālistambasūtra</span><span>272</span>
**<span> DC. B. The Dogmatics of the Hīnayāna</span><span>272</span>
***<span> DCA. Milindapañhā</span><span>272</span>
***<span> DCB. Vasubandhu the Younger</span><span>273</span>
****<span> DCB.1. Abhidharmakośa</span><span>273</span>
****<span> DCB.2. Pañcaskandhaka</span><span>273</span>
***<span> DCC. Harivararman, Tattvasiddhi</span><span>273</span>
**<span> DD. The Schools of the Mahāyāna</span><span>273</span>
***<span> DDA. 1. The Madhyamaka School</span><span>273</span>
****<span> DDA.1. Aṣṭasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā</span><span>273</span>
****<span> DDA.2. Ratnakūṭa (Kāśyapaparivarta)</span><span>274</span>
****<span> DDA.3. Nāgārjuna</span><span>274</span>
*****<span> DDA.3.1. Madhyamakakārikā</span><span>274</span>
*****<span> DDA.3.2. Vigrahavyāvartanıī</span><span>274</span>
*****<span> DDA.3.3. Ratnāvalī</span><span>275</span>
****<span> DDA.4. Āryadeva: Catuḥśataka</span><span>275</span>
****<span> DDA.5. Buddhapālita, Mūlamadhyamakavṛtti</span><span>275</span>
****<span> DDA.6. Bhāvaviveka, Prajñāpradīpa</span><span>275</span>
****<span> DDA.7. Tchang tchen (Hastaratna?)</span><span>275</span>
****<span> DDA.8. Candrakīrti</span><span>276</span>
*****<span> DDA.8.1. Prasannapadā</span><span>276</span>
*****<span> DDA.8.2. Madhyamakāvatāra</span><span>276</span>
***<span> DDB. 2. The school of Sāramati</span><span>276</span>
****<span> DDB.1. Sāramati, Ratnagotravibhāga</span><span>276</span>
***<span> DDC. 3. The school of the Yogācāra</span><span>276</span>
****<span> DDC.1. Bodhisattvabhūmi</span><span>276</span>
****<span> DDC.2. Saṃdhinirmocanasūtra</span><span>277</span>
****<span> DDC.3. Maitreyanātha</span><span>277</span>
*****<span> DDC.3.1. Mahāyānasūtrālaṃkāra</span><span>277</span>
*****<span> DDC.3.2. Madhyāntavibhāga</span><span>277</span>
****<span> DDC.4. Asaṅga, Mahāyānasaṃgraha</span><span>277</span>
****<span> DDC.5. Vasubandhu</span><span>277</span>
*****<span> DDC.5.1. Viṃśatikā</span><span>277</span>
*****<span> DDC.5.2. Triṃśikā</span><span>278</span>
****<span> DDC.6. Dignāga, Pramāṇasamuccaya</span><span>278</span>
****<span> DDC.7. Hiuan-tsang, Tch’eng wei che louen</span><span>278</span>
*<span> E. Supplementary remarks</span><span>279</span>
**<span> EA. General</span><span>279</span>
**<span> EB. A. The doctrine of the Buddha</span><span>280</span>
**<span> EC. B. The Dogmatics of the Hīnayāna</span><span>280</span>
**<span> ED. The schools of the Mahāyāna</span><span>281</span>
***<span> EDA. 1. The Madhyamaka school</span><span>281</span>
***<span> EDB. 2. The school of Sāramati</span><span>281</span>
***<span> EDC. 3. The school of the Yogācāra</span><span>282</span>
*Appendix I: Amalavijñāna and ālayavijñāna. A Contribution to the<br> Epistemology of Buddhism. By Erich Frauwallner
*Appendix II: Bibliography of Erich Frauwallner
*Appendix III: Sources and Literature (after the fourth edition)
*<span> The Platform Sutra</span><span>1</span>
*<span> Introduction</span><span>53</span>
*<span> The Platform Sutra with Commentary</span><span>63</span>
*Appendix
**<span> I. Additional Text</span><span>277</span>
**<span> II. Finding List</span><span>297</span>
**<span> III. Names, Terms, Texts, and Places with Chinese equivalents</span><span>298</span>
**<span> IV. The Platform Sutra—Tunhuang Museum Text</span><span>320</span>
+
* Table of Contents
*
* <span> A Message on the Publication of the English Tripiṭaka NUMATA Yehan</span><span>v</span>
* <span> Editorial Foreword MAYEDA Sengaku</span><span>vii</span>
* <span> Publisher’s Foreword Francis H. Cook</span><span>ix</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction John R. McRae</span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> A Note on Interpolated Material</span><span>xvii</span>
*
* The Platform Sutra of the Sixth Patriarch
* <span> Preface to the Platform Sutra of the Dharma Treasure of the Great Master,<br>the Sixth Patriarch</span><span>3</span>
* <span> Encomium of the Platform Sutra of the Dharma Treasure of the Great Master,<br>the Sixth Patriarch</span><span>7</span>
*
* [Text of] Platform Sutra of the Dharma Treasure of the Great Master, the Sixth Patriarch
*
* <span> Number One: Account of Origins</span><span>17</span>
* <span> Number Two: Prajnā</span><span>27</span>
* <span> Number Three: Questions</span><span>36</span>
* <span> Number Four: Meditation and Wisdom</span><span>41</span>
* <span> Number Five: Seated Meditation</span><span>45</span>
* <span> Number Six: Repentance</span><span>46</span>
* <span> Number Seven: Encounters</span><span>53</span>
* <span> Number Eight: Sudden and Gradual</span><span>71</span>
* <span> Number Nine: Proclamations</span><span>79</span>
* <span> Number Ten: Transmission</span><span>81</span>
*
* Appendix
*
* <span> An Additional Record of the Story of the Great Master, the Sixth Patriarch</span><span>95</span>
* <span> Details of Accolades through the Dynasties</span><span>99</span>
* <span> Epitaph on the Bequest of the Posthumous Title "Chan Master Great Mirror"</span><span>100</span>
* <span> Epitaph for Chan Master Great Mirror</span><span>103</span>
* <span> Inscription on the Robe of the Buddha (with Introduction)</span><span>105</span>
* <span> Epilogue</span><span>108</span>
*
* <span> Notes</span><span>111</span>
* <span> Glossary</span><span>125</span>
* <span> Bibliography</span><span>129</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>131</span>
* <span> A List of the Volumes of the BDK English Tripiṭaka (First Series)</span><span>145</span>
Table of Contents Unavailable
+Table of Contents Unavailable
+
* <span> I. The Problem and its Context</span><span>1</span>
* <span> II. General Prohibition to Injure Seeds and Plants</span><span>5</span>
** <span> II.A Text and Literal Meaning</span><span>5</span>
** <span> II.B Closer Examination of Terminology and Context as to their Significance<br>for the Question of Plant Sentience</span><span>17</span>
* III. Further Vinaya Material, Concerning
** <span> III.A Plants</span><span>23</span>
** <span> III.B Fruits, Raw Grain and Garlic</span><span>36</span>
** <span> III.C Earth, Water and Fire</span><span>46</span>
* <span> IV. Further Suttapiṭaka Material</span><span>58</span>
* <span> V. Evaluation of the Evidence</span><span>66</span>
* <span> VI. Later Developments</span><span>79</span>
* <span> VII. Later Arguments against Plant Sentience</span><span>83</span>
* <span> VIII. Postface</span><span>105</span>
* <span> Abbreviations</span><span>107</span>
* <span> Modern Authors</span><span>112</span>
* <span> Index</span><span>116</span>
+
* <span> Foreword by Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoche </span><span>xi</span>
* <span> Translator’s Introduction </span><span>xiii</span>
* <span> ''The Profound Inner Principles''</span><span>1</span>
* <span> ''Illuminating "The Profound Principles"''</span><span> 69</span>
** <span> Introduction </span><span> 71</span>
** <span> Causes and Conditions </span><span>103</span>
** <span> Development of the Body </span><span>135</span>
** <span> Channels </span><span> 175</span>
** <span> Winds</span><span> 225</span>
** <span> Bindus </span><span> 287</span>
** <span> The Four States </span><span>339</span>
** <span> The Correspondences with the Environment </span><span> 373</span>
** <span> Imagined Deities </span><span> 387</span>
** <span> Bases of Purification and Means of Purification </span><span> 405</span>
** <span> The Correspondences with the Stages of the Path </span><span> 435</span>
** <span> Dissolution </span><span>455</span>
** <span> Conclusion </span><span> 493</span>
* <span> Appendix 1. Outline of ''Illuminating "The Profound Principles"''</span><span> 517</span>
* <span> Appendix 2. Prenatal Development </span><span> 533</span>
* <span> Appendix 3. Time: Internal and External Measurements </span><span> 537</span>
* <span> Appendix 4. Bindus: Overview </span><span> 539</span>
* <span> Appendix 5. Bindus: Seven Stages of Quintessences and Dregs</span><span> 541</span>
* <span> Appendix 6. Bindus: Internal and External Twenty-Four Sacred Places </span><span>543</span>
* <span> Abbreviations </span><span> 549</span>
* <span> Notes </span><span> 551</span>
* <span> Glossary </span><span> 585</span>
* <span> Glossary of Enumerations </span><span> 607</span>
* <span> Translation Equivalents </span><span> 635</span>
* <span> Works Cited</span><span> 651</span>
* <span> Selected Bibliography </span><span> 667</span>
* <span> Illustration Credits</span><span> 673</span>
* <span> Index </span><span> 675</span>
+<center>''Foreword by the Seventeenth Karmapa • xi''</center>
<center>''Foreword by the Ninth Khenchen Thrangu Rinpoche • xiii''</center>
<center>''Foreword by the Seventh Shechen Rabjam • xv''</center>
<center>''Foreword by Tulku Thondup Rinpoche • xix''</center>
<center>''Foreword by Diana Judith Mukpo • xxi''</center>
<center>''Publisher’s Foreword • xxiii''</center>
<center>''Preface by the Sakyong, Jamgön Mipham Rinpoche • xxv''</center>
<center>''Acknowledgments • xxvii''</center>
<center>''Editor’s Introduction • xxxi''</center>
<center>''Pronunciation of Sanskrit and Tibetan • li''</center>
*Part One: Entering the Path
<center>''Encountering the Dharma''</center>
**<span> 1. Beginning at the Beginning</span><span>3</span>
**<span> 2. The Frozen Space of Ego</span><span>6</span>
**<span> 3. The Path of Individual Salvation</span><span>11</span>
**<span> 4. Opening to the True Dharma</span><span>21</span>
**<span> 5. Joining Study and Practice</span><span>40</span>
**<span> 6. Achieving Sanity Here on Earth</span><span>46</span>
**<span> 7. The Path, the Vehicle, and the Traveler</span><span>56</span>
**<span> 8. Relating with a Teacher</span><span>61</span>
**<span> 9. The Painful Reality of Samsara</span><span>65</span>
<center>''Taking Refuge''</center>
**<span> 10. Buddhadharma Fever</span><span>81</span>
**<span> 11. Taking Refuge in the Three Jewels</span><span>89</span>
<center>''Reflecting on the Three Jewels''</center>
**<span> 12. The Sutra of the Recollection of the Noble Three Jewels</span><span>97</span>
**<span> 13. The Buddha</span><span>100</span>
**<span> 14. The Dharma </span><span>113</span>
**<span> 15. The Sangha</span><span>116</span>
*Part Two: Discipline/Shila
<center>''Taming Neurosis''</center>
**<span> 16. The Loneliness and Joy of Discipline</span><span>127</span>
**<span> 17. Taming the Neurotic Mind</span><span>133</span>
**<span> 18. Cutting the Root of Samsara</span><span>138</span>
**<span> 19. Continually Gnawing Rock</span><span>144</span>
<center>''Cultivating Virtue''</center>
**<span> 20. Becoming a Dharmic Person</span><span>155</span>
**<span> 21. Refraining from Harm</span><span>165</span>
*Part Three: Meditation/Samadhi
<center>''Shamatha: The Practice of Mindfulness''</center>
**<span> 22. Simplicity</span><span>173</span>
**<span> 23. Following the Example of the Buddha</span><span>179</span>
**<span> 24. The Basic Minimum</span><span>187</span>
**<span> 25. Taking Your Seat</span><span>193</span>
**<span> 26. Breathing Out</span><span>201</span>
**<span> 27. Labeling Thoughts</span><span>207</span>
**<span> 28. Touch and Go</span><span>212</span>
**<span> 29. Encountering Problems</span><span>215</span>
**<span> 30. Leading a Spotless Life</span><span>223</span>
<center>''Refining Your Shamatha Practice''</center>
**<span> 331. Resting in Shamatha</span><span>231</span>
**<span> 332. Identifying Obstacles to Shamatha</span><span>243</span>
**<span> 333. Antidotes to the Obstacles to Shamatha</span><span>248</span>
**<span> 334. Cutting Thoughts and Short-Circuiting the Kleshas</span><span>257</span>
**<span> 335. An Element of Magic</span><span>264</span>
<center>''Working with the Mind''</center>
**<span> 36. Transcending Dualistic Mind</span><span>267</span>
**<span> 37. Rediscovering Your Own Mind</span><span>273</span>
**<span> 38. Mixing Mind with Space</span><span>281</span>
<center>''The Four Foundations of Mindfulness''</center>
**<span> 39. Mindfulness of Body</span><span>285</span>
**<span> 40. Mindfulness of Life</span><span>294</span>
**<span> 41. Mindfulness of Effort</span><span>304</span>
**<span> 42. Mindfulness of Mind</span><span>316</span>
<center>''Vipashyana: The Practice of Awareness''</center>
**<span> 43. The Freshness of Unconditional Mind</span><span>329</span>
**<span> 44. Beyond Picking and Choosing</span><span>337</span>
**<span> 45. The Art of Everyday Living</span><span>343</span>
**<span> 46. Glimpses of Emptiness</span><span>348</span>
**<span> 47. Investigating the Subtleties of Experience</span><span>353</span>
**<span> 48. Sharpening One’s Perception</span><span>359</span>
**<span> 49. Self-Perpetuating Awareness</span><span>367</span>
*Part Four: The Four Noble Truths
<center>''Suffering''</center>
**<span> 50. The Snowballing of Deception</span><span>373</span>
**<span> 51. Recognizing the Reality of Suffering</span><span>377</span>
**<span> 52. Dissecting the Experience of Suffering</span><span>382</span>
<center>''The Origin of Suffering''</center>
**<span> 53. The Power of Flickering Thoughts</span><span>397</span>
**<span> 54. The Development of Set Patterns</span><span>401</span>
**<span> 55. Perpetually Re-Creating Suffering</span><span>406</span>
<center>''The Cessation of Suffering''</center>
**<span> 56. Awakening and Blossoming</span><span>421</span>
**<span> 57. Meditation as the Path to Buddhahood</span><span>426</span>
**<span> 58. Transcending Samsara and Nirvana</span><span>431</span>
<center>''The Truth of the Path''</center>
**<span> 59. The Doubtless Path</span><span>443</span>
**<span> 60. The Five Paths</span><span>449</span>
*Part Five: The Hinayana Journey
<center>''The Journey in Terms of Yanas''</center>
**<span> 61. Shravakayana: The Yana of Hearing and Proclaiming</span><span>467</span>
**<span> 62. Pratyekabuddhayana: The Yana of Individual Salvation</span><span>478</span>
<center>''The Journey in Terms of Paths''</center>
**<span> 63. The Lesser Path of Accumulation</span><span>489</span>
**<span> 64. The Middle Path of Accumulation</span><span>499</span>
**<span> 65. The Greater Path of Accumulation</span><span>505</span>
**<span> 66. The Path of Unification</span><span>511</span>
*Part Six: Knowledge/Prajna
<center>''Unraveling the Myth of Ego''</center>
**<span> 67. Ego: The Thought That We Exist</span><span>519</span>
**<span> 68. Cutting Through the Numbness of Ego</span><span>526</span>
**<span> 69. Taking the Teachings to Heart</span><span>535</span>
<center>''Appendix 1: A Hinayana Morning Liturgy • 547''</center>
<center>''Appendix 2: Working with Threefold Logic • 549''</center>
<center>''Appendix 3: Outline of Teachings • 551''</center>
<center>''Glossary • 573''</center>
<center>''Sources • 597''</center>
<center>''Resources • 607''</center>
<center>''About the Author • 609''</center>
<center>''Credits • 615''</center>
<center>''Index • 617''</center>